As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 27, 2013
File Nos. 333-121061
811-05845
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form N-2
 
 
     
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
  x
Pre-Effective Amendment No.  
  o
Post-Effective Amendment No. 12
  x
and
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
  x
Amendment No. 52
  x
 
 
Invesco
Senior Loan Fund
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Declaration of Trust)
 
 
1555 Peachtree Street, NE, Atlanta, Georgia 30309
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
 
 
(713) 626-1919
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)
 
 
John M. Zerr, Esq.
11 Greenway Plaza
Suite 1000
Houston, Texas 77046
(713) 626-1919
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
 
 
Copies to:
 
Michael K. Hoffman, Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
4 Times Square
New York, New York 10036
(212) 735-3000
 
 
Approximate date of proposed public offering: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box.  [X]
 
 
It is proposed that this filing will become effective:
 
      o   when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c) of the Securities Act of 1933
 
      o   immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 486
 
      x   On (June 28, 2013) pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 486
 
      o   60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a) of Rule 486
 
      o   on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a) of Rule 486
 
      o   This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed registration statement.
 


 

     
     
     
   
Invesco
Senior Loan Fund
(formerly known as Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund)
This Prospectus is dated
June 28, 2013
CLASS A SHARES (VSLAX)
CLASS B SHARES (VSLBX)
CLASS C SHARES (VSLCX)
CLASS IB SHARES (XPRTX)
CLASS IC SHARES (XSLCX)
     
     
    (VAN KAMPEN INVESTMENTS LOGO)
 


Invesco Senior Loan Fund’s investment objective is to provide a high level of current income, consistent with preservation of capital. The Fund’s investment adviser seeks to achieve the Fund’s investment objective by investing primarily in adjustable rate senior loans.
    (Continued on next page)
   
Shares of the Fund have not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the SEC has not passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


 

(Continued from preceding page)
 
Senior loans are business loans that have a senior right to payment. They are made to corporations and other borrowers and are often secured by specific assets of the borrower. The Fund believes that investing in adjustable rate senior loans should limit fluctuations in net asset value caused by changes in interest rates. You should, however, expect the Fund’s net asset value to fluctuate as a result of changes in borrower credit quality and other factors.
 
There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. You should carefully consider the risks of investing in the Fund, including that the Fund may invest all or a substantial portion of its assets in below investment grade senior loans, which are often referred to as high-yielding, high risk investments or “junk” investments. See “Risks.”
 
This Prospectus offers two classes of common shares of beneficial interest (collectively, the “Shares”) of the Fund, designated as Class A Shares and Class C Shares, and describes three other classes of Shares, designated as Class B Shares, Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares, which are not continuously offered. The Fund’s Shares are not listed for trading on any national securities exchange. The Fund’s Shares have no trading market and no market is expected to develop. You should consider your investment in the Fund to be illiquid. In order to provide liquidity to shareholders, the Fund will make monthly offers to repurchase a portion of its outstanding Shares at net asset value as described herein. There is no guarantee that you will be able to sell your Shares at any given time.
 
The Fund will make monthly offers to repurchase between 5% and 25% of its outstanding Shares at net asset value, subject to certain conditions. The repurchase request deadline will be the third Friday of each calendar month (or the preceding business day if such third Friday is not a business day). The repurchase price will be the Fund’s net asset value as determined after the close of business on the repurchase pricing date. Under normal circumstances, the Fund expects that the repurchase pricing date will be the repurchase request deadline. The Fund generally will pay repurchase proceeds by the third business day after the repurchase pricing date, although payment for shares may be as many as seven days after the repurchase request deadline; in any event, the Fund will pay such proceeds at least five business days before notification of the next repurchase offer. See “Repurchase of Shares.”
 
The Fund’s investment adviser is Invesco Advisers, Inc. (the “Adviser”). The Fund continuously offers its Class A Shares and Class C Shares through Invesco Distributors, Inc. (“Invesco Distributors”), as principal underwriter, and through selected broker-dealers and financial services firms. The Fund also has outstanding Class B Shares, Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares. All Class B Shares of the Fund that were outstanding as of February 18, 2005 were redesignated as a new class of Shares designated as Class IB Shares and all Class C Shares of the Fund that were outstanding as of February 18, 2005 were redesignated as a new class of Shares designated as Class IC Shares. The Class B Shares, Class IB Shares and the Class IC Shares are not continuously offered. The only new Class B Shares, Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares to be issued are those Class B Shares, Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares issued to satisfy dividend and capital gain reinvestment. Class B Shares of the Fund may also be issued in connection with an exchange from Class B Shares of other Invesco funds. Shares are sold at their offering price, which is net asset value per Share for each class of Shares plus sales charges, where applicable. See “Fees and Expenses of the Fund” and “Purchase of Shares.”
 
This Prospectus sets forth the information about the Fund that you should know before investing. You should keep it for future reference. More information about the Fund, including a Statement of Additional Information dated June 28, 2013, and the Fund’s Annual and Semiannual Reports, has been filed with the SEC. This information is available upon written or oral request without charge from our web site at www.invesco.com/us. You may also get a copy of any of these materials, request other information about the Fund and make other inquiries by calling (800) 959-4246. The Fund’s Statement of Additional Information is incorporated herein by reference. A table of contents for the Statement of Additional Information is on page 54. The SEC maintains a web site at www.sec.gov that contains the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information, material incorporated by reference and other information about SEC registrants, including the Fund.


 

Table of Contents
 
     
     
Fees and Expenses of the Fund
  3
     
Prospectus Summary
  4
     
Financial Highlights
  10
     
The Fund
  15
     
Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategies
  15
     
Risks
  22
     
Investment Practices and Special Risks
  26
     
Management of the Fund
  29
     
Purchase of Shares
  31
     
Repurchase of Shares
  42
     
Distributions from the Fund
  45
     
Shareholder Services
  45
     
Description of Shares
  48
     
Federal Income Taxation
  51
     
Communications With Shareholders/Performance Information
  52
     
Custodian, Dividend Disbursing Agent and Transfer Agent
  53
     
Legal Opinions
  53
     
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  53
     
Additional Information
  53
     
Table of Contents for the Statement of Additional Information
  54
 
 
No dealer, salesperson or any other person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations, other than those contained in this Prospectus, in connection with the offer contained in this Prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Fund, the Fund’s investment adviser or the Fund’s principal underwriter. This Prospectus does not constitute an offer by the Fund or by the Fund’s principal underwriter to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful for the Fund to make such an offer in such jurisdiction.


 

Fees and Expenses
of the Fund
 
 
The following tables are intended to assist investors in understanding the various costs and expenses directly or indirectly associated with investing in the Fund.
 
                           
 
          Class A
  Class B
  Class C
  Class IB
  Class IC
          Shares   Shares   Shares   Shares   Shares
 
    Shareholder Transaction Expenses
 
   
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as a percentage of offering price)
    3.25% 1   None   None   None 2   None 2
   
Maximum early withdrawal charge (as a percentage of the lesser of original purchase price or repurchase proceeds)
    None 3   3.00% 4   1.00% 5   None 2   None 2
 
    Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(as a percentage of net assets attributable to Shares and are based on expenses incurred during the fiscal year ended February 28, 2013)
 
   
Investment advisory fee 6
    0.87%   0.87%   0.87%   0.87%   0.87%
   
Distribution and/or service (12b-1) fees 7
    0.25%   0.25% 8   1.00% 9   None   0.15%
   
Interest payments on borrowed funds 10
    0.31%   0.31%   0.31%   0.31%   0.31%
   
Total Other Expenses
                     
   
  Administration fee 6
    0.25%   0.25%   0.25%   0.25%   0.25%
   
  Other 10
    0.26%   0.26%   0.26%   0.26%   0.26%
   
Total annual operating expenses
    1.94%   1.94%   2.69%   1.69%   1.84%
 
 
Reduced for purchases of $100,000 and over. See “Purchase of Shares — Class A Shares.”
Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares are not continuously offered. Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares have no early withdrawal charges (the early withdrawal schedules applicable to the former Class B Shares and former Class C Shares outstanding on February 18, 2005 have been terminated).
Investments of $1 million or more are not subject to any sales charge at the time of purchase, but an early withdrawal charge of 1.00% may be imposed on certain repurchases by the Fund made within eighteen months of purchase. See “Purchase of Shares — Class A Shares.”
Effective November 30, 2010, Class B Shares are not continuously offered by the Fund. Class B Shares purchased prior to November 30, 2010 are subject to an early withdrawal charge. The maximum early withdrawal charge is 3.00% in the first year after purchase and declines thereafter as follows:
Year 1–3.00%
Year 2–2.00%
Year 3–1.50%
Year 4–1.00%
Year 5–0.50%
After–None
The maximum early withdrawal charge is 1.00% in the first year after purchase and 0.00% thereafter.
See “Management of the Fund” for additional information.
Class A Shares are subject to a combined annual distribution and service fee of up to 0.25% of average daily net assets attributable to such class of Shares. Class B Shares and Class C Shares are each subject to a combined annual distribution and service fee up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets attributable to each class of Shares. Class IC Shares are subject to a service fee of up to 0.25% of average daily net assets attributable to such class of Shares. The Fund’s Board of Trustees has only authorized the Fund to make service fee payments not to exceed 0.15% of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Class IC Shares for any fiscal year. See “Purchase of Shares.”
Class B “Distribution and/or Service (12 b-1) fees” are restated to reflect current fees.
While Class C Shares do not have any front-end sales charges, their higher ongoing annual expenses (due to higher distribution and service fees) mean that over time you could end up paying more for these Shares than if you were to pay front-end sales charges for Class A Shares.
10  “Interest payments on borrowed funds” and “Other” are restated to reflect current fees.
 
Example:
The following example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the costs of investing in other funds.
 
The example assumes that you invest $1,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and the Fund repurchases all of your Shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year, that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same each year (except for the ten-year amounts for Class B Shares which reflect the conversion of Class B Shares to Class A Shares eight years after the end of the calendar month in which the Shares were purchased) and that all dividends and other distributions are reinvested at net asset value. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
 
                                       
 
          One
  Three
  Five
  Ten
          Year   Years   Years   Years
    Class A Shares     $ 52     $ 91     $ 134     $ 252  
    Class B Shares     $ 50     $ 76     $ 110     $ 226
    Class C Shares     $ 37     $ 84     $ 142     $ 302  
    Class IB Shares     $ 17     $ 53     $ 92     $ 200  
    Class IC Shares     $ 19     $ 58     $ 100     $ 216  
 


3


 

You would pay the following expenses if you did not tender your Shares for repurchase by the Fund:
 
                                       
 
          One
  Three
  Five
  Ten
          Year   Years   Years   Years
    Class A Shares     $ 52     $ 91     $ 134     $ 252  
    Class B Shares     $ 20     $ 61     $ 105     $ 226
    Class C Shares     $ 27     $ 84     $ 142     $ 302  
    Class IB Shares     $ 17     $ 53     $ 92     $ 200  
    Class IC Shares     $ 19     $ 58     $ 100     $ 216  
 
 
†  Based on conversion to Class A Shares eight years after the end of the calendar month in which the Shares were purchased.
 
The purpose of the table above is to assist you in understanding the various costs and expenses that an investor in the Fund will bear directly or indirectly.
 
This example should not be considered a representation of future expenses, and the Fund’s actual expenses may be more or less than those shown.
 
Prospectus Summary
 
 
This summary is qualified by reference to the more detailed information included elsewhere in this Prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information.
 
The Fund
The Fund is a diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Fund completed an initial public offering in October 1989. The Fund was organized as a Massachusetts business trust on July 14, 1989, and was redomesticated as a Delaware statutory trust on October 15, 2012. The Fund has continuously offered its Shares since November 1989. In June 2003, the Fund completed a transaction in which it redesignated its Shares issued before June 13, 2003 as Class B Shares and issued new Class C Shares to the shareholders of Van Kampen Senior Floating Rate Fund in exchange for the assets and liabilities of that fund. On February 18, 2005, the Fund redesignated its Class B Shares issued before February 18, 2005 as a new class of Shares designated Class IB Shares and redesignated its Class C Shares issued before February 18, 2005 as a new class of Shares designated Class IC Shares. On February 18, 2005, the Fund commenced offering new Class A Shares, new Class B Shares and new Class C Shares (the new Class B Shares and new Class C Shares have different fees, expenses and characteristics than the original Class B Shares and Class C Shares). Effective November 30, 2010, the Fund does not continuously offer Class B Shares.
 
The Offering
The Fund now continuously offers two classes of Shares — Class A Shares and Class C Shares — through Invesco Distributors and through selected broker-dealers and financial services firms. Class B Shares, Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares are not continuously offered. The only new Class B Shares, Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares to be issued are those Class B Shares, Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares issued to satisfy dividend and capital gain reinvestments. Class B Shares of the Fund may also be issued in connection with an exchange from Class B Shares of other Invesco funds. Shares are sold at their offering price, which is net asset value per Share for such class of Shares plus sales charges where applicable. Class A Shares are subject to an up front sales charge of up to 3.25%. There is no initial sales charge or underwriting discount on purchases of Class B and Class C Shares but such Shares are subject to early withdrawal charges of up to 3% and 1%, respectively. The Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares have no early withdrawal charges (the early withdrawal schedules applicable to the former Class B Shares and former Class C Shares outstanding on February 18, 2005 have been terminated). Invesco Distributors pays the broker-dealers and financial services firms participating in the continuous offering.
 
Investment Objective
The Fund’s investment objective is to provide a high level of current income, consistent with preservation of capital. Although the Fund seeks capital preservation, it is not a money market fund or a certificate of deposit, and it differs substantially from these products with respect to risks and liquidity, among other factors. There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. You should carefully consider the risks of investing in the Fund. See “Risks.”
 
Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal market conditions, the Fund’s investment adviser seeks to achieve the Fund’s investment objective by investing at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in adjustable rate senior loans (“Senior Loans”). Senior Loans are business loans made to borrowers that may be corporations, partnerships or other entities (“Borrowers”). These


4


 

Borrowers operate in a variety of industries and geographic regions. The interest rates on Senior Loans adjust periodically, and the Fund’s portfolio of Senior Loans will at all times have a dollar-weighted average time until the next interest rate adjustment of 90 days or less. The Fund believes that investing in adjustable rate Senior Loans should limit fluctuations in its net asset value caused by changes in interest rates.
 
Senior Loans generally are negotiated between a Borrower and several financial institution lenders (“Lenders”) represented by one or more Lenders acting as agent of all the Lenders (“Agent”). The Agent is responsible for negotiating the loan agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) that establishes the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan and the rights of the Borrower and the Lenders. The Fund may act as one of the group of original Lenders originating a Senior Loan, may purchase assignments of portions of Senior Loans from third parties and may invest in participations in Senior Loans. Senior Loans may include certain senior debt that is in the form of notes and not Loan Agreements.
 
Senior Loans have the most senior position in a Borrower’s capital structure or share the senior position with other senior debt securities of the Borrower. This capital structure position generally gives holders of Seniors Loans a priority claim on some or all of the Borrower’s assets in the event of default. Most of the Fund’s Senior Loan investments will be secured by specific assets of the Borrower; however, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its total assets in Senior Loans that are not secured by specific collateral. Senior Loans also have contractual terms designed to protect Lenders. The Fund generally acquires Senior Loans of Borrowers that, among other things, in the Adviser’s judgment, can make timely payments on their Senior Loans and that satisfy other credit standards established by the Adviser. Because of their protective features, the Fund and the Adviser believe that Senior Loans of Borrowers that are experiencing, or are more likely to experience, financial difficulty may represent attractive investment opportunities.
 
Borrower credit risk.  Investing in Senior Loans does involve investment risk, and some Borrowers default on their Senior Loan payments. The Fund may invest all or a substantial portion of its assets in below investment grade Senior Loans, which are considered speculative by rating agencies (and are often referred to as high-yielding, high risk investments or as “junk” investments). The Fund attempts to manage these risks through selection of a varied portfolio of Senior Loans and careful analyses and monitoring of Borrowers. Nevertheless, you should expect that the Fund’s net asset value will fluctuate as a result of changes in the credit quality of Borrowers and other factors. See “Risks — Borrower credit risk.”
 
Other investment policies.  Other investment policies of the Fund include the following: the Fund may invest up to 20% of its total assets in Senior Loans that are not secured by any specific collateral; the Fund may invest up to 20% of its total assets in Senior Loans made to non-U.S. Borrowers provided that no more than 5% of these Senior Loans or other assets are non-U.S. dollar denominated; and the Fund may invest up to 20% of its total assets in any combination of (1) warrants and equity securities, in each case the Fund must own or acquire a Senior Loan of the same issuer, (2) junior debt securities or securities with a lien on collateral lower than a senior claim on collateral (collectively, “junior debt securities”), (3) high quality short-term debt securities, (4) credit-linked deposits and (5) Treasury Inflation Protected Securities (“U.S. TIPS”) and other inflation-indexed bonds issued by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities.
 
The Fund may utilize financial leverage (i) to provide the Fund with additional liquidity to meet its obligations to repurchase its Shares pursuant to its repurchase offers and (ii) for investment purposes (i.e., to use such financial leverage to purchase additional portfolio securities consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and primary investment strategy) to benefit the Fund’s Common Shares. Generally speaking, if the Fund can invest the proceeds from financial leverage (i.e., money from borrowings or issuing preferred shares) in portfolio securities that have higher rates of return than the costs of such financial leverage and other expenses of the Fund, then the holders of Common Shares would have a net benefit. The Fund’s policy on financial leverage allows the Fund to use financial leverage in the form of borrowings and/or preferred shares to the maximum extent allowable under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Adviser and the Fund’s Board of Trustees will regularly review the Fund’s use of financial leverage (i.e., the relative costs and benefits of leverage on the Fund’s Common Shares) and review the alternative means to leverage (i.e., the relative benefits and costs of borrowing versus issuing preferred shares).


5


 

Repurchase Offers
The Fund has a fundamental policy whereby it commits to make offers to repurchase Shares of the Fund. In order to provide liquidity to shareholders, the Fund will make monthly offers to repurchase between 5% and 25% of its outstanding Shares at net asset value, subject to certain conditions. The repurchase request deadline will be the third Friday of each calendar month (or the preceding business day if such third Friday is not a business day). The repurchase price will be the Fund’s net asset value as determined after the close of business on the repurchase pricing date. Under normal circumstances, the Fund expects that the repurchase pricing date will be the repurchase request deadline. The Fund generally will pay repurchase proceeds by the third business day after the repurchase pricing date, although payment for Shares may be as many as seven days after the repurchase request deadline; in any event, the Fund will pay such proceeds at least five business days before notification of the next repurchase offer.
 
The Fund will impose an early withdrawal charge payable to Invesco Distributors on most Class B Shares accepted for repurchase that have been held for less than five years and on most Class C Shares accepted for repurchase that have been held for less than one year. There is generally no early withdrawal charge on Class A Shares, although the Fund in certain circumstances may impose an early withdrawal charge on Class A Shares accepted for repurchase by the Fund which have been held for less than eighteen months. See “Purchase of Shares — Class A Shares.” There are no early withdrawal charges on Class IB Shares or on Class IC Shares. The Fund may borrow to, among other things, finance repurchases of Shares. Borrowings entail additional risks.
 
Investment Adviser
Invesco Advisers, Inc. is the Fund’s investment adviser. See “Management of the Fund.”
 
Administrator
Invesco Advisers, Inc., the Fund’s investment adviser, also serves as the Fund’s administrator (in such capacity, the “Administrator”). See “Management of the Fund.”
 
Fees and Expenses
The Fund will pay the Adviser a fee based upon the average daily net assets of the Fund. The Fund will pay the Administrator a fee based upon the average daily net assets of the Fund. See “Management of the Fund.”
 
Distribution Plan and Service Plan
The Fund has adopted a distribution plan (the “Distribution Plan”) with respect to each of its Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares and in so doing has agreed to comply with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, as if the Fund were an open-end investment company. The Fund also has adopted a service plan (the “Service Plan”) with respect to each of its Class A Shares, Class B Shares, Class C Shares and Class IC Shares. There is no Distribution Plan or Service Plan for Class IB Shares and no Distribution Plan for Class IC Shares. Under the Distribution Plan and the Service Plan, the Fund pays distribution fees in connection with the sale and distribution of Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares and service fees in connection with the provision of ongoing services to shareholders of Class A Shares, Class B Shares, Class C Shares and Class IC Shares and the maintenance of such shareholders’ accounts. See “Purchase of Shares — Distribution Plan and Service Plan.”
 
Distributions
The Fund plans to make monthly distributions of substantially all net investment income. Distributions cannot be assured, and the amount of each distribution is likely to vary. Net capital gain, if any, will be distributed at least annually. A convenient way for investors to accumulate additional Shares is by reinvesting dividends and capital gain dividends in Shares of the Fund. Such Shares are acquired at net asset value per Share (without a sales charge) on the applicable payable date of the dividend or capital gain dividend. Unless the shareholder instructs otherwise, with respect to Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares, the reinvestment plan is automatic. With respect to Class IC Shares and Class IB Shares, previous instructions regarding reinvestment of dividends and capital gain dividends will continue to apply until such shareholder changes his or her instruction.
 
Special Risk Considerations
No trading market for Shares.  The Fund is a closed-end investment company designed primarily for long-term investors and not as a trading vehicle. While there is no restriction on transferring the Shares, the Fund does not intend to list the Shares for trading on any national securities exchange. There is no secondary


6


 

trading market for Shares. An investment in the Shares is illiquid. There is no guarantee that you will be able to sell all of the Shares that you desire to sell in any repurchase offer by the Fund.
 
Senior Loans.  There is less readily available, reliable information about most Senior Loans than is the case for many other types of securities. In addition, there is no minimum rating or other independent evaluation of a Borrower or its securities limiting the Fund’s investments, and the Adviser relies primarily on its own evaluation of Borrower credit quality rather than on any available independent sources. As a result, the Fund is particularly dependent on the analytical abilities of the Adviser.
 
Senior Loans generally are not listed on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system and no active trading market exists for many Senior Loans. As a result, many Senior Loans are illiquid, meaning that the Fund may not be able to sell them quickly at a fair price. The market for illiquid securities is more volatile than the market for liquid securities. The market could be disrupted in the event of an economic downturn or a substantial increase or decrease in interest rates. Although the Fund believes that investing in adjustable rate Senior Loans should limit fluctuations in net asset value as a result of changes in interest rates, extraordinary and sudden changes in interest rates could nevertheless disrupt the market for Senior Loans and result in fluctuations in the Fund’s net asset value. However, many Senior Loans are of a large principal amount and are held by a large number of owners. In the Adviser’s opinion, this should enhance their liquidity. In addition, in recent years the number of institutional investors purchasing Senior Loans has increased. The risks of illiquidity are particularly important when the Fund’s operations require cash, and may in certain circumstances require that the Fund borrow to meet short-term cash requirements. Illiquid securities are also difficult to value. See “Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategies.”
 
Selling Lenders and other persons positioned between the Fund and the Borrower will likely conduct their principal business activities in the banking, finance and financial services industries. The Fund may be more at risk to any single economic, political or regulatory occurrence affecting such industries.
 
Borrower credit risk.  Senior Loans, like most other debt obligations, are subject to the risk of default. Default in the payment of interest or principal on a Senior Loan will result in a reduction in income to the Fund, a reduction in the value of the Senior Loan and a potential decrease in the Fund’s net asset value. The risk of default will increase in the event of an economic downturn or a substantial increase in interest rates.
 
The Fund may acquire Senior Loans of Borrowers that are experiencing, or are more likely to experience, financial difficulty, including Senior Loans issued in highly leveraged transactions. The Fund may even acquire and retain in its portfolio Senior Loans of Borrowers that have filed for bankruptcy protection. Because of the protective terms of Senior Loans, the Adviser believes that the Fund is more likely to recover more of its investment in a defaulted Senior Loan than would be the case for most other types of defaulted debt securities. Nevertheless, even in the case of collateralized Senior Loans, there is no assurance that sale of the collateral would raise enough cash to satisfy the Borrower’s payment obligation or that the collateral can or will be liquidated. In the case of bankruptcy, liquidation may not occur and the court may not give Lenders the full benefit of their senior position. Uncollateralized Senior Loans involve a greater risk of loss.
 
Investment in non-U.S. issuers.  The Fund may invest up to 20% of its total assets, measured at the time of investment, in Senior Loans to Borrowers that are organized or located in countries other than the United States, provided that no more than 5% of these Senior Loans or other assets are non-U.S. dollar denominated. Investment in non-U.S. issuers involves special risks, including that non-U.S. issuers may be subject to less rigorous accounting and reporting requirements than U.S. issuers, less rigorous regulatory requirements, different legal systems and laws relating to creditors’ rights, the potential inability to enforce legal judgments and the potential for political, social and economic adversity. Investments by the Fund in non-U.S. dollar denominated investments will be subject to currency risk. Currency risk is the risk that fluctuations in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and non-U.S. currencies may negatively affect an investment. The value of investments denominated in non-U.S. currencies may fluctuate based on changes in the value of those currencies relative to the U.S. dollar, and a decline in applicable foreign exchange rates could reduce the value of such investments held by the Fund. The Fund also may hold non-U.S. dollar denominated Senior


7


 

Loans or other securities received as part of a reorganization or restructuring.
 
Participations.  The Fund may purchase participations in Senior Loans. Under a participation, the Fund generally will have rights that are more limited than the rights of Lenders or of persons who acquire a Senior Loan by assignment. In a participation, the Fund typically has a contractual relationship with the Lender selling the participation, but not with the Borrower. As a result, the Fund assumes the credit risk of the Lender selling the participation in addition to the credit risk of the Borrower. In the event of the insolvency of the Lender selling the participation, the Fund may be treated as a general creditor of the Lender and may not have a senior claim to the Lender’s interest in the Senior Loan. Certain participations in Senior Loans are illiquid, meaning the Fund may not be able to sell them quickly at a fair price. Illiquid securities are also difficult to value. The Fund presently does not intend to invest more than 5% of its net assets in participations in Senior Loans.
 
Repurchase offer risks.  If the Fund repurchases more Shares than it is able to sell, the Fund’s net assets may decline and its expense ratios may increase, and the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective may be adversely affected. Moreover, this may force the Fund to sell assets it would not otherwise sell, and the Fund may be forced to dispose of Fund assets that may have declined in value. The Fund may borrow money to, among other things, finance repurchases of Shares. The rights of any lenders to the Fund to receive payments of interest on and repayments of principal of any borrowings will be senior to the rights of shareholders. The loan agreement for any borrowing likely will limit certain activities of the Fund, including the payment of dividends to holders of Shares in certain circumstances. Interest payments and fees incurred in connection with borrowings to finance repurchases of Shares will reduce the amount of net income available for payment to shareholders and may increase volatility of the net asset value of the Common Shares. See also the next section below on “Financial Leverage” and the section of the Prospectus entitled “Repurchase of Shares.”
 
Financial leverage.  There are risks associated with borrowing or issuing preferred shares in an effort to increase the yield and distributions on the Common Shares, including that the costs of the financial leverage exceed the income from investments made with such leverage, the higher volatility of the net asset value of the Common Shares, and that fluctuations in the interest rates on the borrowing or dividend rates on preferred shares may affect the yield and distributions to the Common Shareholders. The Fund’s use of leverage also may impair the ability of the Fund to maintain its qualification for federal income taxes as a regulated investment company.
 
As long as the Fund is able to invest the proceeds of any financial leverage in senior loans or other investments that provide a higher net return than the then cost of such financial leverage (i.e., the current interest rate on any borrowing or dividend rate of any preferred shares after taking into account the expenses of any borrowing or preferred shares offering) and the Fund’s operating expenses, the effect of leverage will be to cause the Common Shareholders to realize a higher current rate of return than if the Fund were not leveraged. However, if the current costs of financial leverage were to exceed the return on such proceeds after expenses (which the Adviser believes to be an unlikely scenario), the Common Shareholders would have a lower rate of return than if the Fund had an unleveraged capital structure.
 
During any annual period when the Fund has a net payable on the interest due on borrowings or the dividends due on any outstanding preferred shares, the failure to pay on such amounts would preclude the Fund from paying dividends on the Common Shares. The rights of lenders to the Fund to receive interest on and repayment of principal on any borrowings will be senior to those of the holders of the Common Shares, and the terms of any such borrowings may contain provisions which limit certain activities of the Fund, including the payment of dividends to holders of Common Shares in certain circumstances, and may require the Fund to pledge assets to secure such borrowings. Further, the terms of such borrowings may, and the 1940 Act does (in certain circumstances), grant to the lenders to the Fund certain voting rights in the event of default in the payment of interest on or repayment of principal. In addition, under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration and after deducting the amount of such dividend or distribution, the Fund is in compliance with the asset coverage requirements of the 1940 Act. Such prohibition on the payment of dividends or distributions might impair the ability of the Fund to maintain its qualification, for federal income tax purposes, as


8


 

a regulated investment company. The Fund intends, however, to the extent possible, to repay borrowings or redeem any outstanding preferred securities from time to time if necessary, which may involve the payment by the Fund of a premium and the sale by the Fund of portfolio securities at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so, to maintain compliance with such asset coverage requirements.
 
If there are preferred shares issued and outstanding, holders of the preferred shares will elect two Trustees. In addition, the terms of any preferred shares or borrowing may entitle holders of the preferred shares or lenders, as the case may be, to elect a majority of the Board of Trustees in certain other circumstances.
 
Certain investment practices.  The Fund may use various investment practices that involve special risks, including engaging in interest rate and other hedging and risk management transactions. See “Investment Practices and Special Risks.”
 
Anti-takeover provisions.  The Fund’s Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could limit the ability of other persons to acquire control of the Fund or to change the composition of its Board of Trustees. See “Description of Shares — Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Declaration of Trust.”
 
Investor Profile
In light of the Fund’s investment objective and principal investment strategies, the Fund may be appropriate for investors who:
 
•  seek high current income
 
•  wish to add to their investment portfolio a fund that invests primarily in adjustable rate senior loans
 
Shares are not deposits or obligations of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or depository institution. Shares are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency. Shares involve investment risks, including the possible loss of your investment.
 
An investment in the Fund may not be appropriate for all investors. The Fund is not intended to be a complete investment program, and investors should consider their long-term investment goals and financial needs when making an investment decision about the Fund. An investment in the Fund is intended to be a long-term investment, and the Fund should not be used as a trading vehicle.


9


 

Financial Highlights
 
The following schedules present financial highlights for one Share of the respective class of the Fund outstanding for the periods indicated. The ratio of expenses to average net assets listed in the tables below for each class of shares of the Fund are based on the average net assets of the Fund for each of the periods listed in the tables. To the extent that the Fund’s average net assets decrease over the Fund’s next fiscal year, such expenses can be expected to increase because certain fixed costs will be spread over a smaller amount of assets. The information for the fiscal years ended prior to June 1, 2010 has been audited by the Fund’s former independent registered public accounting firm. The information for the fiscal years ended after June 1, 2010 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the Fund’s most recent financial statements, may be obtained from our web site at www.invesco.com/us or by calling the telephone number on the last page of this Prospectus. This information should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes included in the Fund’s Annual Report.
 
                                                   
 
              Seven-Months
   
      Year Ended
  Year Ended
  Ended
   
      February 28,   February 29,   February 28,   Years Ended July 31,
Class A     2013   2012   2011   2010   2009   2008
Net asset value, beginning of period
    $ 6.58     $ 6.73     $ 6.29     $ 5.60     $ 7.48     $ 8.65  
                                                   
Net investment income (a)
      0.40       0.33       0.18       0.28       0.40       0.61  
Net gains (losses) on securities (both realized and unrealized)
      0.34       (0.15 )     0.44       0.76       (1.86 )     (1.17 )
                                                   
Total from investment operations
      0.74       0.18       0.62       1.04       (1.46 )     (0.56 )
Less:
                                                 
Dividends from net investment income
      (0.43 )     (0.33 )     (0.18 )     (0.31 )     (0.42 )     (0.61 )
Return of capital
                        (0.04 )            
Total distributions
      (0.43 )     (0.33 )     (0.18 )     (0.35 )     (0.42 )     (0.61 )
                                                   
Net asset value, end of period
    $ 6.89     $ 6.58     $ 6.73     $ 6.29     $ 5.60     $ 7.48  
                                                   
                                                   
Total return at net asset value
      11.56% (b)(c)     2.80% (b)(c)     9.97% (b)(c)     18.78% (b)     (18.60 )%(d)     (6.70 )%(d)
Net assets, end of period (000’s omitted)
    $ 123,447     $ 122,252     $ 173,137     $ 188,589     $ 166,448     $ 281,436  
Portfolio turnover rate (e)
      101%       87%       44%       55%       33%       35%  
                                                   
Ratios/supplemental data based on average net assets:
                                                 
Ratio of expenses:
                                                 
With fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements
      1.71% (c)(f)     1.74% (c)     1.71% (c)(g)     1.89%       2.34%       2.51%  
With fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements excluding interest, facilities and maintenance fees
      1.40% (c)(f)     1.47% (c)     1.37% (c)(g)     1.57%       1.86%       1.44%  
Without fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements
      1.94% (c)(f)     1.99% (c)     1.96% (c)(g)     2.14%       2.59%       2.76%  
Ratio of net investment income with fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements
      5.98% (c)(f)     5.10% (c)     4.86% (c)(g)     4.53%       7.57%       7.55%  
                                                   
Senior indebtedness:
                                                 
Total borrowings (000’s omitted)
    $ 211,000     $ 228,000     $ 178,000     $ 198,000     $ 132,000     $ 458,000  
Asset coverage per $1,000 unit of senior indebtedness (h)
    $ 6,827     $ 6,732     $ 6,673     $ 6,239     $ 8,538     $ 4,538  
                                                   
 
(a)  Calculated using average shares outstanding.
(b)  Includes adjustments in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and as such, the net asset value for financial reporting purposes and the returns based upon those net asset values may differ from the net asset value and returns for shareholder transactions. Does not include sales charges and is not annualized for periods less than one year, if applicable.
(c)  The total return, ratio of expenses to average net assets and ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets reflect actual 12b-1 fees of 0.04%, 0.00% and 0.00% for the years ended February 28, 2013 and February 29, 2012 and the seven months ended February 28, 2011, respectively.
(d)  Assumes reinvestment of all distributions for the period and does not include payment of the maximum sales charge of 3.25% or early withdrawal charge. On purchases of $1 million or more, an early withdrawal charge of 1% may be imposed on certain repurchases by the Fund made within eighteen months of purchase. If the sales charges were included, total returns would be lower. These returns include combined distribution and service fees of up to 0.25% and do not reflect the deduction of taxes that a shareholder would pay on Fund distributions or the repurchases by the Fund of Fund shares.
(e)  Portfolio turnover is calculated at the fund level and is not annualized for periods less than one year, if applicable. Calculation includes the proceeds from principal repayments and sales of variable rate senior loan interests. For the period ended February 29, 2012, the portfolio turnover calculation excludes the value of securities purchased of $614,414,753 and sold of $43,505,288 in the effort to realign the Fund’s portfolio holdings after the reorganization of Invesco Prime Income Trust into the Fund.
(f)  Ratios are annualized and based on average daily net assets (000’s omitted) of $117,813.
(g)  Annualized.
(h)  Calculated by subtracting the Fund’s total liabilities (not including the Borrowings) from the Fund’s total assets and dividing by the total number of senior indebtedness units, where one unit equals $1,000 of senior indebtedness.


10


 

                                                   
 
              Seven-Months
   
      Year Ended
  Year Ended
  Ended
   
      February 28,   February 29,   February 28,   Years Ended July 31,
Class B     2013   2012   2011   2010   2009   2008
Net asset value, beginning of period
    $ 6.58     $ 6.73     $ 6.29     $ 5.60     $ 7.48     $ 8.65  
                                                   
Net investment income (a)
      0.39       0.28       0.15       0.23       0.36       0.55  
Net gains (losses) on securities (both realized and unrealized)
      0.34       (0.15 )     0.44       0.77       (1.86 )     (1.17 )
                                                   
Total from investment operations
      0.73       0.13       0.59       1.00       (1.50 )     (0.62 )
Less:
                                                 
Dividends from net investment income
      (0.40 )     (0.28 )     (0.15 )     (0.28 )     (0.38 )     (0.55 )
Return of capital
                        (0.03 )            
Total distributions
      (0.40 )     (0.28 )     (0.15 )     (0.31 )     (0.38 )     (0.55 )
                                                   
Net asset value, end of period
    $ 6.91     $ 6.58     $ 6.73     $ 6.29     $ 5.60     $ 7.48  
                                                   
                                                   
Total return at net asset value
      11.38% (b)(c)     2.03% (b)(c)     9.50% (b)(c)     17.90% (b)     (19.24 )%(d)     (7.43 )%(d)
Net assets, end of period (000’s omitted)
    $ 12,888     $ 14,948     $ 19,455     $ 17,902     $ 16,974     $ 29,589  
Portfolio turnover rate (e)
      101%       87%       44%       55%       33%       35%  
                                                   
Ratios/supplemental data based on average net assets:
                                                 
Ratio of expenses:
                                                 
With fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements
      1.84% (c)(f)     2.49% (c)     2.46% (c)(g)     2.64%       3.11%       3.24%  
With fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements excluding interest, facilities and maintenance fees
      1.53% (c)(f)     2.22% (c)     2.12% (c)(g)     2.32%       2.63%       2.20%  
Without fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements
      2.07% (c)(f)     2.74% (c)     2.71% (c)(g)     2.89%       3.36%       3.49%  
Ratio of net investment income with fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements
      5.85% (c)(f)     4.35% (c)     4.10% (c)(g)     3.79%       6.85%       6.76%  
                                                   
Senior indebtedness:
                                                 
Total borrowing outstanding (000’s omitted)
    $ 211,000     $ 228,000     $ 178,000     $ 198,000     $ 132,000     $ 458,000  
Asset coverage per $1,000 unit of senior indebtedness (h)
    $ 6,827     $ 6,732     $ 6,673     $ 6,239     $ 8,538     $ 4,538  
                                                   
 
(a)  Calculated using average shares outstanding.
(b)  Includes adjustments in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and as such, the net asset value for financial reporting purposes and the returns based upon those net asset values may differ from the net asset value and returns for shareholder transactions. Does not include sales charges and is not annualized for periods less than one year, if applicable.
(c)  The total return, ratio of expenses to average net assets and ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets reflect actual 12b-1 fees of 0.17%, 0.75% and 0.75% for the years ended February 28, 2013 and February 29, 2012 and the seven months ended February 28, 2011, respectively.
(d)  Assumes reinvestment of all distributions for the period and does not include payment of the maximum early withdrawal charge of 3%, charged on certain repurchases by the Fund made within one year of purchase and declining to 0% after the fifth year. If the sales charge was included, total returns would be lower. These returns include combined distribution and service fees of up to 1% and do not reflect the deduction of taxes that a shareholder would pay on Fund distributions or the repurchases by the Fund of Fund shares.
(e)  Portfolio turnover is calculated at the fund level and is not annualized for periods less than one year, if applicable. Calculation includes the proceeds from principal repayments and sales of variable rate senior loan interests. For the period ended February 29, 2012, the portfolio turnover calculation excludes the value of securities purchased of $614,414,753 and sold of $43,505,288 in the effort to realign the Fund’s portfolio holdings after the reorganization of Invesco Prime Income Trust into the Fund.
(f)  Ratios are annualized and based on average daily net assets (000’s omitted) of $13,880.
(g)  Annualized.
(h)  Calculated by subtracting the Fund’s total liabilities (not including the Borrowings) from the Fund’s total assets and dividing by the total number of senior indebtedness units, where one unit equals $1,000 of senior indebtedness.


11


 

                                                   
 
              Seven-Months
   
      Year Ended
  Year Ended
  Ended
   
      February 28,   February 29,   February 28,   Years Ended July 31,
Class C     2013   2012   2011   2010   2009   2008
Net asset value, beginning of period
    $ 6.58     $ 6.73     $ 6.29     $ 5.60     $ 7.48     $ 8.65  
                                                   
Net investment income (a)
      0.35       0.28       0.15       0.23       0.36       0.55  
Net gains (losses) on securities (both realized and unrealized)
      0.33       (0.15 )     0.44       0.77       (1.86 )     (1.17 )
                                                   
Total from investment operations
      0.68       0.13       0.59       1.00       (1.50 )     (0.62 )
Less:
                                                 
Dividends from net investment income
      (0.37 )     (0.28 )     (0.15 )     (0.28 )     (0.38 )     (0.55 )
Return of capital
                        (0.03 )            
Total distributions
      (0.37 )     (0.28 )     (0.15 )     (0.31 )     (0.38 )     (0.55 )
                                                   
Net asset value, end of period
    $ 6.89     $ 6.58     $ 6.73     $ 6.29     $ 5.60     $ 7.48  
                                                   
                                                   
Total return at net asset value
      10.67% (b)(c)     2.03% (b)(c)     9.50% (b)(c)     17.90% (b)     (19.24 )%(d)     (7.43 )%(d)
Net assets, end of period (000’s omitted)
    $ 142,143     $ 147,551     $ 195,963     $ 207,828     $ 196,591     $ 338,551  
Portfolio turnover rate (e)
      101%       87%       44%       55%       33%       35%  
                                                   
Ratios/supplemental data based on average net assets:
                                                 
Ratio of expenses:
                                                 
With fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements
      2.46% (c)(f)     2.49% (c)     2.46% (c)(g)     2.64%       3.10%       3.26%  
With fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements excluding interest, facilities and maintenance fees
      2.15% (c)(f)     2.22% (c)     2.12% (c)(g)     2.32%       2.62%       2.20%  
Without fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements
      2.69% (c)(f)     2.74% (c)     2.71% (c)(g)     2.89%       3.35%       3.51%  
Ratio of net investment income with fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements
      5.23% (c)(f)     4.35% (c)     4.11% (c)(g)     3.79%       6.83%       6.79%  
                                                   
Senior indebtedness:
                                                 
Total borrowing outstanding (000’s omitted)
    $ 211,000     $ 228,000     $ 178,000     $ 198,000     $ 132,000     $ 458,000  
Asset coverage per $1,000 unit of senior indebtedness (h)
    $ 6,827     $ 6,732     $ 6,673     $ 6,239     $ 8,538     $ 4,538  
                                                   
 
(a)  Calculated using average shares outstanding.
(b)  Includes adjustments in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and as such, the net asset value for financial reporting purposes and the returns based upon those net asset values may differ from the net asset value and returns for shareholder transactions. Does not include sales charges and is not annualized for periods less than one year, if applicable.
(c)  The total return, ratio of expenses to average net assets and ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets reflect actual 12b-1 fees of 0.79%, 0.75% and 0.75% for the years ended February 28, 2013 and February 29, 2012 and the seven months ended February 28, 2011, respectively.
(d)  Assumes reinvestment of all distributions for the period and does not include payment of the maximum early withdrawal charge of 1%, charged on certain repurchases by the Fund made within one year of purchase. If the sales charge was included, total returns would be lower. These returns include combined distribution and service fees of up to 1% and do not reflect the deduction of taxes that a shareholder would pay on Fund distributions or the repurchases by the Fund of Fund shares.
(e)  Portfolio turnover is calculated at the fund level and is not annualized for periods less than one year, if applicable. Calculation includes the proceeds from principal repayments and sales of variable rate senior loan interests. For the period ended February 29, 2012, the portfolio turnover calculation excludes the value of securities purchased of $614,414,753 and sold of $43,505,288 in the effort to realign the Fund’s portfolio holdings after the reorganization of Invesco Prime Income Trust into the Fund.
(f)  Ratios are annualized and based on average daily net assets (000’s omitted) of $144,272.
(g)  Annualized.
(h)  Calculated by subtracting the Fund’s total liabilities (not including the Borrowings) from the Fund’s total assets and dividing by the total number of senior indebtedness units, where one unit equals $1,000 of senior indebtedness.


12


 

                                                   
 
              Seven-Months
   
      Year Ended
  Year Ended
  Ended
   
      February 28,   February 29,   February 28,   Years Ended July 31,
Class IB     2013   2012   2011   2010   2009   2008
Net asset value, beginning of period
    $ 6.58     $ 6.73     $ 6.29     $ 5.60     $ 7.49     $ 8.66  
                                                   
Net investment income (a)
      0.40       0.33       0.18       0.28       0.40       0.61  
Net gains (losses) on securities (both realized and unrealized)
      0.34       (0.15 )     0.44       0.76       (1.87 )     (1.17 )
                                                   
Total from investment operations
      0.74       0.18       0.62       1.04       (1.47 )     (0.56 )
Less:
                                                 
Dividends from net investment income
      (0.43 )     (0.33 )     (0.18 )     (0.31 )     (0.42 )     (0.61 )
Return of capital
                        (0.04 )            
Total distributions
      (0.43 )     (0.33 )     (0.18 )     (0.35 )     (0.42 )     (0.61 )
                                                   
Net asset value, end of period
    $ 6.89     $ 6.58     $ 6.73     $ 6.29     $ 5.60     $ 7.49  
                                                   
                                                   
Total return at net asset value
      11.59% (b)     2.80% (b)     9.97% (b)     18.77% (b)     (18.56 )%(c)     (6.69 )%(c)
Net assets, end of period (000’s omitted)
    $ 877,598     $ 943,491     $ 526,800     $ 527,108     $ 520,252     $ 815,141  
Portfolio turnover rate (d)
      101%       87%       44%       55%       33%       35%  
                                                   
Ratios/supplemental data based on average net assets:
                                                 
Ratio of expenses:
                                                 
With fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements
      1.67% (e)     1.74%       1.71% (f)     1.89%       2.34%       2.49%  
With fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements excluding interest, facilities and maintenance fees
      1.36% (e)     1.47%       1.37% (f)     1.57%       1.88%       1.45%  
Without fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements
      1.69% (e)                              
Ratio of net investment income with fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements
      6.02% (e)     5.10%       4.85% (f)     4.54%       7.60%       7.51%  
                                                   
Senior indebtedness:
                                                 
Total borrowing outstanding (000’s omitted)
    $ 211,000     $ 228,000     $ 178,000     $ 198,000     $ 132,000     $ 458,000  
Asset coverage per $1,000 unit of senior indebtedness (g)
    $ 6,827     $ 6,732     $ 6,673     $ 6,239     $ 8,538     $ 4,538  
                                                   
 
(a)  Calculated using average shares outstanding.
(b)  Includes adjustments in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and as such, the net asset value for financial reporting purposes and the returns based upon those net asset values may differ from the net asset value and returns for shareholder transactions. Does not include sales charges and is not annualized for periods less than one year, if applicable.
(c)  Assumes reinvestment of all distributions for the period and does not include payment of the maximum early withdrawal charge of 3%, charged on certain repurchases by the Fund made within one year of purchase and declining to 0% after the fifth year. If the sales charge was included, total returns would be lower. These returns do not reflect the deduction of taxes that a shareholder would pay on Fund distributions or the repurchases by the Fund of Fund shares.
(d)  Portfolio turnover is calculated at the fund level and is not annualized for periods less than one year, if applicable. Calculation includes the proceeds from principal repayments and sales of variable rate senior loan interests. For the period ended February 29, 2012, the portfolio turnover calculation excludes the value of securities purchased of $614,414,753 and sold of $43,505,288 in the effort to realign the Fund’s portfolio holdings after the reorganization of Invesco Prime Income Trust into the Fund.
(e)  Ratios are annualized and based on average daily net assets (000’s omitted) of $908,637.
(f)  Annualized.
(g)  Calculated by subtracting the Fund’s total liabilities (not including the Borrowings) from the Fund’s total assets and dividing by the total number of senior indebtedness units, where one unit equals $1,000 of senior indebtedness.


13


 

                                                   
 
              Seven-Months
   
      Year Ended
  Year Ended
  Ended
   
      February 28,   February 29,   February 28,   Years Ended July 31,
Class IC     2013   2012   2011   2010   2009   2008
Net asset value, beginning of period
    $ 6.58     $ 6.73     $ 6.29     $ 5.60     $ 7.49     $ 8.66  
                                                   
Net investment income (a)
      0.40       0.33       0.18       0.28       0.40       0.61  
Net gains (losses) on securities (both realized and unrealized)
      0.34       (0.15 )     0.44       0.76       (1.87 )     (1.17 )
                                                   
Total from investment operations
      0.74       0.18       0.62       1.04       (1.47 )     (0.56 )
Less:
                                                 
Dividends from net investment income
      (0.43 )     (0.33 )     (0.18 )     (0.31 )     (0.42 )     (0.61 )
Return of capital
                        (0.04 )            
Total distributions
      (0.43 )     (0.33 )     (0.18 )     (0.35 )     (0.42 )     (0.61 )
                                                   
Net asset value, end of period
    $ 6.89     $ 6.58     $ 6.73     $ 6.29     $ 5.60     $ 7.49  
                                                   
                                                   
Total return at net asset value
      11.57% (b)(c)     2.80% (b)(c)     9.97% (b)(c)     18.77% (b)     (18.71 )%(d)     (6.69 )%(d)
Net assets, end of period (000’s omitted)
    $ 73,356     $ 78,600     $ 94,440     $ 95,928     $ 94,721     $ 155,865  
Portfolio turnover rate (e)
      101%       87%       44%       55%       33%       35%  
                                                   
Ratios/supplemental data based on average net assets:
                                                 
Ratio of expenses:
                                                 
With fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements
      1.69% (c)(f)     1.74% (c)     1.71% (c)(g)     1.89%       2.35%       2.49%  
With fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements excluding interest, facilities and maintenance fees
      1.38% (c)(f)     1.47% (c)     1.37% (c)(g)     1.57%       1.88%       1.45%  
Without fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements
      1.84% (c)(f)     1.89% (c)     1.86% (c)(g)     2.04%       2.50%       2.64%  
Ratio of net investment income with fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements
      6.00% (c)(f)     5.10% (c)     4.85% (c)(g)     4.54%       7.60%       7.52%  
                                                   
Senior indebtedness:
                                                 
Total borrowing outstanding (000’s omitted)
    $ 211,000     $ 228,000     $ 178,000     $ 198,000     $ 132,000     $ 458,000  
Asset coverage per $1,000 unit of senior indebtedness (h)
    $ 6,827     $ 6,732     $ 6,673     $ 6,239     $ 8,538     $ 4,538  
                                                   
 
(a)  Calculated using average shares outstanding.
(b)  Includes adjustments in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and as such, the net asset value for financial reporting purposes and the returns based upon those net asset values may differ from the net asset value and returns for shareholder transactions. Does not include sales charges and is not annualized for periods less than one year, if applicable.
(c)  The total return, ratio of expenses to average net assets and ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets reflect actual Service Plan fees of 0.02%, 0.00% and 0.00% for the years ended February 28, 2013 and February 29, 2012 and the seven months ended February 28, 2011, respectively.
(d)  Assumes reinvestment of all distributions for the period and does not include payment of the maximum early withdrawal charge of 1%, charged on certain repurchases by the Fund made within one year of purchase. If the sales charge was included, total returns would be lower. These returns include combined service fees of up to 0.15% and do not reflect the deduction of taxes that a shareholder would pay on Fund distributions or the repurchases by the Fund of Fund shares.
(e)  Portfolio turnover is calculated at the fund level and is not annualized for periods less than one year, if applicable. Calculation includes the proceeds from principal repayments and sales of variable rate senior loan interests. For the period ended February 29, 2012, the portfolio turnover calculation excludes the value of securities purchased of $614,414,753 and sold of $43,505,288 in the effort to realign the Fund’s portfolio holdings after the reorganization of Invesco Prime Income Trust into the Fund.
(f)  Ratios are annualized and based on average daily net assets (000’s omitted) of $76,296.
(g)  Annualized.
(h)  Calculated by subtracting the Fund’s total liabilities (not including the Borrowings) from the Fund’s total assets and dividing by the total number of senior indebtedness units, where one unit equals $1,000 of senior indebtedness.


14


 

The Fund
 
 
The Fund is a diversified, closed-end management investment company. It was organized as a Massachusetts business trust on July 14, 1989, and was redomesticated as a Delaware Statutory Trust on October 15, 2012. Prior to December 2012, the Fund’s name was Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund. Prior to June 2010, the Fund’s name was Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund. The Fund completed an initial public offering of its Shares and commenced investment operations in October 1989. Since November 1989, the Fund has continuously offered its Shares through an affiliated distributor, which is currently Invesco Distributors, as principal underwriter. In June 2003, the Fund completed a transaction in which it redesignated its Shares issued before June 13, 2003 as Class B Shares and issued new Class C Shares to the shareholders of Van Kampen Senior Floating Rate Fund in exchange for the assets and liabilities of that fund. On February 18, 2005, the Fund redesignated its Class B Shares issued before February 18, 2005 as a new class of Shares designated Class IB Shares and redesignated its Class C Shares issued before February 18, 2005 as a new class of Shares designated Class IC Shares. On February 18, 2005, the Fund commenced offering new Class A Shares, new Class B Shares and new Class C Shares (the new Class B Shares and new Class C Shares have different fees, expenses and characteristics than the original Class B Shares and Class C Shares). The Fund now continuously offers two classes of Shares — Class A Shares and Class C Shares. Class B Shares, Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares are not continuously offered. The only new Class B Shares, Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares to be issued are those Class B Shares, Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares issued to satisfy dividend and capital gain reinvestment. Class B Shares of the Fund may also be issued in connection with an exchange from Class B Shares of other Invesco funds. The net proceeds from the sale of the Shares will be invested in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective, investment strategies and policies or used for other operating purposes contemplated by this Prospectus. The Fund expects that it ordinarily will be able to invest the net proceeds from the sale of Shares within approximately 30 days of receipt. The Fund’s principal office is located at 1555 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30309 and its telephone number is (800) 959-4246.
 
Investment Objective
and Principal
Investment Strategies
 
 
Investment Objective
The Fund’s investment objective is to provide a high level of current income, consistent with preservation of capital. An investment in the Fund may not be appropriate for all investors and should not be considered a complete investment program. There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. You should carefully consider the risks of investing in the Fund. See “Risks.”
 
Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal market conditions, the Fund’s investment adviser seeks to achieve the Fund’s investment objective by investing at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in Senior Loans. The Fund’s policy in the foregoing sentence may be changed by the Fund’s Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but no change is anticipated; if the Fund’s policy in the foregoing sentence changes, the Fund will notify shareholders in writing at least 60 days prior to implementation of the change and shareholders should consider whether the Fund remains an appropriate investment in light of the changes. Because Senior Loans have very large minimum investments, the Fund provides investors access to a market that normally is limited to institutional investors.
 
Description of Senior Loans
Interest rates and maturity.  Interest rates on Senior Loans adjust periodically. The interest rates are adjusted based on a base rate plus a premium or spread over the base rate. The base rate usually is the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), the prime rate offered by one or more major United States banks (the “Prime Rate”) or the certificate of deposit rate (the “CD Rate”) or other base lending rates used by commercial lenders. LIBOR, as provided for in Loan Agreements, usually is an average of the interest rates quoted by several designated banks as the rates at which they pay interest to major depositors in the London interbank market on U.S. dollar denominated deposits. The Adviser believes that changes in short-term LIBOR rates


15


 

are closely related to changes in the Federal Reserve federal funds rate, although the two are not technically linked. The Prime Rate quoted by a major U.S. bank is generally the interest rate at which that bank is willing to lend U.S. dollars to the most creditworthy borrowers, although it may not be the bank’s lowest available rate. The CD Rate, as provided for in Loan Agreements, usually is the average rate paid on large certificates of deposit traded in the secondary market.
 
Interest rates on Senior Loans may adjust over different time periods, including daily, monthly, quarterly, semiannually or annually. The Fund will not invest more than 5% of its total assets in Senior Loans with interest rates that adjust less often than semiannually. The Fund may use interest rate swaps and other investment practices to shorten the effective interest rate adjustment period of Senior Loans. If the Fund does so, it considers the shortened period to be the adjustment period of the Senior Loan. The Fund’s portfolio of Senior Loans will at all times have a dollar-weighted average time until the next interest rate adjustment of 90 days or less. As short-term interest rates rise, interest payable to the Fund should increase. As short-term interest rates decline, interest payable to the Fund should decrease. The amount of time that will pass before the Fund experiences the effects of changing short-term interest rates will depend on the dollar-weighted average time until the next interest rate adjustment on the Fund’s portfolio of Senior Loans.
 
When interest rates rise, the values of fixed income securities generally decline. When interest rates fall, the values of fixed income securities generally increase. The Fund believes that investing in adjustable rate Senior Loans should limit fluctuations in the Fund’s net asset value caused by changes in interest rates. The Fund expects the values of its Senior Loan investments to fluctuate less than the values of fixed rate, longer-term income securities in response to the changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates can, however, cause some fluctuation in the Fund’s net asset value.
 
The Fund expects that its Senior Loans will have stated maturities ranging from three to ten years, although the Fund has no policy limiting the maturity of Senior Loans that it purchases. Senior Loans usually have mandatory and optional prepayment provisions. Because of prepayments, the actual remaining maturity of Senior Loans may be considerably less than their stated maturity. The Fund estimates that the actual maturity of the Senior Loans in its portfolio will be approximately 18-24 months. Because the interest rates on Senior Loans adjust periodically, the Fund and the Adviser believe that reinvestment by the Fund in Senior Loans after prepayment should not result in a significant reduction in interest payable to the Fund. Fees received by the Fund may even enhance the Fund’s income. See “The Senior Loan Process” below.
 
Protective provisions of Senior Loans.  Senior Loans have the most senior position in a Borrower’s capital structure or share the senior position with other senior debt securities of the Borrower. This capital structure position generally gives holders of Senior Loans a priority claim on some or all of the Borrower’s assets in the event of default. Most of the Fund’s Senior Loan investments will be secured by specific assets of the Borrower. These Senior Loans will frequently be secured by all assets of the Borrower that qualify as collateral, such as trademarks, accounts receivable, inventory, buildings, real estate, franchises and common and preferred stock in its subsidiaries and affiliates. Collateral may also include guarantees or other credit support by affiliates of the Borrower. In some cases, a collateralized Senior Loan may be secured only by stock of the Borrower or its subsidiaries. The Loan Agreement may or may not require the Borrower to pledge additional collateral to secure the Senior Loan if the value of the initial collateral declines. In certain circumstances, the Loan Agreement may authorize the Agent to liquidate the collateral and to distribute the liquidation proceeds pro rata among the Lenders. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its total assets in Senior Loans that are not secured by specific collateral. Such unsecured Senior Loans involve a greater risk of loss.
 
Senior Loans also have contractual terms designed to protect Lenders. Loan Agreements often include restrictive covenants that limit the activities of the Borrower. These covenants may include mandatory prepayment out of excess cash flows, restrictions on dividend payments, the maintenance of minimum financial ratios, limits on indebtedness and other financial tests. Breach of these covenants generally is an event of default and, if not waived by the Lenders, may give Lenders the right to accelerate principal and interest payments.
 
Borrowers.  Borrowers operate in a variety of industries and geographic regions. In addition, the Fund will not invest 25% or more of its total assets in Borrowers that conduct their principal businesses in the same industry. Most Senior Loans are made to U.S. Borrowers. The Fund may, however, invest up to 20% of its total assets,


16


 

measured at the time of investment, in Senior Loans made to non-U.S. Borrowers provided that no more than 5% of these Senior Loans or other assets are non-U.S. dollar denominated. Investing in Senior Loans of non-U.S. Borrowers involves special risks. The Fund also may hold non-U.S. dollar denominated Senior Loans or other securities received as part of a reorganization or restructuring. See “Risks — Investment in non-U.S. issuers.”
 
The capital structure of a Borrower may include Senior Loans, senior and junior subordinated debt, preferred stock and common stock. Senior Loans typically have the most senior claim on a Borrower’s assets while common stock has the most junior claim. The proceeds of Senior Loans that the Fund will purchase typically will be used by Borrowers to finance leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, debt refinancings and, to a lesser extent, for general operating and other purposes.
 
The Fund may purchase and retain in its portfolio Senior Loans of Borrowers that have filed for protection under the federal bankruptcy laws or that have had involuntary bankruptcy petitions filed against them by creditors. Because of the protective features of Senior Loans, the Fund and the Adviser believe that Senior Loans of Borrowers that are experiencing, or are more likely to experience, financial difficulty may represent attractive investment opportunities. Investing in Senior Loans does, however, involve investment risk, and some Borrowers default on their Senior Loan payments. The Fund attempts to manage these risks through selection of a varied portfolio of Senior Loans and analyses and monitoring of Borrowers.
 
The Fund generally invests in a Senior Loan if, in the Adviser’s judgment, the Borrower can meet its payment obligations and the Senior Loan meets the credit standards established by the Adviser. The Adviser performs its own independent credit analysis on each Borrower and on the collateral securing each Senior Loan. The Adviser considers the nature of the industry in which the Borrower operates, the nature of the Borrower’s assets and the general quality and creditworthiness of the Borrower.
 
The Adviser constructs the Fund’s investment portfolio using a process that focuses on obtaining access to the widest possible range of potential investments available in the market, legal review of the documents for loans and on-going credit analysis of the Borrowers. In constructing the portfolio, the Adviser analyzes each Borrower to determine its earnings potential and other factors indicating the sustainability of earnings growth.
 
The Adviser will consider selling a Senior Loan if, among other things, (1) unfavorable industry trends, poor performance, or a lack of access to capital cause the Borrower to fail to meet its planned objectives; or (2) more attractive investment opportunities are found. There can be no assurance that the Adviser’s analysis will disclose all factors that may impair the value of a Senior Loan. You should expect the Fund’s net asset value to fluctuate as a result of changes in the credit quality of Borrowers and other factors. A serious deterioration in the credit quality of a Borrower could cause a permanent decrease in the Fund’s net asset value. See “Risks — Borrower credit risk.”
 
There is no minimum rating or other independent evaluation of a Borrower or its securities limiting the Fund’s investments. Although a Senior Loan may not be rated by any rating agency at the time the Fund purchases the Senior Loan, rating agencies have become more active in rating Senior Loans, and at any given time a substantial portion of the Senior Loans in the Fund’s portfolio may be rated. There is no limit on the percentage of the Fund’s assets that may be invested in Senior Loans that are rated below investment grade or that are unrated but of comparable quality. The lack of a rating does not necessarily imply that a Senior Loan is of lesser investment quality; notwithstanding, such unrated securities may be of any credit quality, and may be below investment grade quality.
 
The following table sets forth the percentage of the Fund’s Senior Loan obligations invested in rated and unrated obligations (using the higher of Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. rating categories), based on valuations as of February 28, 2013:
 
                     
 
    Rated Obligations                
   
BBB/Baa:
      0 .62%      
   
BB/Ba:
      33 .70%      
   
B/B:
      49 .60%      
   
CCC/Caa:
      7 .14%      
   
CC/Ca:
      0 .30%      
    Unrated Obligations       8 .63%      
 


17


 

The Senior Loan Process
Senior Loans generally are negotiated between a Borrower and several Lenders represented by one or more Lenders acting as Agent of all the Lenders. The Agent is responsible for negotiating the Loan Agreement that establishes the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan and the rights of the Borrower and the Lenders. The Agent is paid a fee by the Borrower for its services.
 
The Agent generally is required to administer and manage the Senior Loan on behalf of other Lenders. When evaluating Senior Loans, the Adviser may consider, and may rely in part on, analysis performed by the Agent and other Lenders. This analysis may include an evaluation of the value and sufficiency of any collateral securing Senior Loans. As to collateralized Senior Loans, the Agent usually is required to monitor the collateral. The Agent may rely on independent appraisals of specific collateral. The Agent need not, however, obtain an independent appraisal of assets pledged as collateral in all cases. The Agent generally is also responsible for determining that the Lenders have obtained a perfected security interest in the collateral securing a Senior Loan.
 
The Fund normally relies on the Agent to collect principal of and interest on a Senior Loan. Furthermore, the Fund also relies in part on the Agent to monitor compliance by the Borrower with the restrictive covenants in the Loan Agreement and to notify the Fund (or the Lender from whom the Fund has purchased a participation) of any adverse change in the Borrower’s financial condition. The Fund will not purchase interests in Senior Loans unless the Agent, Lender and any other person positioned between the Fund and the Borrower has entered into an agreement that provides for the holding of assets in safekeeping for, or the prompt disbursement of assets to, the Fund. Insolvency of the Agent or other persons positioned between the Fund and the Borrower could result in losses for the Fund. See “Risks — Senior Loans.”
 
The Fund may be required to pay and may receive various fees and commissions in connection with purchasing, selling and holding interests in Senior Loans. The fees normally paid by Borrowers include three primary types: facility fees, commitment fees and prepayment penalties. Facility fees are paid to Lenders when a Senior Loan is originated. Commitment fees are paid to Lenders on an ongoing basis based on the unused portion of a Senior Loan commitment. Lenders may receive prepayment penalties when a Borrower prepays a Senior Loan. The Fund receives these fees directly from the Borrower if the Fund is an Original Lender (as defined below) or, in the case of commitment fees and prepayment penalties, if the Fund acquires an Assignment (as defined below). Whether the Fund receives a facility fee in the case of an Assignment, or any fees in the case of a Participation (as defined below), depends on negotiations between the Fund and the Lender selling such interests. When the Fund buys an Assignment, it may be required to pay a fee to the Lender selling the Assignment, or to forgo a portion of interest and fees payable to the Fund. Occasionally, the assignor pays a fee to the assignee. A person selling a Participation to the Fund may deduct a portion of the interest and any fees payable to the Fund as an administrative fee. The Fund may be required to pass along to a person that buys a Senior Loan from the Fund a portion of any fees to which the Fund is entitled.
 
The Fund may have obligations under a Loan Agreement, including the obligation to make additional loans in certain circumstances. The Fund intends to reserve against such contingent obligations by segregating cash, liquid securities and liquid Senior Loans as a reserve. The Fund will not purchase a Senior Loan that would require the Fund to make additional loans if, as a result of such purchase, all of the Fund’s additional loan commitments in the aggregate would exceed 20% of the Fund’s total assets or would cause the Fund to fail to meet the asset composition requirements set forth under the heading “Investment Restrictions” in the Statement of Additional Information.
 
Types of Senior Loan Investments
The Fund may act as one of a group of Lenders originating a Senior Loan (an “Original Lender”), may purchase assignments or novations (“Assignments”) of portions of Senior Loans from third parties and may invest in participations (“Participations”) in Senior Loans. Senior Loans also include certain senior debt obligations that are in the form of notes rather than Loan Agreements and certain structured products with rates of return determined by reference to the total rate of return on one or more Senior Loans referenced in such products. All of these interests in Senior Loans are sometimes referred to simply as Senior Loans.
 
Original Lender.  When the Fund acts as an Original Lender, it may participate in structuring the Senior Loan. When the Fund is an Original Lender, it will have


18


 

a direct contractual relationship with the Borrower, may enforce compliance by the Borrower with the terms of the Loan Agreement and may have rights with respect to any funds acquired by other Lenders through set-off. Lenders also have full voting and consent rights under the applicable Loan Agreement. Action subject to Lender vote or consent generally requires the vote or consent of the holders of some specified percentage of the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Loan. Certain decisions, such as reducing the amount of interest on or principal of a Senior Loan, releasing collateral, changing the maturity of a Senior Loan or a change in control of the Borrower, frequently require the unanimous vote or consent of all Lenders affected. The Fund will never act as the Agent or principal negotiator or administrator of a Senior Loan.
 
Assignments.  The purchaser of an Assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the Loan Agreement of the assigning Lender and becomes a Lender under the Loan Agreement. Assignments may, however, be arranged through private negotiations, and the rights and obligations acquired by the purchaser of an Assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning Lender.
 
Participations.  The Fund presently does not intend to invest more than 5% of its net assets in Participations in Senior Loans. When the Fund purchases a Participation in a Senior Loan, the Fund will usually have a contractual relationship only with the Lender selling the Participation and not with the Borrower. The Fund may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the Lender selling the Participation and only upon receipt by the Lender of such payments from the Borrower. As a result, the Fund may assume the credit risk of both the Borrower and the Lender selling the Participation. In the event of insolvency of the Lender selling a Participation, the Fund may be treated as a general creditor of the Lender.
 
The Fund has taken the following measures in an effort to minimize these risks. The Fund will only acquire Participations if the Lender selling the Participation and any other persons positioned between the Fund and the Lender (i) has, at the time of investment, outstanding debt or deposit obligations rated investment grade by a rating agency or that are determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality and (ii) has entered into an agreement which provides for the holding of assets in safekeeping for, or the prompt disbursement of assets to, the Fund.
 
The Fund generally will not have the right to enforce compliance by the Borrower with the Loan Agreement, nor rights to any funds acquired by other Lenders through set-off against the Borrower. In addition, when the Fund holds a Participation in a Senior Loan, it may not have the right to vote on whether to waive enforcement of any restrictive covenant breached by a Borrower. Lenders voting in connection with a potential waiver of a restrictive covenant may have interests different from those of the Fund and may not consider the interests of the Fund. The Fund may not benefit directly from the collateral supporting a Senior Loan in which it has purchased the Participation, although Lenders that sell Participations generally are required to distribute liquidation proceeds received by them pro rata among the holders of such Participations.
 
Senior debt securities.  The Fund may invest up to 5% of its total assets in certain senior debt securities that are in the form of notes rather than Loan Agreements. The Fund will only purchase senior debt securities if (i) the senior debt securities represent the only form of senior debt financing of the Borrower or (ii) the senior debt securities are pari passu with other Senior Loans in the capital structure of a Borrower with respect to collateral. There may be no person performing the role of the Agent for senior debt securities and, as a result, the Fund may be more dependent on the ability of the Adviser to monitor and administer these Senior Loans. Senior debt securities will be treated as Senior Loans for purposes of the Fund’s policy of normally investing at least 80% of its net assets in Senior Loans.
 
Structured products.  The Fund also may invest up to 10% of its total assets in structured notes, credit-linked notes (“CLN”) and credit default swaps (“CDS”) to enhance the yield on its portfolio or to increase income available for distributions or for other non-hedging purposes; and other types of structured investments (referred to collectively as “structured products”). A structured note is a derivative security that has one or more special features, such as an interest rate based on a spread over an index or a benchmark interest rate, or other reference indicator, that may or may not correlate to the total rate of return on one or more underlying investments (such as Senior Loan interests) referenced in such notes. A CLN is a derivative instrument that is a synthetic obligation between two or more parties where the payment of principal and/or interest is based on the


19


 

performance of some obligation (a “reference obligation”). A CDS is an agreement between two parties to exchange the credit risk of a particular issuer or reference entity. In a CDS transaction, a buyer pays periodic fees in return for a payment by the seller which is contingent upon an adverse credit event occurring in the underlying issuer or reference entity. The seller collects periodic fees from the buyer and profits if the credit of the underlying issuer or reference entity remains stable or improves while the swap is outstanding, but the seller in a CDS contract would be required to pay an agreed upon amount to the buyer in the event of an adverse credit event in the reference entity. A buyer of a CDS is said to buy protection whereas a seller of a CDS is said to sell protection. When the Fund buys a CDS, it is utilizing the swap for hedging purposes similar to other hedging strategies described herein, see also “Investment Practices and Special Risks — Interest Rate and Other Hedging Strategies.” When the Fund sells a CDS, it is utilizing the swap to enhance the yield on its portfolio to increase income available for distribution or for other non-hedging purposes. Generally, investments in structured products are interests in entities organized and operated for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of underlying investment interests or securities. This type of restructuring generally involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity of the underlying investments (such as Senior Loan interests) and the issuance by that entity of one or more classes of securities backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying investments or referencing an indicator related to such investments. The cash flow or rate of return on the underlying investments may be apportioned among the newly issued securities to create different investment characteristics, such as varying maturities, credit quality, payment priorities and interest rate provisions. The cash flow or rate of return on a structured product may be determined by applying a multiplier to the rate of total return on the underlying investments or referenced indicator. Application of a multiplier is comparable to the use of financial leverage, a speculative technique. Leverage magnifies the potential for gain and the risk of loss. As a result, a relatively small decline in the value of the underlying investments or referenced indicator could result in a relatively large loss in the value of a structured product. Holders of structured products bear risks of the underlying index or reference obligation and are subject to counterparty risk. Structured products where the rate of return is determined by reference to a Senior Loan will be treated as Senior Loans for purposes of the Fund’s policy of normally investing at least 80% of its net assets in Senior Loans.
 
The Fund may have the right to receive payments to which it is entitled only from the structured product, and generally does not have direct rights against the Borrower. The Fund generally will not have the right to enforce compliance by the Borrower with the Loan Agreement, nor rights to any funds acquired by other Lenders through set-off against the Borrower. In addition, when the Fund holds a structured product derived from a Senior Loan, it may not have the right to vote on whether to waive enforcement of any restrictive covenant breached by a Borrower. Lenders voting in connection with a potential waiver of a restrictive covenant may have interests different from those of the Fund and may not consider the interests of the Fund.
 
Other Important Investment Policies
During normal market conditions, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its total assets in any combination of (1) warrants and equity securities, in each case the Fund must own or acquire a Senior Loan of the same issuer, (2) junior debt securities or securities with a lien on collateral lower than a senior claim on collateral (collectively, “junior debt securities”), (3) high quality short-term debt securities, (4) credit-linked deposits and (5) Treasury Inflation Protected Securities (“U.S. TIPS”) and other inflation-indexed bonds issued by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. The Fund also may convert a warrant into the underlying security. Although the Fund generally will acquire interests in warrants, equity securities and junior debt securities only when the Adviser believes that the value being given by the Fund is substantially outweighed by the potential value of such interests, investment in warrants, equity securities and junior debt securities entails certain risks in addition to those associated with investments in Senior Loans, including the potential for increasing fluctuations in the Fund’s net asset value. Any warrants, equity securities and junior debt securities held by the Fund will not be treated as Senior Loans and thus will not count toward the 80% of the Fund’s net assets that normally will be invested in Senior Loans.
 
High quality, short-term debt securities in which the Fund may invest include commercial paper rated at least in the top two rating categories, or unrated commercial paper considered by the Adviser to be of similar quality; interests in short-term loans of Borrowers having short-term debt obligations rated or a short-term credit


20


 

rating at least in such top two rating categories, or having no rating but determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality; certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances; and securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. These securities may pay interest at adjustable rates or at fixed rates. If the Adviser determines that market conditions temporarily warrant a defensive investment policy, the Fund may invest, subject to its ability to liquidate its relatively illiquid portfolio of Senior Loans, up to 100% of its assets in cash and high quality, short-term debt securities.
 
Credit-linked deposits are deposits by lenders, such as the Fund, to support the issuance of letters of credit to the Senior Loan borrower. The Fund receives from the bank issuing such letters of credit an agreed upon rate of return in exchange for its deposit. There are risks associated with credit-linked deposits, including the credit risk of the bank which maintains the deposit account as well as the credit risk of the borrower. The Fund bears the risk of possible loss of its principal investment, in addition to the periodic interest payments that are expected to be received for the duration of the Fund’s investment in the credit-linked deposit.
 
U.S. TIPS are fixed income securities issued by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the principal amounts of which are adjusted daily based upon changes in the rate of inflation (currently represented by the non-seasonally adjusted Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (the “CPI-U”)). The Fund may purchase U.S. TIPS or other inflation-indexed bonds issued by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities of any maturity. U.S. TIPS pay interest on a periodic basis, equal to a fixed interest rate applied to the inflation-adjusted principal amount. The interest rate on these bonds is fixed at issuance, but over the life of the bond, this interest may be paid on an increasing or decreasing principal value that has been adjusted for inflation. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed even during a period of deflation. However, because the principal amount of U.S. TIPS would be adjusted downward during a period of deflation, the Fund will be subject to deflation risk with respect to its investments in these securities. In addition, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed, and will fluctuate. If the Fund purchases U.S. TIPS in the secondary market whose principal values have been adjusted upward due to inflation since issuance, the Fund may experience a loss if there is a subsequent period of deflation. If inflation is lower than expected during the period the Fund holds U.S. TIPS, the Fund may earn less on the security than on a conventional bond. The Fund may invest in inflation-indexed securities issued by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities with other structures or characteristics as such securities become available in the market.
 
Financial Leverage
The Fund may utilize financial leverage (i) to provide the Fund with additional liquidity to meet its obligations to repurchase its Shares pursuant to its repurchase offers and (ii) for investment purposes (i.e., to use such financial leverage to purchase additional portfolio securities consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and primary investment strategy) to benefit the Fund’s Common Shares. Generally speaking, if the Fund can invest the proceeds from financial leverage (i.e., money from borrowings or issuing preferred shares) in portfolio securities that have higher rates of return than the costs of such financial leverage and other expenses of the Fund, then the holders of Common Shares would have a net benefit. The Fund’s policy on financial leverage allows the Fund to use financial leverage in the form of borrowings and/or preferred shares to the maximum extent allowable under the 1940 Act. The Adviser and the Fund’s Board of Trustees will regularly review the Fund’s use of financial leverage (i.e., the relative costs and benefits of leverage on the Fund’s Common Shares) and review the alternative means to leverage (i.e., the relative benefits and costs of borrowing versus issuing preferred shares).
 
Under the 1940 Act, a fund is not permitted to incur indebtedness unless immediately after such incurrence the fund has an asset coverage of at least 300% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the indebtedness (i.e., such indebtedness may not exceed 33 1 / 3 % of the fund’s total assets). Additionally, under the 1940 Act, a fund may not declare any dividend or other distribution upon any class of its capital shares, or purchase any such capital shares, unless the aggregate indebtedness of the fund has, at the time of the declaration of such dividend or distribution, or at the time of any such purchase, an asset coverage of at least 300% after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be. Under the 1940 Act, a fund is not permitted to issue preferred shares unless immediately after such issuance the net


21


 

asset value of the fund’s portfolio is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding preferred shares (i.e., such liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the Fund’s total assets). In addition, a fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its common shares unless, at the time of such distribution, the net asset value of the fund’s portfolio (determined after deducting the amount of such dividend or other distribution) is at least 200% of such liquidation value. If using a combination of borrowing and issuing preferred shares, the maximum allocable leverage is somewhere between 300% and 200% based on the relative amounts borrowed and preferred shares issued.
 
Effect of Leverage.  The Fund has entered into a revolving credit and security agreement pursuant to which the lenders will provide the Fund with up to $475 million in advances, subject to a variable interest rate. Assuming an interest rate of 1.42% (which is the rate of the Fund’s outstanding borrowings as of February 28, 2013) and the use of leverage in an amount equal to 17% of the Fund’s total assets (as of February 28, 2013), the incremental income generated by the Fund’s portfolio (net of estimated expenses including expenses related to the use of leverage) must exceed approximately 0.20% to cover such interest expense. These numbers are merely estimates used for illustration. The amount of leverage used by the Fund as well as actual interest expenses on the Fund’s outstanding borrowings may vary and may be higher or lower than the above estimates.
 
The following table is designed to illustrate the effect on return to a holder of the Fund’s Common Shares of the leverage created by the Fund’s use of borrowing, using the average interest rate of 1.42%, (which is the rate of the Fund’s outstanding borrowings as of February 28, 2013 as noted above, however, the Fund’s outstanding borrowings are subject to a variable interest rate and may change up or down over time) assuming the Fund has used leverage by borrowing an amount equal to 17% of the Fund’s total assets (as of February 28, 2013) and assuming hypothetical annual returns (net of expenses) on the Fund’s portfolio of minus 10% to plus 10%. As the table shows, leverage generally increases the return to Common Shareholders when portfolio return is positive and decreases return when the portfolio return is negative. Actual returns may be greater or less than those appearing in the table.
 
                           
 
    Assumed portfolio return, Net of expenses     (10)%   (5)%   0%   5%   10%
    Corresponding return to common shareholders     (11.70)%   (5.98)%   (0.27)%   5.45%   11.17%
 
 
The purpose of the table is to assist investors in understanding the effects of financial leverage. The figures in the table are hypothetical and actual returns may be greater or lesser than those appearing in the table.
 
Risks
 
 
No trading market for Shares.  The Fund is a closed-end investment company designed for long-term investors. The Fund does not intend to list the Shares for trading on any national securities exchange. While there is no restriction on transferring the Shares, there is not expected to be any secondary trading market in the Shares. The Shares are illiquid. There is no guarantee that you will be able to resell to the Fund all of the Shares that you desire to sell at any particular time in any repurchase offer by the Fund.
 
Senior Loans.  There is less readily available, reliable information about most Senior Loans than is the case for many other types of securities. In addition, there is no minimum rating or other independent evaluation of a Borrower or its securities limiting the Fund’s investments, and the Adviser relies primarily on its own evaluation of Borrower credit quality rather than on any available independent sources. As a result, the Fund is particularly dependent on the analytical abilities of the Adviser.
 
Senior Loans generally are not listed on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system and no active trading market exists for many Senior Loans. As a result, many Senior Loans are illiquid, meaning that the Fund may not be able to sell them quickly at a fair price. The market for illiquid securities is more volatile than the market for liquid securities. However, many Senior Loans are of a large principal amount and are held by a large number of owners. In the Adviser’s opinion, this should enhance their liquidity. In addition, in recent years the number of institutional investors


22


 

purchasing Senior Loans has increased. The risks of illiquidity are particularly important when the Fund’s operations require cash, and may in certain circumstances require that the Fund borrow to meet short-term cash requirements. To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain Senior Loans, the market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. Other than certain restrictions on the amount of illiquid securities during certain periods of a repurchase offer, the Fund has no limitation on the amount of its assets that may be invested in securities that are not readily marketable or that are subject to restrictions on resale. See “Repurchase of Shares — Repurchase Offers by the Fund — Impact of repurchase policies on the liquidity of the Fund.” The substantial portion of the Fund’s assets invested in Senior Loans may restrict the ability of the Fund to dispose of its investments in a timely fashion and at a fair price, and could result in capital losses to the Fund and holders of Shares. The market for Senior Loans could be disrupted in the event of an economic downturn or a substantial increase or decrease in interest rates. This could result in increased volatility in the market and in the Fund’s net asset value per Share. Illiquid securities are also difficult to value.
 
If legislation or state or federal regulations impose additional requirements or restrictions on the ability of financial institutions to make loans, the availability of Senior Loans for investment by the Fund may be adversely affected. In addition, such requirements or restrictions could reduce or eliminate sources of financing for certain Borrowers. This would increase the risk of default. If legislation or federal or state regulations require financial institutions to dispose of Senior Loans that are considered highly leveraged transactions or subject Senior Loans to increased regulatory scrutiny, financial institutions may determine to sell such Senior Loans. Such sales could result in prices that, in the opinion of the Adviser, do not represent fair value. If the Fund attempts to sell a Senior Loan at a time when a financial institution is engaging in such a sale, the price the Fund could get for the Senior Loan may be adversely affected.
 
Selling Lenders and other persons positioned between the Fund and the Borrower will likely conduct their principal business activities in the banking, finance and financial services industries. The Fund may be more at risk to any single economic, political or regulatory occurrence affecting such industries. Persons engaged in such industries may be more susceptible to, among other things, fluctuations in interest rates, changes in the Federal Open Market Committee’s monetary policy, governmental regulations concerning such industries and concerning capital raising activities generally and fluctuations in the financial markets generally.
 
Should an Agent or Lender positioned between the Fund and a Borrower become insolvent or enter FDIC receivership or bankruptcy, where the Fund is an Original Lender or has purchased an Assignment, any interest of such person in the Senior Loan and in any loan payment held by such person for the benefit of the Fund should not be included in the person’s estate. If, however, these items are included in their estate, the Fund would incur costs and delays in realizing payment and could suffer a loss of principal or interest.
 
Some Senior Loans are subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate the Senior Loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the Borrower or take other action detrimental to Lenders. Such court action could under certain circumstances include invalidation of Senior Loans.
 
Borrower credit risk.  Senior Loans, like most other debt obligations, are subject to the risk of default. Default in the payment of interest or principal on a Senior Loan results in a reduction in income to the Fund, a reduction in the value of the Senior Loan and a potential decrease in the Fund’s net asset value. The risk of default increases in the event of an economic downturn or a substantial increase in interest rates. An increased risk of default could result in a decline in the value of Senior Loans and in the Fund’s net asset value.
 
The Fund may acquire Senior Loans of Borrowers that are experiencing, or are more likely to experience, financial difficulty, including Senior Loans of Borrowers that have filed for bankruptcy protection. Borrowers may have outstanding debt obligations that are rated below investment grade. More recently, rating agencies have begun rating Senior Loans, and Senior Loans in the Fund’s portfolio may themselves be rated below investment grade. The Fund may invest a substantial portion of its assets in Senior Loans of Borrowers that have outstanding debt obligations rated below investment grade or that are unrated but of comparable quality to such securities. Debt securities rated below investment grade are viewed by the rating agencies as speculative and are commonly known as “junk bonds.” Senior


23


 

Loans may not be rated at the time that the Fund purchases them. If a Senior Loan is rated at the time of purchase, the Adviser may consider the rating when evaluating the Senior Loan but, in any event, does not view ratings as a determinative factor in investment decisions. As a result, the Fund is more dependent on the Adviser’s credit analysis abilities. Because of the protective terms of Senior Loans, the Adviser believes that the Fund is more likely to recover more of its investment in a defaulted Senior Loan than would be the case for most other types of defaulted debt securities. The values of Senior Loans of Borrowers that have filed for bankruptcy protection or that are experiencing payment difficulty could be affected by, among other things, the assessment of the likelihood that the Lenders ultimately will receive repayment of the principal amount of such Senior Loans, the likely duration, if any, of a lapse in the scheduled payment of interest and repayment of principal and prevailing interest rates. As of February 28, 2013, the Fund held in its portfolio 6 Senior Loans (the aggregate value of which represented approximately 0.22% of the value of the Fund’s net assets on such date) of Borrowers that were subject to protection under the federal bankruptcy laws. There is no assurance that the Fund will be able to recover any amount on Senior Loans of such Borrowers.
 
In the case of collateralized Senior Loans, there is no assurance that sale of the collateral would raise enough cash to satisfy the Borrower’s payment obligation or that the collateral can or will be liquidated. In the event of bankruptcy, liquidation may not occur and the court may not give Lenders the full benefit of their senior positions. If the terms of a Senior Loan do not require the Borrower to pledge additional collateral in the event of a decline in the value of the original collateral, the Fund will be exposed to the risk that the value of the collateral will not at all times equal or exceed the amount of the Borrower’s obligations under the Senior Loans. To the extent that a Senior Loan is collateralized by stock in the Borrower or its subsidiaries, such stock may lose all of its value in the event of bankruptcy of the Borrower. Uncollateralized Senior Loans involve a greater risk of loss.
 
Investment in non-U.S. issuers.  The Fund may invest up to 20% of its total assets, measured at the time of investment, in Senior Loans to Borrowers that are organized or located in countries other than the United States provided that no more than 5% of these Senior Loans or other assets are non-U.S. dollar denominated. Investment in non-U.S. issuers involves special risks, including that non-U.S. issuers may be subject to less rigorous accounting and reporting requirements than U.S. issuers, less rigorous regulatory requirements, different legal systems and laws relating to creditors’ rights, the potential inability to enforce legal judgments and the potential for political, social and economic adversity. Investments by the Fund in non-U.S. dollar denominated investments will be subject to currency risk. Currency risk is the risk that fluctuations in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and non-U.S. currencies may negatively affect an investment. The value of investments denominated in non-U.S. currencies may fluctuate based on changes in the value of those currencies relative to the U.S. dollar, and a decline in applicable foreign exchange rates could reduce the value of such investments held by the Fund. The Fund also may hold non-U.S. dollar denominated Senior Loans or other securities received as part of a reorganization or restructuring.
 
Warrants, equity securities and junior debt securities.  Warrants, equity securities and junior debt securities have a subordinate claim on a Borrower’s assets as compared with Senior Loans. As a result, the values of warrants, equity securities and junior debt securities generally are more dependent on the financial condition of the Borrower and less dependent on fluctuations in interest rates than are the values of many debt securities. The values of warrants, equity securities and junior debt securities may be more volatile than those of Senior Loans and thus may increase the volatility of the Fund’s net asset value.
 
Participations.  The Fund may purchase Participations in Senior Loans. Under a Participation, the Fund generally will have rights that are more limited than the rights of Lenders or of persons who acquire a Senior Loan by Assignment. In a Participation, the Fund typically has a contractual relationship with the Lender selling the Participation but not with the Borrower. As a result, the Fund assumes the credit risk of the Lender selling the Participation in addition to the credit risk of the Borrower. In the event of the insolvency of the Lender selling the Participation, the Fund may be treated as a general creditor of the Lender and may not have a senior claim to the Lender’s interest in the Senior Loan. Certain participations in Senior Loans are illiquid, meaning the Fund may not be able to sell them quickly at a fair price. Illiquid securities are also difficult to value. The Fund presently does not intend to invest


24


 

more than 5% of its net assets in Participations in Senior Loans.
 
Repurchase offer risks.  If the Fund repurchases more Shares than it is able to sell, the Fund’s net assets may decline and expense ratios may increase and the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective may be adversely affected. Moreover, this may force the Fund to sell assets it would not otherwise sell and the Fund may be forced to sell Fund assets that may have declined in value. Such sales may affect the market for the assets being sold, which in turn, could diminish the value of an investment in the Fund. In addition, if the Fund borrows to finance repurchases, interest on that borrowing will negatively affect shareholders who do not tender their Shares for repurchase by increasing the Fund’s expenses and reducing any net investment income. If a repurchase offer is oversubscribed, the Fund will repurchase the Shares tendered on a pro rata basis, and shareholders will have to wait until the next repurchase offer to make another repurchase request. Thus, there is also a risk that some shareholders, in anticipation of proration, may tender more Shares than they wish to have repurchased in a particular repurchase offer, thereby increasing both the likelihood that proration will occur and the likelihood the Fund will repurchase more Shares than it is able to sell.
 
Financial leverage.  The Fund is authorized to utilize financial leverage to the maximum extent allowable under the 1940 Act. There are risks associated with borrowing or issuing preferred shares in an effort to increase the yield and distributions on the Common Shares, including that the costs of the financial leverage exceed the income from investments made with such leverage, the higher volatility of the net asset value of the Common Shares, and that fluctuations in the interest rates on the borrowing or dividend rates on preferred shares may affect the yield and distributions to the Common Shareholders. The Fund’s use of leverage also may impair the ability of the Fund to maintain its qualification for federal income taxes as a regulated investment company.
 
As long as the Fund is able to invest the proceeds of any financial leverage in senior loans or other investments that provide a higher net return than the then cost of such financial leverage (i.e., the current interest rate on any borrowing or dividend rate of any preferred shares after taking into account the expenses of any borrowing or preferred shares offering) and the Fund’s operating expenses, the effect of leverage will be to cause the Common Shareholders to realize a higher current rate of return than if the Fund were not leveraged. However, if the current costs of financial leverage were to exceed the return on such proceeds after expenses (which the Adviser believes to be an unlikely scenario), the Common Shareholders would have a lower rate of return than if the Fund had an unleveraged capital structure.
 
During any annual period when the Fund has a net payable on the interest due on borrowings or the dividends due on any outstanding preferred shares, the failure to pay on such amounts would preclude the Fund from paying dividends on the Common Shares. The rights of lenders to the Fund to receive interest on and repayment of principal on any borrowings will be senior to those of the holders of the Common Shares, and the terms of any such borrowings may contain provisions which limit certain activities of the Fund, including the payment of dividends to holders of Common Shares in certain circumstances, and may require the Fund to pledge assets to secure such borrowing. Further, the terms of such borrowing may, and the 1940 Act does (in certain circumstances), grant to the lenders to the Fund certain voting rights in the event of default in the payment of interest on or repayment of principal. In addition, under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration and after deducting the amount of such dividend or distribution, the Fund is in compliance with the asset coverage requirements of the 1940 Act. Such prohibition on the payment of dividends or distributions might impair the ability of the Fund to maintain its qualification, for federal income tax purposes, as a regulated investment company. The Fund intends, however, to the extent possible, to repay borrowings or redeem any outstanding preferred securities from time to time if necessary, which may involve the payment by the Fund of a premium and the sale by the Fund of portfolio securities at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so, to maintain compliance with such asset coverage requirements.
 
Subject to the restrictions of the 1940 Act, the Fund may “releverage” through incurrence of new borrowing, or the reissuance of preferred shares and in connection with which the Fund, and indirectly the Common Shareholders, would incur the expenses of such releveraging. Any borrowing will likely rank senior to or pari passu with all other existing and future borrowings of


25


 

the Fund. Interest payments and fees incurred in connection with borrowings will reduce the amount of net income available for payment to Common Shareholders.
 
Although the Fund does not have any immediate intention to do so, the Fund may in the future issue preferred shares as a form of financial leverage. Any such preferred shares of the Fund would be senior to the Fund’s Common Shares, such that holders of preferred shares would have priority over the distribution of the Fund’s assets, including dividend and liquidating distributions. It is presently believed that any such preferred shares of the Fund would not be listed on any exchange and would be bought and sold in auctions through participating broker-dealers. If the Fund were to issue preferred shares, the Fund could be subject to, among other things, (i) more stringent asset coverage provisions, (ii) restrictions on certain investment practices and (iii) the imposition of certain minimum issue size, issuer geographical diversification and other requirements for determining portfolio assets that are eligible for computing compliance with their asset coverage requirements in connection with an investment grade rating for such preferred shares from one or more nationally recognized statistical rating shares by the Fund entails certain initial costs and expenses and certain ongoing administrative and accounting expenses, as well as costs of interest payments and dividends on the leverage. Fees based on the net assets of the Fund (such as the Fund’s advisory and administrative fees) will not increase by adding leverage to the Fund. Certain other expenses of the Fund (such as custodian fees or portfolio transaction-related costs, which generally increase with any increase in the amount of assets managed by the Fund) are expected to marginally increase by adding leverage to the Fund. All of these costs and expenses will be borne by the Fund’s Common Shareholders and will reduce the income or net assets available to Common Shareholders. If the Fund’s current investment income were not sufficient to meet interest expenses on any borrowing or dividend requirements on any preferred shares, the Fund might have to liquidate certain of its investments in order to meet required interest or dividend payments, thereby reducing the net asset value attributable to the Fund’s Common Shares. If there are preferred shares issued and outstanding, holders of the preferred shares will elect two Trustees. In addition, the terms of any preferred shares or borrowing may entitle holders of the preferred shares or lenders, as the case may be, to elect a majority of the Board of Trustees in certain other circumstances.
 
The Fund may be converted to an open-end investment company only upon approval by the Board of Trustees followed by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 75% of the outstanding Shares entitled to vote, unless such transaction has been previously approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (66 2 / 3 %) of the Board of Trustees, in which case the affirmative vote “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund with each class of Shares voting, which requires the affirmative vote of the lesser of 50% of the outstanding Shares or 67% of the Shares present in person or by proxy, provided that at least 50% of the outstanding shares are present. Among other things, conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company would require the redemption of all outstanding preferred shares and could require the repayment of borrowings, which would eliminate the leveraged capital structure of the Fund with respect to the Common Shares.
 
Certain other practices in which the Fund may engage, including reverse repurchase agreements, may also be considered leverage and subject to the Fund’s leverage policy. However, to the extent that the Fund segregates cash, liquid securities or liquid senior loans in an amount sufficient to cover its obligations with respect to such reverse repurchase agreements, they will not be subject to the Fund’s leverage policy.
 
The Fund’s Statement of Additional Information contains additional information about the Fund’s use of financial leverage.
 
Anti-takeover provisions.  The Fund’s Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could limit the ability of other persons to acquire control of the Fund or to change the composition of its Board of Trustees. See “Description of Shares — Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Declaration of Trust.”
 
Investment Practices and
Special Risks
 
 
The Fund may use interest rate and other hedging transactions, purchase and sell Senior Loans and other securities on a when issued or delayed delivery basis and


26


 

use repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements. These investment practices involve risks. Although the Adviser believes that these investment practices may aid the Fund in achieving its investment objective, there is no assurance that these practices will achieve this result.
 
Interest Rate and Other
Hedging Transactions
The Fund may enter into various interest rate hedging and risk management transactions. Certain of these interest rate hedging and risk management transactions may be considered to involve derivative instruments. A derivative is a financial instrument whose performance is derived at least in part from the performance of an underlying index, security or asset. The values of certain derivatives can be affected dramatically by even small market movements, sometimes in ways that are difficult to predict. There are many different types of derivatives, with many different uses. The Fund expects to enter into these transactions primarily to seek to preserve a return on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio, and may also enter into such transactions to seek to protect against decreases in the anticipated rate of return on floating or variable rate financial instruments the Fund owns or anticipates purchasing at a later date, or for other risk management strategies such as managing the effective dollar-weighted average duration of the Fund’s portfolio. In addition, the Fund may also engage in hedging transactions to seek to protect the value of its portfolio against declines in net asset value resulting from changes in interest rates or other market changes. Except as discussed previously herein with respect to certain derivative instruments, the Fund does not intend to engage in such transactions to enhance the yield on its portfolio, to increase income available for distributions or for other non-hedging purposes. Market conditions will determine whether and in what circumstances the Fund would employ any of the techniques described below. The successful utilization of these types of transactions for hedging and risk management purposes requires skills different from those needed in the selection of the Fund’s portfolio securities. The Fund believes that the Adviser possesses the skills necessary for the successful utilization of hedging and risk management transactions. The Fund will incur brokerage and other costs in connection with its hedging transactions.
 
The Fund may enter into interest rate swaps or purchase or sell interest rate caps or floors. The Fund will not sell interest rate caps or floors that it does not own. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of their respective obligations to pay or receive interest, e.g., an exchange of an obligation to make floating rate payments for an obligation to make fixed rate payments. For example, the Fund may seek to shorten the effective interest rate redetermination period of a Senior Loan in its portfolio for which the Borrower has selected an interest rate redetermination period of one year. The Fund could exchange the Borrower’s obligation to make fixed rate payments for one year for an obligation to make payments that readjust monthly. In such event, the Fund would consider the interest rate redetermination period of such Senior Loan to be the shorter period.
 
The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest at the difference of the index and the predetermined rate on a notional principal amount (the reference amount with respect to which interest obligations are determined, although no actual exchange of principal occurs) from the party selling such interest rate cap. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest at the difference of the index and the predetermined rate on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate floor. The Fund will not enter into swaps, caps or floors if, on a net basis, the aggregate notional principal amount with respect to such agreements exceeds the net assets of the Fund.
 
In circumstances in which the Adviser anticipates that interest rates will decline, the Fund might, for example, enter into an interest rate swap as the floating rate payor or, alternatively, purchase an interest rate floor. In the case of purchasing an interest rate floor, if interest rates declined below the floor rate, the Fund would receive payments from its counterparty which would wholly or partially offset the decrease in the payments it would receive in respect of the portfolio assets being hedged. In the case where the Fund purchases such an interest rate swap, if the floating rate payments fell below the level of the fixed rate payment set in the swap agreement, the Fund’s counterparty would pay the Fund amounts equal to interest computed at the difference between the fixed and floating rates over the notional principal amount. Such payments would offset or partially offset the decrease in the payments the Fund


27


 

would receive in respect of floating rate portfolio assets being hedged.
 
The successful use of swaps, caps and floors to preserve the rate of return on a portfolio of financial instruments depends on the Adviser’s ability to predict correctly the direction and extent of movements in interest rates. Although the Fund believes that use of the hedging and risk management techniques described above will benefit the Fund, if the Adviser’s judgment about the direction or extent of the movement in interest rates is incorrect, the Fund’s overall performance would be worse than if it had not entered into any such transactions. For example, if the Fund had purchased an interest rate swap or an interest rate floor to hedge against its expectation that interest rates would decline but instead interest rates rose, the Fund would lose part or all of the benefit of the increased payments it would receive as a result of the rising interest rates because it would have to pay amounts to its counterparty under the swap agreement or would have paid the purchase price of the interest rate floor.
 
Inasmuch as these hedging transactions are entered into for good-faith risk management purposes, the Adviser and the Fund believe such obligations do not constitute senior securities. The Fund will usually enter into interest rate swaps on a net basis, i.e., where the two parties make net payments with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each interest rate swap will be accrued and an amount of cash, liquid securities or liquid Senior Loans having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained in a segregated account by the Fund’s custodian. If the Fund enters into a swap on other than a net basis, the Fund will maintain in the segregated account the full amount of the Fund’s obligations under each such swap. Accordingly, the Fund does not treat swaps as senior securities. The Fund may enter into swaps, caps and floors with member banks of the Federal Reserve System, members of the New York Stock Exchange or other entities determined by the Adviser, pursuant to procedures adopted and reviewed on an ongoing basis by the Board of Trustees, to be creditworthy. If a default occurs by the other party to such transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction, but such remedies may be subject to bankruptcy and insolvency laws which could affect the Fund’s rights as a creditor. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and financial services firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid. Caps and floors are more recent innovations and they are less liquid than swaps. There can be no assurance, however, that the Fund will be able to enter into interest rate swaps or to purchase interest rate caps or floors at prices or on terms the Adviser believes are advantageous to the Fund. In addition, although the terms of interest rate swaps, caps and floors may provide for termination, there can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to terminate an interest rate swap or to sell or offset interest rate caps or floors that it has purchased.
 
New financial products continue to be developed, and the Fund may invest in any such products to the extent consistent with its investment objective and the regulatory and federal tax requirements applicable to investment companies.
 
When Issued and Delayed
Delivery Transactions
The Fund may also purchase and sell interests in Senior Loans and other portfolio securities on a when issued and delayed delivery basis. No income accrues to the Fund on such interests or securities in connection with such purchase transactions prior to the date that the Fund actually takes delivery of such interests or securities. These transactions are subject to market fluctuation; the value of the interests in Senior Loans and other portfolio debt securities at delivery may be more or less than their purchase price, and yields generally available on such interests or securities when delivery occurs may be higher or lower than yields on the interests or securities obtained pursuant to such transactions. Because the Fund relies on the buyer or seller, as the case may be, to consummate the transaction, failure by the other party to complete the transaction may result in the Fund missing the opportunity of obtaining a price or yield considered to be advantageous. When the Fund is the buyer in such a transaction, however, it will maintain, in a segregated account with its custodian, cash, liquid securities or liquid Senior Loans having an aggregate value at least equal to the amount of such purchase commitments until payment is made. The Fund will make commitments to purchase such interests or securities on such basis only with the intention of actually


28


 

acquiring these interests or securities, but the Fund may sell such interests or securities prior to the settlement date if such sale is considered to be advisable. To the extent the Fund engages in when issued and delayed delivery transactions, it will do so for the purpose of acquiring interests or securities for the Fund’s portfolio consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies and not for the purpose of investment leverage. No specific limitation exists as to the percentage of the Fund’s assets which may be used to acquire securities on a when issued or delayed delivery basis.
 
Repurchase Agreements
The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements (a purchase of, and a simultaneous commitment to resell, a financial instrument at an agreed upon price on an agreed upon date) only with member banks of the Federal Reserve System and member firms of the New York Stock Exchange. When participating in repurchase agreements, the Fund buys securities from a vendor, e.g., a bank or brokerage firm, with the agreement that the vendor will repurchase the securities at a higher price at a later date. Such transactions afford an opportunity for the Fund to earn a return on available cash at minimal market risk, although the Fund may be subject to various delays and risks of loss if the vendor is unable to meet its obligation to repurchase. Under the 1940 Act, repurchase agreements are deemed to be collateralized loans of money by the Fund to the seller. In evaluating whether to enter into a repurchase agreement, the Adviser will consider carefully the creditworthiness of the vendor. If the member bank or member firm that is the party to the repurchase agreement petitions for bankruptcy or otherwise becomes subject to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the law regarding the rights of the Fund is unsettled. The securities underlying a repurchase agreement will be marked to market every business day so that the value of the collateral is at least equal to the value of the loan, including the accrued interest thereon, and the Adviser will monitor the value of the collateral. No specific limitation exists as to the percentage of the Fund’s assets which may be used to participate in repurchase agreements.
 
Reverse Repurchase Agreements
The Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with respect to debt obligations which could otherwise be sold by the Fund. A reverse repurchase agreement is an instrument under which the Fund may sell an underlying debt instrument and simultaneously obtain the commitment of the purchaser (a commercial bank or a broker or dealer) to sell the security back to the Fund at an agreed upon price on an agreed upon date. The Fund will maintain in a segregated account with its custodian cash, liquid securities or liquid Senior Loans in an amount sufficient to cover its obligations with respect to reverse repurchase agreements. The Fund receives payment for such securities only upon physical delivery or evidence of book entry transfer by its custodian. Reverse repurchase agreements could involve certain risks in the event of default or insolvency of the other party, including possible delays or restrictions upon the Fund’s ability to dispose of the underlying securities. An additional risk is that the market value of securities sold by the Fund under a reverse repurchase agreement could decline below the price at which the Fund is obligated to repurchase them. Reverse repurchase agreements will be considered borrowings by the Fund and as such would be subject to the restrictions on borrowing described in the Statement of Additional Information under “Investment Restrictions.” The Fund will not hold more than 5% of the value of its total assets in reverse repurchase agreements.
 
Management of the Fund
 
 
Board of Trustees
The management of the Fund, including general supervision of the duties performed by the Adviser, is the responsibility of the Fund’s Board of Trustees.
 
Investment Adviser
Invesco Advisers, Inc. (“Invesco” or the “Adviser”) is the Fund’s investment adviser. The Adviser is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Invesco Ltd. The Adviser is located at 1555 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30309. The Adviser, a successor in interest to multiple investment advisers, has been an investment adviser since 1976. Invesco Distributors, Inc. is the Fund’s principal underwriter. Invesco Distributors, Inc. is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Invesco Ltd.
 
Advisory Agreement.  The Fund retains the Adviser to manage the investment of its assets and to place orders for the purchase and sale of its portfolio securities. Under an investment advisory agreement between the Adviser and the Fund (the “Advisory Agreement”), the Fund pays the Adviser a monthly fee computed based


29


 

upon an annual rate applied to the average daily net assets of the Fund as follows:
 
                     
 
    Average Daily Net Assets     % Per Annum    
    First $500 million       0 .900%      
    Next $1 billion       0 .850%      
    Next $1 billion       0 .825%      
    Next $500 million       0 .800%      
    Over $3 billion       0 .775%      
 
 
Applying this fee schedule, the Fund’s effective advisory fee rate was 0.87% of the Fund’s average daily net assets for the Fund’s fiscal year ended February 28, 2013. The Fund’s average daily net assets are determined by taking the average of all of the determinations of the net assets during a given calendar month. Such fee is payable for each calendar month as soon as practicable after the end of that month.
 
The Adviser furnishes offices, necessary facilities and equipment. The Fund pays all charges and expenses of its day-to-day operations, including service fees, distribution fees, custodian fees, legal and independent registered public accounting firm fees, the costs of reports and proxies to shareholders, compensation of trustees of the Fund (other than those who are affiliated persons of the Adviser or Invesco Distributors) and all other ordinary business expenses not specifically assumed by the Adviser.
 
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees’ approval of the Advisory Agreement will be available in the Fund’s Semiannual Report dated August 31, 2013.
 
Investment Sub-Advisers
Invesco has entered into a Sub-Advisory Agreement with certain affiliates to serve as sub-advisers to the Fund, pursuant to which these affiliated sub-advisers may be appointed by Invesco from time to time to provide discretionary investment management services, investment advice, and/or order execution services to the Fund. These affiliated sub-advisers, each of which is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 are:
 
Invesco Asset Management Deutschland GmbH (“Invesco Deutschland”)
 
Invesco Asset Management Limited (“Invesco Asset Management”)
 
Invesco Asset Management (Japan) Limited (“Invesco Japan”)
 
Invesco Australia Limited (“Invesco Australia”)
 
Invesco Hong Kong Limited (“Invesco Hong Kong”)
 
Invesco Senior Secured Management, Inc. (“Invesco Senior Secured”)
 
Invesco Canada Ltd. (“Invesco Canada”);
 
(each a “Sub-Adviser” and collectively, the “Sub-Advisers”).
 
Invesco and each Sub-Adviser are indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of Invesco Ltd.
 
The only fees payable to the Sub-Advisers under the Sub-Advisory Agreement are for providing discretionary investment management services. For such services, Invesco will pay each Sub-Adviser a fee, computed daily and paid monthly, equal to (i) 40% of the monthly compensation that Invesco receives from the Fund, multiplied by (ii) the fraction equal to the net assets of such Fund as to which such Sub-Adviser shall have provided discretionary investment management services for that month divided by the net assets of such Fund for that month. Pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, this fee is reduced to reflect contractual or voluntary fee waivers or expense limitations by Invesco, if any, in effect from time to time. In no event shall the aggregate monthly fees paid to the Sub-Advisers under the Sub-Advisory Agreement exceed 40% of the monthly compensation that Invesco receives from the Fund pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, as reduced to reflect contractual or voluntary fees waivers or expense limitations by Invesco, if any.
 
Portfolio management.  
Investment decisions for the Fund are made by the investment management team at Invesco Senior Secured Management, Inc. (“Invesco Senior Secured”). The following individuals are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund.
 
•  Mr. Philip Yarrow, Portfolio Manager, has been managing the Fund since March 2007 and has been associated with Invesco Senior Secured and/or its affiliates since 2010. From 2005-2010 and prior to joining Invesco Senior Secured, Mr. Yarrow was an Executive Director with Morgan Stanley.
 
•  Mr. Thomas Ewald, Portfolio Manager, has been managing the Fund since 2010 and has been


30


 

associated with Invesco Senior Secured and/or its affiliates since 2000.
 
•  Mr. Scott Baskind, Portfolio Manager, has been managing the Fund since 2013 and has been associated with Invesco and/or its affiliates since 1999.
 
More information on the portfolio managers may be found at www.invesco.com/us. The web site is not part of the Prospectus.
 
The Fund’s SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ investments in the Fund, a description of the compensation structure and information regarding other accounts managed.
 
Administrator
Invesco Advisers, Inc., the Fund’s investment adviser, also serves as the Fund’s Administrator. Pursuant to the administration agreement between the Fund and the Administrator (the “Administration Agreement”), the Administrator (i) monitors provisions of Loan Agreements and any Participations and Assignments and is responsible for recordkeeping for Senior Loans; (ii) arranges for the printing and dissemination of reports to shareholders; (iii) arranges for dissemination of the Fund’s proxy and any repurchase offer materials to shareholders, and oversees the tabulation of proxies by the Fund’s transfer agent; (iv) negotiates the terms and conditions under which custodian services are provided to the Fund and the fees to be paid by the Fund in connection therewith; (v) negotiates the terms and conditions under which dividend disbursing services are provided to the Fund, and the fees to be paid by the Fund in connection therewith, and reviews the provision of such services to the Fund; (vi) provides the Fund’s dividend disbursing agent and custodian with such information as is required for them to effect payment of dividends and distributions and to implement the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan; (vii) makes such reports and recommendations to the Board of Trustees as the trustees reasonably request; and (viii) provides shareholder services to holders or potential holders of the Fund’s securities.
 
For the services rendered to the Fund and related expenses borne by the Administrator, the Fund pays the Administrator a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, at the annualized rate of 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
 
Purchase of Shares
 
 
General
This Prospectus offers two classes of Shares of the Fund, designated as Class A Shares and Class C Shares, and describes three classes of Shares, designated as Class B Shares, Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares, which are not continuously offered. By offering multiple classes of Shares, the Fund permits each investor to choose the class of Shares that is most beneficial given the type of investor, the amount to be invested and the length of time the investor expects to hold the Shares. You should discuss with your authorized dealer which Share class is most appropriate for you. As described more fully below, each class of Shares offers a distinct structure of sales charges, distribution and service fees and other features (for example, the reduced or eliminated sales charges available for purchases of Class A Shares over $100,000 of the Fund or your cumulative ownership of Participating Funds) that are designed to address a variety of needs.
 
Each class of Shares of the Fund represents an interest in the same portfolio of investments of the Fund and has the same rights except that (i) Class A Shares generally bear the sales charge expenses at the time of purchase while Class B Shares and Class C Shares generally bear the sales charge expenses at the time of repurchase by the Fund and any expenses (including higher distribution fees and transfer agency costs) resulting from such early withdrawal charge arrangement and Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares are not subject to initial sales charges or early withdrawal charges, (ii) each class of Shares has exclusive voting rights with respect to approvals of any applicable distribution plan and any applicable service plan (each as described below), under which the class’s distribution fee and/or service fee is paid, (iii) certain classes of Shares have different exchange privileges, (iv) certain classes of Shares are subject to a conversion feature and (v) certain classes of Shares have different shareholder service options available.
 
Pricing Fund Shares
The offering price of the Fund’s Shares is based upon the Fund’s net asset value per Share (plus sales charges, where applicable). Differences in net asset values per Share of each class of Shares are generally expected to be due to the daily expense accruals of the specified


31


 

distribution and service fees and transfer agency costs applicable to such class of Shares and the differential in the dividends that may be paid on each class of Shares.
 
The net asset value per Share for each class of Shares of the Fund is determined once daily as of the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) each day the Exchange is open for trading except on any day on which no purchase or repurchase orders are received or there is not a sufficient degree of trading in the Fund’s portfolio securities such that the Fund’s net asset value per Share might be materially affected. The Fund’s Board of Trustees reserves the right to calculate the net asset value per Share and adjust the offering price more frequently than once daily if deemed desirable. Net asset value per Share for each class is determined by dividing the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities, cash and other assets (including accrued interest) attributable to such class, less all liabilities (including accrued expenses) attributable to such class, by the total number of Shares of the class outstanding. For more information about computing net asset value per Share, see the section entitled “Net Asset Value” in the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information.
 
Distribution Plan and Service Plan
The Fund has adopted a Distribution Plan with respect to each of its Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares and in so doing has agreed to comply with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act as if the Fund were an open-end investment company. The Fund also has adopted a Service Plan with respect to each of its Class A Shares, Class B Shares, Class C Shares and Class IC Shares. There is no Distribution Plan or Service Plan for Class IB Shares and no Distribution Plan for Class IC Shares. Under the Distribution Plan and the Service Plan, the Fund pays distribution fees in connection with the sale and distribution of Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares and service fees in connection with the provision of ongoing services to holders of Class A Shares, Class B Shares, Class C Shares and Class IC Shares and the maintenance of such shareholders’ accounts.
 
The amount of distribution fees and service fees varies among the classes offered by the Fund. Because these fees are paid out of the Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, these fees will increase the cost of your investment in the Fund. By purchasing a class of Shares subject to higher distribution fees and service fees, you may pay more over time than on a class of Shares with other types of sales charge arrangements. Long-term shareholders may pay more than the economic equivalent of the maximum front-end sales charges permitted by the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). The net income attributable to a class of Shares will be reduced by the amount of the distribution fees and service fees and other expenses of the Fund associated with that class of Shares.
 
To assist investors in comparing classes of Shares, the tables under the Prospectus heading “Fees and Expenses of the Fund” provide a summary of sales charges and expenses and an example of the sales charges and expenses of the Fund applicable to each class of Shares offered herein.
 
Class IC Shares are subject to a service fee of up to 0.25% of average daily net assets attributable to such class of Shares. The Fund’s Board of Trustees has authorized the Fund to make service fee payments not to exceed 0.15% of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Class IC Shares for any fiscal year.
 
How to Buy Shares
The Class A Shares and Class C Shares are offered on a continuous basis through Invesco Distributors as principal underwriter, which is located at 1555 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30309. Shares may be purchased through members of FINRA who are acting as securities dealers (“dealers”) and FINRA members or eligible non-FINRA members who are acting as brokers or agents for investors (“brokers”). Dealers and brokers are sometimes referred to herein as authorized dealers.
 
Shares may be purchased on any business day by completing the account application form and forwarding it, directly or through an authorized dealer, administrator, custodian, trustee, record keeper or financial adviser, to the Fund’s shareholder service agent, Invesco Investment Services Inc. (“Invesco Investment Services”). When purchasing shares of the Fund, investors must specify the correct class of shares by selecting the correct Fund number on the account application form. Sales personnel of authorized dealers distributing the Fund’s shares are entitled to receive compensation for selling such Shares and may receive differing compensation for selling different classes of shares.
 
The Adviser and/or Invesco Distributors may pay compensation (out of their own funds and not as an


32


 

expense of the Fund) to certain affiliated or unaffiliated authorized dealers in connection with the sale or retention of Fund Shares and/or shareholder servicing. Such compensation may be significant in amount and the prospect of receiving, or the receipt of, such compensation may provide both affiliated and unaffiliated entities, and their representatives or employees, with an incentive to favor sales or retention of Shares of the Fund over other investment options. Any such payments will not change the net asset value or the price of the Fund’s Shares. For more information, please see “Sales Compensation” below and/or contact your authorized dealer.
 
The offering price for Shares is based upon the next determined net asset value per Share (plus sales charges, where applicable) after an order is received timely by Invesco Investment Services, either directly or from authorized dealers, administrators, financial advisers, custodians, trustees or record keepers. Purchases completed through an authorized dealer, administrator, custodian, trustee, record keeper or financial adviser may involve additional fees charged by such person. Orders received by Invesco Investment Services prior to the close of the Exchange, and orders received by authorized dealers, administrators, custodians, trustees, record keepers or financial advisers prior to the close of the Exchange that are properly transmitted to Invesco Investment Services by the time designated by Invesco Investment Services, are priced based on the date of receipt. Orders received by Invesco Investment Services after the close of the Exchange, and orders received by authorized dealers, administrators, custodians, trustees, record keepers or financial advisers after the close of the Exchange or orders received by such persons that are not transmitted to Invesco Investment Services until after the time designated by Invesco Investment Services, are priced based on the date of the next determined net asset value per Share provided they are received timely by Invesco Investment Services on such date. It is the responsibility of authorized dealers, administrators, custodians, trustees, record keepers or financial advisers to transmit orders received by them to Invesco Investment Services so they will be received in a timely manner.
 
The Fund and Invesco Distributors reserve the right to reject or limit any order to purchase Fund Shares through exchange or otherwise and to close any shareholder account when they believe it is in the best interests of the Fund. Certain patterns of past exchanges and/or purchase or sale transactions involving the Fund or other Participating Funds (as defined below) may result in the Fund rejecting or limiting, in the Fund’s or Invesco Distributors’ discretion, additional purchases and/or exchanges or in an account being closed. Determinations in this regard may be made based on the frequency or dollar amount of the previous exchanges or purchase or sale transactions. The Fund also reserves the right to suspend the sale of the Fund’s Shares to investors in response to conditions in the securities markets or for other reasons. As used herein, “Participating Funds” refers to Invesco investment companies advised by the Adviser and distributed by Invesco Distributors as determined from time to time by the Fund’s Board of Trustees.
 
Investor accounts with respect to Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares will automatically be credited with additional Shares of the Fund after any Fund distributions, such as dividends and capital gain dividends, unless the investor instructs the Fund otherwise. With respect to Class IC Shares and Class IB Shares, previous instructions regarding reinvestment of dividends and capital gain dividends will continue to apply until such shareholder changes his or her instruction. Investors wishing to receive cash instead of additional Shares should contact the Fund by visiting our web site at www.invesco.com/us, by writing to the Fund, c/o Invesco Investment Services Inc., PO Box 219078, Kansas City, Missouri 64212-9078 or by telephone at (800) 959-4246.
 
The minimum initial investment in the Fund is $1,000; $250 for tax-sheltered retirement plans (see “Shareholder Services — Retirement plans”). The minimum subsequent investment is $100.
 
To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, the Fund has implemented an anti-money laundering compliance program and has designated an anti-money laundering compliance officer. As part of the program, federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. What this means to you: when you open an account, you will be asked to provide your name, address, date of birth, and other information that will allow us to identify you. The Fund and Invesco Distributors reserve the right to not open your account if this information is not provided. If the Fund or Invesco Distributors is unable to verify your identity, the Fund and Invesco Distributors reserve the right to restrict


33


 

additional transactions and/or reject your attempted purchase of Shares or take any other action required by law.
 
Class A Shares
Class A Shares of the Fund are sold at the offering price, which is net asset value plus an initial maximum sales charge of up to 3.25% (or 3.36% of the net amount invested), reduced on investments of $100,000 or more as follows:
 
Class A Shares
Sales Charge Schedule
                           
 
          As % of
  As % of
    Size of
    Offering
  Net Amount
    Investment     Price   Invested
    Less than $100,000       3 .25%       3 .36%  
    $100,000 but less than $250,000       2 .75%       2 .83%  
    $250,000 but less than $500,000       1 .75%       1 .78%  
    $500,000 but less than $1,000,000       1 .50%       1 .52%  
    $1,000,000 or more       ††         ††    
 
 
†  The actual sales charge that may be paid by an investor may differ slightly from the sales charge shown above due to rounding that occurs in the calculation of the offering price and in the number of Shares purchased.
††  No sales charge is payable at the time of purchase on investments in Class A Shares of $1 million or more, although such Class A Shares purchased without a sales charge may be subject to an early withdrawal charge of 1.00% on certain repurchases by the Fund made within eighteen months of purchase. The early withdrawal charge is assessed on an amount equal to the lesser of the then current market value of the Shares or the historical cost of the Shares (which is the amount actually paid for the Shares at the time of original purchase) being repurchased by the Fund. Accordingly, no early withdrawal charge is imposed on increases in net asset value above the initial purchase price. Shareholders should retain any records necessary to substantiate the historical cost of their Shares, as the Fund and authorized dealers may not retain this information.
 
No sales charge is imposed on Class A Shares received from reinvestment of dividends or capital gain dividends.
 
Under the Distribution Plan and the Service Plan, the Fund may spend up to a total of 0.25% per year of the Fund’s average daily net assets with respect to Class A Shares of the Fund. Due to voluntary fee waivers by Invesco Distributors, the aggregate distribution fees and service fees paid for the Fund’s last fiscal year were 0.00% of the average daily net assets attributable to Class A Shares of the Fund.
 
Class A Shares
Quantity Discounts
Investors purchasing Class A Shares may, under certain circumstances described below, be entitled to pay reduced or no sales charges. A person eligible for a reduced sales charge includes an individual, his or her spouse or equivalent, children under 21 years of age and any corporation, partnership or sole proprietorship which is 100% owned, either alone or in combination, by any of the foregoing, a trustee or other fiduciary purchasing for a single trust or for a single fiduciary account, or a “company” as defined in Section 2(a)(8) of the 1940 Act.
 
Investors must notify the Fund or their authorized dealer at the time of the purchase order whenever a quantity discount is applicable to purchases and may be required to provide the Fund, or their authorized dealer, with certain information or records to verify eligibility for a quantity discount. Such information or records may include account statements or other records for shares of the Fund or other Participating Funds in all accounts (e.g., retirement accounts) of the investor and other eligible persons, as described above, which may include accounts held at the Fund or at other authorized dealers. Upon such notification, an investor will pay the lowest applicable sales charge. Shareholders should retain any records necessary to substantiate the purchase price of the Shares, as the Fund and authorized dealers may not retain this information.
 
Quantity discounts may be modified or terminated at any time. For more information about quantity discounts, investors should contact the Fund, their authorized dealer or Invesco Distributors.
 
Volume discounts.  The size of investment shown in the Class A Shares sales charge table applies to the total dollar amount being invested by any person in Shares of the Fund, or in any combination of Shares of the Fund and shares of other Participating Funds, although other Participating Funds may have different sales charges.
 
Cumulative purchase discount.  The size of investment shown in the Class A Shares sales charge table may also be determined by combining the amount being invested in shares of the Participating Funds plus the current offering price of all shares of the Participating Funds currently owned.


34


 

Letter of Intent.  A Letter of Intent provides an opportunity for an investor to obtain a reduced sales charge by aggregating investments over a 13-month period to determine the sales charge as outlined in the Class A Shares sales charge table. The size of investment shown in the Class A Shares sales charge table includes purchases of shares of the Participating Funds in Class A Shares over a 13-month period based on the total amount of intended purchases, including any applicable credit for the current offering price of all shares of the Participating Funds previously purchased and still owned as of the date of the Letter of Intent. Each investment made during the period receives the reduced sales charge applicable to the total amount of the investment goal. The Letter of Intent does not preclude the Fund (or any other Participating Fund) from discontinuing the sale of its Shares. The initial purchase must be for an amount equal to at least 5% of the minimum total purchase amount of the level selected. The Fund initially will escrow Shares totaling 5% of the dollar amount of the Letter of Intent to be held by Invesco Investment Services in the name of the shareholder. In the event the Letter of Intent goal is not achieved within the specified period, the investor must pay the difference between the sales charge applicable to the purchases made and the reduced sales charge previously paid. Such payments may be made directly to Invesco Distributors or, if not paid, Invesco Distributors will liquidate sufficient escrowed Shares to obtain the difference.
 
Class A Shares
Purchase Programs
Purchasers of Class A Shares may be entitled to reduced or no initial sales charges in connection with certain unit investment trust reinvestment program repurchases and purchases by registered representatives of selling firms or purchases by persons affiliated with the Fund or Invesco Distributors as described below. The Fund reserves the right to modify or terminate these arrangements at any time.
 
Unit investment trust reinvestment program.  The Fund permits unitholders of Invesco Van Kampen unit investment trusts that enrolled in the reinvestment program prior to December 3, 2007 to reinvest distributions from such trusts in Class A Shares of the Fund at net asset value without a sales charge. The Fund reserves the right to modify or terminate this program at any time.
 
Net asset value purchase options.  Class A Shares of the Fund may be purchased at net asset value without a sales charge, generally upon written assurance that the purchase is made for investment purposes and that the Shares will not be resold except through repurchases by the Fund, by:
 
 (1)  Any current, former or retired trustee, director, officer or employee (or immediate family member of a current, former or retired trustee, director, officer or employee) of any Invesco Fund or of Invesco Ltd. or any of its subsidiaries. This includes any foundation, trust or employee benefit plan maintained by any of the persons listed above.
 
 (2)  Directors, officers, employees and, when permitted, registered representatives, of financial institutions that have a selling group agreement with Invesco Distributors and their spouses or equivalent and children under 21 years of age when purchasing for any accounts they beneficially own, or, in the case of any such financial institution, when purchasing for retirement plans for such institution’s employees; provided that such purchases are otherwise permitted by such institutions.
 
 (3)  Banks, broker-dealers and other financial institutions (including registered investment advisers and financial planners) that have entered into an agreement with Invesco Distributors or one of its affiliates, purchasing Shares on behalf of clients participating in a fund supermarket, wrap program, asset allocation program, or other program in which the clients pay an asset-based fee (which may be subject to a minimum flat fee) for: advisory or financial planning services, executing transactions in Participating Fund shares, or for otherwise participating in the program.
 
 (4)  Trustees and other fiduciaries purchasing Shares for retirement plans which invest in multiple fund families through broker-dealer retirement plan alliance programs that have entered into agreements with Invesco Distributors and which are subject to certain minimum size and operational requirements. Trustees and other fiduciaries may call Invesco Distributors for further details with respect to such alliance programs.


35


 

 (5)  Retirement plans funded by the rollovers of assets of Participating Funds from an employer-sponsored retirement plan and established exclusively for the benefit of an individual (specifically including, but not limited to, a Traditional IRA, Roth IRA, SIMPLE IRA, Solo 401(k), Money Purchase or Profit Sharing plan) if:
 
   (i)  the account being funded by such rollover is to be maintained by the same trustee, custodian or administrator that maintained the plan from which the rollover funding such rollover originated, or an affiliate thereof; and
 
  (ii)  the dealer of record with respect to the account being funded by such rollover is the same as the dealer of record with respect to the plan from which the rollover funding such rollover originated, or an affiliate thereof.
 
 (6)  Trusts created under pension, profit sharing or other employee benefit plans (including qualified and non-qualified deferred compensation plans), provided that (a) the total plan assets are at least $1 million or (b) the plan has more than 100 eligible employees. A commission will be paid to authorized dealers who initiate and are responsible for such purchases within a rolling twelve-month period as follows: 1.00% on sales of $1 million to $2 million, plus 0.75% on the next $1 million, plus 0.50% on the next $2 million, plus 0.25% on the excess over $5 million.
 
 (7)  Clients of authorized dealers purchasing Shares in fixed or flat fee (rather than transaction based fee) brokerage accounts.
 
 (8)  Certain qualified state tuition plans qualifying pursuant to Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), that are approved by Invesco Distributors.
 
 (9)  Unit investment trusts sponsored by Invesco Distributors or its affiliates.
 
The term “families” includes a person’s spouse or equivalent, children and grandchildren under 21 years of age, parents and the parents of the person’s spouse or equivalent.
 
Purchase orders made pursuant to clause (3) may be placed either through authorized dealers as described above or directly with Invesco Investment Services by the investment adviser, financial planner, trust company or bank trust department, provided that Invesco Investment Services receives federal funds for the purchase by the close of business on the next business day following acceptance of the order. An authorized dealer may charge a transaction fee for placing an order to purchase Shares pursuant to this provision or for placing an order in a repurchase offer by the Fund with respect to such Shares. Authorized dealers will be paid a service fee as described above on purchases made under options (2) through (8) above. The Fund may terminate, or amend the terms of, offering Shares of the Fund at net asset value to such groups at any time.
 
Rights of Accumulation.  Investors may combine new purchases of Class A Shares with other Shares of the Fund currently owned for the purpose of qualifying for the lower initial sales charge rates that apply to larger purchases. The applicable initial sales charge for the new purchase is based on the total of an investor’s current purchase and the value of other Shares of the Fund owned by such investor based on the current public offering price of the Shares. The transfer agent may automatically link certain accounts registered in the same name with the same taxpayer identification number for the purpose of qualifying an investor for lower initial sales charge rates.
 
Eligible purchasers of Class A Shares may also be entitled to reduced or no initial sales charges through certain purchase programs offered by the Fund. For more information, see “Other Purchase Programs” herein.


36


 

Class B Shares
Effective November 30, 2010, Class B Shares of the Fund are not continuously offered. Class B Shares of the Fund are sold at net asset value and are subject to an early withdrawal charge if repurchased by the Fund within five years of purchase as shown in the following table:
 
Class B Shares
Early Withdrawal Charge Schedule
                     
 
          Early Withdrawal Charge
   
          as a Percentage of
   
          Dollar Amount
   
    Year Since Purchase     Subject to Charge    
    First       3 .00%      
    Second       2 .00%      
    Third       1 .50%      
    Fourth       1 .00%      
    Fifth       0 .50%      
    Sixth and After       0 .00%      
 
 
The early withdrawal charge is assessed on an amount equal to the lesser of the then current market value of the Shares or the historical cost of the Shares (which is the amount actually paid for the Shares at the time of original purchase) being repurchased by the Fund. Accordingly, no early withdrawal charge is imposed on increases in net asset value above the initial purchase price. Shareholders should retain any records necessary to substantiate the historical cost of their Shares, as the Fund and authorized dealers may not retain this information. In addition, no early withdrawal charge is assessed on Shares derived from reinvestment of dividends or capital gain dividends.
 
The amount of the early withdrawal charge, if any, varies depending on the number of years from the time of each purchase of Class B Shares until the time of repurchase by the Fund of such Shares.
 
In determining whether an early withdrawal charge applies to a repurchase, it is assumed that the Shares being repurchased first are any Shares in the shareholder’s Fund account that are not subject to an early withdrawal charge, followed by Shares held the longest in the shareholder’s account.
 
Under the Distribution Plan, the Fund may spend up to 0.75% per year of the Fund’s average daily net assets with respect to Class B Shares of the Fund. In addition, under the Service Plan, the Fund may spend up to 0.25% per year of the Fund’s average daily net assets with respect to Class B Shares of the Fund. Pursuant to the terms of the Plans, the Fund may spend less (and therefore shareholders may be charged less) than the combined annual distribution and service fees of 1.00% per year of the Fund’s average daily net assets with respect to Class B Shares of the Fund. See the section entitled “Financial Highlights” herein and the section entitled “Distribution and Service” in the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information. Due to voluntary fee waivers by Invesco Distributors, the aggregate distribution fees and service fees paid for the Fund’s last fiscal year were 0.17% of the average daily net assets attributable to Class B Shares of the Fund.
 
Eligible purchasers of Class B Shares may also be entitled to reduced or no early withdrawal charges through certain purchase programs offered by the Fund. For more information, see “Other Purchase Programs” herein.
 
Conversion feature.  Class B Shares purchased on or after February 18, 2005, including Class B Shares received from reinvestment of distributions through the dividend reinvestment plan on such Shares, automatically convert to Class A Shares eight years after the end of the calendar month in which the Shares were purchased. Such conversion will be on the basis of the relative net asset values per Share, without the imposition of any sales load, fee or other charge. The conversion schedule applicable to a Share of the Fund acquired through the exchange privilege from a Participating Fund is determined by reference to the Participating Fund from which such Share was originally purchased.
 
Class C Shares
Class C Shares of the Fund are sold at net asset value and are subject to an early withdrawal charge of 1.00% of the dollar amount subject to charge if repurchased by the Fund within one year of purchase.
 
The early withdrawal charge is assessed on an amount equal to the lesser of the then current market value of the Shares or the historical cost of the Shares (which is the amount actually paid for the Shares at the time of original purchase) being repurchased by the Fund. Accordingly, no early withdrawal charge is imposed on increases in net asset value above the initial purchase price. Shareholders should retain any records necessary to substantiate the historical cost of their Shares, as the


37


 

Fund and authorized dealers may not retain this information. In addition, no early withdrawal charge is assessed on Shares derived from reinvestment of dividends or capital gain dividends. The Fund will not accept a purchase order for Class C Shares in the amount of $1 million or more.
 
In determining whether an early withdrawal charge applies to a repurchase of Shares, it is assumed that the Shares being repurchased first are any Shares in the shareholder’s Fund account that are not subject to an early withdrawal charge, followed by Shares held the longest in the shareholder’s account.
 
Under the Distribution Plan, the Fund may spend up to 0.75% per year of the Fund’s average daily net assets with respect to Class C Shares of the Fund. In addition, under the Service Plan, the Fund may spend up to 0.25% per year of the Fund’s average daily net assets with respect to Class C Shares of the Fund. Pursuant to the terms of the Plans, the Fund may spend less (and therefore shareholders may be charged less) than the combined annual distribution and service fees of 1.00% per year of the Fund’s average daily net assets with respect to Class C Shares of the Fund. See the section entitled “Financial Highlights” herein and the section entitled “Distribution and Service” in the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information. Due to voluntary fee waivers by Invesco Distributors, the aggregate distribution fees and service fees paid for the Fund’s last fiscal year were 0.79% of the average daily net assets attributable to Class C Shares of the Fund.
 
Eligible purchasers of Class C Shares may also be entitled to reduced or no early withdrawal charges through certain purchase programs offered by the Fund. For more information, see “Other Purchase Programs” herein.
 
Waiver of Early Withdrawal Charge
The early withdrawal charge is waived on repurchases by the Fund of Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares purchased subject to an early withdrawal charge pursuant to a repurchase offer (i) within one year following the death or disability (as disability is defined by federal income tax law) of a shareholder, (ii) for required minimum distributions from an individual retirement account (“IRA”) or certain other retirement plan distributions or (iii) if no commission or transaction fee is paid by Invesco Distributors to authorized dealers at the time of purchase of such Shares. With respect to Class B Shares and Class C Shares, waiver category (iii) above is only applicable with respect to Shares sold through certain 401(k) plans. Subject to certain limitations, a shareholder who has tendered for repurchase Class C Shares of the Fund may reinvest in Class C Shares at net asset value with credit for any early withdrawal charge if the reinvestment is made within 180 days after the repurchase, provided that Shares of the Fund are available for sale at the time of reinvestment. For a more complete description of early withdrawal charge waivers, please refer to the Statement of Additional Information or contact your authorized dealer. The Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares have no early withdrawal charges (the early withdrawal schedules applicable to the former Class B Shares and former Class C Shares outstanding on February 18, 2005 have been terminated).
 
Other Purchase Programs
Exchange privilege.  Exchanges of shares are sales of shares of one Participating Fund and purchases of shares of another Participating Fund. Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares of the Fund may be exchanged for shares of the same class of any Participating Fund, and Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares of the Fund may be exchanged for Class A Shares of any Participating Fund (other than the Fund), based on the net asset value per share of each fund determined on the Fund’s next repurchase pricing date, after the Fund makes a repurchase pursuant to a repurchase offer, without any sales charge or early withdrawal charge, subject to minimum purchase requirements and certain limitations. For more information regarding the exchange privilege, see the section of this Prospectus entitled “Shareholder Services — Exchange privilege.”
 
Reinstatement privilege.  A holder of Class A Shares, Class B Shares, Class IB Shares or Class IC Shares who has tendered for repurchase Shares of the Fund may reinstate any portion or all of the net proceeds of such repurchase (and may include that amount necessary to acquire a fractional Share to round off his or her purchase to the next full Share) in Class A Shares of any Participating Fund. A holder of Class C Shares who has tendered for repurchase Shares of the Fund may reinstate any portion or all of the net proceeds of such repurchase (and may include that amount necessary to acquire a fractional Share to round off his or her purchase to the next full Share) in Class C Shares of any Participating Fund with credit given for any early withdrawal charge paid on the amount of shares reinstated


38


 

from such repurchase, provided that such shareholder has not previously exercised this reinstatement privilege with respect to Class C Shares of the Fund. Shares acquired in this manner will be deemed to have the original cost and purchase date of the repurchased Shares for purposes of applying the early withdrawal charge applicable to Class C Shares to subsequent repurchases. Reinstatements are made at the net asset value per Share (without a sales charge) next determined after the order is received, which must be made within 180 days after the date of the repurchase by the Fund of the Shares, provided that Shares of the Participating Fund into which shareholders desire to reinstate their net proceeds of a redemption of Shares of the Fund are available for sale. Reinstatement at net asset value per Share is also offered to participants in eligible retirement plans for repayment of principal (and interest) on their borrowings on such plans, provided that Shares of the Participating Fund are available for sale. Shareholders must notify Invesco Distributors or their authorized dealer of their eligibility to participate in the reinstatement privilege and may be required to provide documentation to the Participating Fund. For information regarding Participating Funds, shareholders can call Invesco Investment Services at (800) 959-4246.
 
Dividend diversification.  A holder of Class A Shares, Class B Shares or Class C Shares may elect, by completing the appropriate section of the account application form or by calling (800) 959-4246, to have all dividends and capital gain dividends paid on such class of Shares of the Fund invested into shares of the same class of any of the Participating Funds so long as the investor has a pre-existing account for such class of shares of the other fund. A holder of Class IB or Class IC Shares may elect (or may modify a prior election), by completing the appropriate section of the account application form or by calling (800) 959-4246, to have all dividends and capital gain dividends paid on such class of Shares of the Fund invested into Class A Shares of any of the Participating Funds (other than the Fund) so long as the investor has a pre-existing account for such class of shares of the other fund. A holder of Class IB or Class IC Shares who prior to February 18, 2005 elected to utilize dividend diversification with respect to former Class B Shares (now Class IB Shares) or former Class C Shares (now Class IC Shares) of the Fund will have all dividends and capital gain dividends paid on such class of Shares of the Fund invested into the class of shares of the Participating Fund previously designated by such shareholder, unless such shareholder changes his or her election (the method of which is described above).
 
Both accounts must be of the same type, either non-retirement or retirement. If the accounts are retirement accounts, they must both hold the same class of Shares and be of the same type of retirement plan (e.g., IRA, 403(b)(7), 401(k), Money Purchase and Profit Sharing plans) and for the benefit of the same individual. If a qualified, pre-existing account does not exist, the shareholder must establish a new account subject to any requirements of the Participating Fund into which distributions will be invested. Distributions are invested into the selected Participating Fund, provided that shares of such Participating Fund are available for sale, at its net asset value per share as of the payable date of the distribution from the Fund.
 
Rights of Accumulation.  Investors may combine new purchases of Class C Shares with other Shares of the Fund currently owned for the purpose of qualifying for the lower initial sales charge rates that apply to larger purchases. The applicable initial sales charge for the new purchase is based on the total of an investor’s current purchase and the value of other Shares of the Fund owned by such investor based on the current public offering price of the Shares. The transfer agent may automatically link certain accounts registered in the same name with the same taxpayer identification number for the purpose of qualifying an investor for lower initial sales charge rates.
 
Availability of information.  Clear and prominent information regarding sales charges of the Fund and the applicability and availability of discounts from sales charges is available free of charge through our web site at www.invesco.com, which provides links to the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information containing the relevant information.
 
Sales Compensation
Invesco Distributors acts as the principal underwriter of the Fund’s Shares pursuant to a written agreement (the “Distribution and Service Agreement”). Invesco Distributors has the exclusive right to distribute Shares of the Fund through authorized dealers on a continuous basis. Invesco Distributors’ obligation is an agency or “best efforts” arrangement under which Invesco Distributors is required to take and pay for only such Shares of the Fund as may be sold to the public. Invesco Distributors is not obligated to sell any stated number of Shares.


39


 

Invesco Distributors bears the cost of printing (but not typesetting) prospectuses used in connection with this offering and certain other costs, including the cost of supplemental sales literature and advertising. The Distribution and Service Agreement is renewable from year to year if approved (a) (i) by the Fund’s Board of Trustees or (ii) by a vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities and (b) by a vote of a majority of trustees who are not parties to the Distribution and Service Agreement or interested persons of any party, by votes cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Distribution and Service Agreement provides that it will terminate if assigned and that it may be terminated without penalty by either party on 90 days’ written notice. Total underwriting commissions on the sale of Shares of the Fund for the last three fiscal years are shown in the chart below.
                       
 
          Total
  Amounts
          Underwriting
  Retained
          Commissions   by the Fund’s Distributor
    Fiscal year ended February 28, 2013     $ 154,764     $ 15,176  
    Fiscal year ended February 29, 2012     $ 82,503     $ 9,003  
    Seven-month period ended February 28, 2011*     $ 51,531     $ 4,784  
    Fiscal year ended July 31, 2010     $ 448,833     $ 37,946  
 
 
Effective February 28, 2011, the Fund changed its fiscal year end from July 31 to the last day of February.
 
With respect to sales of Class A Shares of the Fund, the total concessions reallowed to authorized dealers at the time of purchase are as follows:
                     
 
          Reallowed
   
          to Dealers
   
    Size of
    as a Percentage of
   
    Investment     Offering Price    
    Less than $100,000       3 .00%      
    $100,000 but less than $250,000       2 .50%      
    $250,000 but less than $500,000       1 .50%      
    $500,000 but less than $1,000,000       1 .25%      
    $1,000,000 or more              
 
 
†  A commission or transaction fee will be paid by Invesco Distributors at the time of purchase directly out of Invesco Distributors’ assets (and not out of the Fund’s assets) to authorized dealers who initiate and are responsible for purchases of $1 million or more computed as a percentage of the dollar value of such Shares sold as follows: 1.00% on sales of $1 million to $2 million, plus 0.75% on the next $1 million, plus 0.50% on the next $2 million, plus 0.25% on the excess over $5 million. On sales of less than $1 million, authorized dealers are eligible to receive the ongoing service fees with respect to such Shares immediately following the purchase. On sales greater than $1 million, authorized dealers become eligible to receive the ongoing service fees with respect to such Shares commencing in the second year following purchase; the proceeds from the distribution and service fees paid by the Fund during the first twelve months are paid to the Fund’s distributor and are used by the Fund’s distributor to defray its distribution and service-related expenses.
 
With respect to sales of Class B Shares and Class C Shares of the Fund, a commission or transaction fee generally will be paid by Invesco Distributors at the time of purchase directly out of Invesco Distributors’ assets (and not out of the Fund’s assets) to authorized dealers who initiate and are responsible for such purchases computed based on a percentage of the dollar value of such Shares sold of 3.00% on Class B Shares and 1.00% on Class C Shares. Proceeds from any early withdrawal charge and any distribution fees on Class B Shares and Class C Shares of the Fund are paid to Invesco Distributors and are used by Invesco Distributors to defray its distribution-related expenses in connection with the sale of the Fund’s Shares, such as the payment to authorized dealers for selling such Shares. With respect to Class C Shares, the authorized dealers generally receive from Invesco Distributors ongoing distribution fees of up to 0.75% of the average daily net assets of the Fund’s Class C Shares annually commencing in the second year after purchase. With respect to Class B Shares and Class C Shares, the authorized dealers are eligible to receive the ongoing service fees with respect to such Shares immediately following the purchase.
 
With respect to Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares, there are no sales charges paid by investors. On February 18, 2005, the Fund redesignated its Class B Shares issued before February 18, 2005 as a new class of Shares designated Class IB Shares and redesignated its Class C Shares issued before February 18, 2005 as a new Class of Shares designated Class IC Shares. The new Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares have no early withdrawal charges (the early withdrawal schedules applicable to the former Class B Shares and former Class C Shares outstanding on February 18, 2005 have been terminated). The new Class IB Shares are not subject to the Distribution Plan or Service Plan and the Class IC Shares are not subject to the Distribution Plan but are subject to the Service Plan. With respect to Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares that were converted from Class B Shares or Class C Shares, respectively, the former authorized dealer compensation arrangements applicable to such Shares before conversion will continue


40


 

to apply to such Shares whereby Invesco Distributors pays, out of its funds, as follows:
 
                     
 
          Class IB Shares
   
          (former Class B Shares)
   
    Class IB Shares
    Annual Compensation
   
    (former Class B Shares)
    as a Percentage
   
    Year After Date
    of Value of
   
    of Original Purchase     Shares Outstanding    
    First       0 .00%      
    Second       0 .10%      
    Third       0 .15%      
    Fourth       0 .20%      
    Fifth       0 .25%      
    Sixth and following       0 .35%      
 
                     
                     
 
          Class IC Shares
   
          (former Class C Shares)
   
    Class IC Shares
    Annual Compensation
   
    (former Class C Shares)
    as a Percentage
   
    Year After Date
    of Value of
   
    of Original Purchase     Shares Outstanding    
    First       0 .00%      
    Second and following       0 .75%      
 
 
In addition to reallowances or commissions described above, Invesco Distributors may from time to time implement programs under which an authorized dealer’s sales force may be eligible to win nominal awards for certain sales efforts or under which Invesco Distributors will reallow to any authorized dealer that sponsors sales contests or recognition programs conforming to criteria established by Invesco Distributors, or participates in sales programs sponsored by Invesco Distributors, an amount not exceeding the total applicable sales charges on the sales generated by the authorized dealer at the public offering price during such programs. Also, Invesco Distributors in its discretion may from time to time, pursuant to objective criteria established by Invesco Distributors, pay fees to, and sponsor business seminars for, qualifying authorized dealers for certain services or activities which are primarily intended to result in sales of shares of the Fund or other Invesco funds. Fees may include payment for travel expenses, including lodging, incurred in connection with trips taken by invited registered representatives for meetings or seminars of a business nature.
 
The Adviser and/or Invesco Distributors may pay compensation, out of their own funds and not as an expense of the Fund, to certain unaffiliated brokers, dealers or other financial intermediaries, including recordkeepers and administrators of various deferred compensation plans (“Intermediaries”) in connection with the sale, distribution, marketing and/or retention of the Fund’s Shares and/or shareholder servicing. For example, the Adviser or Invesco Distributors may pay additional compensation to Intermediaries for, among others things, promoting the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Shares, providing access to various programs, mutual fund platforms or preferred or recommended mutual fund lists offered by the Intermediary, granting Invesco Distributors access to the Intermediary’s financial advisors and consultants, providing assistance in the ongoing training and education of the Intermediary’s financial personnel, furnishing marketing support, maintaining share balances and/or for sub-accounting, recordkeeping, administrative, shareholder or transaction processing services. Such payments are in addition to any distribution fees, service fees and/or transfer agency fees that may be payable by the Fund. The additional payments may be based on various factors, including level of sales (based on gross or net sales or some specified minimum sales or some other similar criteria related to sales of the Fund and/or some or all other Invesco funds), amount of assets invested by the Intermediary’s customers (which could include current or aged assets of the Fund and/or some or all other Invesco funds), the Fund’s advisory fees, some other agreed upon amount, or other measures as determined from time to time by the Adviser and/or Invesco Distributors. The amount of these payments may be different for different Intermediaries.
 
These payments currently include the following amounts, which are paid in accordance with the applicable compensation structure: (1) on shares held in Intermediary accounts, other than those held through Intermediary 401(k) platforms: (a) an amount up to 0.25% of the value (at the time of sale) of gross sales of such Shares; and/or (b) an ongoing annual fee in an amount up to 0.15% of the total average monthly net asset value of such Shares; and (2) on shares held in accounts through certain Intermediary 401(k) platforms, an ongoing annual fee in an amount up to 0.20% of the total average monthly net asset value of such Shares.
 
The prospect of receiving, or the receipt of, such compensation, as described above, by Intermediaries may provide Intermediaries, and/or their financial advisors or other salespersons, with an incentive to favor sales of Shares of the Fund over other investment


41


 

options with respect to which an Intermediary does not receive additional compensation (or receives lower levels of additional compensation). These payment arrangements, however, will not change the price that an investor pays for Shares of the Fund or the amount that the Fund receives to invest on behalf of an investor. Investors may wish to take such payment arrangements into account when considering and evaluating any recommendations relating to the Fund’s Shares and should review carefully any disclosure provided by an Intermediary as to its compensation.
 
Indemnification
The Fund has agreed to indemnify Invesco Distributors and hold Invesco Distributors harmless against, or contribute to losses arising out of, certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except for any liability to the Fund or its security holders to which Invesco Distributors would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under its agreement with the Fund.
 
Repurchase of Shares
 
 
To provide you with a degree of liquidity, and the ability to receive net asset value on a disposition of your Shares, the Fund, as a matter of fundamental policy, which cannot be changed without shareholder approval, makes monthly offers to repurchase its Shares. In general, the Fund conducts monthly repurchase offers for not less than 5% and up to a maximum of 25% of its outstanding Shares at net asset value. The repurchase offer amount for any monthly period, plus the repurchase offer amounts for the two monthly periods immediately preceding such monthly period, will not exceed 25% of the Fund’s outstanding Shares. The Fund may repurchase additional Shares only to the extent the percentage of additional Shares so repurchased does not exceed 2% in any three-month period. The Fund may also make a discretionary repurchase offer once every two years but has no current intention to do so. An early withdrawal charge payable to Invesco Distributors will be imposed on most Class B Shares and Class C Shares accepted for repurchase by the Fund which have been held for less than five years or one year, respectively (and in certain circumstances on Class A Shares accepted for repurchase by the Fund which have been held for less than eighteen months), as described more fully under “Purchase of Shares.” There are no early withdrawal charges on Class IB Shares or Class IC Shares.
 
The Fund does not presently intend to deduct any repurchase fees, other than any applicable early withdrawal charge, from the repurchase amount. However, in the future, the Board of Trustees may determine to charge a repurchase fee payable to the Fund to compensate it for its reasonable expenses directly related to the repurchase. These fees could be used to compensate the Fund for, among other things, its costs incurred in disposing of portfolio securities or in borrowing in order to make payment for repurchased Shares. Any repurchase fees will never exceed 2% of the proceeds of the repurchase. The Board of Trustees may implement repurchase fees without a shareholder vote.
 
The repurchase request deadline for monthly repurchase offers will be the third Friday (or the preceding business day if such third Friday is not a business day) of each calendar month.
 
When a monthly repurchase offer commences, the Fund sends to shareholders a notification of the offer specifying, among other things:
 
•  The Fund is offering to repurchase Shares from shareholders at net asset value.
 
•  The percentage of Shares that the Fund is offering to repurchase and how the Fund will purchase Shares on a pro rata basis if the offer is oversubscribed.
 
•  The date on which a shareholder’s repurchase request is due (the “repurchase request deadline”). This will be the third Friday (or the preceding business day if such third Friday is not a business day) of each calendar month.
 
•  The date that will be used to determine the Fund’s net asset value applicable to the repurchase offer (the “repurchase pricing date”). Under normal market circumstances, the Fund expects that the repurchase pricing date will be the repurchase request deadline and pricing will be determined after the close of business on that date. The notice will discuss the risk of fluctuation in net asset value that could occur between the repurchases request deadline and the repurchases pricing date.


42


 

•  The date by which the Fund will pay to shareholders the proceeds from their Shares accepted for repurchase (the “repurchase payment deadline”). This is generally expected to be the third business day after the repurchase pricing date, although payment for Shares may be as many as seven days after the repurchase request deadline; in any event, the Fund will pay such proceeds at least five business days before notification of the next repurchase offer.
 
•  The net asset value of the Shares of the Fund as of a date no more than seven days prior to the date of the notification and the means by which shareholders may ascertain the net asset value.
 
•  The procedures by which shareholders may tender their Shares and the right of shareholders to withdraw or modify their tenders prior to the repurchase request deadline.
 
•  The circumstances in which the Fund may suspend or postpone a repurchase offer.
 
•  Any fees applicable to the repurchase offer.
 
For monthly repurchase offers, the Fund will send this notification not less than seven days nor more than 14 days in advance of the repurchase request deadline. Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares of the Fund must be held through an authorized dealer. Certificated Shares are not available.
 
The repurchase request deadline is a deadline that will be strictly observed.  If your authorized dealer fails to submit your repurchase request in good order by the repurchase request deadline, you will be unable to liquidate your Shares until a subsequent repurchase offer, and you will have to resubmit your request in the next repurchase offer. You should be sure to advise your authorized dealer of your intentions in a timely manner. You may withdraw or change your repurchase request at any point before the repurchase request deadline.
 
The Fund’s fundamental policies with respect to repurchase offers.  The Fund has adopted the following fundamental policies in relation to its repurchase offers, which cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority (defined as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a meeting of shareholders, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy at such meeting, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities) of the Fund’s outstanding Shares.
 
•  The Fund has a policy of making periodic repurchase offers (“Repurchase Offers”) for the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest, pursuant to Rule 23c-3(b) of the 1940 Act;
 
•  Repurchase Offers will be made at monthly intervals;
 
•  The repurchase request deadline will be the third Friday of each calendar month (or the preceding business day if such third Friday is not a business day) (the “Request Deadline”).
 
•  The repurchase pricing date for a Repurchase Offer shall occur no later than the fourteenth calendar day after such Repurchase Offer’s Request Deadline (or the next business day after such fourteenth calendar day if the fourteenth calendar day is not a business day).
 
Suspension or postponement of repurchase offer.  The Fund may suspend or postpone a repurchase offer in limited circumstances, as more fully described below, but only with the approval of a majority of the Fund’s Board of Trustees, including a majority of non-interested trustees (such trustees not being “interested persons” of the Fund as defined by the 1940 Act).
 
The Fund may suspend or postpone a repurchase offer only: (1) if making or effecting the repurchase offer would cause the Fund to lose its status as a regulated investment company under the Code; (2) for any period during which the Exchange or any market in which the securities owned by the Fund are principally traded is closed, other than customary weekend and holiday closings, or during which trading in such market is restricted; (3) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal by the Fund of securities owned by it is not reasonably practicable, or during which it is not reasonably practicable for the Fund fairly to determine the value of its net assets; or (4) for such other periods as the SEC may by order permit for the protection of shareholders of the Fund.
 
Oversubscribed repurchase offers.  There is no minimum number of Shares that must be tendered before the Fund honors repurchase requests. However, the Fund’s Board of Trustees for each repurchase offer sets a maximum percentage of Shares that may be purchased by the Fund. In the event a repurchase offer by the Fund is oversubscribed, the Fund may, but is not


43


 

required to, repurchase additional Shares up to a maximum amount of 2% of the outstanding Shares of the Fund on the repurchase request deadline. If the Fund determines not to repurchase additional Shares beyond the repurchase offer amount, or if shareholders tender an amount of Shares greater than that which the Fund is entitled to purchase plus 2% of the outstanding Shares of the Fund on the repurchase request deadline, the Fund repurchases the Shares tendered on a pro rata basis. However, the Fund may determine to alter the pro rata allocation procedures in two situations:
 
(1)  the Fund may accept all Shares tendered by persons who own in the aggregate not more than a specified number of Shares (not to exceed 100 Shares) and who tender all of their Shares before prorating Shares tendered by others; or
 
(2)  the Fund may accept by lot Shares tendered by shareholders who tender all Shares held by them and who, when tendering, elect to have either all or none, or at least a minimum amount or none, accepted; however, the Fund first must accept all Shares tendered by shareholders who do not make this election.
 
If proration is necessary, the number of Shares each investor asked to have repurchased generally is reduced by the same percentage subject to the pro rata allocations described above. If any Shares that you wish to tender to the Fund are not repurchased because of proration, you will have to wait until the next repurchase offer and resubmit your repurchase request, and your repurchase request will not be given any priority over other investors’ requests. Thus, there is a risk that the Fund may not purchase all of the Shares you wish to have repurchased in a given repurchase offer or in any subsequent repurchase offer. In anticipation of the possibility of proration, some shareholders may tender more Shares than they wish to have repurchased in a particular repurchase offer, thereby increasing the likelihood of proration.
 
There is no assurance that you will be able to tender as many of your Shares as you desire to sell.
 
Determination of repurchase price.  The repurchase price payable in respect of a tendered Share will be equal to the Share’s net asset value as determined after the close of business on the repurchase pricing date. Under normal circumstances, the Fund expects that the repurchase pricing date will be the repurchase request deadline. The Fund’s net asset value per Share may change materially between the date a repurchase offer is mailed and the repurchase pricing date. The method by which the Fund calculates net asset value is discussed under the caption “Net Asset Value” in the Statement of Additional Information.
 
Payment.  The Fund generally will repurchase Shares by the third business day after the repurchase pricing date, although payment for shares may be as many as seven days after the repurchase request deadline; in any event, the Fund will pay such proceeds at least five business days before notification of the next repurchase offer.
 
Impact of repurchase policies on the liquidity of the Fund.  From the time the Fund distributes each repurchase offer notification until the repurchase pricing date, the Fund must maintain a percentage of liquid assets at least equal to the repurchase offer amount. For this purpose, liquid assets means assets that may be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business at approximately the price at which they are valued within a period equal to the period between a repurchase request deadline and the repurchase payment deadline or which mature by the repurchase payment deadline. In supervising the Fund’s operations and portfolio management by the Adviser, the Fund’s Board of Trustees has adopted written procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that the Fund’s portfolio assets are sufficiently liquid so that the Fund can comply with its fundamental policy on repurchases and with the liquidity requirements noted above. The Board of Trustees will review the overall composition of the Fund’s portfolio and make and approve such changes to the procedures as the Board of Trustees deems necessary. If, at any time, the Fund falls out of compliance with these liquidity requirements, the Board of Trustees will cause the Fund to take whatever action it deems appropriate to ensure compliance. The Fund is also permitted to seek financing to meet repurchase requests.
 
Consequences of repurchase offers.  The Fund believes that repurchase offers generally will be beneficial to the Fund’s shareholders, and generally will be funded from available cash or sales of portfolio securities. However, the acquisition of Shares by the Fund will decrease the assets of the Fund and, therefore, may have the effect of increasing the Fund’s expense ratio. In addition, if the Fund borrows to finance repurchases, interest on that borrowing will negatively affect shareholders who do not tender their Shares by increasing


44


 

the Fund’s expenses and reducing any net investment income. The Fund intends to continually offer its Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares, which may alleviate potential adverse consequences of repurchase offers, but there is no assurance that the Fund will be able to sell additional Shares.
 
Repurchase of the Fund’s Shares through repurchase offers will reduce the number of outstanding Shares and, depending upon the Fund’s investment performance and its ability to sell additional Shares, its net assets.
 
In addition, the repurchase of Shares by the Fund will be a taxable event to shareholders. For a discussion of these tax consequences, see “Federal Income Taxation.”
 
Costs associated with the repurchase offer will be charged as an expense to the Fund. See the Statement of Additional Information for additional information concerning repurchase of Shares.
 
Early Withdrawal Charges.  As described under the Prospectus heading “Purchase of Shares,” repurchases of Class B Shares and Class C Shares may be subject to an early withdrawal charge. In addition, certain repurchases of Class A Shares for shareholder accounts of $1 million or more may be subject to an early withdrawal charge. Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares have no early withdrawal charges (the early withdrawal schedules applicable to the former Class B Shares and former Class C Shares outstanding on February 18, 2005 have been terminated). Repurchases completed through an authorized dealer, custodian, trustee or record keeper of a retirement plan account may involve additional fees charged by such person.
 
The early withdrawal charge will be paid to Invesco Distributors. For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2010, the seven-month period ended February 28, 2011, the fiscal year ended February 29, 2012 and February 28, 2013, the Fund’s distributor received payments totaling $47,089, $34,940, $31,152 and $96,546, respectively, pursuant to the early withdrawal charge. In determining whether an early withdrawal charge is payable, it is assumed that the acceptance of a repurchase offer would be made from the earliest purchase of Shares.
 
Distributions from
the Fund
 
 
Dividends.  Interest from investments is the Fund’s main source of net investment income. The Fund’s present policy, which may be changed at any time by the Fund’s Board of Trustees, is to declare daily and distribute monthly all, or substantially all, of its net investment income as dividends to shareholders. Dividends with respect to Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares are automatically applied to purchase additional Shares of the Fund at the next determined net asset value unless the shareholder instructs otherwise. With respect to Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares, previous instructions regarding reinvestment of dividends will continue to apply until such shareholder changes his or her instruction.
 
The per Share dividends may differ by class of shares as a result of the differing distribution fees, service fees and transfer agency costs applicable to such classes of Shares.
 
Capital gain dividends.  The Fund may realize capital gains or losses when it sells securities, depending on whether the sales prices for the securities are higher or lower than purchase prices. The Fund distributes any net capital gains to shareholders as capital gain dividends at least annually. As in the case of dividends, with respect to Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares, capital gain dividends are automatically reinvested in additional Shares of the Fund at the next determined net asset value unless the shareholder instructs otherwise. With respect to Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares, previous instructions regarding reinvestment of capital gain dividends will continue to apply until such shareholder changes his or her instruction.
 
Shareholder Services
 
 
Listed below are some of the shareholder services the Fund offers to investors. For a more complete description of the Fund’s shareholder services, such as the reinvestment plan, retirement plans and dividend diversification, please refer to the Statement of Additional Information or contact your authorized dealer.
 
Internet transactions.  In addition to performing transactions on your account through written


45


 

instruction or by telephone, you may also perform certain transactions through the internet (restrictions apply to certain account and transaction types). Please refer to our web site at www.invesco.com/us for further instructions regarding internet transactions. Invesco and its subsidiaries, including Invesco Investment Services, and the Fund employ procedures considered by them to be reasonable to confirm that instructions communicated through the internet are genuine. Such procedures include requiring use of a personal identification number prior to acting upon internet instructions and providing written confirmation of instructions communicated through the internet. If reasonable procedures are employed, none of Invesco, Invesco Investment Services or the Fund will be liable for following instructions received through the internet which it reasonably believes to be genuine. If an account has multiple owners, Invesco Investment Services may rely on the instructions of any one owner.
 
Reinvestment plan.  A convenient way for investors to accumulate additional Shares is by accepting dividends and capital gain dividends in Shares of the Fund. Such Shares are acquired at net asset value per Share (without a sales charge) on the applicable payable date of the dividend or capital gain dividend. Unless the shareholder instructs otherwise, with respect to Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares, the reinvestment plan is automatic. This instruction may be made by visiting our web site at www.invesco.com/us, by writing to Invesco Investment Services or by telephone by calling (800) 959-4246. With respect to Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares, previous instructions regarding reinvestment of dividends and capital gain dividends will continue to apply until such shareholder changes his or her instruction. The investor may, on the account application form or prior to any declaration, instruct that dividends and/or capital gain dividends be paid in cash, be reinvested in the Fund at the next determined net asset value or be reinvested in another Participating Fund at the next determined net asset value. See “Shareholder Services — Reinvestment Plan” in the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information for additional information.
 
Automatic investment plan.  An automatic investment plan is available under which a shareholder can authorize Invesco Investment Services to debit the shareholder’s bank account on a regular basis to invest predetermined amounts in Class A Shares and Class C Shares of the Fund. The automatic investment plan is not available for new investments in Class B Shares, Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares. Additional information is available from Invesco Distributors or your authorized dealer.
 
Exchange privilege.  Tendering shareholders may elect to receive, in lieu of cash, the proceeds from the tender and repurchase of Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares of the Fund in the same class of shares of any Participating Fund, subject to certain limitations. Tendering shareholders may elect to receive, in lieu of cash, the proceeds from the tender and repurchase of Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares of the Fund in Class A Shares of any Participating Fund (other than the Fund), subject to certain limitations. The exchange takes place without any sales charge or early withdrawal charge, at the net asset value per share of each fund determined on the Fund’s next repurchase pricing date, after the Fund makes a repurchase pursuant to a repurchase offer. The early withdrawal charge will be waived for Shares tendered in exchange for shares in the Participating Funds; however, such shares immediately become subject to a contingent deferred sales charge schedule equivalent to the early withdrawal charge schedule on Shares of the Fund. Thus, shares of such Participating Funds may be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge upon a subsequent redemption from the Participating Funds. The purchase of shares of such Participating Funds will be deemed to have occurred at the time of the initial purchase of the Shares of the Fund for calculating the applicable contingent deferred sales charge.
 
Shares of Participating Funds generally may be exchanged for Shares of the same class of the Fund (except that some holders of Class I Shares of certain Participating Funds may be eligible to exchange Class I Shares of such Participating Fund for Class A Shares of the Fund) based on the next determined net asset value per share of each fund after requesting the exchange without any sales charge, subject to minimum purchase requirements and certain limitations. Shareholders of Participating Funds seeking to exchange their shares for Shares of the Fund are subject to the exchange policies of such Participating Fund, including an exchange fee, if any, assessed by such Participating Fund.
 
Shareholders seeking an exchange amongst Participating Funds should obtain and read the current prospectus for such fund prior to implementing an exchange. A prospectus of any of the Participating Funds may be


46


 

obtained from an authorized dealer or Invesco Distributors or by visiting our web site at www.invesco.com/us.
 
Investors should note exchanges out of the Fund can only occur in connection with a repurchase offer which occurs monthly. See “Repurchase of Shares.” Exchanges can occur into the Fund on any day the Fund is offering its Shares, which is generally every business day. Shares of the Fund may be exchanged for shares of any Participating Fund only if shares of that Participating Fund are available for sale. Exchanging shares of other Participating Funds for Shares of the Fund involves certain risks, including the risk that the Fund’s Shares are illiquid. See “Risks” generally and “Risks — No trading market for Shares.”
 
When shares that are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge or early withdrawal charge are exchanged among Participating Funds, the holding period for purposes of computing the contingent deferred sales charge or early withdrawal charge is based upon the date of the initial purchase of such shares from a Participating Fund. When such shares are redeemed or tendered for repurchase and not exchanged for shares of another Participating Fund, the shares are subject to the contingent deferred sales charge or early withdrawal charge schedule imposed by the Participating Fund from which such shares were originally purchased.
 
Exchanges of Shares are sales of shares of one Participating Fund and purchases of shares of another Participating Fund. The sale may result in a gain or loss for federal income tax purposes. If the shares sold have been held for less than 91 days, the sales charge paid on such shares will be carried over and included in the tax basis of the shares acquired.
 
A shareholder wishing to make an exchange into the Fund from another Participating Fund may do so by sending a written request to Invesco Investment Services, by calling (800) 959-4246, or by visiting our web site at www.invesco.com/us. A shareholder automatically has these exchange privileges unless the shareholder indicates otherwise by checking the applicable box on the account application form. A shareholder wishing to make an exchange out of the Fund into another Participating Fund may do so by properly completing the repurchase offer materials at the time of the Fund’s next repurchase offer. In the case of telephone transactions, Invesco and its subsidiaries, including Invesco Investment Services, and the Fund employ procedures considered by them to be reasonable to confirm that instructions communicated by telephone are genuine. Such procedures include requiring certain personal identification information prior to acting upon telephone instructions, tape-recording telephone communications, and providing written confirmation of instructions communicated by telephone. If reasonable procedures are employed, none of Invesco, Invesco Investment Services or the Fund will be liable for following telephone instructions which it reasonably believes to be genuine. If the exchanging shareholder does not have an account in the fund whose shares are being acquired, a new account will be established with the same registration, dividend and capital gain dividend options (except dividend diversification) and authorized dealer of record as the account from which shares are exchanged, unless otherwise specified by the shareholder. In order to establish a systematic withdrawal plan for the new account (if such service is available) or reinvest dividends from the new account into another fund (if such service is available), however, an exchanging shareholder must submit a specific request.
 
The Fund and Invesco Distributors reserve the right to reject or limit any order to purchase Fund Shares through exchange or otherwise and to close any shareholder account when they believe it is in the best interests of the Fund. Certain patterns of past exchanges and/or purchase or sale transactions involving the Fund or other Participating Funds may result in the Fund rejecting or limiting, in the Fund’s or Invesco Distributors’ discretion, additional purchases and/or exchanges. Determinations in this regard may be made based on the frequency or dollar amount of the previous exchanges or purchase or sale transactions. The Fund may modify, restrict or terminate the exchange privilege at any time. Shareholders will receive 60 days’ notice of any termination or material amendment to this exchange privilege.
 
For purposes of determining the sales charge rate previously paid on Class A Shares, all sales charges paid on the exchanged shares and on any shares previously exchanged for such shares or for any of their predecessors shall be included. If the exchanged shares were acquired through reinvestment, those shares are deemed to have been sold with a sales charge rate equal to the rate previously paid on the shares on which the dividend or distribution was paid. If a shareholder exchanges less than all of such shareholder’s shares, the


47


 

shares upon which the highest sales charge rate was previously paid are deemed exchanged first.
 
Exchange requests into the Fund from other Participating Funds received on a business day prior to the time shares of the funds involved in the request are priced will be processed on the date of receipt. Exchange requests out of the Fund into other Participating Funds are processed after the Fund makes a repurchase pursuant to a repurchase offer. “Processing” a request means that shares of the fund which the shareholder is tendering for repurchase or redeeming will be repurchased or redeemed at the net asset value per share determined on the Fund’s next repurchase pricing date in the following repurchase offer, in the case of exchanges out of the Fund, or on the date of receipt, in the case of exchanges out of other Participating Funds. Shares of the fund that the shareholder is purchasing will also normally be purchased at the net asset value per share, plus any applicable sales charge, next determined on the date of receipt. Exchange requests received on a business day after the time that shares of the funds involved in the request are priced will be processed on the next business day, in the case of exchanges into the Fund, or after the Fund makes a repurchase pursuant to a repurchase offer, in the case of exchanges out of the Fund, in the manner described herein.
 
As described under “Purchase of Shares — Class A Shares,” there is no sales charge payable on Class A Shares at the time of purchase on investments of $1 million or more, but an early withdrawal charge (“EWC-Class A”) may be imposed on certain repurchases made within eighteen months of purchase. For purposes of the EWC-Class A and the contingent deferred sales charge on certain redemptions of Class A Shares of other Participating Funds (“CDSC-Class A”), when shares of a Participating Fund are exchanged for shares of another Participating Fund, the purchase date for the shares acquired by exchange will be assumed to be the date on which shares were purchased in the fund from which the exchange was made. If the exchanged shares themselves are acquired through an exchange, the purchase date is assumed to carry over from the date of the original election to purchase shares subject to a CDSC-Class A or EWC-Class A rather than a front-end load sales charge. In determining whether a CDSC-Class A or EWC-Class A is payable, it is assumed that shares being redeemed or repurchased first are any shares in the shareholder’s account not subject to a CDSC-Class A or EWC-Class A, followed by shares held the longest in the shareholder’s account. The CDSC-Class A or EWC-Class A is assessed on an amount equal to the lesser of the then current market value or the cost of the shares being redeemed or repurchased. Accordingly, no CDSC-Class A or EWC-Class A is imposed on increases in net asset value above the initial purchase price. In addition, no CDSC-Class A or EWC-Class A is assessed on shares derived from reinvestment of dividends or capital gain dividends.
 
Retirement plans.  Eligible investors may establish individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”); Employee Pension Plans (“SEPs”); 401(k) plans; 403(b)(7) plans in the case of employees of public school systems and certain non-profit organizations; or other pension or profit sharing plans. Documents and forms containing detailed information regarding these plans are available from Invesco Distributors.
 
The illiquid nature of the Shares may affect the nature of distributions from tax-sheltered retirement plans and may affect the ability of participants in such plans to rollover assets to other tax-sheltered retirement plans.
 
Description of Shares
 
 
The Fund was organized as a Massachusetts business trust on July 14, 1989 and was redomesticated as a Delaware statutory trust on October 15, 2012. The Fund is governed by an Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated May 15, 2012, as amended to the date hereof (the “Declaration of Trust”).
 
The Declaration of Trust permits the Fund to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional common shares of beneficial interest. The Declaration of Trust provides that the trustees of the Fund may authorize separate classes of Shares. Each Share represents an equal proportionate interest in the assets of the Fund with each other Share in the Fund.
 
The Declaration of Trust provides that no shareholder of the Fund shall be personally liable for the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred by, contracted for, or otherwise existing with respect to, the Fund. Neither the Fund nor the Trustees, nor any officer, employee, or agent of the Fund shall have any power to bind personally any shareholder or to call upon any shareholder for the payment of any sum of


48


 

money or assessment whatsoever other than (i) such as the shareholder may at any time personally agree to pay by way of subscription for any Shares or otherwise, or (ii) any indemnification payment owed to the Fund by the shareholder pursuant to the Declaration of Trust. The shareholders shall be entitled, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to the same limitation of personal liability as is extended under the Delaware General Corporation Law to stockholders of private corporations for profit.
 
The Fund currently continuously offers two classes of Shares, designated as Class A Shares and Class C Shares. The Fund also has Class B Shares, Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares, which are not continuously offered. The only new Class B Shares, Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares to be issued are those Class B Shares, Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares issued to satisfy dividend and capital gain reinvestments. Class B Shares of the Fund may also be issued in connection with an exchange from Class B Shares of other Invesco funds. Other classes may be established from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Declaration of Trust. Each class of Shares of the Fund generally is identical in all respects except that each class of Shares may be subject to its own sales charge or early withdrawal charge schedule and its own distribution and service expenses. Each class of Shares also has exclusive voting rights with respect to its distribution and service fees, if any.
 
Shareholders will be entitled to the payment of dividends and other distributions when, as and if declared by the Board of Trustees. The Declaration of Trust also authorizes the Fund to borrow money and in this connection issue notes or other evidence of indebtedness. The terms of any borrowings may limit the payment of dividends to shareholders.
 
The Fund does not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders. At meetings, Shares of the Fund entitle their holders to one vote per Share; however, separate votes are taken by each class of Shares on matters affecting an individual class of Shares.
 
In the event of liquidation of the Fund, the Fund will pay or make reasonable provision to pay all claims and obligations of the Fund, including all contingent, conditional or unmatured claims and obligations known to the Fund, and all claims and obligations which are known to the Fund, but for which the identity of the claimant is unknown, and claims and obligations that have not been made known to the Fund or that have not arisen but that, based on the facts known to the Fund, are likely to arise or to become known to the Fund within 10 years after the date of dissolution of the Fund. Any remaining assets held with respect to the Fund shall be distributed to the shareholders.
 
Pursuant to the Fund’s Bylaws, except as otherwise required by applicable law, the Fund will not issue share certificates and no shareholder shall have the right to demand or require that a certificate be issued. The Shares are not, and are not expected to be, listed for trading on any national securities exchange nor, to the Fund’s knowledge, is there, or is there expected to be, any secondary trading market in the Shares. Shares of the Fund issued before June 13, 2003 were redesignated as Class B Shares. Class C Shares of the Fund were not issued prior to June 13, 2003. On February 18, 2005, the Fund redesignated its Class B Shares issued before February 18, 2005 as a new class of Shares designated Class IB Shares and redesignated its Class C Shares issued before February 18, 2005 as a new Class of Shares designated Class IC Shares. On February 18, 2005, the Fund commenced offering new Class A Shares, new Class B Shares and new Class C Shares (the new Class B Shares and new Class C Shares have different fees, expenses and other characteristics than the Class B Shares and Class C Shares issued prior to February 18, 2005, which Shares are now redesignated as Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares, respectively). Effective November 30, 2010, Class B Shares of the Fund are not continuously offered.
 
The following table sets forth, for the quarterly periods ending on the dates set forth below, the high and low net asset value per Share for each class of Shares during such period:
 
                                                                                   
 
Quarterly
    Class A   Class B   Class C   Class IB   Class IC
Period Ending     High   Low   High   Low   High   Low   High   Low   High   Low
March 31, 2013
    $ 6.94     $ 6.82     $ 6.96     $ 6.84     $ 6.94     $ 6.82     $ 6.95     $ 6.82     $ 6.94     $ 6.82  
December 31, 2012
    $ 6.86     $ 6.78     $ 6.88     $ 6.80     $ 6.85     $ 6.78     $ 6.86     $ 6.78     $ 6.86     $ 6.78  
September 30, 2012
    $ 6.79     $ 6.60     $ 6.81     $ 6.59     $ 6.79     $ 6.59     $ 6.79     $ 6.60     $ 6.79     $ 6.60  
June 30, 2012
    $ 6.68     $ 6.52     $ 6.68     $ 6.51     $ 6.68     $ 6.51     $ 6.68     $ 6.52     $ 6.68     $ 6.52  
March 31, 2012
    $ 6.60     $ 6.38     $ 6.60     $ 6.38     $ 6.60     $ 6.38     $ 6.61     $ 6.39     $ 6.61     $ 6.39  
December 31, 2011
    $ 6.41     $ 6.16     $ 6.41     $ 6.16     $ 6.41     $ 6.16     $ 6.41     $ 6.17     $ 6.41     $ 6.16  
September 30, 2011
    $ 6.70     $ 6.21     $ 6.69     $ 6.21     $ 6.69     $ 6.21     $ 6.70     $ 6.22     $ 6.69     $ 6.21  
June 30, 2011
    $ 6.77     $ 6.66     $ 6.76     $ 6.66     $ 6.76     $ 6.66     $ 6.77     $ 6.67     $ 6.77     $ 6.66  
March 31, 2011
    $ 6.73     $ 6.54     $ 6.73     $ 6.54     $ 6.73     $ 6.54     $ 6.73     $ 6.55     $ 6.73     $ 6.55  
 


49


 

 
As of June 12, 2013, the net asset value per Class A Share was $6.94, the net asset value per Class B Share was $6.97, the net asset value per Class C Share was $6.95, the net asset value per Class IB Share was $6.95 and the net asset value per Class IC Share was $6.95.
 
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the Shares as of February 28, 2013:
 
                                     
 
              (3)
  (4)
              Amount
  Amount
              Held
  Outstanding
          (2)
  by Fund for
  Exclusive of
    (1)
    Amount
  its Own
  Amount Shown
    Title of Class     Authorized   Account   Under (3)
    Class A Shares       unlimited         0         17,921,785    
    Class B Shares       unlimited         0         1,864,897    
    Class C Shares       unlimited         0         20,623,159    
    Class IB Shares       unlimited         0         127,286,598    
    Class IC Shares       unlimited         0         10,644,143    
 
 
Anti-Takeover Provisions in
the Declaration of Trust
The Fund’s Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to change the composition of its Board of Trustees by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund. In addition, in the event a secondary market were to develop in the Shares, such provisions could have the effect of depriving shareholders of an opportunity to sell their Shares at a premium over prevailing market prices.
 
Certain transactions between the Fund and Principal Shareholders of the Fund require approval of the Board of Trustees followed by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 75% of the outstanding Shares entitled to vote, unless such transaction has been previously approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (66 2 / 3 %) of the Board of Trustees, in which case the affirmative vote “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund with each class of Shares voting, which requires the affirmative vote of the lesser of 50% of the outstanding Shares or 67% of the Shares present in person or by proxy, provided that at least 50% of the outstanding shares are present. For purposes of these provisions, a “Principal Shareholder” of the Fund is defined as any person or group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), that is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of five percent (5%) or more of the Shares of the Fund and shall include any affiliate or associate of a Principal Shareholder, but shall not include the investment adviser of the Fund or any affiliated person of the investment adviser of the Fund. The transactions subject to these voting requirements are: (i) the issuance of any securities of the Fund or any of its subsidiaries to any Principal Shareholder for cash (other than pursuant to any dividend reinvestment plan), (ii) the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Fund or any of its subsidiaries to any Principal Shareholder (except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than two percent (2%) of the total assets of the Fund or any of its subsidiaries, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period), or (iii) the sale, lease, or exchange to the Fund or any subsidiary thereof, in exchange for securities of the Fund or any of its subsidiaries, of any assets of any Principal Shareholder (except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than two percent (2%) of the total assets of the Fund or any of its subsidiaries, aggregating for the purpose of such computation, all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period).
 
A trustee may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by written instrument signed by at least 75% of the number of Trustees prior to such removal, specifying the date when such removal shall become effective; provided that through June 30, 2013, such instrument shall be signed by at least eighty percent (80%) of the number of Trustees prior to such removal.
 
The Fund may merge or consolidate with any other entity or may sell, convey or transfer all or substantially all of the Fund’s assets upon such terms and conditions and for such consideration when and as authorized the Board of Trustees followed by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 75% of the outstanding Shares entitled to vote, unless such transaction has been previously approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (66 2 / 3 %) of the Board of Trustees, in which case the affirmative vote “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund, which requires the affirmative vote of the lesser of 50% of the outstanding Shares or 67% of the Shares present in person or by proxy, provided that at least 50% of the outstanding shares are present.


50


 

 
The Fund may be dissolved only upon approval by the Board of Trustees followed by a vote of not less than 75% of the outstanding Shares entitled to vote, provided that if the affirmative vote of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Board of Trustees approves the dissolution, no vote of shareholders shall be required to dissolve the Trust.
 
The Fund may be converted from a “closed-end company” to an “open-end company” only upon approval by the Board of Trustees followed by a vote of not less than 75% of the outstanding Shares entitled to vote, provided that if the affirmative vote of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Board of Trustees approves the dissolution, no vote of shareholders shall be required to dissolve the Trust.
 
The above described provisions in the Declaration of Trust regarding Principal Shareholders, dissolution, conversion and mergers, consolidations and sales of assets cannot be amended without the approval by the Board of Trustees followed by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 75% of the outstanding Shares entitled to vote, unless such transaction has been previously approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (66 2 / 3 %) of the Board of Trustees, in which case the affirmative vote “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund, which requires the affirmative vote of the lesser of 50% of the outstanding Shares or 67% of the Shares present in person or by proxy, provided that at least 50% of the outstanding shares are present.
 
Upon the occurrence of any event requiring the Fund to hold annual meeting of the Fund’s shareholders at which trustees of the Fund are to be elected, the Board of Trustees will be divided into three classes, with the terms of one class expiring at each annual meeting of shareholders. At each annual meeting, one class of trustees would be elected to a three-year term. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the Board of Trustees.
 
The Board of Trustees has determined that the voting requirements described above, which are greater than the minimum requirements under Delaware law or the 1940 Act, are in the best interests of shareholders generally. Reference should be made to the Declaration of Trust on file with the SEC for the full text of these provisions.
 
Federal Income Taxation
 
 
The Fund intends to continue to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. If the Fund so qualifies and distributes each year to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (generally including ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, but not net capital gain, which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) and meets certain other requirements, it will not be required to pay federal income taxes on any income distributed to shareholders. The Fund will not be subject to federal income tax on any net capital gain distributed to shareholders. If the Fund distributes less than an amount equal to the sum of 98% of its ordinary income and 98.2% of its capital gain net income, plus any amounts that were not distributed in previous taxable years, then the Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax on the undistributed amounts.
 
If the Fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company or failed to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement in any taxable year, it would be taxed as an ordinary corporation on its taxable income (even if such income were distributed to its shareholders) and all distributions out of earnings and profits would generally be taxed to certain noncorporate U.S. shareholders (including individuals) as “qualified dividend income” eligible for reduced maximum rates.
 
Distributions of the Fund’s investment company taxable income are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income to the extent of the Fund’s earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional Shares. Distributions of the Fund’s net capital gain designated as capital gain dividends, if any, are taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains regardless of the length of time Shares have been held by such shareholders. The Fund expects that its distributions will consist primarily of ordinary income and capital gain dividends. Distributions in excess of the Fund’s earnings and profits will first reduce the adjusted tax basis of a shareholder’s Shares and, after such adjusted tax basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gain to such shareholder (assuming such Shares are held as a capital asset).
 
Although distributions generally are treated as taxable in the year they are paid, distributions declared in October, November or December, payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such month and paid


51


 

during January of the following year will be treated as having been distributed by the Fund and received by the shareholders on the December 31st prior to the date of payment. The Fund will inform shareholders of the source and tax status of all distributions promptly after the close of each calendar year. Fund distributions generally will not qualify for the corporate dividends received deduction.
 
Current law provides for reduced federal income tax rates on (i) long-term capital gains received by individuals and certain other non-corporate taxpayers and (ii) “qualified dividend income” received by individuals and certain other non-corporate taxpayers from certain domestic and foreign corporations. Fund shareholders, as well as the Fund itself, must also satisfy certain holding period and other requirements in order for such reduced rates for “qualified dividend income” to apply. Because the Fund intends to invest primarily in Senior Loans and other senior debt securities, ordinary income dividends paid by the Fund generally will not be eligible for the reduced rates applicable to “qualified dividend income.” To the extent that distributions from the Fund are designated as capital gain dividends, such distributions will be eligible for the reduced rates applicable to long-term capital gains.
 
Foreign shareholders, including shareholders who are non-resident aliens, may be subject to U.S. withholding tax on certain distributions (whether received in cash or in shares) at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as prescribed by an applicable treaty.
 
Foreign shareholders must provide documentation to the Fund certifying their non-United States status. Prospective foreign investors should consult their advisers concerning the tax consequences to them of an investment in Shares of the Fund.
 
The sale or exchange of Shares in connection with a repurchase of Shares, as well as certain other transfers, will be a taxable transaction for federal income tax purposes. Except as discussed below, selling shareholders will generally recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between their adjusted tax basis in the Shares sold and the amount received. If the Shares are held as a capital asset, the gain or loss will be a capital gain or loss.
 
Any loss recognized upon a taxable disposition of Shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received with respect to such Shares. For purposes of determining whether Shares have been held for six months or less, the holding period is suspended for any periods during which the shareholder’s risk of loss is diminished as a result of holding one or more other positions in substantially similar or related property or through certain options or short sales.
 
It is possible, although the Fund believes it is unlikely, that, in connection with a repurchase offer, distributions to tendering shareholders may be subject to tax as ordinary income (rather than as gain or loss).
 
Backup withholding rules require the Fund, in certain circumstances, to withhold federal income tax from dividends and certain other payments, including repurchase proceeds, paid to shareholders who do not furnish to the Fund their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, their social security number) and make certain required certifications (including certifications as to foreign status, if applicable), or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding.
 
The federal income tax discussion set forth above is for general information only. Shareholders and prospective investors should consult their own advisers regarding the specific federal income tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of Shares of the Fund, as well as the effects of state, local and foreign tax laws and any proposed tax law changes. For more information, see the “Taxation” section in the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information.
 
Communications With
Shareholders/
Performance Information
 
 
The Fund will send semiannual and annual reports to shareholders, including a list of the portfolio investments held by the Fund.
 
From time to time, advertisements and other sales materials for the Fund may include information concerning the historical performance of the Fund. Any such information may include a distribution rate and an average compounded distribution rate of the Fund for specified periods of time. Such information may also include performance rankings and similar information from independent organizations such as Lipper


52


 

Analytical Services, Inc., Business Week, Forbes or other industry publications and may include information regarding other short term money market rates, including, but not limited to, the Prime Rate quoted by U.S. money center commercial bank(s), the three-month Treasury Bill Rate and/or the three-month LIBOR rates from creditworthy international bank(s).
 
The Fund’s distribution rate generally is determined on a monthly basis with respect to the immediately preceding monthly distribution period. The distribution rate is computed by first annualizing the Fund’s distributions per Share during such a monthly distribution period and dividing the annualized distribution by the Fund’s maximum offering price per Share on the last day of such period.
 
When utilized by the Fund, distribution rate and compounded distribution rate figures are based on historical performance and are not intended to indicate future performance. Distribution rate, compounded distribution rate and net asset value per Share can be expected to fluctuate over time.
 
Custodian, Dividend
Disbursing Agent and
Transfer Agent
 
 
State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, is the custodian of the Fund and has custody of the securities and cash of the Fund. The custodian, among other things, attends to the collection of principal and income and payment for and collection of proceeds of securities bought and sold by the Fund. State Street Bank and Trust Company also will perform certain accounting services for the Fund pursuant to the fund accounting agreement between it and the Fund. Invesco Investment Services Inc., P.O. Box 219078, Kansas City, Missouri 64212-9078 is the dividend disbursing agent and transfer agent of the Fund. The transfer agency fees are determined through negotiations with the Fund and are approved by the Fund’s Board of Trustees. The transfer agency fees are based on competitive benchmarks.
 
Legal Opinions
 
 
Certain legal matters in connection with the Shares offered hereby have been passed upon for the Fund by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP.
 
Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
 
 
The financial statements for the period ended February 28, 2013, incorporated by reference into the Statement of Additional Information, have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report also incorporated by reference into the Statement of Additional Information, and have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
Additional Information
 
 
The Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information do not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement that the Fund has filed with the SEC. The complete registration statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed by its rules and regulations.
 
Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other documents referred to are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.


53


 

Table of Contents
for the Statement of
Additional Information
 
 
     
   
Page
 
General Information
  B-2
     
Investment Objective, Investment Strategies and Risks
  B-3
     
Investment Restrictions
  B-3
     
Trustees and Officers
  B-5
     
Advisory Agreement
  B-15
     
Fund Management
  B-17
     
Distribution and Service
  B-20
     
Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage Allocation
  B-21
     
Shareholder Services
  B-23
     
Net Asset Value
  B-25
     
Early Withdrawal Charge — Class A
  B-25
     
Waiver of Early Withdrawal Charges
  B-26
     
Taxation
  B-27
     
Other Information
  B-32
     
Financial Statements
  B-32
     
Appendix A — Ratings of Debt Securities
  A-1
     
Appendix B — Proxy Voting Policies
  B-1


54


 

For More Information
 
 
Existing Shareholders or Prospective Investors
    •  Call your broker
    •  Web Site
www.invesco.com/us
    •  FundInfo ®
Automated Telephone System 800-959-4246
 
Dealers
    •  Web Site
www.invesco.com/us
    •  FundInfo ®
Automated Telephone System 800-959-4246
 
Invesco Senior Loan Fund
1555 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30309
 
Investment Adviser
Invesco Advisers, Inc.
1555 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30309
 
Principal Underwriter
Invesco Distributors, Inc.
11 Greenway Plaza, Suite 1000
Houston, TX 77046-1173
 
Dividend Disbursing Agent and Transfer Agent
Invesco Investment Services Inc.
11 Greenway Plaza
Suite 1000
Houston, Texas 77046-1173
 
Custodian
State Street Bank and Trust Company
225 Franklin
Boston, Massachusetts 02110-2801
Attn: Invesco Senior Loan Fund
 
Legal Counsel
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036
 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
1201 Louisiana Street
Suite 2900
Houston, Texas 77002-5678


 

Invesco Senior Loan Fund
 
A Statement of Additional Information, which contains more details about the Fund, is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this Prospectus.
 
You will find additional information about the Fund in its annual and semiannual reports to shareholders. The annual report explains the market conditions and investment strategies affecting the Fund’s performance during its last fiscal year.
 
You can ask questions or obtain a free copy of the Fund’s annual and semiannual reports or its Statement of Additional Information by calling 800.959-4246. Free copies of the Fund’s reports and its Statement of Additional Information are available from our web site at www.invesco.com/us.
 
Information about the Fund, including its reports and Statement of Additional Information, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). It can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, DC or on the EDGAR database on the SEC’s internet site (www.sec.gov). Information on the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 202.551.8090. You can also request copies of these materials, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the SEC’s e-mail address (publicinfo@sec.gov) or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, DC 20549-0102.
 
This Prospectus is dated
June 28, 2013
 
CLASS A SHARES
CLASS B SHARES
CLASS C SHARES
CLASS IB SHARES
CLASS IC SHARES
The Fund’s Investment Company Act File No. is 811-05845.
 
Invesco Distributors, Inc.
11 Greenway Plaza, Suite 1000
Houston, TX 77046-1173
www.invesco.com/us
All rights reserved. Member FINRA/SIPC
VK-SLO-PRO-1 06/13
(VAN KAMPEN INVESTMENTS LOGO)
 


 

 
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
INVESCO SENIOR LOAN FUND
 
Invesco Senior Loan Fund’s (the “Fund”) investment objective is to provide a high level of current income, consistent with preservation of capital.
 
The Fund is organized as a diversified, closed-end management investment company.
 
This Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) is not a prospectus. This SAI should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus for the Fund dated June 28, 2013. This SAI does not include all the information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing Class A or Class C Shares (collectively with the Fund’s Class B Shares, Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares, which are not continuously offered, the “Shares”) of the Fund. Investors should obtain and read the Prospectus prior to purchasing Shares. The Prospectus, the SAI and the Fund’s Annual and Semiannual Reports may be obtained without charge from our web site at www.invesco.com/us or any of these materials may be obtained without charge by writing or calling Invesco Distributors Inc. at 11 Greenway Plaza, Suite 1000, Houston, Texas 77046-1173 or (800) 959-4246. This SAI incorporates by reference the entire Prospectus.
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
   
Page
 
 
General Information
    B-2  
Investment Objective, Investment Strategies and Risks
    B-3  
Investment Restrictions
    B-3  
Trustees and Officers
    B-5  
Advisory Agreement
    B-15  
Fund Management
    B-17  
Distribution and Service
    B-20  
Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage Allocation
    B-21  
Shareholder Services
    B-23  
Net Asset Value
    B-25  
Early Withdrawal Charge — Class A
    B-25  
Waiver of Early Withdrawal Charges
    B-26  
Taxation
    B-27  
Other Information
    B-32  
Financial Statements
    B-32  
Appendix A — Ratings of Debt Securities
    A-1  
Appendix B — Proxy Voting Policies
    B-1  
 
The Prospectus and this SAI omit certain of the information contained in the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, DC (the “SEC”). These items may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed, or inspected at the SEC’s office at no charge.
 
This Statement of Additional Information is dated June 28, 2013.
 
VK-SLO-SOAI-1 06/13


B-1


 

 
GENERAL INFORMATION
 
As of June 14, 2013, no person was known by the Fund to own beneficially or to hold of record 5% or more of the outstanding Class A Shares, Class B Shares, Class C Shares, Class IB Shares or Class IC Shares of the Fund, except as follows:
 
                 
          Approximate
 
          Percentage of
 
    Class
    Ownership
 
Name and Address of Holder
  of Shares     on June 14, 2013  
 
First Clearing, LLC*
    A       20.95 %
Special Custody Acct for the Exclusive Benefit of Customer
    B       32.66 %
2801 Market St.
    C       18.60 %
Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523
    IB       10.85 %
      IC       13.39 %
                 
MLPF&S for the Sole Benefit of Its Customers*
    A       8.33 %
Attn: Fund Administration 97FW6
    B       8.77 %
4800 Deer Lake Dr. E, 2nd Floor
    C       11.24 %
Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484
    IC       6.00 %
                 
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney*
    A       15.90 %
Harborside Financial Center
    C       31.93 %
Plaza 2, 3rd Floor
    IB       40.88 %
Jersey City, NJ 07311
    IC       24.50 %
                 
National Financial Services LLC
    A       9.95 %
FEBO Customers Mutual Funds
    B       7.79 %
200 Liberty St., 1WFC
    C       6.36 %
New York, NY 10281-1003
    IC       5.86 %
                 
Pershing LLC*
    A       11.54 %
1 Pershing Plaza
    B       10.21 %
Jersey City, NJ 07399-0002
    C       6.59 %
      IB       5.32 %
      IC       7.81 %
                 
Raymond James
    A       6.68 %
Omnibus for Mutual Funds
    B       6.29 %
Attn: Courtney Waller
    C       6.68 %
880 Carillon Parkway
               
St. Petersburg, FL 33716-1102
               
                 
UBS WM USA
    IC       5.58 %
Omni Account M/F
               
Attn: Department Manager
               
499 Washington Blvd. 9th Floor
               
Jersey City, NJ 07310-2055
               
 
Shares held “of record” only.


B-2


 

 
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE,
INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS
 
The Fund’s investment objective is to provide a high level of current income, consistent with preservation of capital. The Fund invests primarily in adjustable rate senior loans (“Senior Loans”). Although the Fund’s net asset value will vary, the Fund’s policy of acquiring interests in floating or variable rate Senior Loans should minimize the fluctuations in the Fund’s net asset value as a result of changes in interest rates. The Fund’s net asset value may be affected by changes in borrower credit quality and other factors with respect to Senior Loan interests in which the Fund invests. An investment in the Fund may not be appropriate for all investors and is not intended to be a complete investment program. No assurance can be given that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. For further discussion of the characteristics of Senior Loan interests and associated special risk considerations, see “Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategies” and “Risks” in the Prospectus.
 
Temporary Defensive Strategies
 
When market conditions dictate a more defensive investment strategy as described in the Fund’s prospectus, the Fund may deviate temporarily from fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies without a shareholder vote or without prior contemporaneous notification to shareholders during exigent situations.
 
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
 
The Fund’s investment objective and the following investment restrictions are fundamental and cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority (defined as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a meeting of shareholders, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy at such meeting, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities) of the Fund’s outstanding Shares. All other investment policies or practices are considered by the Fund not to be fundamental and accordingly may be changed without shareholder approval. The percentage limitations contained in the restrictions and policies set forth herein apply at the time of purchase of securities. With respect to the limitations on the issuance of senior securities, the percentage limitations apply at the time of purchase and on an ongoing basis. In accordance with the foregoing, the Fund may not:
 
  1.  Purchase any securities (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States Government or by its agencies or instrumentalities), if as a result more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would then be invested in securities of a single issuer or if as a result the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any single issuer; provided that, with respect to 50% of the Fund’s assets, the Fund may invest up to 25% of its assets in the securities of any one issuer. For purposes of this restriction, the term issuer includes both the Borrower under a Loan Agreement and the Lender selling a Participation to the Fund together with any other persons interpositioned between such Lender and the Fund with respect to a Participation.
 
  2.  Purchase any security if, as a result of such purchase, more than 25% of the Fund’s total assets (taken at current value) would be invested in the securities of Borrowers and other issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry (the electric, gas, water and telephone utility industries, commercial banks, thrift institutions and finance companies being treated as separate industries for purposes of this restriction); provided, that this limitation shall not apply with respect to obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or by its agencies or instrumentalities.
 
  3.  Issue senior securities nor borrow money, except that the Fund may issue senior securities or borrow money to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, (ii) the rules or regulations promulgated by the Commission under the 1940 Act, or (iii) an exemption or other relief applicable to the Fund from the provisions of the 1940 Act.
 
  4.  Make loans of money or property to any person, except for obtaining interests in Senior Loans in accordance with its investment objective, through loans of portfolio securities or the acquisition of securities subject to repurchase agreements.


B-3


 

  5.  Buy any security “on margin.” Neither the deposit of initial or variation margin in connection with hedging transactions nor short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of such transactions is considered the purchase of a security on margin.
 
  6.  Sell any security “short,” write, purchase or sell puts, calls or combinations thereof, or purchase or sell financial futures or options, except to the extent that the hedging transactions in which the Fund may engage would be deemed to be any of the foregoing transactions.
 
  7.  Act as an underwriter of securities, except to the extent the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter in connection with the sale of or granting of interests in Senior Loans or other securities acquired by the Fund.
 
  8.  Make investments for the purpose of exercising control or participation in management, except to the extent that exercise by the Fund of its rights under Loan Agreements would be deemed to constitute such control or participation.
 
  9.  Invest in securities of other investment companies, except as part of a merger, consolidation or other acquisitions. The Fund will rely on representations of Borrowers in Loan Agreements in determining whether such Borrowers are investment companies.
 
  10.  Buy or sell oil, gas or other mineral leases, rights or royalty contracts except pursuant to the exercise by the Fund of its rights under Loan Agreements. In addition, the Fund may purchase securities of issuers which deal in, represent interests in or are secured by interests in such leases, rights or contracts.
 
  11.  Purchase or sell real estate, commodities or commodities contracts except pursuant to the exercise by the Fund of its rights under Loan Agreements, except to the extent the interests in Senior Loans the Fund may invest in are considered to be interests in real estate, commodities or commodities contracts and except to the extent that hedging instruments the Fund may invest in are considered to be commodities or commodities contracts.
 
  12.  Notwithstanding the investment policies and restrictions of the Fund, upon approval of the Board of Trustees, the Fund may invest all or part of its investable assets in a management investment company with substantially the same investment objective, policies and restrictions as the Fund.
 
The latter part of one of the Fund’s fundamental investment restrictions (i.e., the reference to “to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, (ii) the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission under the 1940 Act, or (iii) an exemption or other relief applicable to the Fund from the provisions of the 1940 Act”) provides the Fund with flexibility to change its limitations in connection with changes in applicable law, rules, regulations or exemptive relief. The language used in the restriction provides the necessary flexibility to allow the Fund’s Board to respond efficiently to these kinds of developments without the delay and expense of a shareholder meeting.
 
Non-Fundamental Policies
 
For purposes of investment restriction number 2, the Fund has adopted supplementally a more restrictive non-fundamental investment policy that in effect changes the phrase “more than 25%” to “25% or more.” For purposes of investment restriction number 2 and the supplement just described, the Fund will consider all relevant factors in determining whether to treat the Lender selling a Participation and any persons interpositioned between such Lender and the Fund as an issuer, including: the terms of the Loan Agreement and other relevant agreements (including inter-creditor agreements and any agreements between such person and the Fund’s custodian); the credit quality of such Lender or interpositioned person; general economic conditions applicable to such Lender or interpositioned person; and other factors relating to the degree of credit risk, if any, of such Lender or interpositioned person incurred by the Fund. With respect to the fundamental investment restriction number 4 regarding the loan of portfolio securities, although the Fund is permitted under such restriction to make loans of its portfolio securities, the Fund does not currently have an intention to do so.


B-4


 

The Fund has adopted additional fundamental policies in relation to its repurchase offers, which similarly cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding Shares. A description of these policies is provided in the Fund’s Prospectus under the heading “Repurchase of Shares.”
 
The Fund generally will not engage in the trading of securities for the purpose of realizing short-term profits, but it will adjust its portfolio as it deems advisable in view of prevailing or anticipated market conditions to accomplish the Fund’s investment objective. For example, the Fund may sell portfolio securities in anticipation of a movement in interest rates. Frequency of portfolio turnover will not be a limiting factor if the Fund considers it advantageous to purchase or sell securities. The Fund anticipates that the annual portfolio turnover rate of the Fund will not be in excess of 100%. A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater expenses than a lower rate, which expenses must be borne by the Fund and its shareholders.
 
Fund Structure.  The Fund’s fundamental investment policies and restrictions give the Fund the flexibility to pursue its investment objective through a fund structure commonly known as a “master-feeder” structure. If the Fund converts to a master-feeder structure, the existing shareholders of the Fund would continue to hold their Shares of the Fund and the Fund would become a feeder-fund of the master-fund. The value of a shareholder’s Shares would be the same immediately after any conversion as the value immediately before such conversion. Use of this master-feeder structure potentially would result in increased assets invested among the collective investment vehicle of which the Fund would be a part, thus allowing operating expenses to be spread over a larger asset base, potentially achieving economies of scale. Any such conversion to a master-feeder structure would be effected by the Board of Trustees without a shareholder vote. In such case, the Fund would inform shareholders of this conversion by supplementing the Fund’s Prospectus. The Fund’s Board of Trustees presently does not intend to effect any conversion of the Fund to a master-feeder structure.
 
TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS
 
The business and affairs of the Fund are managed under the direction of the Fund’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”) and the Fund’s officers appointed by the Board. The tables below list the trustees and executive officers of the Fund and their principal occupations, other directorships held by trustees and their affiliations, if any, with the Adviser or its affiliates, or Invesco Van Kampen Exchange Corp. The “Fund Complex” includes each of the investment companies advised by the Adviser as of the date of this SAI. Trustees serve until their successors are duly elected and qualified. Officers are annually elected by the Board.
 
Independent Trustees
                         
                Number of
     
                Funds in
     
        Term of
      Fund
     
        Office and
      Complex
     
    Position(s)
  Length of
      Overseen
     
Name, Age and Address (1)
  Held with
  Time
  Principal Occupation(s)
  by
    Other Directorships
of Independent Trustee   Fund   Served   During Past 5 Years   Trustee     Held by Trustee
 
David C. Arch — 1945

  Trustee   Trustee since 1988   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Blistex Inc., a consumer health care products manufacturer.

Formerly: Member of the Heartland Alliance Advisory Board, a nonprofit organization serving human needs based in Chicago.
    136     Trustee/Managing General Partner of funds in the Fund Complex. Board member of the Illinois Manufacturers’ Association. Member of the Board of Visitors, Institute for the Humanities, University of Michigan.
                         
                         


B-5


 

                         
                Number of
     
                Funds in
     
        Term of
      Fund
     
        Office and
      Complex
     
    Position(s)
  Length of
      Overseen
     
Name, Age and Address (1)
  Held with
  Time
  Principal Occupation(s)
  by
    Other Directorships
of Independent Trustee   Fund   Served   During Past 5 Years   Trustee     Held by Trustee
 
Jerry D. Choate — 1938
  Trustee   Trustee since 2006   Retired. From 1995 to 1999, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Allstate Corporation (“Allstate”) and Allstate Insurance Company. From 1994 to 1995, President and Chief Executive Officer of Allstate. Prior to 1994, various management positions at Allstate.     13     Trustee/Managing General Partner of funds in the Fund Complex. Director since 1998 and member of the governance and nominating committee, executive committee, compensation and management development committee and equity award committee, of Amgen Inc., a biotechnological company. Director since 1999 and member of the nominating and governance committee and compensation and executive committee, of Valero Energy Corporation, a crude oil refining and marketing company. Previously, from 2006 to 2007, Director and member of the compensation committee and audit committee, of H&R Block, a tax preparation services company.
                         
                         
                         
Linda Hutton Heagy — 1948
  Trustee   Trustee since 2006   Retired. Prior to June 2008, Managing Partner of Heidrick & Struggles, the second largest global executive search firm, and from 2001-2004, Regional Managing Director of U.S. operations at Heidrick & Struggles. Prior to 1997, Managing Partner of Ray & Berndtson, Inc., an executive recruiting firm. Prior to 1995, Executive Vice President of ABN AMRO, N.A., a bank holding company, with oversight for treasury management operations including all non-credit product pricing. Prior to 1990, experience includes Executive Vice President of The Exchange National Bank with oversight of treasury management including capital markets operations, Vice President of Northern Trust Company and a trainee at Price Waterhouse.     13     Trustee/Managing General Partner of funds in the Fund Complex. Prior to 2010, Trustee on the University of Chicago Medical Center Board, Vice Chair of the Board of the YMCA of Metropolitan Chicago and a member of the Women’s Board of the University of Chicago.
                         
                         
                         
R. Craig Kennedy — 1952
  Trustee   Trustee since 2006   Director and President of the German Marshall Fund of the United States, an independent U.S. foundation created to deepen understanding, promote collaboration and stimulate exchanges of practical experience between Americans and Europeans. Formerly, advisor to the Dennis Trading Group Inc., a managed futures and option company that invests money for individuals and institutions. Prior to 1992, President and Chief Executive Officer, Director and member of the Investment Committee of the Joyce Foundation, a private foundation.     13     Trustee/Managing General Partner of funds in the Fund Complex. Director of First Solar, Inc. Advisory Board, True North Ventures.
                         
                         
                         
Hugo F. Sonnenschein — 1940
  Trustee   Trustee since 1994   Distinguished Service Professor and President Emeritus of the University of Chicago and the Adam Smith Distinguished Service Professor in the Department of Economics at the University of Chicago. Prior to July 2000, President of the University of Chicago.     136     Trustee/Managing General Partner of funds in the Fund Complex. Trustee of the University of Rochester and a member of its investment committee. Member of the National Academy of Sciences, the American Philosophical Society and a fellow of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences.
                         


B-6


 

                         
                Number of
     
                Funds in
     
        Term of
      Fund
     
        Office and
      Complex
     
    Position(s)
  Length of
      Overseen
     
Name, Age and Address (1)
  Held with
  Time
  Principal Occupation(s)
  by
    Other Directorships
of Independent Trustee   Fund   Served   During Past 5 Years   Trustee     Held by Trustee
 
                         
                         
                         
Suzanne H. Woolsey — 1941
  Trustee   Trustee since 2006   Chief Executive Officer of Woolsey Partners LLC. Chief Communications Officer of the National Academy of Sciences and Engineering and Institute of Medicine/National Research Council, an independent, federally chartered policy institution, from 2001 to November 2003 and Chief Operating Officer from 1993 to 2001. Executive Director of the Commission on Behavioral and Social Sciences and Education at the National Academy of Sciences/National Research Council from 1989 to 1993. Prior to 1980, experience includes Partner of Coopers & Lybrand (from 1980 to 1989), Associate Director of the US Office of Management and Budget (from 1977 to 1980) and Program Director of the Urban Institute (from 1975 to 1977).     13     Trustee/Managing General Partner of funds in the Fund Complex. Independent Director and audit committee chairperson of Changing World Technologies, Inc., an energy manufacturing company, since July 2008. Independent Director and member of audit and governance committees of Fluor Corp., a global engineering, construction and management company, since January 2004. Director of Intelligent Medical Devices, Inc., a private company which develops symptom-based diagnostic tools for viral respiratory infections. Advisory Board member of ExactCost LLC, a private company providing activity-based costing for hospitals, laboratories, clinics, and physicians, since 2008. Chairperson of the Board of Trustees of the Institute for Defense Analyses, a federally funded research and development center, since 2000. Trustee from 1992 to 2000 and 2002 to present, current chairperson of the finance committee, current member of the audit committee, strategic growth committee and executive committee, and former Chairperson of the Board of Trustees (from 1997 to 1999), of the German Marshall Fund of the United States, a public foundation. Lead Independent Trustee of the Rocky Mountain Institute, a non-profit energy and environmental institute; Trustee since 2004. Chairperson of the Board of Trustees of the Colorado College; Trustee since 1995. Trustee of California Institute of Technology. Previously, Independent Director and member of audit committee and governance committee of Neurogen Corporation from 1998 to 2006; and Independent Director of Arbros Communications from 2000 to 2002.


B-7


 

Interested Trustee
 
                         
                Number of
     
                Funds in
     
        Term of
      Fund
     
        Office and
      Complex
     
    Position(s)
  Length of
      Overseen
     
Name, Age and Address (1)
  Held with
  Time
  Principal Occupation(s)
  by
    Other Directorships
of Interested Trustee   Fund   Served   During Past 5 Years   Trustee     Held by Trustee
 
Colin D. Meadows* — 1971
  Trustee,
President and
Principal
Executive Officer
  Trustee since 2010   Chief Administrative Officer of Invesco Advisers, Inc. since 2006. Senior Managing Director and Chief Administrative Officer of Invesco, Ltd. since 2006. Prior to 2006, Senior Vice President of business development and mergers and acquisitions at GE Consumer Finance. Prior to 2005, Senior Vice President of strategic planning and technology at Wells Fargo Bank. From 1996 to 2003, associate principal with McKinsey & Company, focusing on the financial services and venture capital industries, with emphasis in the banking and asset management sectors.     13     None.
Wayne W. Whalen — 1939**
  Trustee   Trustee since 1988   Of Counsel, and prior to 2010, partner in the law firm of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, legal counsel to funds in the Fund Complex.     136     Trustee/Managing General Partner of funds in the Fund Complex. Director of the Mutual Fund Directors Forum, a nonprofit membership organization for investment company directors. Chairman and Director of the Abraham Lincoln Presidential Library Foundation and Director of the Stevenson Center for Democracy.
 
(1)     The principal business address of each Trustee is c/o Invesco Senior Loan Fund, 1555 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30309.
 
*    Mr. Meadows is an interested person (within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”)) of the funds in the Fund Complex because he is an officer of the Adviser.
 
**   Mr. Whalen is an interested person (within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of certain funds in the Fund Complex because his firm currently provides legal services as legal counsel to such funds in the Fund Complex.


B-8


 

 
Officers
 
             
        Term of
   
        Office and
   
    Position(s)
  Length of
   
Name, Age and
  Held with
  Time
  Principal Occupation(s)
Address (1) of Officer   Fund   Served   During Past 5 Years
             
             
             
John M. Zerr — 1962   Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary   Officer since
2010
  Director, Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel, Invesco Management Group, Inc. (formerly known as Invesco Aim Management Group, Inc.) and Van Kampen Exchange Corp.; Senior Vice President, Invesco Advisers, Inc. (formerly known as Invesco Institutional (N.A.), Inc.) (registered investment adviser); Senior Vice President and Secretary, Invesco Distributors, Inc. (formerly known as Invesco Aim Distributors, Inc.); Director, Vice President and Secretary, Invesco Investment Services, Inc. (formerly known as Invesco Aim Investment Services, Inc.) and IVZ Distributors, Inc. (formerly known as INVESCO Distributors, Inc.); Director and Vice President, INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.; Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, The Invesco Funds; Manager, Invesco PowerShares Capital Management LLC; Director, Secretary and General Counsel, Invesco Investment Advisers LLC (formerly known as Van Kampen Asset Management); Secretary and General Counsel, Invesco Capital Markets, Inc. (formerly known as Van Kampen Funds Inc.) and Chief Legal Officer, PowerShares Exchange-Traded Fund Trust, PowerShares Exchange-Traded Fund Trust II, PowerShares India Exchange-Traded Fund Trust and PowerShares Actively Managed Exchange-Traded Fund Trust.
             
             
            Formerly: Director and Vice President, Van Kampen Advisors Inc.; Director Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel Van Kampen Investor Services Inc.; Director, Invesco Distributors, Inc. (formerly known as Invesco Aim Distributors, Inc.); Director, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, Invesco AIM Advisers, Inc.; and Van Kampen Investments Inc.; Director, Vice President and Secretary, Fund Management Company; Director, Senior Vice President, Secretary, General Counsel and Vice President, Invesco Aim Capital Management, Inc.; Chief Operating Officer and General Counsel, Liberty Ridge Capital, Inc. (an investment adviser); Vice President and Secretary, PBHG Funds (an investment company) and PBHG Insurance Series Fund (an investment company); Chief Operating Officer, General Counsel and Secretary, Old Mutual Investment Partners (a broker-dealer); General Counsel and Secretary, Old Mutual Fund Services (an administrator) and Old Mutual Shareholder Services (a shareholder servicing center); Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, Old Mutual Capital, Inc. (an investment adviser); and Vice President and Secretary, Old Mutual Advisors Funds (an investment company).
             
             
Sheri Morris — 1964   Vice President, Treasurer
and Principal Financial Officer
  Officer since
2010
  Vice President, Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer, The Invesco Funds; Vice President, Invesco Advisers, Inc. (formerly known as Invesco Institutional (N.A.), Inc.) (registered investment adviser); Vice President, PowerShares Exchange-Traded Fund Trust, PowerShares Exchange-Traded Fund Trust II, PowerShares India Exchange-Traded Fund Trust and PowerShares Actively Managed Exchange-Traded Fund Trust.
             
             
            Formerly: Treasurer, PowerShares Exchange-Traded Fund Trust, PowerShares Exchange-Traded Fund Trust II, PowerShares India Exchange-Traded Fund Trust, and PowerShares Actively Managed Exchange-Traded Fund Trust; Vice President, Invesco AIM Advisers, Inc., Invesco Aim Capital Management, Inc. and Invesco Aim Private Asset Management, Inc.; Assistant Vice President and Assistant Treasurer, The Invesco Funds and Assistant Vice President, Invesco Advisers, Inc., Invesco Aim Capital Management, Inc. and Invesco Aim Private Asset Management, Inc.
             


B-9


 

             
        Term of
   
        Office and
   
    Position(s)
  Length of
   
Name, Age and
  Held with
  Time
  Principal Occupation(s)
Address (1) of Officer   Fund   Served   During Past 5 Years
Karen Dunn Kelley — 1960   Vice President   Officer since
2010
  Head of Invesco’s World Wide Fixed Income and Cash Management Group; Director, Co-President, Co-Chief Executive Officer, and Co-Chairman, Invesco Advisers, Inc. (formerly known as Invesco Institutional (N.A), Inc.) (registered investment adviser); Senior Vice President, Invesco Management Group, Inc. (formerly known as Invesco Aim Management Group, Inc.); Executive Vice President, Invesco Distributors, Inc. (formerly known as Invesco Aim Distributors, Inc.): Director, Invesco Mortgage Capital Inc., INVESCO Global Asset Management Limited, Invesco Management Company Limited, and INVESCO Management S.A.; Director and President, INVESCO Asset Management (Bermuda) Ltd.; Vice President, The Invesco Funds (other than AIM Treasurer’s Series Trust (Invesco Treasurer’s Series Trust) and Short-Term Investments Trust); and President and Principal Executive Officer, The Invesco Funds (AIM Treasurer’s Series Trust (Invesco Treasurer’s Series Trust) and Short-Term Investments Trust only).
             
             
            Formerly: Senior Vice President, Van Kampen Investments Inc. and Invesco Advisers, Inc. (formerly known as Invesco Institutional (N.A.), Inc.); Vice President, Invesco Advisers, Inc. (formerly known as Invesco Institutional (N.A.), Inc.); Director of Cash Management and Senior Vice President, Invesco Advisers, Inc. and Invesco Aim Capital Management, Inc.; President and Principal Executive Officer, Tax-Free Investments Trust; Director and President, Fund Management Company; Chief Cash Management Officer, Director of Cash Management, Senior Vice President, and Managing Director, Invesco Aim Capital Management, Inc.; Director of Cash Management, Senior Vice President, and Vice President, Invesco Advisers, Inc. and The Invesco Funds (AIM Treasurer’s Series Trust (Invesco Treasurer’s Series Trust), Short-Term Investments Trust and Tax-Free Investments Trust only).
             
             
Crissie M. Wisdom — 1969   Anti-Money Laundering
Compliance Officer
  Officer since
2013
  Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer, Invesco Advisers, Inc. (formerly known as Invesco Institutional (N.A.), Inc.) (registered investment adviser), The Invesco Funds, Invesco Funds (Chicago), and PowerShares Exchange-Traded Fund Trust, PowerShares Exchange-Traded Fund Trust II, PowerShares India Exchange-Traded Fund Trust, and PowerShares Actively Managed Exchange-Traded Fund Trust; and Fraud Prevention Manager and Controls and Risk Analysis Manager, Invesco Investment Services, Inc.
             
             
Valinda Arnett-Patton — 1959   Chief Compliance Officer   Officer since
2011
  Chief Compliance Officer, The Invesco Funds (Chicago).
             
             
            Formerly: Compliance Director, Invesco Fixed Income, Invesco; Deputy Compliance Officer, AIG Sun America Asset Management Corp.
 
(1)     The principal business address of each officer is c/o Invesco Senior Loan Fund, 1555 Peachtree Street N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30309.
 
Board Qualifications, Diversity and Leadership Structure
 
The Board seeks to provide shareholders with a highly qualified, highly capable and diverse group of Board members reflecting the diversity of investor interests underlying the Fund and with a diversity of backgrounds, experience and skills that the Board considers desirable and necessary to its primary goal — protecting and promoting shareholders’ interests. While the Board does not require that its members meet specific qualifications, the Board has historically sought to recruit and continues to value individual Board members that add to the overall diversity of the Board — the objective is to bring varied backgrounds, experience and skills reflective of the wide range of the shareholder base and provide both contrasting and complementary skills relative to the other Board members to best protect and promote shareholders’ interests. Board diversity means bringing together different viewpoints, professional experience, investment experience, education, and other skills. As can be seen in the individual biographies above, the Board brings together a wide variety of business experience (including chairman/chief executive officer-level and director-level experience, including board committee experience, of several different types of organizations); varied public and private investment-related


B-10


 

experience; not-for-profit experience; customer service and other back office operations experience; a wide variety of accounting, finance, legal, and marketing experience; academic experience; consulting experience; and government, political and military service experience. All of this experience together results in important leadership and management knowledge, skills and perspective that provide the Board understanding and insight into the operations of the Fund and add range and depth to the Board. As part of its governance oversight, the Board conducts an annual self-effectiveness survey which includes, among other things, evaluating the Board’s (and each committee’s) agendas, meetings and materials, conduct of the meetings, committee structures, interaction with management, strategic planning, etc., and also includes evaluating the Board’s (and each committee’s) size, composition, qualifications (including diversity of characteristics, experience and subject matter expertise) and overall performance.
 
The Board evaluates all of the foregoing and does not believe any single factor or group of factors controls or dominates the qualifications of any individual trustee or the qualifications of the trustees as a group. After considering all factors together, including each Trustee’s background, experience and skills summarized below, the Board believes that each Trustee is qualified to serve as a Trustee of the Fund.
 
David C. Arch.   Mr. Arch has been a member of the Board since 1988. The Board believes that Mr. Arch’s experience as the chairman and chief executive officer of a public company and as a member of the board of several organizations, his service as a Trustee of the Fund and his experience as a director of other investment companies benefits the Fund.
 
Jerry D. Choate.   Mr. Choate has been a member of the Board since 2006. The Board believes that Mr. Choate’s experience as the chairman and chief executive officer of a public company and a director of several public companies, his service as a Trustee of the Fund and his experience as a director of other investment companies benefits the Fund.
 
Linda Hutton Heagy.   Ms. Heagy has been a member of the Board since 2006. The Board believes that Ms. Heagy’s experience in executive positions at a number of banks and trust companies and as a member of the board of several organizations, her service as a Trustee of the Fund and her experience serving as a director of other investment companies benefits the Fund.
 
R. Craig Kennedy.   Mr. Kennedy has been a member of the Board since 2006. The Board believes that Mr. Kennedy’s experience in executive positions at a number of foundations, his investment experience, his service as a Trustee of the Fund and his experience serving as a director of other investment companies benefits the Fund.
 
Hugo F. Sonnenschein.   Mr. Sonnenschein has been a member of the Board since 1994. The Board believes that Mr. Sonnenschein’s academic experience, his economic expertise, his experience as a member of the board of several organizations, his service as a Trustee of the Fund and his experience as a director of other investment companies benefits the Fund.
 
Suzanne H. Woolsey.   Ms. Woolsey has been a member of the Board since 2006. The Board believes that Ms. Woolsey’s experience as a director of numerous organizations, her service as a Trustee of the Fund and her experience as a director of other investment companies benefits the Fund.
 
Colin D. Meadows.   Mr. Meadows has been a member of the Board since 2010. The Board believes that Mr. Meadows’ financial services and asset management experience benefits the Fund.
 
Wayne W. Whalen.   Mr. Whalen has been a member of the Board since 1988. The Board believes that Mr. Whalen’s legal experience, his service as a Trustee of the Fund and his experience as a director of other investment companies benefits the Fund.
 
For more information about the backgrounds, experience, and skills of each Trustee, see the individual biographies above.
 
The Board’s leadership structure consists of a Chairman of the Board and two standing committees, each described below (and ad hoc committees when necessary), with each committee staffed by Independent Trustees and an Independent Trustee as Committee Chairman. The Chairman of the Board is not the principal executive officer of the Fund. The Chairman of the Board is not an “interested person” (as that term is defined


B-11


 

by the 1940 Act) of the Adviser. However, the Chairman of the Board is an “interested person” (as that term is defined by the 1940 Act) of the Fund for the reasons described above in the Trustee biographies. The Board, including the independent trustees, periodically reviews the Board’s leadership structure for the Fund, including the interested person status of the Chairman, and has concluded the leadership structure is appropriate for the Fund. In considering the chairman position, the Board has considered and/or reviewed (i) the Fund’s organizational documents, (ii) the role of a chairman (including, among other things, setting the agenda and managing information flow, running the meeting and setting the proper tone), (iii) the background, experience and skills of the Chairman (including his independence from the Adviser), (iv) alternative structures (including combined principal executive officer/chairman, selecting one of the Independent Trustees as chairman and/or appointing an independent lead trustee), (v) rule proposals in recent years that would have required all fund complexes to have an independent chairman, (vi) the Chairman’s past and current performance, and (vii) the potential conflicts of interest of the Chairman (and noted their periodic review as part of their annual self-effectiveness survey and as part of an independent annual review by the Fund’s audit committee of Fund legal fees related to such potential conflict). In conclusion, the Board and the Independent Trustees have expressed their continuing support of Mr. Whalen as Chairman.
 
Board Role in Risk Oversight
 
The management of the Fund seeks to provide investors with disciplined investment teams, a research-driven culture, careful long-term perspective and a legacy of experience. The goal for the Fund is attractive long-term performance consistent with the objectives and investment policies and risks for the Fund, which in turn means, among other things, good security selection, reasonable costs and quality shareholder services. An important sub-component of delivering this goal is risk management — understanding, monitoring and controlling the various risks in making investment decisions at the individual security level as well as portfolio management decisions at the Fund level. The key participants in the risk management process of the Fund are the Fund’s portfolio managers, the Adviser’s senior management, the Adviser’s risk management group, the Adviser’s compliance group, the Fund’s chief compliance officer, and the various support functions (i.e. the custodian, the Fund’s accountants (internal and external), and legal counsel). While the Fund is subject to other risks such as valuation, custodial, accounting, shareholder servicing, etc., the Fund’s primary risk is understanding, monitoring and controlling the various risks in making portfolio management decisions consistent with the Fund’s objective and policies. The Board’s role is oversight of management’s risk management process. At regular quarterly meetings, the Board reviews Fund performance and factors, including risks, affecting such performance with the Adviser’s senior management, and the Board typically meets at least once a year with the portfolio managers of the Fund. At regular quarterly meetings, the Board reviews reports showing monitoring done by the Adviser’s risk management group, by the Adviser’s compliance group, the Fund’s chief compliance officer and reports from the Fund’s support functions.
 
Remuneration of Trustees
 
The compensation of Trustees and executive officers that are affiliated persons (as defined in 1940 Act) of the Adviser is paid by the respective affiliated entity. The Fund pays the non-affiliated Trustees an annual retainer and meeting fees for services to such funds.


B-12


 

Additional information regarding compensation and benefits for Trustees is set forth below.
 
Compensation Table
 
                         
          Fund Complex  
    Aggregate
             
    Compensation
    Total Compensation
    Number of Funds
 
    from
    from Fund
    in Fund Complex
 
Name
 
the Fund (1)(2)
   
Complex (3)
   
Overseen by Trustee
 
 
Independent Trustees
                       
David C. Arch
  $ 14,813     $ 406,250       136  
Jerry D. Choate
    14,317       86,000       13  
Linda Hutton Heagy
    14,813       86,000       13  
R. Craig Kennedy
    14,813       86,000       13  
Hugo F. Sonnenschein
    14,813       426,700       136  
Suzanne H. Woolsey
    14,813       86,000       13  
Interested Trustees
                       
Colin D. Meadows
    0       0       13  
Wayne W. Whalen
    14,813       393,000       136  
(1)   The amounts shown in this column represent the aggregate compensation from the Fund to each Trustee for the Fund’s fiscal ended February 28, 2013.
 
(2)   The Fund does not accrue or pay retirement or pension benefits to Trustees as of the date of this SAI.
 
(3)   The amounts shown in this column are accumulated from the aggregate compensation of the operating investment companies in the Fund Complex for the calendar year ended December 31, 2012. Because the funds in the Fund Complex have different fiscal year ends, the amounts shown in this column are presented on a calendar year basis.
 
Board Committees
 
The Board of Trustees has two standing committees (an audit committee and a governance committee). Each committee is comprised solely of “Independent Trustees”, which is defined for purposes herein as trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Fund as defined by the 1940 Act.
 
The Board’s audit committee consists of Jerry D. Choate, Linda Hutton Heagy and R. Craig Kennedy (Chair). The audit committee makes recommendations to the Board of Trustees concerning the selection of the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, reviews with such independent registered public accounting firm the scope and results of the Fund’s annual audit and considers any comments which the independent registered public accounting firm may have regarding the Fund’s financial statements, accounting records or internal controls. The Board has adopted a formal written charter for the audit committee which sets forth the audit committee’s responsibilities. The audit committee has reviewed and discussed the financial statements of the Fund with management as well as with the independent registered public accounting firm of the Fund, and discussed with the independent registered public accounting firm the matters required to be discussed under the Statement of Auditing Standards No. 114 (Auditor’s Communication With Those Charged With Governance). The audit committee has received the written disclosures and the letter from the independent registered public accounting firm required under the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board’s Ethics and Independence Rule 3526 and has discussed with the independent registered public accounting firm its independence. Based on this review, the audit committee recommended to the Board of Trustees of the Fund that the Fund’s audited financial statements be included in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders for the most recent fiscal year.
 
The Board’s governance committee consists of David C. Arch, Hugo F. Sonnenschein and Suzanne H. Woolsey (Chair). The governance committee identifies individuals qualified to serve as Independent Trustees on the Board and on committees of the Board, advises the Board with respect to Board composition, procedures and committees, develops and recommends to the Board a set of corporate governance principles applicable to the Fund, monitors corporate governance matters and makes recommendations to the Board, and acts as the administrative committee with respect to Board policies and procedures, committee policies and procedures and codes of ethics. The Independent Trustees of the Fund select and nominate any other nominee


B-13


 

Independent Trustees for the Fund. While the Independent Trustees of the Fund expect to be able to continue to identify from their own resources an ample number of qualified candidates for the Board as they deem appropriate, they will consider nominations from shareholders to the Board. Nominations from shareholders should be in writing and sent to the Independent Trustees as described below.
 
During the Fund’s last fiscal period, the Board held 6 meetings. During the Fund’s last fiscal period, the audit committee of the Board held 6 meetings, and the governance committee of the Board held 5 meetings.
 
Shareholder Communications
 
Shareholders may send communications to the Board of Trustees. Shareholders should send communications intended for the Board by addressing the communication directly to the Board (or individual Board members) and/or otherwise clearly indicating in the salutation that the communication is for the Board (or individual Board members) and by sending the communication to either the Fund’s office or directly to such Board member(s) at the address specified for such trustee above. Other shareholder communications received by the Fund not directly addressed and sent to the Board will be reviewed and generally responded to by management, and will be forwarded to the Board only at management’s discretion based on the matters contained therein.
 
Share Ownership
 
As of December 31, 2012, each trustee of the Fund beneficially owned equity securities of the Fund and all of the funds in the Fund Complex overseen by the trustee in the dollar range amounts specified below.
 
Trustee Beneficial Ownership of Securities
 
Independent Trustees
 
                         
    Trustees
   
Arch
 
Choate
 
Heagy
 
Kennedy
 
Sonnenschein
 
Woolsey
Dollar range of equity securities in the Fund
  $1-
$10,000
  None
  None
  None
  None
  None
                         
                         
                         
Aggregate dollar range of equity securities in all registered investment companies overseen by trustee in the Fund Complex
  Over
$100,000
  Over
$100,000
  $50,001-
$100,000
  $10,001-
$50,000
  Over
$100,000
  $10,001-
$50,000
 
Interested Trustees
 
         
    Trustees
   
Meadows
 
Whalen
Dollar range of equity securities in the Fund
  None
  $10,001-
$50,000
         
         
         
Aggregate dollar range of equity securities in
all registered investment companies overseen
by trustee in the Fund Complex
  $1-
$10,000
  Over
$100,000
 
As of December 31, 2012, trustees and officers of the Fund as a group owned less than 1% of the Shares.
 
Code of Ethics
 
The Fund, the Adviser and the Distributor have adopted a Code of Ethics (the “Code of Ethics”) that sets forth general and specific standards relating to the securities trading activities of their employees. The Code of Ethics does not prohibit employees from acquiring securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund, but is intended to ensure that all employees conduct their personal transactions in a manner that does not interfere with the portfolio transactions of the Fund or other funds in the Fund Complex, or that such employees take unfair advantage of their relationship with the Fund. Among other things, the Code of Ethics prohibits certain types of transactions absent prior approval, imposes various trading restrictions (such as time periods during which personal transactions may or may not be made) and requires quarterly reporting of securities transactions and other reporting matters. All reportable securities transactions and other required reports are to be reviewed by appropriate personnel for compliance with the Code of Ethics. Additional restrictions apply to portfolio managers, traders, research analysts and others who may have access to nonpublic information about the trading activities of the Fund or other funds in the Fund Complex or who otherwise are involved in the investment advisory process. Exceptions to these and other provisions of the Code of Ethics may be granted in particular circumstances after review by appropriate personnel. The Code of Ethics can be reviewed and


B-14


 

copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, DC (call 1-202-551-8090 for information on the operation of the public reference room); on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site www.sec.gov; or, upon payment of copying fees, by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, DC 20549-0102, or by electronic mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.
 
Litigation
 
Pending Litigation and Regulatory Inquiries
 
The Fund is named as a defendant in an adversary proceeding in the Bankruptcy Court of the Southern District of Florida. The complaint was filed on July 14, 2008 by the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors of TOUSA, Inc., on behalf of certain subsidiaries of TOUSA, Inc. (the “Conveying Subsidiaries”), and filed as amended on October 17, 2008. The Committee made allegations against the Funds in two separate capacities: as “Transeastern Lenders” and as “First Lienholders” (collectively, the “Lenders”). The Transeastern Lenders loaned money to form a joint venture between TOUSA, Inc. and Falcone/Ritchie LLC. TOUSA, Inc. later repaid the loans from the Transeastern Lenders as part of a global settlement of claims against it. The repayment was financed using proceeds of new loans (the “New Loans”), for which the Conveying Subsidiaries conveyed first and second priority liens on their assets to two groups of lienholders (the First and Second Lienholders, collectively “New Lenders”). The Conveying Subsidiaries were not obligated on the original debt to the Transeastern Lenders. The Committee alleged, inter alia, that both the repayment to the Transeastern Lenders and the grant of liens to the First and Second Lienholders should be avoided as fraudulent transfers under the bankruptcy laws. More specifically, the Committee alleged: (1) that the Conveying Subsidiaries’ transfer of liens to secure the New Loans was a fraudulent transfer under 11 U.S.C. § 548 because the Conveying Subsidiaries were insolvent at the time of the transfer and did not receive reasonably equivalent value for the liens; and (2) that the Transeastern Lenders were, under 11 U.S.C. § 550, entities for whose benefit the liens were fraudulently transferred to the New Lenders. The case was tried in 2009 and on October 13, 2009, the Bankruptcy Court rendered a Final Judgment against the Lenders, which was later amended on October 30, 2009, requiring the Lenders to post bonds equal to 110% of the damages and disgorgement ordered against them. The Transeastern Lenders and First Lienholders separately appealed the decision to the District Court for the Southern District of Florida. On February 11, 2011, the District Court, issued an order in the Transeastern Lenders’ appeal that: 1) quashed the Bankruptcy Court’s Order as it relates to the liability of the Transeastern Lenders; 2) made null and void the Bankruptcy Court’s imposition of remedies as to the Transeastern Lenders; 3) discharged all bonds deposited by Transeastern Lenders, unless any further appeals are filed, in which case the bonds would remain in effect pending resolution of appeals; 4) dismissed as moot additional appeal proceedings of the Transeastern Lenders that were contingent upon the District Court’s decision concerning liability; and 5) closed all District Court appeal proceedings concerning the Transeastern Lenders. The Committee appealed to the Eleventh Circuit Court of Appeals. The First Lienholders’ appeal was stayed pending a decision by the Eleventh Circuit. In a decision filed on May 15, 2012, the Eleventh Circuit reversed the District Court’s opinion, affirmed the liability findings of the Bankruptcy Court against the Transeastern Lenders, and remanded the case to the District Court to review the remedies ordered by the Bankruptcy Court. The appeals of the Transeastern Lenders and the First Lienholders, including additional liability issues being asserted by the First Lien Lenders, are currently pending before the District Court.
 
Management of the Adviser and the Fund believe that the outcome of the proceedings described above will have no material adverse effect on the Fund or on the ability of the Adviser to provide ongoing services to the Fund.
 
ADVISORY AGREEMENT
 
Invesco Advisers, Inc. (the “Adviser”) is the Fund’s investment adviser. The Adviser is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Invesco Ltd. The Adviser is located at 1555 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30309. The Adviser, a successor in interest to multiple investment advisers, has been an investment adviser since 1976.
 
The Fund and the Adviser are parties to an investment advisory agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”). Under the Advisory Agreement, the Fund retains the Adviser to manage the investment of the Fund’s assets, including the placing of orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities. The Adviser obtains and evaluates economic, statistical and financial information to formulate strategy and implement the Fund’s investment objective. The Adviser also furnishes offices, necessary facilities and equipment, renders periodic reports to the Fund’s Board of Trustees and permits its officers and employees to serve without compensation


B-15


 

as trustees or officers of the Fund if elected to such positions. The Advisory Agreement also provides that the Adviser shall not be liable to the Fund for any error of judgment or of law, or for any loss suffered by the Fund in connection with the matters to which the Advisory Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Adviser in the performance of its obligations and duties, or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement. The Adviser may in its sole discretion from time to time waive all or a portion of the advisory fee or reimburse the Fund for all or a portion of its other expenses.
 
Investment Sub-Advisers
 
The Adviser has entered into a sub-advisory agreement (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”) with certain affiliates to serve as sub-advisers to the Fund, pursuant to which these affiliated sub-advisers may be appointed by the Adviser from time to time to provide discretionary investment management services, investment advice, and/or order execution services to the Fund. These affiliated sub-advisers, each of which is a registered investment adviser under the 1940 Act are:
 
Invesco Asset Management Deutschland GmbH;
Invesco Asset Management Limited;
Invesco Asset Management (Japan) Limited;
Invesco Australia Limited;
Invesco Hong Kong Limited;
Invesco Senior Secured Management, Inc.;
Invesco Canada Ltd.; (each a “Sub-Adviser” and collectively, the “Sub-Advisers”).
 
The Adviser and each Sub-Adviser are indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of Invesco Ltd.
 
The only fees payable to the Sub-Advisers under the Sub-Advisory Agreement are for providing discretionary investment management services. For such services, the Adviser will pay each Sub-Adviser a fee, computed daily and paid monthly, equal to (i) 40% of the monthly compensation that the Adviser receives from the Fund, multiplied by (ii) the fraction equal to the net assets of such Fund as to which such Sub-Adviser shall have provided discretionary investment management services for that month divided by the net assets of such Fund for that month. Pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, this fee is reduced to reflect contractual or voluntary fee waivers or expense limitations by the Adviser, if any, in effect from time to time. In no event shall the aggregate monthly fees paid to the Sub-Advisers under the Sub-Advisory Agreement exceed 40% of the monthly compensation that the Adviser receives from the Fund pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, as reduced to reflect contractual or voluntary fees waivers or expense limitations by the Adviser, if any.
 
Advisory Fees
 
 
                                 
                Seven-Month
       
    Fiscal Year Ended
    Fiscal Year Ended
    Period Ended
    Fiscal Year Ended
 
    February 28, 2013     February 29, 2012     February 28, 2011*     July 31, 2010  
 
The Fund paid the approximate advisory fees of
  $ 10,712,831     $ 8,723,075     $ 5,189,272     $ 9,261,237  
 
Effective February 28, 2011, the Fund changed its fiscal year end from July 31 to the last day of February.
 
The Administrator
 
The Adviser serves as the Fund’s administrator (in such capacity, the “Administrator”). The principal place of business of the Adviser is 1555 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30309.
 
The Fund pays all expenses incurred in the operation of the Fund including, but not limited to, direct charges relating to the purchase and sale of financial instruments in its portfolio, interest charges, service fees, distribution fees, fees and expenses of legal counsel and the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, taxes and governmental fees, expenses (including clerical expenses) of issuance, sale or repurchase of


B-16


 

any of the Fund’s portfolio holdings, expenses in connection with the Fund’s dividend reinvestments, membership fees in trade associations, expenses of registering and qualifying the Shares of the Fund for sale under federal and state securities laws, expenses of printing and distributing reports, notices and proxy materials to existing holders of Shares, expenses of filing reports and other documents filed with governmental agencies, expenses of annual and special meetings of holders of Shares, fees and disbursements of the transfer agents, custodians and sub-custodians, expenses of disbursing dividends and distributions, fees, expenses and out-of-pocket costs of trustees of the Fund who are not affiliated with the Adviser, insurance premiums, indemnification and other expenses not expressly provided for in the Advisory Agreement or the Administration Agreement and any extraordinary expenses of a nonrecurring nature.
 
Administration Fees
 
                                 
                Seven-Month
       
    Fiscal Year Ended
    Fiscal Year Ended
    Period Ended
    Fiscal Year Ended
 
    February 28, 2013     February 29, 2012     February 28, 2011*     July 31, 2010  
 
The Fund paid the approximate administrative fees of
  $ 3,152,245     $ 2,492,081     $ 1,483,549     $ 2,650,364  
 
Effective February 28, 2011, the Fund changed its fiscal year end from July 31 to the last day of February.
 
FUND MANAGEMENT
 
Portfolio Manager Fund Holdings and Information on Other Managed Accounts
 
Invesco’s portfolio managers develop investment models which are used in connection with the management of certain Invesco Funds as well as other mutual funds for which Invesco or an affiliate acts as sub-adviser, other pooled investment vehicles that are not registered mutual funds, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals. The ‘Investments’ chart reflects the portfolio managers’ investments in the Funds that they manage. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) investments made directly in the Fund, (ii) investments made in an Invesco pooled investment vehicle with the same or similar objectives and strategies as the Fund, and (iii) any investments made in any Invesco Fund or Invesco pooled investment vehicle. The ‘Assets Managed’ chart reflects information regarding accounts other than the Funds for which each portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other registered investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (performance-based fees), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date.
 
Investments
 
The following information is as of February 28, 2013:
 
                         
          Dollar Range of
    Dollar Range of all
 
    Dollar Range of
    Investments in Invesco
    Investments in Funds
 
    Investments in
    pooled investment
    and Invesco pooled
 
Portfolio Manager
  each Fund (1)     vehicles (2)     investment vehicles (3)  
Invesco Senior Loan Fund  
 
Scott Baskind (4)
    $1-$10,000       N/A     $ 100,001-$500,000  
Thomas Ewald
    None       N/A     $ 100,001-$500,000  
Philip Yarrow
  $ 10,001-$50,000       N/A     $ 100,001-$500,000  
(1)    This column reflects investments in a Fund’s shares beneficially owned by a portfolio manager (as determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a) (2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). Beneficial ownership includes ownership by a portfolio manager’s immediate family members sharing the same household.
(2)    This column reflects portfolio managers’ investments made either directly or through a deferred compensation or a similar plan in Invesco pooled investment vehicles with the same or similar objectives and strategies as the Fund as of the most recent fiscal year end of the Fund.
(3)    This column reflects the combined holdings from both the “Dollar Range of all Investments in Funds and Invesco pooled investment vehicles” and the “Dollar Range of Investments in each Fund” columns.
(4)    Effective June 28, 2013, Mr. Baskind is appointed as portfolio manager to Invesco Senior Loan Fund. Information for Mr. Baskind has been provided as of February 28, 2013.


B-17


 

 
Assets Managed
 
The following information is as of February 28, 2013:
 
                                                   
                Other Pooled
       
    Other Registered Investment
    Investment Vehicles Managed
    Other Accounts Managed
 
    Companies Managed (assets in millions)     (assets in millions)     (assets in millions) (5)  
    Number of
          Number of
          Number of
       
Portfolio Manager
  Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets  
Invesco Senior Loan Fund  
 
Scott Baskind (4)
    1       $ 2,499.8       1 (6)   $ 2,676.6 (6)     None       None  
Thomas Ewald
    2       $ 2,475.1       None       None       None       None  
Philip Yarrow
    2       $ 2,476.8       None       None       None       None  
(5)    These are accounts of individual investors for which Invesco provides investment advice. Invesco offers separately managed accounts that are managed according to the investment models developed by its portfolio managers and used in connection with the management of certain Invesco Funds. These accounts may be invested in accordance with one or more of those investment models and investments held in those accounts are traded in accordance with the applicable models.
(6)    This amount includes 1 Fund that pays performance based fees with $2,676.6M in total assets under management.
 
Potential Conflicts of Interest
 
Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one Fund or other account. More specifically, portfolio managers who manage multiple Funds and/or other accounts may be presented with one or more of the following potential conflicts:
 
•  The management of multiple Funds and/or other accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each Fund and/or other account. The Adviser and each Sub-Adviser seek to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most other accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment models that are used in connection with the management of the Funds.
 
•  If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity which may be suitable for more than one Fund or other account, a Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible Funds and other accounts. To deal with these situations, the Adviser, each Sub-Adviser and the Funds have adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple accounts.
 
•  The Adviser and each Sub-Adviser determine which broker to use to execute each order for securities transactions for the Funds, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, for certain other accounts (such as mutual funds for which Invesco or an affiliate acts as sub-adviser, other pooled investment vehicles that are not registered mutual funds, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals), the Adviser and each Sub-Adviser may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, trades for a Fund in a particular security may be placed separately from, rather than aggregated with, such other accounts. Having separate transactions with respect to a security may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the possible detriment of the Fund or other account(s) involved.
 
•  Finally, the appearance of a conflict of interest may arise where the Adviser or Sub-Adviser has an incentive, such as a performance-based management fee, which relates to the management of one Fund or account but not all Funds and accounts for which a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities.
 
The Adviser, each Sub-Adviser, and the Funds have adopted certain compliance procedures which are designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.


B-18


 

 
Description of Compensation Structure
 
For the Adviser and each affiliated Sub-Adviser.    The Adviser and each Sub-Adviser seek to maintain a compensation program that is competitively positioned to attract and retain high-caliber investment professionals. Portfolio managers receive a base salary, an incentive bonus opportunity and an equity compensation opportunity. Portfolio manager compensation is reviewed and may be modified each year as appropriate to reflect changes in the market, as well as to adjust the factors used to determine bonuses to promote competitive Fund performance. The Adviser and each Sub-Adviser evaluate competitive market compensation by reviewing compensation survey results conducted by an independent third party of investment industry compensation. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following three elements:
 
Base Salary.   Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. In setting the base salary, the Adviser and each Sub-Adviser’s intention is to be competitive in light of the particular portfolio manager’s experience and responsibilities.
 
Annual Bonus.   The portfolio managers are eligible, along with other employees of the Adviser and each Sub-Adviser, to participate in a discretionary year-end bonus pool. The Compensation Committee of Invesco Ltd. reviews and approves the amount of the bonus pool available for the Adviser and each of the Sub-Adviser’s investment centers. The Compensation Committee considers investment performance and financial results in its review. In addition, while having no direct impact on individual bonuses, assets under management are considered when determining the starting bonus funding levels. Each portfolio manager is eligible to receive an annual cash bonus which is based on quantitative (i.e. investment performance) and non-quantitative factors (which may include, but are not limited to, individual performance, risk management and teamwork).
 
Each portfolio manager’s compensation is linked to the pre-tax investment performance of the Funds/accounts managed by the portfolio manager as described in Table 1 below.
 
Table 1
 
     
Sub-Adviser
 
Performance time period (7)
 
Invesco (8)
Invesco Australia
Invesco Deutschland
Invesco Hong Kong (8)
Invesco Asset Management
  One-, Three- and Five-year performance against Fund peer group.
 
 
Invesco- Invesco Real Estate (8),(9)
Invesco Senior Secured (8),(10)
  Not applicable
 
 
Invesco Canada (8)   One-year performance against Fund peer group. Three- and Five-year performance against entire universe of Canadian funds.
 
 
Invesco Japan (11)   One-, Three- and Five-year performance against the appropriate Micropol benchmark.
(7)    Rolling time periods based on calendar year-end.
 
(8)    Portfolio Managers may be granted an annual deferral award that vests on a pro-rata basis over a four year period and final payments are based on the performance of eligible Funds selected by the portfolio manager at the time the award is granted.
 
(9)    Portfolio Managers for Invesco Global Real Estate Fund, Invesco Real Estate Fund, Invesco Global Real Estate Income Fund and Invesco V.I. Global Real Estate Fund base their bonus on new operating profits of the U.S. Real Estate Division of Invesco.
 
(10)   Invesco Senior Secured’s bonus is based on annual measures of equity return and standard tests of collateralization performance.
 
(11)   Portfolio Managers for Invesco Pacific Growth Fund’s compensation is based on the one-, three- and five-year performance against the appropriate Micropol benchmark.
 
High investment performance (against applicable peer group and/or benchmarks) would deliver compensation generally associated with top pay in the industry (determined by reference to the third-party provided compensation survey information) and poor investment performance (versus applicable peer group) would result in low bonus compared to the applicable peer group or no bonus at all. These decisions are reviewed


B-19


 

and approved collectively by senior leadership which has responsibility for executing the compensation approach across the organization.
 
Deferred/Long-Term Compensation.   Portfolio managers may be granted an annual deferral award that allows them to select receipt of shares of certain Invesco Funds with a vesting period as well as common shares and/or restricted shares of Invesco Ltd. stock from pools determined from time to time by the Compensation Committee of Invesco Ltd.’s Board of Directors. Awards of deferred / long-term compensation typically vest over time, so as to create incentives to retain key talent.
 
Portfolio managers also participate in benefit plans and programs available generally to all employees.
 
DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE
 
The Fund has adopted a distribution plan (the “Distribution Plan”) with respect to each of its Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares and in so doing has agreed to comply with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act as if the Fund were an open-end investment company. The Fund also adopted a service plan (the “Service Plan”) with respect to each of its Class A Shares, Class B Shares, Class C Shares and Class IC Shares. There is no Distribution Plan or Service Plan for the Class IB Shares and no Distribution Plan for Class IC Shares. The Distribution Plan and the Service Plan sometimes are referred to herein as the “Plans”. A portion of the fees under the Plans applicable to Class A Shares, Class B Shares, Class C Shares and Class IC Shares are currently being waived by the Distributor as discussed in the Prospectus. The Plans provide that the Fund may spend a portion of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to each such class of Shares in connection with the distribution of the respective class of Shares and in connection with the provision of ongoing services to shareholders of such class, respectively. The Distribution Plan and the Service Plan are being implemented through the Distribution and Service Agreement with the Distributor of each such class of the Fund’s Shares, sub-agreements between the Distributor and members of FINRA who are acting as securities dealers and FINRA members or eligible non-members who are acting as brokers or agents and similar agreements between the Fund and financial intermediaries who are acting as brokers (collectively, “Selling Agreements”) that may provide for their customers or clients certain services or assistance, which may include, but not be limited to, processing purchase and repurchase transactions, establishing and maintaining shareholder accounts regarding the Fund, and such other services as may be agreed to from time to time and as may be permitted by applicable statute, rule or regulation. Brokers, dealers and financial intermediaries that have entered into sub-agreements with the Distributor and sell Shares of the Fund are referred to herein as financial intermediaries.
 
Certain financial intermediaries may be prohibited under law from providing certain underwriting or distribution services. If a financial intermediary was prohibited from acting in any capacity or providing any of the described services, the Distributor would consider what action, if any, would be appropriate. The Distributor does not believe that termination of a relationship with a financial intermediary would result in any material adverse consequences to the Fund.
 
The Distributor must submit quarterly reports to the Fund’s Board of Trustees setting forth separately by class of Shares all amounts paid under the Distribution Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made, together with such other information as from time to time is reasonably requested by the trustees. The Plans provide that they will continue in full force and effect from year to year so long as such continuance is specifically approved by a vote of the trustees, and also by a vote of the disinterested trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Plans. Each of the Plans may not be amended to increase materially the amount to be spent for the services described therein with respect to any class of Shares without approval by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting Shares of such class, and all material amendments to either of the Plans must be approved by the trustees and also by the disinterested trustees. Each of the Plans may be terminated with respect to any class of Shares at any time by a vote of a majority of the disinterested trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting Shares of such class.
 
For Class A Shares in any given year in which the Plans are in effect, the Plans generally provide for the Fund to pay the Distributor the lesser of (i) the amount of the Distributor’s actual expenses incurred during such year less any early withdrawal charges it received during such year (the “actual net expenses”) or (ii) the


B-20


 

distribution and service fees at the rates specified in the Prospectus applicable to that class of shares (the “plan fees”). Therefore, to the extent the Distributor’s actual net expenses in a given year are less than the plan fees for such year, the Fund only pays the actual net expenses. Alternatively, to the extent the Distributor’s actual net expenses in a given year exceed the plan fees for such year, the Fund only pays the plan fees for such year. For Class A Shares, there is no carryover of any unreimbursed actual net expenses to succeeding years.
 
The Plans for Class B Shares and Class C Shares are similar to the Plans for Class A Shares, except that any actual net expenses which exceed plan fees for a given year are carried forward and are eligible for payment in future years by the Fund so long as the Plans remain in effect. Thus, for each of the Class B Shares and Class C Shares, in any given year in which the Plans are in effect, the Plans generally provide for the Fund to pay the Distributor the lesser of (i) the applicable amount of the Distributor’s actual net expenses incurred during such year for such class of Shares plus any actual net expenses from prior years that are still unpaid by the Fund for such class of Shares or (ii) the applicable plan fees for such class of Shares. Except as may be mandated by applicable law, the Fund does not impose any limit with respect to the number of years into the future that such unreimbursed actual net expenses may be carried forward (on a Fund level basis). These unreimbursed actual net expenses may or may not be recovered through plan fees or early withdrawal charges in future years.
 
Because of fluctuations in net asset value, the plan fees with respect to a particular Class B Share or Class C Share may be greater or less than the amount of the initial commission (including carrying cost) paid by the Distributor with respect to such Share. In such circumstances, a shareholder of a Share may be deemed to incur expenses attributable to other shareholders of such class.
 
As of February 28, 2013, there were approximately $4,487 and $3,784,596 of unreimbursed distribution-related expenses with respect to Class B Shares and Class C Shares, respectively, representing approximately 0.03% and 2.70% of the net assets attributable to Class B Shares and Class C Shares, respectively. If the Plans are terminated or not continued, the Fund would not be contractually obligated to pay the Distributor for any expenses not previously reimbursed by the Fund or recovered through early withdrawal charges.
 
For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2013, the Fund’s aggregate expenses paid under the Plans for Class A Shares were $47,442 or 0.04% of the Class A Shares’ average daily net assets due to fee waivers by the Distributor. For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2013, the Fund’s aggregate expenses paid under the Plans for Class B Shares were $23,852 or 0.17% of the Class B Shares’ average daily net assets due to fee waivers by the Distributor. For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2013, the Fund’s aggregate expenses paid under the Plans for Class C Shares were $1,139,066 or 0.79% of Class C Shares’ average daily net assets due to fee waivers by the Distributor. For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2013, the Fund’s aggregate expenses paid under the Service Plan for Class IC Shares were $18,064 or 0.02% of the Class IC Shares’ average daily net assets.
 
An estimate by category of the allocation of actual fees paid by Class A, Class B and Class C Shares of the Fund during the fiscal year ended February 28, 2013 follows:
 
                                                         
          Printing &
          Underwriters
    Dealers
             
    Advertising     Mailing     Seminars     Compensation     Compensation     Personnel     Travel  
 
Invesco Senior Loan Fund
                                                       
Class A
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 47,441     $ 0     $ 0  
Class B
  $ 17     $ 0     $ 6     $ 8,287     $ 15,424     $ 107     $ 11  
Class C
  $ 597     $ 119     $ 239     $ 29,730     $ 1,104,083     $ 4,059     $ 239  
Class IC
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 18,064     $ 0     $ 0  
 
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE ALLOCATION
 
With respect to interests in Senior Loans, the Fund generally will engage in privately negotiated transactions for purchase or sale in which the Adviser will negotiate on behalf of the Fund, although a more developed market may exist for certain Senior Loans. The Fund may be required to pay fees, or forgo a portion of interest and any fees payable to the Fund, to the Lender selling Participations or Assignments to the Fund. The Adviser will determine the Lenders from whom the Fund will purchase Assignments and Participations by considering their professional ability, level of service, relationship with the Borrower, financial condition,


B-21


 

credit standards and quality of management. The illiquidity of many Senior Loans may restrict the ability of the Adviser to locate in a timely manner persons willing to purchase the Fund’s interests in Senior Loans at a fair price should the Fund desire to sell such interests. See “Risks” in the Prospectus. Affiliates of the Adviser may participate in the primary and secondary market for Senior Loans. Because of certain limitations imposed by the 1940 Act, this may restrict the Fund’s ability to acquire some Senior Loans. The Adviser does not believe that this will have a material effect on the Fund’s ability to acquire Senior Loans consistent with its investment policies.
 
The Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Fund, the selection of brokers and dealers to effect the transactions and the negotiation of prices and any brokerage commissions on such transactions. While the Adviser will be primarily responsible for the placement of the Fund’s portfolio business, the policies and practices in this regard are subject to review by the Fund’s Board of Trustees.
 
The Adviser is responsible for placing portfolio transactions and does so in a manner deemed fair and reasonable to the Fund and not according to any formula. The primary consideration in all portfolio transactions is prompt execution of orders in an effective manner at the most favorable price. In selecting broker-dealers and in negotiating prices and any brokerage commissions on such transactions, the Adviser considers the firm’s reliability, integrity and financial condition and the firm’s execution capability, the size and breadth of the market for the security, the size of and difficulty in executing the order, and the best net price. In selecting among firms, consideration may be given to those firms which supply research and other services in addition to execution services. The Adviser is authorized to pay higher commissions to brokerage firms that provide it with investment and research information than to firms which do not provide such services if the Adviser determines that such commissions are reasonable in relation to the overall services provided. In certain instances, the Adviser may instruct certain broker-dealers to pay for research services provided by executing brokers or third party research providers, which are selected independently by the Adviser. No specific value can be assigned to such research services which are furnished without cost to the Adviser. Since statistical and other research information is only supplementary to the research efforts of the Adviser to the Fund and still must be analyzed and reviewed by its staff, the receipt of research information is not expected to reduce its expenses materially. The investment advisory fee is not reduced as a result of the Adviser’s receipt of such research services. Services provided may include (a) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (b) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (c) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance, settlement and custody). When a particular item (such as proxy services) has both research and non-research related uses, the Adviser will make a reasonable allocation of the cost of the item between the research and non-research uses and may pay for the portion of the cost allocated to research uses with commissions. Research services furnished by firms through which the Fund effects its securities transactions may be used by the Adviser in servicing all of its advisory accounts and/or accounts managed by its affiliates that are registered investment advisers; not all of such services may be used by the Adviser in connection with the Fund. To the extent that the Adviser receives these services from broker-dealers, it will not have to pay for these services itself.
 
The Adviser also may place portfolio transactions, to the extent permitted by law, with brokerage firms (and futures commission merchants) affiliated with the Fund, the Adviser or the Distributor and with brokerage firms participating in the distribution of the Fund’s Shares if it reasonably believes that the quality of execution and the commission are comparable to that available from other qualified firms. Similarly, to the extent permitted by law and subject to the same considerations on quality of execution and comparable commission rates, the Adviser may direct an executing broker to pay a portion or all of any commissions, concessions or discounts to a firm supplying research or other services.
 
The Adviser may place portfolio transactions at or about the same time for other advisory accounts, including other investment companies. The Adviser seeks to allocate portfolio transactions equitably whenever concurrent decisions are made to purchase or sell securities for the Fund and another advisory account. In some cases, this procedure could have an adverse effect on the price or the amount of securities available to the Fund. In making such allocations among the Fund and other advisory accounts, the main factors considered by the Adviser are the respective sizes of the Fund and other advisory accounts, the respective investment


B-22


 

objectives, the relative size of portfolio holdings of the same or comparable securities, the availability of cash for investment, the size of investment commitments generally held and opinions of the persons responsible for recommending the investment.
 
Certain broker-dealers (and futures commission merchants), through which the Fund may effect securities (or futures) transactions, are affiliated persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund or affiliated persons of such affiliates. The Fund’s Board of Trustees has adopted certain policies incorporating the standards of Rule 17e-1 issued by the SEC under the 1940 Act which require that the commissions paid to affiliates of the Fund must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions, fees or other remuneration received or to be received by other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities or instruments during a comparable period of time. The rule and procedures also contain review requirements and require the Adviser to furnish reports to the trustees and to maintain records in connection with such reviews. After consideration of all factors deemed relevant, the trustees will consider from time to time whether the advisory fee for the Fund will be reduced by all or a portion of the brokerage commission paid to affiliated brokers.
 
Unless otherwise described below, the Fund paid no commissions to affiliated brokers during the last three fiscal years. The Fund paid the following commissions to brokers during the fiscal years shown:
 
                 
Commissions Paid:  
All Brokers
    Affiliated Brokers  
 
Fiscal year ended February 28, 2013
  $ 0     $ 0  
Fiscal year ended February 29, 2012
  $ 0     $ 0  
Seven-month period ended February 28, 2011*
  $ 0     $ 0  
Fiscal year ended July 31, 2010
  $ 0     $ 0  
                 
                 
                 
Fiscal year ended February 28, 2013 Percentages:
               
Commissions with affiliate to total commissions
    0 %
Value of brokerage transactions with affiliate to total transactions
    0 %
 
Effective February 28, 2011, the Fund changed its fiscal year end from July 31 to the last day of February.
 
During the Fiscal year ended February 28, 2013, the Fund paid no brokerage commissions to brokers selected primarily on the basis of research services provided to the Adviser.
 
SHAREHOLDER SERVICES
 
The Fund offers a number of shareholder services designed to facilitate investment in its Shares at little or no extra cost to the investor. Below is a description of such services. The following information supplements the section in the Fund’s Prospectus captioned “Shareholder Services.”
 
Reinvestment Plan
 
A convenient way for investors to accumulate additional Shares is by reinvesting dividends and capital gain dividends in Shares of the Fund. Such Shares are acquired at net asset value per Share (without a sales charge) on the applicable payable date of the dividend or capital gain dividend. Unless the shareholder instructs otherwise, with respect to Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares, the reinvestment plan (the “Plan”) is automatic. This instruction may be made by visiting our web site at www.invesco.com/us by writing to Invesco Investment Services or by telephone by calling (800) 959-4246. With respect to Class IC Shares and Class IB Shares, previous instructions regarding reinvestment of dividends and capital gain dividends will continue to apply until such shareholder changes his or her instruction. The investor may, on the account application form or prior to any declaration, instruct that dividends and/or capital gain dividends be paid in cash, be reinvested in the Fund at the next determined net asset value or be reinvested in another Participating Fund (as defined in the Prospectus) at the next determined net asset value.
 
The agent for shareholders in administering the Plan maintains each shareholder’s account in the Plan and furnishes monthly written confirmations of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by shareholders for personal and tax records. Shares will be held in non-certificated form in the name of the participant, and each shareholder’s proxy will include those Shares purchased pursuant to the Plan. Any fees for the handling of the reinvestment of dividends and distributions will be paid by the Fund.


B-23


 

The automatic reinvestment of dividends and distributions will not relieve participants of any federal income tax that may be payable or required to be withheld on such dividends or distributions.
 
Experience under the Plan may indicate that changes are desirable. Accordingly, the Fund reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan as applied to any dividend or distribution paid subsequent to written notice of the change sent to all shareholders of the Fund at least 90 days before the record date for the dividend or distribution. The Plan also may be amended or terminated by the agent for shareholders administering the Plan by at least 90 days written notice to all shareholders of the Fund.
 
A shareholder may withdraw from the Plan at any time by contacting Invesco Investment Services at the address or telephone number set forth below. There is no penalty for non-participation in or withdrawal from the Plan, and shareholders who have previously withdrawn from the Plan may rejoin it at any time. Changes in elections should be directed to Invesco Investment Services and should include the name of the Fund and the shareholder’s name and address as registered. An election to withdraw from the Plan will, until such election is changed, be deemed to be an election by a shareholder to take all subsequent dividends and distributions in cash. Elections will only be effective for dividends and distributions declared after, and with a record date of at least ten days after, such elections are received by Invesco Investment Services. When a participant withdraws from the Plan or upon termination of the Plan as provided above, whole Shares credited to his or her account under the Plan will be issued and a cash payment will be made for any fraction of a Share credited to such account. All correspondence concerning the dividend reinvestment plan should be directed to the Invesco Investment Services Inc., P.O. Box 4739, Houston, Texas 77210-4739. Please call (800) 959-4246 if you have questions regarding the Plan.
 
Retirement Plans
 
Eligible investors may establish individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”); SEP; SIMPLE IRAs; or other pension or profit sharing plans. Documents and forms containing detailed information regarding these plans are available from the Distributor.
 
Dividend Diversification
 
A Class A Shareholder, Class B Shareholder or Class C Shareholder may elect, by completing the appropriate section of the account application form or by calling (800) 959-4246, to have all dividends and capital gain dividends paid on such class of Shares of the Fund invested into shares of the same class of any of the Participating Funds (as defined in the Prospectus) so long as the investor has a pre-existing account for such class of shares of the other fund. A Class IB or Class IC Shareholder may elect (or may modify a prior election), by completing the appropriate section of the account application form or by calling (800) 959-4246, to have all dividends and capital gain dividends paid on such class of Shares of the Fund invested into Class A Shares of any of the Participating Funds (other than the Fund) so long as the investor has a pre-existing account for such class of shares of the other fund. A Class IB or Class IC Shareholder who prior to February 18, 2005 elected to utilize dividend diversification with respect to former Class B Shares (now Class IB Shares) or former Class C Shares (now Class IC Shares) of the Fund will have all dividends and capital gain dividends paid on such class of Shares of the Fund invested into the class of shares of the Participating Fund previously designated by such shareholder, unless such shareholder changes his or her election (the method of which is described above). Both accounts must be of the same type, either non-retirement or retirement. If the accounts are retirement accounts, they must both be of the same type of retirement plan (e.g., IRA, 403(b)(7), 401(k), Money Purchase and Profit Sharing plans) and for the benefit of the same individual. If a qualified, pre-existing account does not exist, the shareholder must establish a new account subject to any requirements of the Participating Fund into which distributions will be invested. Distributions are invested into the selected Participating Fund, provided that shares of such Participating Fund are available for sale, at its net asset value per share as of the payable date of the distribution from the Fund.
 
Reinstatement Privilege
 
A Class A Shareholder, Class B Shareholder, Class IB Shareholder or Class IC Shareholder who has tendered for repurchase Shares of the Fund may reinstate any portion or all of the net proceeds of such repurchase (and may include that amount necessary to acquire a fractional Share to round off his or her purchase to the next full Share) in Class A Shares of any Participating Fund. A Class C Shareholder who has


B-24


 

tendered for repurchase Shares of the Fund may reinstate any portion or all of the net proceeds of such repurchase (and may include that amount necessary to acquire a fractional Share to round off his or her purchase to the next full Share) in Class C Shares of any Participating Fund with credit given for any early withdrawal charge paid on the amount of shares reinstated from such repurchase, provided that such shareholder has not previously exercised this reinstatement privilege with respect to Class C Shares of the Fund. Shares acquired in this manner will be deemed to have the original cost and purchase date of the repurchased Shares for purposes of applying the early withdrawal charge (if any) to subsequent repurchases. Reinstatements are made at the net asset value per Share (without a sales charge or early withdrawal charge) next determined after the order is received, which must be made within 180 days after the date of the repurchase, provided that shares of the Participating Fund into which shareholders desire to reinstate their net proceeds of a repurchase of Shares of the Fund are available for sale. Reinstatement at net asset value per Share is also offered to participants in eligible retirement plans for repayment of principal (and interest) on their borrowings on such plans, provided that Shares of the Participating Fund are available for sale. Any gain or loss realized by the shareholder upon repurchase of Shares is a taxable event regardless of whether the shareholder reinstates all or any portion of the net proceeds of the repurchase. Any such loss may be disallowed, to the extent of the reinstatement, under the so-called “wash sale” rules if the reinstatement occurs within 30 days after such repurchase. In that event, the shareholder’s tax basis in the Shares acquired pursuant to the reinstatement will be increased by the amount of the disallowed loss, and the shareholder’s holding period for such Shares will include the holding period for the repurchased shares.
 
NET ASSET VALUE
 
The net asset value per share of the Fund’s shares is determined by calculating the total value of the Fund’s assets, deducting its total liabilities, and dividing the result by the number of Shares outstanding.
 
Senior Loans will be valued by the Fund following valuation guidelines established and periodically reviewed by the Fund’s Board of Trustees. Under the valuation guidelines, Senior Loans and securities for which reliable market quotes are readily available are valued at the mean of such bid and ask quotes and all other Senior Loans, securities and assets of the Fund are valued at fair value in good faith following procedures established by the Board of Trustees.
 
Short-term obligations held by the Fund that mature in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, if their original term to maturity when acquired by the Fund was 60 days or less, or are valued at amortized cost using their value on the 61st day prior to maturity, if their original term to maturity when acquired by the Fund was more than 60 days, unless in each case this is determined not to represent fair value. Repurchase agreements will be valued at cost plus accrued interest.
 
EARLY WITHDRAWAL CHARGE — CLASS A
 
As described in the Fund’s Prospectus under “Purchase of Shares — Class A Shares,” there is no sales charge payable on Class A Shares at the time of purchase on investments of $1 million or more, but an early withdrawal charge (“EWC – Class A”) may be imposed on certain repurchases made within eighteen months of purchase. For purposes of the EWC – Class A, when shares of a Participating Fund are exchanged for shares of another Participating Fund, the purchase date for the shares acquired by exchange will be assumed to be the date on which shares were purchased in the fund from which the exchange was made. If the exchanged shares themselves are acquired through an exchange, the purchase date is assumed to carry over from the date of the original election to purchase shares subject to an EWC – Class A rather than a front-end load sales charge. In determining whether an EWC – Class A is payable, it is assumed that Shares being repurchased first are any Shares in the shareholder’s account not subject to an EWC – Class A followed by Shares held the longest in the shareholder’s account. The EWC – Class A is assessed on an amount equal to the lesser of the then current market value or the cost of the Shares being repurchased. Accordingly, no EWC – Class A is imposed on increases in net asset value above the initial purchase price. In addition, no EWC – Class A is assessed on Shares derived from reinvestment of dividends or capital gain dividends.


B-25


 

WAIVER OF EARLY WITHDRAWAL CHARGES
 
As described in the Fund’s Prospectus under “Repurchase of Shares,” repurchases of Class B Shares and Class C Shares will be subject to an early withdrawal charge (“EWC – Class B and C”). The EWC – Class A (defined above) and EWC – Class B and C are waived on repurchases in the circumstances described below:
 
Repurchase Upon Death or Disability
 
The Fund will waive the EWC – Class A and the EWC – Class B and C on repurchases following the death or disability of a Class A Shareholder, a Class B Shareholder or a Class C Shareholder. An individual will be considered disabled for this purpose if he or she meets the definition thereof in Section 72(m)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), which in pertinent part defines a person as disabled if such person “is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or to be of long-continued and indefinite duration.” While the Fund does not specifically adopt the balance of the Code’s definition which pertains to furnishing the Secretary of Treasury with such proof as he or she may require, the Distributor will require satisfactory proof of death or disability before it determines to waive the EWC – Class A or the EWC – Class B and C.
 
In cases of death or disability, the EWC – Class A and the EWC – Class B and C will be waived where the decedent or disabled person is either an individual shareholder or owns the Shares as a joint tenant with right of survivorship or is the beneficial owner of a custodial or fiduciary account, and where the repurchase is made within one year of the death or initial determination of disability. This waiver of the EWC – Class A and the EWC – Class B and C applies to a total or partial repurchase, but only to a repurchase of Shares held at the time of the death or initial determination of disability.
 
Repurchase in Connection with Certain Distributions from Retirement Plans
 
The Fund will waive the EWC – Class A and the EWC – Class B and C when a total or partial repurchase is made in connection with certain distributions from retirement plans. The EWC – Class B and C will be waived upon the tax-free rollover or transfer of assets to another retirement plan invested in one or more Participating Funds; in such event, as described below, the Fund will “tack” the period for which the original Shares were held on to the holding period of the Shares acquired in the transfer or rollover for purposes of determining what, if any, EWC – Class A or EWC – Class B and C is applicable in the event that such acquired Shares are repurchased following the transfer or rollover. The EWC – Class A and the EWC – Class B and C also will be waived on any repurchase which results from the return of an excess contribution or other contribution pursuant to Code Section 408(d)(4) or (5), the return of excess contributions or excess deferral amounts pursuant to Code Section 401(k)(8) or 402(g)(2) or the financial hardship of the employee pursuant to U.S. Treasury regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(2). In addition, the EWC – Class A and the EWC – Class B and C will be waived on any minimum distribution required to be distributed in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9).
 
The Fund does not intend to waive the EWC – Class A or the EWC – Class B and C for any distributions from IRAs or other retirement plans not specifically described above.
 
No Initial Commission or Transaction Fee
 
The Fund will waive the EWC – Class A in circumstances under which no commission or transaction fee is paid to authorized dealers at the time of purchase of Class A Shares. The Fund will waive the EWC – Class B and C in certain 401(k) plans in circumstances under which no commission or transaction fee is paid to authorized dealers at the time of purchase of Class B Shares and Class C Shares.


B-26


 

TAXATION
 
Taxation of the Fund
 
The following discussion and the taxation discussion in the Prospectus are summaries of certain federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and its shareholders. The discussions reflect applicable federal income tax laws of the United States as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information, which tax laws may be changed or subject to new interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) retroactively or prospectively. These discussions assume that the Fund’s shareholders hold their Shares as capital assets for federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for investment). No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and its shareholders, and the discussions set forth herein and in the Prospectus do not constitute tax advice. No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS regarding any matter discussed herein. Counsel to the Fund has not rendered any legal opinion regarding any tax consequences relating to the Fund or its shareholders. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position different from any of the tax aspects set forth below. Shareholders must consult their own tax advisers regarding the federal income tax consequences of an investment in the Fund as well as state, local and foreign tax considerations and any proposed tax law changes.
 
The Fund intends to continue to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. To qualify as a regulated investment company, the Fund must comply with certain requirements of the Code relating to, among other things, the sources of its income and diversification of its assets.
 
The Fund must derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from the following sources: (a) dividends, interest (including tax-exempt interest), payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies; and (b) interests in publicly traded partnerships that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items described in clause (a) above (each, a “Qualified Publicly Traded Partnership”).
 
The Fund must diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities and the securities of other regulated investment companies) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships.
 
If the Fund so qualifies and distributes each year to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (generally including ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, but not net capital gain, which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) and meets certain other requirements, it will not be required to pay federal income taxes on any income it distributes to shareholders. The Fund intends to distribute at least the minimum amount necessary to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement. The Fund will not be subject to federal income tax on any net capital gain distributed to shareholders and designated as capital gain dividends.
 
To avoid a nondeductible 4% excise tax, the Fund will be required to distribute, by December 31st of each year, at least an amount equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for such year, (ii) 98.2% of its capital gain net income (the latter of which generally is computed on the basis of the one-year period ending on October 31st of such year), and (iii) any amounts that were not distributed in previous taxable years. For purposes of the excise tax, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by, and subject to federal income tax in the hands of, the Fund will be treated as having been distributed.
 
If the Fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company or failed to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement in any taxable year, the Fund would be taxed as an ordinary corporation on its taxable income


B-27


 

(even if such income were distributed to its shareholders) and all distributions out of earnings and profits would be taxed to shareholders as ordinary dividend income eligible for the reduced maximum rates for qualified dividend income. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay taxes and make distributions (which could be subject to interest charges) before requalifying for taxation as a regulated investment company.
 
Some of the Fund’s investment practices may be subject to special provisions of the Code that, among other things, may (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, including the dividends received deduction, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gain or “qualified dividend income” into higher taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and/or (vii) produce income that will not qualify as good income for purposes of the annual gross income requirement that the Fund must meet to be treated as a regulated investment company. The Fund intends to monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections or take other actions to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a regulated investment company.
 
Investments of the Fund in securities issued at a discount or providing for deferred interest or payment of interest in kind are subject to special tax rules that will affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders. For example, with respect to securities issued at a discount, the Fund generally will be required to accrue as income each year a portion of the discount and to distribute such income each year to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and to avoid income and excise taxes. To generate sufficient cash to make the distributions necessary to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid income and excise taxes, the Fund may have to borrow money and/or dispose of securities that it would otherwise have continued to hold.
 
Income from investments in foreign securities received by the Fund may be subject to income, withholding or other taxes imposed by foreign countries and U.S. possessions. Such taxes will not be deductible or creditable by shareholders. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes.
 
Certain non-corporate U.S. shareholders whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be required to pay a 3.8% Medicare tax on their net investment income, which includes dividends received from the Fund and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of the Fund’s Shares.
 
As discussed under the heading “Risks — Borrower Credit Risk” in the Prospectus, the Fund may acquire Senior Loans of Borrowers that are experiencing, or are likely to experience, financial difficulty, including Senior Loans of Borrowers that have filed for bankruptcy protection. Investments in Senior Loans that are at risk of or in default may present special tax issues for the Fund. Federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and interest and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by the Fund, in the event that they arise with respect to Senior Loans it owns, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company and does not become subject to federal income or excise tax.
 
Distributions to Shareholders
 
Distributions of the Fund’s investment company taxable income are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income to the extent of the Fund’s earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional Shares. Distributions of the Fund’s net capital gains designated as capital gain dividends, if any, are taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains regardless of the length of time Shares have been held by such shareholders. Distributions in excess of the Fund’s earnings and profits will first reduce the adjusted tax basis


B-28


 

of a shareholder’s Shares and, after such adjusted tax basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gain to such shareholder.
 
Current law provides for reduced federal income tax rates on (1) long-term capital gains received by individuals and certain other non-corporate taxpayers and (2) “qualified dividend income” received by individuals and certain other non-corporate taxpayers from certain domestic and foreign corporations. Fund shareholders, as well as the Fund itself, must also satisfy certain holding period and other requirements in order for such reduced rates for “qualified dividend income” dividends to apply. Because the Fund intends to invest primarily in Senior Loans and other senior debt securities, ordinary income dividends paid by the Fund generally will not be eligible for the reduced rates applicable to “qualified dividend income.” To the extent that distributions from the Fund are designated as capital gain dividends, such distributions will be eligible for the reduced rates applicable to long-term capital gains. Distributions from the Fund generally will not be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction. The Fund will inform shareholders of the source and tax status of all distributions promptly after the close of each calendar year.
 
Shareholders receiving distributions in the form of additional Shares issued by the Fund will be treated for federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Shares received, determined as of the distribution date. The tax basis of such Shares will equal their fair market value on the distribution date.
 
Although dividends generally will be treated as distributed when paid, dividends declared in October, November or December, payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such month and paid during January of the following year, will be treated as having been distributed by the Fund and received by the shareholders on the December 31st prior to the date of payment. In addition, certain other distributions made after the close of a taxable year of the Fund may be “spilled back” and generally treated as paid by the Fund (except for purposes of the nondeductible 4% excise tax) during such taxable year. In such case, shareholders will be treated as having received such dividends in the taxable year in which the distribution was actually made.
 
Sale of Shares
 
The sale or exchange of Shares in connection with a repurchase of shares, as well as certain other transfers, will be a taxable transaction for federal income tax purposes. Except as discussed below, selling shareholders will generally recognize capital gain or capital loss in an amount equal to the difference between their adjusted tax basis in the Shares sold and the amount received. Any loss recognized upon a taxable disposition of Shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received with respect to such Shares. For purposes of determining whether Shares have been held for six months or less, the holding period is suspended for any periods during which the shareholder’s risk of loss is diminished as a result of holding one or more other positions in substantially similar or related property or through certain options or short sales.
 
The sale of Shares pursuant to a repurchase offer will be a taxable transaction for federal income tax purposes, either as a “sale or exchange” or, under certain circumstances, as a “dividend.” Under the Code, a sale of Shares pursuant to a repurchase offer generally will be treated as a sale or exchange if the receipt of cash by the shareholder: (a) results in a “complete redemption” of the shareholder’s interest in the Fund, (b) is “substantially disproportionate” with respect to the shareholder or (c) is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to the shareholder. In determining whether any of these tests has been met, Shares actually owned, as well as Shares considered to be owned by the shareholder by reason of certain constructive ownership rules set forth in the Code, generally must be taken into account. If any of these three tests for sale or exchange treatment is met, a shareholder will recognize capital gain or capital loss equal to the difference between the amount of cash received by the shareholder pursuant to the repurchase offer and the tax basis of the Shares sold.
 
If none of the tests set forth in the Code is met, amounts received by a shareholder who sells Shares pursuant to the repurchase offer will be taxable to the shareholder as a “dividend” to the extent of such shareholder’s allocable share of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits. No part of such a dividend would constitute “qualified dividend income” eligible for reduced federal income tax rates. The


B-29


 

excess of such amounts received over the portion that is taxable as a dividend would constitute a non-taxable return of capital (to the extent of the shareholder’s tax basis in the Shares sold pursuant to the repurchase offer). Any amounts in excess of the shareholder’s tax basis would constitute taxable gain. Thus, a shareholder’s tax basis in the Shares sold will not reduce the amount of the dividend. Any remaining tax basis in the Shares tendered to the Fund will be transferred to any remaining Shares held by such shareholder.
 
Withholding on Payments to Non-U.S. Shareholders
 
For purposes of this and the following paragraphs, a “Non-U.S. Shareholder” shall include any shareholder who is not:
 
  •  an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  •  a corporation or partnership created or organized under the laws of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof;
 
  •  an estate, the income of which is subject to federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
 
  •  a trust that (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. fiduciaries who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
 
A Non-U.S. Shareholder generally will be subject to withholding of federal income tax at a 30% rate (or lower applicable treaty rate), rather than backup withholding (discussed below), on dividends from the Fund (other than capital gain dividends) that are not “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by such shareholder, provided that the shareholder furnishes to the Fund a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN certifying the shareholder’s non-United States status.
 
For taxable years of the Fund beginning before January 1, 2014 (and if extended, as has happened in the past, for taxable years covered by such extension), properly reported dividends are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the Fund’s U.S.-source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the Fund is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the Fund’s net short-term capital gain over the Fund’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year). There can be no assurance that this provision will be extended. Depending on its circumstances, however, the Fund may report all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. To qualify for this exemption from withholding, a Non-U.S. Shareholder must comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute Form). In the case of common shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Fund reports the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. Shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Fund’s distributions will qualify for favorable treatment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gains.
 
Non-effectively connected capital gain dividends and gains recognized from the sale of Shares generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the case of (i) a Non-U.S. Shareholder that is a corporation and (ii) an individual Non-U.S. Shareholder who is not present in the United States for more than 182 days during the taxable year (assuming that certain other conditions are met). However, certain Non-U.S. Shareholders may nonetheless be subject to backup withholding and information reporting on capital gain dividends and gross proceeds paid to them upon the sale of their Shares. See “Backup Withholding” and “Information Reporting” below.
 
If income from the Fund or gains recognized from the sale of Shares are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Shareholder’s U.S. trade or business, then such amounts will not be subject to the 30% withholding described above, but rather will be subject to federal income tax on a net basis at the tax rates applicable to U.S. citizens and residents or domestic corporations. To establish that income from the Fund or gains


B-30


 

recognized from the sale of Shares are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, a Non-U.S. Shareholder must provide the Fund with a properly completed IRS Form W-8ECI certifying that such amounts are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Shareholder’s U.S. trade or business. Non-U.S. Shareholders that are corporations may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” with respect to income from the Fund that is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business.
 
The tax consequences to a Non-U.S. Shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described in this section. To claim tax treaty benefits, Non-U.S. Shareholders will be required to provide the Fund with a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN certifying their entitlement to the benefits. In addition, in certain cases where payments are made to a Non-U.S. Shareholder that is a partnership or other pass-through entity, both the entity and the persons holding an interest in the entity will need to provide certification. For example, an individual Non-U.S. Shareholder who holds Shares in the Fund through a non-U.S. partnership must provide an IRS Form W-8BEN to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty. Non-U.S. Shareholders are advised to consult their advisers with respect to the tax implications of purchasing, holding and disposing of Shares of the Fund.
 
After December 31, 2013, withholding will be required at a rate of 30% on dividends in respect of, and, after December 31, 2016, on gross proceeds from the sale of, Shares held by or through certain non-U.S. financial institutions (including investment funds), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to shares in, and accounts maintained by, the institution to the extent such shares or accounts are held by certain United States persons or by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly or partially owned by United States persons. Accordingly, the entity through which Shares are held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends in respect of, and gross proceeds from the sale of, Shares held by an investor that is a non-financial non-U.S. entity will be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%, unless such entity either (i) certifies to the Fund that such entity does not have any “substantial United States owners” or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial United States owners,” which the Fund will in turn provide to the Secretary of the Treasury. Non-U.S. Shareholders are encouraged to consult with their tax advisers regarding the possible implications of the legislation on their investment in the Fund.
 
Backup Withholding
 
The Fund may be required to withhold federal income tax (“backup withholding”) from dividends and proceeds from the repurchase of Shares paid to non-corporate shareholders. This tax may be withheld from dividends paid to a shareholder (other than a Non-U.S. Shareholder that properly certifies its non-United States status) if (i) the shareholder fails to properly furnish the Fund with its correct taxpayer identification number, (ii) the IRS notifies the Fund that the shareholder has failed to properly report certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect or (iii) when required to do so, the shareholder fails to certify that the taxpayer identification number provided is correct, that the shareholder is not subject to backup withholding and that the shareholder is a U.S. person (as defined for federal income tax purposes). Repurchase proceeds may be subject to backup withholding under the circumstances described in (i) above.
 
Generally, dividends paid to Non-U.S. Shareholders that are subject to the 30% federal income tax withholding described above under “Withholding on Payments to Non-U.S. Shareholders” are not subject to backup withholding. To avoid backup withholding on capital gain dividends and gross proceeds from the repurchase of Shares, Non-U.S. Shareholders must provide a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN certifying their non-United States status.
 
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from payments made to a shareholder may be refunded or credited against such shareholder’s federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished timely to the IRS.
 
Information Reporting
 
The Fund must report annually to the IRS and to each shareholder (other than a Non-U.S. Shareholder that properly certifies its non-United States status) the amount of dividends, capital gain dividends or repurchase proceeds paid to such shareholder and the amount, if any, of tax withheld pursuant to backup withholding


B-31


 

rules with respect to such amounts. In the case of a Non-U.S. Shareholder, the Fund must report to the IRS and such Shareholder the amount of dividends, capital gain dividends and repurchase proceeds paid that are subject to withholding (including backup withholding, if any) and the amount of tax withheld, if any, with respect to such amounts. This information may also be made available to the tax authorities in the Non-U.S. Shareholder’s country of residence.
 
OTHER INFORMATION
 
Proxy Voting Policy and Proxy Voting Record
 
The Board believes that the voting of proxies on securities held by the Fund is an important element of the overall investment process. The Board has delegated the day-to-day responsibility to the Adviser to vote such proxies pursuant to the Board approved Proxy Voting Policy. Attached hereto as Appendix B is the Proxy Voting Policy which is currently in effect as of the date of this SAI.
 
The Proxy Voting Policy is subject to change over time and investors seeking the most current copy of the Proxy Voting Policy should go to our web site at www.invesco.com/us. The Fund’s most recent proxy voting record for the twelve-month period ended June 30 which has been filed with the SEC is also available without charge on our web site at www.invesco.com/us. The Fund’s proxy voting record is also available without charge on the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov.
 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
An independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund performs an annual audit of the Fund’s financial statements. The Fund’s Board has engaged PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, located at 1201 Louisiana Street, Houston, Texas 77002, to be the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm.
 
Legal Counsel
 
Counsel to the Fund is Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, located at Four Times Square, New York, New York 10036.
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
The audited financial statements of the Fund are incorporated herein by reference to the Annual Report to shareholders of the Fund dated February 28, 2013. The Annual Report may be obtained by following the instructions on the cover of this SAI. The Annual Report is included as part of the Fund’s filing on Form N-CSR as filed with the SEC on May 9, 2013. The Annual Report may be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, DC or on the EDGAR database on the SEC’s internet site (www.sec.gov). Information on the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. You can also request copies of these materials, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the SEC’s e-mail address (publicinfo@sec.gov) or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, DC 20549-0102.


B-32


 

 
APPENDIX A — RATINGS OF DEBT SECURITIES
 
The following is a description of the factors underlying the debt ratings of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch.
 
Moody’s Long-Term Debt Ratings
 
Aaa: Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.
 
Aa: Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
 
A: Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
 
Baa: Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
 
Ba: Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.
 
B: Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
 
Caa: Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
 
Ca: Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
 
C: Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
 
Note: Moody’s applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
 
Moody’s Short-Term Prime Rating System
 
P-1  Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
 
P-2  Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
 
P-3  Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
 
NP (Not Prime)  Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
 
Note: In addition, in certain countries the prime rating may be modified by the issuer’s or guarantor’s senior unsecured long-term debt rating.
 
Moody’s MIG/VMIG US Short-Term Ratings
 
In municipal debt issuance, there are three rating categories for short-term obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Moody’s Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels — MIG 1 through MIG 3.
 
In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade.
 
In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the demand feature, using the MIG rating scale.


A-1


 

The short-term rating assigned to the demand feature of VRDOs is designated as VMIG. When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1.
 
MIG ratings expire at note maturity. By contrast, VMIG rating expirations will be a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.
 
Gradations of investment quality are indicated by rating symbols, with each symbol representing a group in which the quality characteristics are broadly the same.
 
MIG 1/VMIG 1:  This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
 
MIG 2/VMIG 2:  This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample although not as large as in the preceding group.
 
MIG 3/VMIG 3:  This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash flow protection may be narrow and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well established.
 
SG:  This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.
 
Standard & Poor’s Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings
 
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on Standard & Poor’s analysis of the following considerations:
 
  •  Likelihood of payment — capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
 
  •  Nature of and provisions of the obligation;
 
  •  Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.
 
Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
 
AAA: An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
 
AA: An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
 
A: An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
 
BBB: An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
BB, B, CCC, CC and C: Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.


A-2


 

 
BB: An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
B: An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
CCC: An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
CC: An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
 
C: A ‘C’ rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the ‘C’ rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument’s terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.
 
D: An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within five business days, irrespective of any grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.
 
Plus (+) or minus (−): The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (−) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
 
NR: This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.
 
Standard & Poor’s Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings
 
A-1: A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
 
A-2: A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
 
A-3: A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
B: A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.
 
C: An obligor rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for it to meet its financial commitments.


A-3


 

 
D: A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
 
Standard & Poor’s Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings Definitions
 
A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects Standard & Poor’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, Standard & Poor’s analysis will review the following considerations:
 
  •  Amortization schedule — the larger final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and
 
  •  Source of payment — the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.
 
Note rating symbols are as follows:
 
SP-1: Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.
 
SP-2: Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
 
SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.
 
Standard & Poor’s Dual Ratings
 
Standard & Poor’s assigns “dual” ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure. The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the short-term rating symbols for the put option (for example, ‘AAA/A-1+’). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, note rating symbols are used with the short-term issue credit rating symbols (for example, ‘SP-1+/A-1+’)
 
The ratings and other credit related opinions of Standard & Poor’s and its affiliates are statements of opinion as of the date they are expressed and not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, hold or sell any securities or make any investment decisions. Standard & Poor’s assumes no obligation to update any information following publication. Users of ratings and credit related opinions should not rely on them in making any investment decision. Standard & Poor’s opinions and analysis do not address the suitability of any security. Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC does not act as a fiduciary or an investment advisor. While Standard & Poor’s has obtained information from sources it believes to be reliable, Standard & Poor’s does not perform an audit and undertakes no duty of due diligence or independent verification of any information it receives. Ratings and credit related opinions may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn at any time.
 
Fitch Credit Rating Scales
 
Fitch Ratings’ credit ratings provide an opinion on the relative ability of an entity to meet financial commitments, such as interest, preferred dividends, repayment of principal, insurance claims or counterparty obligations. Credit ratings are used by investors as indications of the likelihood of receiving the money owed to them in accordance with the terms on which they invested. The agency’s credit ratings cover the global spectrum of corporate, sovereign (including supranational and sub-national), financial, bank, insurance, municipal and other public finance entities and the securities or other obligations they issue, as well as structured finance securities backed by receivables or other financial assets.


A-4


 

 
The terms “investment grade” and “speculative grade” have established themselves over time as shorthand to describe the categories ‘AAA’ to ‘BBB’ (investment grade) and ‘BB’ to ‘D’ (speculative grade). The terms “investment grade” and “speculative grade” are market conventions, and do not imply any recommendation or endorsement of a specific security for investment purposes. “Investment grade” categories indicate relatively low to moderate credit risk, while ratings in the “speculative” categories either signal a higher level of credit risk or that a default has already occurred.
 
A designation of “Not Rated” or “NR” is used to denote securities not rated by Fitch where Fitch has rated some, but not all, securities comprising an issuance capital structure.
 
Credit ratings express risk in relative rank order, which is to say they are ordinal measures of credit risk and are not predictive of a specific frequency of default or loss.
 
Fitch Ratings’ credit ratings do not directly address any risk other than credit risk. In particular, ratings do not deal with the risk of a market value loss on a rated security due to changes in interest rates, liquidity and other market considerations. However, in terms of payment obligation on the rated liability, market risk may be considered to the extent that it influences the ability of an issuer to pay upon a commitment. Ratings nonetheless do not reflect market risk to the extent that they influence the size or other conditionality of the obligation to pay upon a commitment (for example, in the case of index-linked bonds).
 
In the default components of ratings assigned to individual obligations or instruments, the agency typically rates to the likelihood of non-payment or default in accordance with the terms of that instrument’s documentation. In limited cases, Fitch Ratings may include additional considerations (i.e. rate to a higher or lower standard than that implied in the obligation’s documentation). In such cases, the agency will make clear the assumptions underlying the agency’s opinion in the accompanying rating commentary.
 
Fitch Long-Term Rating Scales
 
Issuer Credit Rating Scales
 
Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and non-financial corporations, sovereigns and insurance companies, are generally assigned Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs). IDRs opine on an entity’s relative vulnerability to default on financial obligations. The “threshold” default risk addressed by the IDR is generally that of the financial obligations whose non-payment would best reflect the uncured failure of that entity. As such, IDRs also address relative vulnerability to bankruptcy, administrative receivership or similar concepts, although the agency recognizes that issuers may also make pre-emptive and therefore voluntary use of such mechanisms.
 
In aggregate, IDRs provide an ordinal ranking of issuers based on the agency’s view of their relative vulnerability to default, rather than a prediction of a specific percentage likelihood of default. For historical information on the default experience of Fitch-rated issuers, please consult the transition and default performance studies available from the Fitch Ratings website.
 
AAA: Highest credit quality.
 
‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
 
AA: Very high credit quality.
 
‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
 
A: High credit quality.
 
‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.


A-5


 

 
BBB: Good credit quality.
 
‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
 
BB: Speculative.
 
‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments.
 
B: Highly speculative.
 
‘B’ ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.
 
CCC: Substantial credit risk.
 
Default is a real possibility.
 
CC: Very high levels of credit risk.
 
Default of some kind appears probable.
 
C: Exceptionally high levels of credit risk
 
Default is imminent or inevitable, or the issuer is in standstill. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include:
 
  a.  the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;
 
  b.  the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; or
 
  c.  Fitch Ratings otherwise believes a condition of ‘RD’ or ‘D’ to be imminent or inevitable, including through the formal announcement of a coercive debt exchange.
 
RD: Restricted default.
 
‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but which has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased business. This would include:
 
  a.  the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;
 
  b.  the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;
 
  c.  the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; or
 
  d.  execution of a coercive debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.
 
D: Default.
 
‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business.
 
Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a


A-6


 

default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a coercive debt exchange.
 
“Imminent” default typically refers to the occasion where a payment default has been intimated by the issuer, and is all but inevitable. This may, for example, be where an issuer has missed a scheduled payment, but (as is typical) has a grace period during which it may cure the payment default. Another alternative would be where an issuer has formally announced a coercive debt exchange, but the date of the exchange still lies several days or weeks in the immediate future.
 
In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.
 
Note:
 
The modifiers “+” or “−” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-Term IDR category, or to Long-Term IDR categories below ‘B’.
 
Fitch Short-Term Rating Scales
 
A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.
 
F1: Highest short-term credit quality.
 
Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
 
F2: Good short-term credit quality.
 
Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
 
F3: Fair short-term credit quality.
 
The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.
 
B: Speculative short-term credit quality.
 
Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
 
C: High short-term default risk.
 
Default is a real possibility.
 
RD: Restricted default.
 
Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Applicable to entity ratings only.
 
D: Default.
 
Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.


A-7


 

Appendix B
(INVESCO LOGO)
I.2. PROXY POLICIES AND PROCEDURES — RETAIL
     
Applicable to
  Retail Accounts
Risk Addressed by Policy
  breach of fiduciary duty to client under Investment Advisers Act of 1940 by placing Invesco personal interests ahead of client best economic interests in voting proxies
Relevant Law and Other Sources
  Investment Advisers Act of 1940
Last Tested Date
   
Policy/Procedure Owner
  Advisory Compliance
Policy Approver
  Fund Board
Approved/Adopted Date
  January 1, 2010
The following policies and procedures apply to certain funds and other accounts managed by Invesco Advisers, Inc. (“Invesco”).
A. POLICY STATEMENT
Introduction
Our Belief
The Invesco Funds Boards of Trustees and Invesco’s investment professionals expect a high standard of corporate governance from the companies in our portfolios so that Invesco may fulfill its fiduciary obligation to our fund shareholders and other account holders. Well governed companies are characterized by a primary focus on the interests of shareholders, accountable boards of directors, ample transparency in financial disclosure, performance-driven cultures and appropriate consideration of all stakeholders. Invesco believes well governed companies create greater shareholder wealth over the long term than poorly governed companies, so we endeavor to vote in a manner that increases the value of our investments and fosters good governance within our portfolio companies.
In determining how to vote proxy issues, Invesco considers the probable business consequences of each issue and votes in a manner designed to protect and enhance fund shareholders’ and other account holders’ interests. Our voting decisions are intended to enhance each company’s total shareholder value over Invesco’s typical investment horizon.
Proxy voting is an integral part of Invesco’s investment process. We believe that the right to vote proxies should be managed with the same care as all other elements of the investment process. The objective of Invesco’s proxy-voting activity is to promote good governance and advance the economic interests of our clients. At no time will Invesco exercise its voting power to advance its own
     
March 2012
  I.2 - 1

 

B-1


 

commercial interests, to pursue a social or political cause that is unrelated to our clients’ economic interests, or to favor a particular client or business relationship to the detriment of others.
B. OPERATING PROCEDURES AND RESPONSIBLE PARTIES
Proxy administration
The Invesco Retail Proxy Committee (the “Proxy Committee”) consists of members representing Invesco’s Investments, Legal and Compliance departments. Invesco’s Proxy Voting Guidelines (the “Guidelines”) are revised annually by the Proxy Committee, and are approved by the Invesco Funds Boards of Trustees. The Proxy Committee implements the Guidelines and oversees proxy voting.
The Proxy Committee has retained outside experts to assist with the analysis and voting of proxy issues. In addition to the advice offered by these experts, Invesco uses information gathered from our own research, company managements, Invesco’s portfolio managers and outside shareholder groups to reach our voting decisions.
Generally speaking, Invesco’s investment-research process leads us to invest in companies led by management teams we believe have the ability to conceive and execute strategies to outperform their competitors. We select companies for investment based in large part on our assessment of their management teams’ ability to create shareholder wealth. Therefore, in formulating our proxy-voting decisions, Invesco gives proper consideration to the recommendations of a company’s Board of Directors.
Important principles underlying the Invesco Proxy Voting Guidelines
I. Accountability
Management teams of companies are accountable to their boards of directors, and directors of publicly held companies are accountable to their shareholders. Invesco endeavors to vote the proxies of its portfolio companies in a manner that will reinforce the notion of a board’s accountability to its shareholders. Consequently, Invesco votes against any actions that would impair the rights of shareholders or would reduce shareholders’ influence over the board or over management.
The following are specific voting issues that illustrate how Invesco applies this principle of accountability.
    Elections of directors. In uncontested director elections for companies that do not have a controlling shareholder, Invesco votes in favor of slates if they are comprised of at least a majority of independent directors and if the boards’ key committees are fully independent. Key committees include the Audit, Compensation and Governance or Nominating Committees. Invesco’s standard of independence excludes directors who, in addition to the directorship, have any material business or family relationships with the companies they serve.
     
March 2012
  I.2 - 2

 

B-2


 

      Contested director elections are evaluated on a case-by-case basis and are decided within the context of Invesco’s investment thesis on a company.
 
    Director performance. Invesco withholds votes from directors who exhibit a lack of accountability to shareholders, either through their level of attendance at meetings or by enacting egregious corporate-governance or other policies. In cases of material financial restatements, accounting fraud, habitually late filings, adopting shareholder rights plan (“poison pills”) without shareholder approval, or other areas of poor performance, Invesco may withhold votes from some or all of a company’s directors. In situations where directors’ performance is a concern, Invesco may also support shareholder proposals to take corrective actions such as so-called “clawback” provisions.
 
    Auditors and Audit Committee members. Invesco believes a company’s Audit Committee has a high degree of responsibility to shareholders in matters of financial disclosure, integrity of the financial statements and effectiveness of a company’s internal controls. Independence, experience and financial expertise are critical elements of a well-functioning Audit Committee. When electing directors who are members of a company’s Audit Committee, or when ratifying a company’s auditors, Invesco considers the past performance of the Committee and holds its members accountable for the quality of the company’s financial statements and reports.
 
    Majority standard in director elections. The right to elect directors is the single most important mechanism shareholders have to promote accountability. Invesco supports the nascent effort to reform the U.S. convention of electing directors, and votes in favor of proposals to elect directors by a majority vote.
 
    Classified boards. Invesco supports proposals to elect directors annually instead of electing them to staggered multi-year terms because annual elections increase a board’s level of accountability to its shareholders.
 
    Supermajority voting requirements. Unless proscribed by law in the state of incorporation, Invesco votes against actions that would impose any supermajority voting requirement, and supports actions to dismantle existing supermajority requirements.
 
    Responsiveness. Invesco withholds votes from directors who do not adequately respond to shareholder proposals that were approved by a majority of votes cast the prior year.
 
    Cumulative voting. The practice of cumulative voting can enable minority shareholders to have representation on a company’s board. Invesco supports proposals to institute the practice of cumulative voting at companies whose overall corporate-governance standards indicate a particular need to protect the interests of minority shareholders.
     
March 2012
  I.2 - 3

 

B-3


 

    Shareholder access. On business matters with potential financial consequences, Invesco votes in favor of proposals that would increase shareholders’ opportunities to express their views to boards of directors, proposals that would lower barriers to shareholder action and proposals to promote the adoption of generally accepted best practices in corporate governance.
II. Incentives
Invesco believes properly constructed compensation plans that include equity ownership are effective in creating incentives that induce managements and employees of our portfolio companies to create greater shareholder wealth. Invesco supports equity compensation plans that promote the proper alignment of incentives, and votes against plans that are overly dilutive to existing shareholders, plans that contain objectionable structural features, and plans that appear likely to reduce the value of an account’s investment.
Following are specific voting issues that illustrate how Invesco evaluates incentive plans.
    Executive compensation. Invesco evaluates compensation plans for executives within the context of the company’s performance under the executives’ tenure. Invesco believes independent compensation committees are best positioned to craft executive-compensation plans that are suitable for their company-specific circumstances. We view the election of those independent compensation committee members as the appropriate mechanism for shareholders to express their approval or disapproval of a company’s compensation practices. Therefore, Invesco generally does not support shareholder proposals to limit or eliminate certain forms of executive compensation. In the interest of reinforcing the notion of a compensation committee’s accountability to shareholders, Invesco supports proposals requesting that companies subject each year’s compensation record to an advisory shareholder vote, or so-called “say on pay” proposals.
 
    Equity-based compensation plans. When voting to approve or reject equity-based compensation plans, Invesco compares the total estimated cost of the plans, including stock options and restricted stock, against a carefully selected peer group and uses multiple performance metrics that help us determine whether the incentive structures in place are creating genuine shareholder wealth. Regardless of a plan’s estimated cost relative to its peer group, Invesco votes against plans that contain structural features that would impair the alignment of incentives between shareholders and management. Such features include the ability to reprice or reload options without shareholder approval, the ability to issue options below the stock’s current market price, or the ability to automatically replenish shares without shareholder approval.
     
March 2012
  I.2 - 4

 

B-4


 

    Employee stock-purchase plans. Invesco supports employee stock-purchase plans that are reasonably designed to provide proper incentives to a broad base of employees, provided that the price at which employees may acquire stock is at most a 15 percent discount from the market price.
 
    Severance agreements. Invesco generally votes in favor of proposals requiring advisory shareholder ratification of executives’ severance agreements. However, we oppose proposals requiring such agreements to be ratified by shareholders in advance of their adoption.
III. Capitalization
Examples of management proposals related to a company’s capital structure include authorizing or issuing additional equity capital, repurchasing outstanding stock, or enacting a stock split or reverse stock split. On requests for additional capital stock, Invesco analyzes the company’s stated reasons for the request. Except where the request could adversely affect the fund’s ownership stake or voting rights, Invesco generally supports a board’s decisions on its needs for additional capital stock. Some capitalization proposals require a case-by-case analysis within the context of Invesco’s investment thesis on a company. Examples of such proposals include authorizing common or preferred stock with special voting rights, or issuing additional stock in connection with an acquisition.
IV. Mergers, Acquisitions and Other Corporate Actions
Issuers occasionally require shareholder approval to engage in certain corporate actions such as mergers, acquisitions, name changes, dissolutions, reorganizations, divestitures and reincorporations. Invesco analyzes these proposals within the context of our investment thesis on the company, and determines its vote on a case-by-case basis.
V. Anti-Takeover Measures
Practices designed to protect a company from unsolicited bids can adversely affect shareholder value and voting rights, and they create conflicts of interests among directors, management and shareholders. Except under special issuer-specific circumstances, Invesco votes to reduce or eliminate such measures. These measures include adopting or renewing “poison pills”, requiring supermajority voting on certain corporate actions, classifying the election of directors instead of electing each director to an annual term, or creating separate classes of common or preferred stock with special voting rights. Invesco generally votes against management proposals to impose these types of measures, and generally votes for shareholder proposals designed to reduce such measures. Invesco supports shareholder proposals directing companies to subject their anti-takeover provisions to a shareholder vote.
VI. Shareholder Proposals on Corporate Governance
Invesco generally votes for shareholder proposals that are designed to protect shareholder rights if a company’s corporate-governance standards indicate that such additional protections are warranted.
     
March 2012
  I.2 - 5

 

B-5


 

VII. Shareholder Proposals on Social Responsibility
The potential costs and economic benefits of shareholder proposals seeking to amend a company’s practices for social reasons are often difficult to assess. Analyzing the costs and economic benefits of these proposals is generally highly subjective and does not fit readily within our framework of voting to create greater shareholder wealth over Invesco’s typical investment horizon. Therefore, Invesco generally abstains from voting on shareholder proposals deemed to be of a purely social, political or moral nature. However, there are instances when the costs and economic benefits of these proposals can be more readily assessed, in which case, Invesco votes such proposals on a case-by-case basis.
VIII. Routine Business Matters
Routine business matters rarely have a potentially material effect on the economic prospects of fund holdings, so we generally support the board’s discretion on these items. However, Invesco votes against proposals where there is insufficient information to make a decision about the nature of the proposal. Similarly, Invesco votes against proposals to conduct other unidentified business at shareholder meetings.
Summary
These Guidelines provide an important framework for making proxy-voting decisions, and should give fund shareholders and other account holders insight into the factors driving Invesco’s decisions. The Guidelines cannot address all potential proxy issues, however. Decisions on specific issues must be made within the context of these Guidelines and within the context of the investment thesis of the funds and other accounts that own the company’s stock. Where a different investment thesis is held by portfolio managers who may hold stocks in common, Invesco may vote the shares held on a fund-by-fund or account-by-account basis.
Exceptions
In certain circumstances, Invesco may refrain from voting where the economic cost of voting a company’s proxy exceeds any anticipated benefits of that proxy proposal.
Share-lending programs
One reason that some portion of Invesco’s position in a particular security might not be voted is the securities lending program. When securities are out on loan and earning fees for the lending fund, they are transferred into the borrower’s name. Any proxies during the period of the loan are voted by the borrower. The lending fund would have to terminate the loan to vote the company’s proxy, an action that is not generally in the best economic interest of fund shareholders. However, whenever Invesco determines that the benefit to shareholders or other account holders of voting a particular proxy outweighs the revenue lost by terminating the loan, we recall the securities for the purpose of voting the fund’s full position.
“Share-blocking”
     
March 2012
  I.2 - 6

 

B-6


 

Another example of a situation where Invesco may be unable to vote is in countries where the exercise of voting rights requires the fund to submit to short-term trading restrictions, a practice known as “share-blocking.” Invesco generally refrains from voting proxies in share-blocking countries unless the portfolio manager determines that the benefit to fund shareholders and other account holders of voting a specific proxy outweighs the fund’s or other account’s temporary inability to sell the security.
International constraints
An additional concern that sometimes precludes our voting non-U.S. proxies is our inability to receive proxy materials with enough time and enough information to make a voting decision. In the great majority of instances, however, we are able to vote non-U.S. proxies successfully. It is important to note that Invesco makes voting decisions for non-U.S. issuers using these Guidelines as our framework, but also takes into account the corporate-governance standards, regulatory environment and generally accepted best practices of the local market.
Exceptions to these Guidelines
Invesco retains the flexibility to accommodate company-specific situations where strictly adhering to the Guidelines would lead to a vote that the Proxy Committee deems not to be in the best interest of the funds’ shareholders and other account holders. In these situations, the Proxy Committee will vote the proxy in the manner deemed to be in the best interest of the funds’ shareholders and other account holders, and will promptly inform the funds’ Boards of Trustees of such vote and the circumstances surrounding it.
Resolving potential conflicts of interest
A potential conflict of interest arises when Invesco votes a proxy for an issuer with which it also maintains a material business relationship. Examples could include issuers that are distributors of Invesco’s products, or issuers that employ Invesco to manage portions of their retirement plans or treasury accounts. Invesco reviews each proxy proposal to assess the extent, if any, to which there may be a material conflict between the interests of the fund shareholders or other account holders and Invesco.
Invesco takes reasonable measures to determine whether a potential conflict may exist. A potential conflict is deemed to exist only if one or more of the Proxy Committee members actually knew or should have known of the potential conflict.
If a material potential conflict is deemed to exist, Invesco may resolve the potential conflict in one of the following ways: (1) if the proposal that gives rise to the potential conflict is specifically addressed by the Guidelines, Invesco may vote the proxy in accordance with the predetermined Guidelines; (2) Invesco may engage an independent third party to determine how the proxy should be voted; or (3) Invesco may establish an ethical wall or other informational barrier between the persons involved in the potential conflict and the persons making the proxy-voting decision in order to insulate the potential conflict from the decision makers.
     
March 2012
  I.2 - 7

 

B-7


 

Because the Guidelines are pre-determined and crafted to be in the best economic interest of shareholders and other account holders, applying the Guidelines to vote client proxies should, in most instances, adequately resolve any potential conflict of interest. As an additional safeguard against potential conflicts, persons from Invesco’s marketing, distribution and other customer-facing functions are precluded from becoming members of the Proxy Committee.
On a quarterly basis, the Invesco Funds Boards of Trustees review a report from Invesco’s Internal Compliance Controls Committee. The report contains a list of all known material business relationships that Invesco maintains with publicly traded issuers. That list is cross-referenced with the list of proxies voted over the period. If there are any instances where Invesco’s voting pattern on the proxies of its material business partners is inconsistent with its voting pattern on all other issuers, they are brought before the Trustees and explained by the Chairman of the Proxy Committee.
Personal conflicts of interest. If any member of the Proxy Committee has a personal conflict of interest with respect to a company or an issue presented for voting, that Proxy Committee member will inform the Proxy Committee of such conflict and will abstain from voting on that company or issue.
Funds of funds . Some Invesco Funds offering diversified asset allocation within one investment vehicle own shares in other Invesco Funds. A potential conflict of interest could arise if an underlying Invesco Fund has a shareholder meeting with any proxy issues to be voted on, because Invesco’s asset-allocation funds or target-maturity funds may be large shareholders of the underlying fund. In order to avoid any potential for a conflict, the asset-allocation funds and target maturity funds vote their shares in the same proportion as the votes of the external shareholders of the underlying fund.
C. RECORDKEEPING
Records are maintained in accordance with Invesco’s Recordkeeping Policy.
Policies and Vote Disclosure
A copy of these Guidelines and the voting record of each Invesco Fund are available on our web site, www.invesco.com . In accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission regulations, all funds file a record of all proxy-voting activity for the prior 12 months ending June 30th. That filing is made on or before August 31st of each year.
     
March 2012
  I.2 - 8

 

B-8


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
I.1. PROXY POLICIES AND PROCEDURES — INSTITUTIONAL
     
Applicable to
  Institutional Accounts
Risk Addressed by Policy
  breach of fiduciary duty to client under Investment Advisers Act of 1940 by placing Invesco personal interests ahead of client best economic interests in voting proxies
Relevant Law and Other Sources
  Investment Advisers Act of 1940
Last Tested Date
   
Policy/Procedure Owner
  Advisory Compliance, Proxy Committee
Policy Approver
  Invesco Risk Management Committee
Approved/Adopted Date
  March 2012
The following policies and procedures apply to all institutional accounts, clients and funds managed by Invesco Advisers, Inc. (“Invesco”). These policies and procedures do not apply to any of the retail funds managed by Invesco. See Section I.2 for the proxy policies and procedures applicable to Invesco’s retail funds.
A. POLICY STATEMENT
Invesco has responsibility for making investment decisions that are in the best interests of its clients. As part of the investment management services it provides to clients, Invesco may be authorized by clients to vote proxies appurtenant to the shares for which the clients are beneficial owners.
Invesco believes that it has a duty to manage clients’ assets in the best economic interests of its clients and that the ability to vote proxies is a client asset.
Invesco reserves the right to amend its proxy policies and procedures from time to time without prior notice to its clients.
Voting of Proxies
Invesco will vote client proxies relating to equity securities in accordance with the procedures set forth below unless a non-ERISA client retains in writing the right to vote, the named fiduciary (e.g., the plan sponsor) of an ERISA client retains in writing the right to direct the plan trustee or a third party to vote proxies, or Invesco determines that any benefit the client might gain from voting a proxy
     
March 2012
  I.1 - 1

 

B-9


 

would be outweighed by the costs associated therewith. In addition, due to the distinct nature of proxy voting for interests in fixed income assets and stable value wrap agreements, the proxies for such fixed income assets and stable value wrap agreements will be voted in accordance with the procedures set forth in the “Proxy Voting for Fixed Income Assets and Stable Value Wrap Agreements” section below.
Best Economic Interests of Clients
In voting proxies, Invesco will take into consideration those factors that may affect the value of the security and will vote proxies in a manner in which, in its opinion, is in the best economic interests of clients. Invesco endeavors to resolve any conflicts of interest exclusively in the best economic interests of clients.
B. OPERATING PROCEDURES AND RESPONSIBLE PARTIES
ISS’ Services
Invesco has contracted with Institutional Shareholder Services Inc.(“ISS”), an independent third party service provider, to vote Invesco’s clients’ proxies according to ISS’ proxy voting recommendations determined by ISS pursuant to its then-current US Proxy Voting Guidelines, a summary of which can be found at http://www.issgovernance.com and which are deemed to be incorporated herein. In addition, ISS provides proxy analyses, vote recommendations, vote execution and record-keeping services for clients for which Invesco has proxy voting responsibility. On an annual basis, the Proxy Committee will review information obtained from ISS to ascertain whether ISS (i) has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues, and (ii) can make such recommendations in an impartial manner and in the best economic interests of Invesco’s clients. This may include a review of ISS’ Policies, Procedures and Practices Regarding Potential Conflicts of Interest and obtaining information about the work ISS does for corporate issuers and the payments ISS receives from such issuers.
Custodians forward to ISS proxy materials for clients who rely on Invesco to vote proxies. ISS is responsible for exercising the voting rights in accordance with the ISS proxy voting guidelines. If Invesco receives proxy materials in connection with a client’s account where the client has, in writing, communicated to Invesco that the client, plan fiduciary or other third party has reserved the right to vote proxies, Invesco will forward to the party appointed by client any proxy materials it receives with respect to the account. In order to avoid voting proxies in circumstances where Invesco, or any of its affiliates have or may have any conflict of interest, real or perceived, Invesco has engaged ISS to provide the proxy analyses, vote recommendations and voting of proxies.
In the event that (i) ISS recuses itself on a proxy voting matter and makes no recommendation or (ii) Invesco decides to override the ISS vote recommendation, the Proxy Committee will review the issue and direct ISS how to vote the proxies as described below.
     
March 2012
  I.1 - 2

 

B-10


 

Proxy Voting for Fixed Income Assets and Stable Value Wrap Agreements
Some of Invesco’s fixed income clients hold interests in preferred stock of companies and some of Invesco’s stable value clients are parties to wrap agreements. From time to time, companies that have issued preferred stock or that are parties to wrap agreements request that Invesco’s clients vote proxies on particular matters. ISS does not currently provide proxy analysis or vote recommendations with respect to such proxy votes. Therefore, when a particular matter arises in this category, the investment team responsible for the particular mandate will review the matter and make a recommendation to the Proxy Manager as to how to vote the associated proxy. The Proxy Manager will complete the proxy ballots and send the ballots to the persons or entities identified in the ballots.
Proxy Committee
The Proxy Committee shall have seven (7) members, which shall include representatives from portfolio management, operations, and legal/compliance or other functional departments as deemed appropriate and who are knowledgeable regarding the proxy process. A majority of the members of the Proxy Committee shall constitute a quorum and the Proxy Committee shall act by a majority vote of those members in attendance at a meeting called for the purpose of determining how to vote a particular proxy. The Proxy Committee shall keep minutes of its meetings that shall be kept with the proxy voting records of Invesco. The Proxy Committee will appoint a Proxy Manager to manage the proxy voting process, which includes the voting of proxies and the maintenance of appropriate records.
The Proxy Manager shall call for a meeting of the Proxy Committee (1) when override submissions are made; and (2) in instances when ISS has recused itself or has not provided a vote recommendation with respect to an equity security. At such meeting, the Proxy Committee shall determine how proxies are to be voted in accordance with the factors set forth in the section entitled “Best Economic Interests of Clients,” above.
The Proxy Committee also is responsible for monitoring adherence to these procedures and engaging in the annual review described in the section entitled “ISS’ Services,” above.
Recusal by ISS or Failure of ISS to Make a Recommendation
When ISS does not make a recommendation on a proxy voting issue or recuses itself due to a conflict of interest, the Proxy Committee will review the issue and determine whether Invesco has a material conflict of interest as determined pursuant to the policies and procedures outlined in the “Conflicts of Interest” section below. If Invesco determines it does not have a material conflict of interest, Invesco will direct ISS how to vote the proxies. If Invesco determines it does have a material conflict of interest, the Proxy Committee will follow the policies and procedures set forth in such section.
     
March 2012
  I.1 - 3

 

B-11


 

Override of ISS’ Recommendation
There may be occasions where Invesco investment personnel, senior officers or a member of the Proxy Committee seek to override an ISS recommendation if they believe that an ISS recommendation is not in accordance with the best economic interests of clients. In the event that an individual listed above in this section disagrees with an ISS recommendation on a particular voting issue, the individual shall document in writing the reasons that he/she believes that the ISS recommendation is not in accordance with clients’ best economic interests and submit such written documentation to the Proxy Manager for consideration by the Proxy Committee along with the certification attached as Appendix A hereto. Upon review of the documentation and consultation with the individual and others as the Proxy Committee deems appropriate, the Proxy Committee may make a determination to override the ISS voting recommendation if the Committee determines that it is in the best economic interests of clients and the Committee has addressed any conflict of interest.
Proxy Committee Meetings
When a Proxy Committee Meeting is called, whether because of an ISS recusal or request for override of an ISS recommendation, the Proxy Committee shall request from the Chief Compliance Officer as to whether any Invesco person has reported a conflict of interest.
The Proxy Committee shall review the report from the Chief Compliance Officer to determine whether a real or perceived conflict of interest exists, and the minutes of the Proxy Committee shall:
  (1)   describe any real or perceived conflict of interest,
 
  (2)   determine whether such real or perceived conflict of interest is material,
 
  (3)   discuss any procedure used to address such conflict of interest,
 
  (4)   report any contacts from outside parties (other than routine communications from proxy solicitors), and
 
  (5)   include confirmation that the recommendation as to how the proxies are to be voted is in the best economic interests of clients and was made without regard to any conflict of interest.
Based on the above review and determinations, the Proxy Committee will direct ISS how to vote the proxies as provided herein.
Certain Proxy Votes May Not Be Cast
In some cases, Invesco may determine that it is not in the best economic interests of clients to vote proxies. For example, proxy voting in certain countries outside
     
March 2012
  I.1 - 4

 

B-12


 

the United States requires share blocking. Shareholders who wish to vote their proxies must deposit their shares 7 to 21 days before the date of the meeting with a designated depositary. During the blocked period, shares to be voted at the meeting cannot be sold until the meeting has taken place and the shares have been returned to the Custodian/Sub-Custodian bank. In addition, voting certain international securities may involve unusual costs to clients, some of which may be related to requirements of having a representative in person attend the proxy meeting. In other cases, it may not be possible to vote certain proxies despite good faith efforts to do so, for instance when inadequate notice of the matter is provided. In the instance of loan securities, voting of proxies typically requires termination of the loan, so it is not usually in the best economic interests of clients to vote proxies on loaned securities. Invesco typically will not, but reserves the right to, vote where share blocking restrictions, unusual costs or other barriers to efficient voting apply. Invesco will not vote if it determines that the cost of voting exceeds the expected benefit to the client. The Proxy Manager shall record the reason for any proxy not being voted, which record shall be kept with the proxy voting records of Invesco.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Procedures to Address Conflicts of Interest and Improper Influence
In order to avoid voting proxies in circumstances where Invesco or any of its affiliates have or may have any conflict of interest, real or perceived, Invesco has contracted with ISS to provide proxy analyses, vote recommendations and voting of proxies. Unless noted otherwise by ISS, each vote recommendation provided by ISS to Invesco shall include a representation from ISS that ISS has no conflict of interest with respect to the vote. In instances where ISS has recused itself or makes no recommendation on a particular matter, or if an override submission is requested, the Proxy Committee shall determine how to vote the proxy and instruct the Proxy Manager accordingly, in which case the conflict of interest provisions discussed below shall apply.
In effecting the policy of voting proxies in the best economic interests of clients, there may be occasions where the voting of such proxies may present a real or perceived conflict of interest between Invesco, as the investment manager, and Invesco’s clients. For each director, officer and employee of Invesco (“Invesco person”), the interests of Invesco’s clients must come first, ahead of the interest of Invesco and any Invesco person, including Invesco’s affiliates. Accordingly, no Invesco person may put “personal benefit,” whether tangible or intangible, before the interests of clients of Invesco or otherwise take advantage of the relationship with Invesco’s clients. “Personal benefit” includes any intended benefit for oneself or any other individual, company, group or organization of any kind whatsoever, except a benefit for a client of Invesco, as appropriate. It is imperative that each Invesco person avoid any situation that might compromise, or call into question, the exercise of fully independent judgment that is in the interests of Invesco’s clients.
     
March 2012
  I.1 - 5

 

B-13


 

Occasions may arise where a person or organization involved in the proxy voting process may have a conflict of interest. A conflict of interest may exist if Invesco has a business relationship with (or is actively soliciting business from) either the company soliciting the proxy or a third party that has a material interest in the outcome of a proxy vote or that is actively lobbying for a particular outcome of a proxy vote. Additional examples of situations where a conflict may exist include:
  §   Business Relationships — where Invesco manages money for a company or an employee group, manages pension assets or is actively soliciting any such business, or leases office space from a company;
 
  §   Personal Relationships — where an Invesco person has a personal relationship with other proponents of proxy proposals, participants in proxy contests, corporate directors, or candidates for directorships; and
 
  §   Familial Relationships — where an Invesco person has a known familial relationship relating to a company (e.g. a spouse or other relative who serves as a director of a public company or is employed by the company).
In the event that the Proxy Committee determines that Invesco (or an affiliate) has a material conflict of interest, the Proxy Committee will not take into consideration the relationship giving rise to the conflict of interest and shall, in its sole discretion, either (a) decide to vote the proxies pursuant to ISS’ general proxy voting guidelines, (b) engage an independent third party to provide a vote recommendation, or (c) contact Invesco’s client(s) for direction as to how to vote the proxies.
In the event an Invesco person has a conflict of interest and has knowledge of such conflict of interest, it is the responsibility of such Invesco person to disclose the conflict to the Chief Compliance Officer. When a Proxy Committee meeting is called, the Chief Compliance Officer will report to the Proxy Committee all real or potential conflicts of interest for the Proxy Committee to review and determine whether such conflict is material. If the Proxy Committee determines that such conflict is material and involves a person involved in the proxy voting process, the Proxy Committee may require such person to recuse himself or herself from participating in the discussions regarding the proxy vote item and from casting a vote regarding how Invesco should vote such proxy. An Invesco person will not be considered to have a material conflict of interest if the Invesco person did not know of the conflict of interest and did not attempt to influence the outcome of a proxy vote.
In order to ensure compliance with these procedures, the Proxy Manager and each member of the Proxy Committee shall certify annually as to their compliance with this policy. In addition, any Invesco person who submits an ISS override recommendation to the Proxy Committee shall certify as to their compliance with this policy concurrently with the submission of their override recommendation. A form of such certification is attached as Appendix A.
     
March 2012
  I.1 - 6

 

B-14


 

In addition, members of the Proxy Committee must notify Invesco’s Chief Compliance Officer, with impunity and without fear of retribution or retaliation, of any direct, indirect or perceived improper influence exerted by any Invesco person or by an affiliated company’s representatives with regard to how Invesco should vote proxies. The Chief Compliance Officer will investigate the allegations and will report his or her findings to the Invesco Risk Management Committee. In the event that it is determined that improper influence was exerted, the Risk Management Committee will determine the appropriate action to take, which actions may include, but are not limited to, (1) notifying the affiliated company’s Chief Executive Officer, its Management Committee or Board of Directors, (2) taking remedial action, if necessary, to correct the result of any improper influence where clients have been harmed, or (3) notifying the appropriate regulatory agencies of the improper influence and cooperating fully with these regulatory agencies as required. In all cases, the Proxy Committee shall not take into consideration the improper influence in determining how to vote proxies and will vote proxies solely in the best economic interests of clients.
C. RECORDKEEPING
Records are maintained in accordance with Invesco’s Recordkeeping Policy.
Proxy Voting Records
The proxy voting statements and records will be maintained by the Proxy Manager on-site (or accessible via an electronic storage site of ISS) for the first two (2) years. Copies of the proxy voting statements and records will be maintained for an additional five (5) years by Invesco (or will be accessible via an electronic storage site of ISS). Clients may obtain information about how Invesco voted proxies on their behalf by contacting their client services representative. Alternatively, clients may make a written request for proxy voting information to: Proxy Manager, 1555 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30309.
     
March 2012
  I.1 - 7

 

B-15


 

APPENDIX A
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND CERTIFICATION
     I acknowledge that I have read the Invesco Proxy Voting Policy (a copy of which has been supplied to me, which I will retain for future reference) and agree to comply in all respects with the terms and provisions thereof. I have disclosed or reported all real or potential conflicts of interest to the Invesco Chief Compliance Officer and will continue to do so as matters arise. I have complied with all provisions of this Policy.
             
 
     
 
Print Name
   
 
           
 
Date
     
 
Signature
   
I.1 Proxy Policy Appendix A
Acknowledgement and Certification

 

B-16


 

     
(INVESCO LOGO)
  Invesco Perpetual
Policy on Corporate Governance and Stewardship
(IMAGE)

 

B-17


 

Invesco Perpetual
Policy on Corporate Governance and Stewardship
Contents
             
Page    
Section
 
           
01
    1.     Introduction
 
           
01
    2.     Scope
 
           
02
    3.     Responsible voting
 
           
02
    4.     Voting procedures
 
           
03
    5.     Dialogue with companies
 
           
03
    6.     Non-routine resolutions and other topics
 
           
04
    7.     Evaluation of companies’ environmental, social and governance arrangements (ESG)
 
           
04
    8.     Disclosure and reporting
 
           
05
    9.     UK Stewardship Code
 
           
07
          Appendix 1 — Voting on shares listed outside of the UK, Europe and the US

 

B-18


 

         
Invesco Perpetual
    01  
Policy on Corporate Governance and Stewardship
       
1.   Introduction
 
    Invesco Perpetual (IP), a business name of Invesco Asset Management Limited, has adopted a clear and considered policy towards its responsibility as a shareholder on behalf of all investors in portfolios managed by them. As part of this policy, IP will take steps to satisfy itself about the extent to which the companies in which it invests look after shareholder value in their companies and comply with local recommendations and practices, such as the UK Corporate Governance Code issued by the Financial Reporting Council and the U.S. Department of Labor Interpretive Bulletins.
 
    IP has a responsibility to optimise returns to its clients. As a core part of the investment process, IP’s fund managers will endeavour to establish a dialogue with company management to promote company decision making that is in the best interests of shareholders, and is in accordance with good Corporate Governance principles.
 
    Being a major shareholder in a company is more than simply expecting to benefit in its future earnings streams. In IP’s view, it is about helping to provide the capital a company needs to grow, about being actively involved in its strategy, when necessary, and helping to ensure that shareholder interests are always at the forefront of management’s thoughts.
 
    IP primarily defines stewardship as representing the best interests of clients in its fiduciary role as a discretionary asset manager (not asset owner) and as an institutional shareholder, i.e. an organization which pools large sums of money and invest those sums in securities, real property and other investment assets. This is considered more appropriate than undertaking the stewardship of investee companies, which we believe should always remain the responsibility of the directors and executives of those companies. IP may at times seek to influence strategies of investee companies, where appropriate, on behalf of its clients, but IP will never seek to be involved in the day to day running of any investee companies.
 
    IP considers that shareholder activism is fundamental to good Corporate Governance. Although this does not entail intervening in daily management decisions, it does involve supporting general standards for corporate activity and, where necessary, taking the initiative to ensure those standards are met, with a view to protecting and enhancing value for our investors in our portfolios.
 
    Engagement will also be proportionate and will reflect the size of holdings, length of holding period and liquidity of the underlying company shares. This is because in most of IP’s investment jurisdictions, the only effective remedy of last resort available to shareholders, other than liquidating their share ownership, is the removal of directors.
2.   Scope
 
    The scope of this policy covers all portfolios that are managed by the IP investment teams located in Henley on Thames, United Kingdom and specifically excludes portfolios that are managed by other investment teams within the wider Invesco group that have their own voting, corporate governance and stewardship policies. As an example, within IP’s ICVC range the following funds are excluded: IP UK Enhanced Index, IP Hong Kong & China, IP Japanese Smaller Companies, IP Global Balanced Index, IP Global ex-UK Core Equity Index, IP Global ex-UK Enhanced Index and the IP Balanced Risk 6, 8 and 10 funds.

 

B-19


 

         
Invesco Perpetual
    02  
Policy on Corporate Governance and Stewardship
       
3.   Responsible voting
 
    One important means of putting shareholder responsibility into practice is via the exercising of voting rights. In deciding whether to vote, IP will take into account such factors as the likely impact of voting on management activity, and where expressed, the preference of clients in portfolios managed by them. As a result of these two factors, IP will tend to vote on all UK, European and US shares but to vote on a more selective basis on other shares. (See Appendix I - Voting on shares listed outside of the UK, Europe and the US).
 
    IP considers that the voting rights attached to its clients’ investments should be actively managed with the same duty of care as that applied to all other aspects of asset administration. As such, voting rights will be exercised on an informed and independent basis, and will not simply be passed back to the company concerned for discretionary voting by the Chairman.
 
    In voting for or against a proposal, IP will have in mind three objectives, as follows:
  -   To protect the rights of its clients
 
  -   To minimise the risk of financial or business impropriety within the companies in which its clients are invested, and
 
  -   To protect the long-term value of its clients’ investments.
    It is important to note that, when exercising voting rights, the third option of abstention can also be used as a means of expressing dissatisfaction, or lack of support, to a board on any particular issue. Additionally, in the event of a conflict of interest arising between IP and its clients over a specific issue, IP will either abstain or seek instruction from each client.
 
    IP will actively exercise the voting rights represented by the shares it manages on behalf of its clients where it is granted the discretion to do so. In certain circumstances the discretion is retained by the client, where they wish to be responsible for applying their own right to vote.
    Note: Share blocking
 
    Generally, IP will not vote where this results in shares being blocked from trading for a period of more than a few hours. IP considers that it is not in the interest of clients that their shares are blocked at a potentially sensitive time, such as the time around a shareholder meeting.
4.   Voting procedures
 
    IP will endeavour to keep under regular review with trustees, depositaries, custodians and third party proxy voting services the practical arrangements for circulating company resolutions and notices of meetings and for exercising votes in accordance with standing or special instructions. Although IP’s proxy voting service will provide research and recommendations for each resolution, each fund manager will cast their vote independently considering their own research and dialogue with company management.
 
    Proxy voting research and services are currently provided by Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS), part of the RiskMetrics Group.
 
    IP will endeavour to review regularly any standing or special instructions on voting and where possible, discuss with company representatives any significant issues.
 
    IP will take into account the implications of stock lending arrangements where this is relevant (that is, when stock is lent to the extent permitted by local regulations, the voting rights attaching to that stock pass to the borrower). However, IP does not currently enter into any stock lending arrangements as it believes the facility does not support active shareholder engagement.

 

B-20


 

         
Invesco Perpetual
    03  
Policy on Corporate Governance and Stewardship
       
5.   Dialogue with companies
 
    IP will endeavour, where practicable and in accordance with its investment approach, to enter into a dialogue with companies’ management based on the mutual understanding of objectives. This dialogue is likely to include regular meetings with company representatives to explore any concerns about corporate governance where these may impact on the best interests of clients. In discussion with company boards and senior non-Executive Directors, IP will endeavour to cover any matters of particular relevance to investee company shareholder value.
 
    Those people on the inside of a company, most obviously its executives, know their businesses much more intimately. Therefore, it is usually appropriate to leave strategic matters in their hands. However, if that strategy is not working, or alternatives need exploring, IP will seek to influence the direction of that company where practicable. In IP’s view, this is part of its responsibility to investors, where possible, in shaping strategy. Ultimately the business’ performance will have an impact on the returns generated by IP’s portfolios, whether it is in terms of share price performance or dividends, and IP wants to seek to ensure that the capital IP has invested on behalf of its clients is being used as effectively as possible. In the majority of cases IP is broadly in agreement with the direction of a company that it has invested in, as its initial decision to invest will have taken these factors into account. But these issues demand regular review, which can only be achieved through company meetings.
 
    The building of this relationship facilitates frank and open discussion, and on-going interaction is an integral part of the fund manager’s role. The fact that IP has been a major shareholder in a number of companies for a long time, in particular within its domestic UK portfolios, reflects both the fact that IP’s original investments were based on a joint understanding of where the businesses were going and the ability of the companies’ management to execute that plan. Inevitably there are times when IP’s views diverge from those of the companies’ executives but, where possible, it attempts to work with companies towards a practical solution. However, IP believes that its status as part-owner of companies means that it has both the right and the responsibility to make its views known. The option of selling out of those businesses is always open, but normally IP prefers to push for change, even if this can be a slow process.
 
    Specifically when considering resolutions put to shareholders, IP will pay attention to the companies’ compliance with the relevant local requirements. In addition, when analysing companies’ prospects for future profitability and hence returns to shareholders, IP will take many variables into account, including but not limited to, the following:
  -   Nomination and audit committees
 
  -   Remuneration committee and directors’ remuneration
 
  -   Board balance and structure
 
  -   Financial reporting principles
 
  -   Internal control system and annual review of its effectiveness
 
  -   Dividend and Capital Management policies
 
  -   Socially Responsible Investing policies
6.   Non-routine resolutions and other topics
 
    These will be considered on a case-by-case basis and where proposals are put to the vote will require proper explanation and justification by (in most instances) the Board. Examples of such proposals would be all political donations and any proposal made by a shareholder or body of shareholders (typically a pressure group).
 
    Apart from the three fundamental voting objectives set out under ‘Responsible Voting’ above, considerations that IP might apply to non-routine proposals will include:
  -   The degree to which the company’s stated position on the issue could affect its reputation and/ or sales, or leave it vulnerable to boycott or selective purchasing
 
  -   Peer group response to the issue in question
 
  -   Whether implementation would achieve the objectives sought in the proposal
 
  -   Whether the matter is best left to the Board’s discretion.

 

B-21


 

         
Invesco Perpetual
    04  
Policy on Corporate Governance and Stewardship
       
7.   Evaluation of companies’ environmental, social and governance arrangements
 
    At IP, each fund manager is individually responsible for environmental, social and governance (ESG) matters, rather than utilising ESG professionals or an internal / external discrete team independent from the fund management process. ESG issues are deemed as an essential component of the fund manager’s overall investment responsibilities. Additionally, fund managers may call on the support of the IP Investment Management Operations team on any ESG matter.
 
    As mentioned in Section 5, company meetings are an integral part of IP’s investment research approach and discussions at these meetings include all matters that might affect the share price, including ESG issues.
 
    IP’s research is structured to give it a detailed understanding of a company’s key historical and future, long-term business drivers, such as demand for its products, pricing power, market share trends, cash flow and management strategy. This enables IP’s investment teams to form a holistic opinion of management strategy, the quality of the management, an opinion on a company’s competitive position, its strategic advantages/ disadvantages, and corporate governance arrangements, thus incorporating any inherent ESG issues.
 
    IP will, when evaluating companies’governance arrangements, particularly those relating to board structure and composition, give due weight to all relevant factors brought to its attention.
8.   Disclosure and reporting
 
    Although IP acknowledges initiatives of transparency, it is also very aware of its fiduciary duty and the interests of all investors in portfolios managed by them. As such, IP is very cognisant that disclosure of any meeting specific information may have a detrimental effect in its ability to manage its portfolios and ultimately would not be in the best interests of all clients. Primarily, this is for investor protection and to allow IP’s fund managers to manage their portfolios in the interests of all its clients.
 
    Although IP does not report specific findings of company meetings for external use, it will seek to provide regular illustrations to demonstrate that active engagement is at the heart of its investment process.
 
    For clients with individual mandates, (i.e. not invested in a fund), IP may discuss specific issues where it can share details of a client’s portfolio with that specific client. Occasionally, where IP has expressed strong views to management over matters of governance, those views have gained media attention, but IP will never seek to encourage such debates in the media.
 
    On request from investors, IP will in good faith provide records of voting instructions given to third parties such as trustees, depositaries and custodians provided that:
  -   In IP’s view, it does not conflict with the best interests of other investors; and
 
  -   It is understood that IP will not be held accountable for the expression of views within such voting instructions and
 
  -   IP is not giving any assurance nor undertaking nor has any obligation to ensure that such instructions resulted in any votes actually being cast. Records of voting instructions within the immediate preceding three months will not normally be provided for activities within the funds managed by IP
    Note:
 
    The record of votes will reflect the voting instruction of the relevant fund manager. This may not be the same as votes actually cast as IP is entirely reliant on third parties complying promptly with such instructions to ensure that such votes are cast correctly. Accordingly, the provision of information relating to an instruction does not mean that a vote was actually cast, just that an instruction was given in accordance with a particular view taken.

 

B-22


 

         
Invesco Perpetual
    05  
Policy on Corporate Governance and Stewardship
       
9.   The UK Stewardship Code
 
    The UK Stewardship Code (the Code) issued by the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) aims to enhance the quality of engagement between institutional investors and companies to help improve long-term returns to shareholders and the efficient exercise of governance responsibilities. The Code sets out seven principles, which support good practice on engagement with UK investee companies and to which the FRC believes institutional investors should aspire. The Code is applied on a ‘comply or explain’ approach. IP sets out below how it complies with each principle or details why it chooses not to.
Principle 1
Institutional investors should publicly disclose their policy on how they will discharge their stewardship responsibilities.
    IP complies with Principle 1 and publishes the Invesco Perpetual Policy on Corporate Governance and Stewardship, which sets out how it will discharge its stewardship responsibilities, on the ‘About us’ page on its website:
 
    www.invescoperpetual.co.uk
 
    The following is a summary:
 
    IP primarily defines stewardship as representing the best interests of clients in its fiduciary role as a discretionary asset manager (not asset owner) and as an institutional shareholder, i.e. an organization which pools large sums of money and invest those sums in securities, and other investment assets. This is considered more appropriate than undertaking the stewardship of investee companies, which we believe should always remain the responsibility of the directors and executives of those companies. IP may at times seek to influence strategies of investee companies, where appropriate, on behalf of its clients, but IP will never seek to be involved in the day to day running of any investee companies. As a result, in the interests of the beneficiaries of the assets under its management, IP will engage with investee companies on strategy, share value performance, risk, capital structure, governance, culture, remuneration and other significant matters that may be subject to voting in a general meeting and of proportional interest in terms of value discovery in a business.
Principle 2
Institutional investors should have a robust policy on managing conflicts of interest in relation to stewardship and this policy should be publicly disclosed.
    IP complies with Principle 2 by meeting its regulatory requirement of having an effective Conflicts of Interest Policy. Any conflicts of interest arising through its stewardship of investee companies will be handled in accordance with that policy.
 
    In respect of stewardship, IP anticipates the opportunity for conflicts arising would be limited, e.g. where it invests in a company that is also a broker (i.e. dealing) of, or client of IP.
 
    This Invesco UK Conflicts of Interest Policy is available on request and covers potential conflicts of interest in relation to stewardship. The Conflicts of Interest Policy defines a conflict of interest as ‘a situation where there is a material risk of damage to the interests of a client arising because of the interests of Invesco and our clients differ and any client and those of another client differ.’ As UK Stewardship is carried out in our clients’ interests, there are limited opportunities for conflicts of interest arising and, where they do, these are managed appropriately.
Principle 3
Institutional investors should monitor their investee companies.
    As an active shareholder, IP complies with Principle 3. Through its investment process, fund managers endeavour to establish on a proportionate basis, on-going dialogue with company management and this is likely to include regular meetings. In discussions with company boards and senior non-Executive Directors, IP will explore any concerns about corporate governance where these may impact on the best interests of clients, together with any other matters of particular value to shareholders.
 
    Meeting company boards of investee companies is a core part of IP’s investment process and IP is committed to keeping records of all future key engagement activities. As part of the engagement process IP fund managers may choose to be made insiders (i.e. to be made privy to material, non-public information) to protect and/or enhance investor value. In such circumstances they will follow IP’s regulatory required policy and processes to mitigate against market abuse, principally by systematically blocking any trading in insider securities.
 
    When casting votes on behalf of investors, IP keeps detailed records of all instructions given in good faith to third parties such as trustees, depositories and custodians. Although the rationale for voting in a particular manner is not automatically captured through the voting process, the individually responsible fund manager would be expected to be able to clearly articulate their decision whenever required.

 

B-23


 

         
Invesco Perpetual
    06  
Policy on Corporate Governance and Stewardship
       
9.   The UK Stewardship Code
Principle 4
Institutional investors should establish clear guidelines on when and how they will escalate their activities as a method of protecting and enhancing shareholder value.
    IP complies with Principle 4 with its fund managers managing corporate governance matters independently being a key part of their investment process to protect and add value on behalf investors. Initially any issues/concerns would be raised by its fund managers through IP’s process of on-going dialogue and company meetings. On occasions that a fund manager believes an issue is significant enough to be escalated, this will be done through IP’s Chief Investment Officer (CIO) and the IP Investment Management Operations team who will ensure the relevant internal resources are made available to support the fund manager in securing the most appropriate outcome for IP’s clients.
Principle 5
Institutional investors should be willing to act collectively with other investors where appropriate.
    IP is supportive of collective engagement in cases where objectives between parties are mutually agreeable, there are no conflicts of interest and, as they pertain to the UK market, are not in breach of ‘concert party’ rules. Other shareholders can engage directly with the relevant fund manager or through an investment adviser. Alternatively, enquiries can be directed to any of the below:
  -   Stuart Howard — Head of IP Investment Management Operations
 
  -   Dan Baker — IP Investment Management Operations Manager
 
  -   Charles Henderson — UK Equities Business Manager
Principle 6
Institutional investors should have a clear policy on voting and disclosure of voting activity.
    As detailed in Section 3, IP is committed to voting on all the UK (together with European and US) stocks it holds for its underlying investors and where it has the full discretion to do so. Whilst comprehensive records of IP’s voting instructions are maintained, IP does not report specifically on its voting activity. Whilst being mindful of its fiduciary duty and the interest of all investors, IP believes that automatic public disclosure of its voting records may have a detrimental effect on its ability to manage its portfolios and ultimately would not be in the best interest of all clients.
 
    On specific requests from clients, IP will in good faith provide records of voting instructions given to third parties such as trustees, depositaries and custodians subject to limitations detailed in Section 8.
 
    IP uses ISS to process its voting decisions and the ABI’s IVIS service for research for UK securities. Its instructions to ISS include a default instruction to vote with management, which is used only on the rare occasion when instructions are not successfully transmitted to ISS. IP will also consider the need to attend and vote at general meetings if issues prevent the casting of proxy votes within required time limits.
 
    IP does not enter into stock lending arrangements which might impact the voting process.
Principle 7
Institutional investors should report periodically on their stewardship and voting activities.
    IP complies with Principle 7 through a commitment to provide regular illustrations of its engagement activities and to respond to voting record requests from investors in its portfolios on an individual basis.
 
    Although IP does not report specific findings of company meetings for external use, we will seek to provide illustrations to demonstrate that active engagement is at the heart of its investment process. On request from investors, IP will in good faith provide records of voting instructions given to third parties such as trustees, depositaries and custodians subject to certain limitations outlined in Section 8. Although the rationale for its voting decision is not captured through the voting process, individual fund managers would be expected to articulate their decision whenever required.
 
    IP currently does not obtain an independent opinion on its engagement and voting processes as it believes any value for its clients from such an opinion is outweighed by the costs of obtaining such an opinion. There is also no material demand from clients to provide such an independent assurance.

 

B-24


 

         
Invesco Perpetual
    07  
Policy on Corporate Governance and Stewardship
       
Appendix 1
Voting on shares listed outside of the UK, Europe and the US
When deciding whether to exercise the voting rights attached to its clients’ shares listed outside of the UK, Europe and the US, IP will take into consideration a number of factors. These will include the:
-   Likely impact of voting on management activity, versus the cost to the client
 
-   Portfolio management restrictions (e.g. share blocking) that may result from voting
 
-   Preferences, where expressed, of clients
Generally, IP will vote on shares listed outside of the UK, Europe and the US by exception only, except where the client or local regulator expressly requires voting on all shares.
Note: Share blocking
Generally, IP will not vote where this results in shares being blocked from trading for a period of more than a few hours. IP considers that it is not in the interest of clients that their shares are blocked at a potentially sensitive time, such as that around a shareholder meeting.

 

B-25


 

Important information
As at 14 January 2013.
For more information on our funds, please refer to the most up to date relevant fund and share class-specific Key Investor Information Documents, the Supplementary Information Document, the ICVC ISA Key Features and Terms & Conditions, the latest Annual or Interim Short Reports and the latest Prospectus. This information is available using the contact details shown.
Telephone calls may be recorded.
The value of investments and any income will fluctuate (this may partly be the result of exchange rate fluctuations) and investors may not get back the full amount invested.
Where Invesco Perpetual has expressed views and opinions, these may change.
Invesco Perpetual is a business name of Invesco Asset Management Limited. Authorised and regulated by the Financial Services Authority.
Invesco Asset Management Limited
Registered in England 949417
Registered Office: 30 Finsbury Square, London, EC2A 1AG
51781/PDF/300113

 

B-26


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
 
B6. Proxy Voting
Policy Number: B-6       Implementation Date: May 1, 2001       Effective Date: December 2011
 
1.   Purpose and Background
In its management of investment funds and separately managed portfolios (“SMP”), Invesco Canada Ltd. (“Invesco Canada”) must act in each investment fund and SMP’s best interest.
2.   Application
Invesco Canada must exercise all voting rights with respect to securities held in the accounts (“Accounts”) that it acts as investment fund manager and/or adviser including separately managed portfolios (“SMPs”), investment funds offered in Canada (“Canadian Funds”), investment funds registered under and governed by the US Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and to which Invesco Canada provides advisory services (the “US Funds”) but excluding Accounts (“Sub-Advised Accounts”) that are sub-advised to affiliated advisers (“Sub-Advisers”). Exceptions to the requirement to exercise all voting rights are outlined in the Invesco Canada Proxy Voting Guidelines (the “Guidelines”), as amended from time to time, a copy of which is attached to this policy. Proxies for Sub-Advised Accounts must be voted in accordance with the Sub-Adviser’s proxy voting policy, unless the sub-advisory agreement between the Sub-Adviser and Invesco Canada provides otherwise. Voting rights will not be exercised in accordance with this policy or the Sub-Adviser’s proxy policy if the investment management agreement between the client and Invesco Canada governing the SMP provides otherwise.
Invesco Canada’s portfolio managers have responsibility for exercising all proxy votes and in doing so, for acting in the best interest of the Accounts. Portfolio managers must vote proxies in accordance with the Guidelines.
When a proxy is voted against the recommendation of the publicly traded company’s management, the portfolio manager or designate shall provide the reasons in writing to the proxy team within the Investment Operations and Support department (“Proxy Team”).
Invesco Canada may delegate to a third party the responsibility to vote proxies on behalf of all or certain Accounts, in accordance with the Guidelines.

Page 1 of 14

B-27


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
3.   Proxy Administration, Records Management and Data Retention
3.1   Proxy Administration
Invesco Canada has a dedicated Proxy Team. This team is responsible for managing all proxy voting materials. The Proxy Team ensures that all proxies and notices are received from all issuers on a timely basis and that all proxies are voted on a timely basis.
Proxy voting circulars for all companies are received electronically through an external service provider. Circulars for North American companies and ADRs are generally also received in paper format.
Once a circular is received, the Proxy Team verifies that all shares and Accounts affected are correctly listed. The Proxy Team then gives a copy of the proxy ballot to each affected portfolio manager and maintains a tracking list to ensure that all proxies are voted within the prescribed deadlines.
Once voting information has been received from the portfolio managers, voting instructions are sent electronically to the service provider who then forwards the instructions to the appropriate proxy voting agent or transfer agent.
3.2   Records Management and Data Retention
For all Accounts, Invesco Canada shall maintain a record of all proxies received, a record of votes cast (unless retained by an external proxy service provider) and a copy of the reasons for voting against management. In addition, for the US Funds Invesco Canada will maintain a copy of any document created by Invesco Canada that was material to making a decision on how to vote proxies on behalf of a US Fund and that memorializes the basis of that decision.
The external proxy service provider retains, on behalf of Invesco Canada, electronic records of the votes cast and shall provide Invesco Canada with a copy of proxy records promptly upon request. The service provider must make all documents available to Invesco Canada for a period of 7 years.
All documents shall be maintained and preserved in an easily accessible place i) for a period of 2 years where Invesco Canada carries on business in Canada and ii) for a period of 5 years thereafter at the same location or at any other location.
4.   Reporting
The Global Investments Director (or designate) must report on proxy voting to the Compliance Committees of the Invesco Canada Fund Advisory Board and the Boards of Directors of Invesco Canada Fund Inc. and Invesco Canada Corporate Class Inc. (collectively, the “Board Compliance Committees”) on an annual basis with respect to all Canadian Funds and investment funds managed by Invesco Canada that are Sub-Advised

Page 2 of 14

B-28


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Accounts. The Global Investments Director (or designate) shall report on proxy voting to the Board of Directors of the US Funds as required from time to time.
In accordance with National Instrument 81-106 – Investment Fund Continuous Disclosure (“NI 81-106”), proxy voting records for all Canadian mutual funds must be prepared annually (for the period ended June 30) and must be posted on Invesco Canada’s website no later than August 31st of each year.
The Invesco Canada Compliance department (“Compliance”) shall review a sample of the proxy voting records posted on Invesco Canada’s website on an annual basis to confirm that the records are posted by the August 31st deadline under NI 81-106. A summary of the review must be maintained and preserved by Compliance in an easily accessible place i) for a period of 2 years where Invesco Canada carries on business in Canada and ii) for a period of 5 years thereafter at the same location or at any other location.

Page 3 of 14

B-29


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
INVESCO CANADA
PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
Purpose
The purpose of this document is to describe Invesco Canada’s general guidelines for voting proxies received from companies held in the accounts (“Accounts”) for which it acts as investment fund manager and/or adviser including separately managed portfolios (“SMPs”), investment funds offered in Canada (“Canadian Funds”) and investment funds registered under and governed by the US Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and to which Invesco Canada provides advisory services (the “US Funds”) but excluding Accounts (“Sub-Advised Accounts”) that are sub-advised by affiliated or third party advisers (“Sub-Advisers”). Proxies for Sub-Advised Accounts will be voted in accordance with the Sub-Adviser’s policy, unless the sub-advisory agreement provides otherwise. Voting rights will not be exercised in accordance with this policy or the Sub-Adviser’s proxy policy if the investment management agreement between the client and Invesco Canada governing the SMP provides otherwise.
As part of its due diligence, Compliance will review the proxy voting policies & procedures of any new sub-advisors to ensure that they are appropriate in the circumstances.
Introduction
Invesco Canada has a fiduciary obligation to act in the best long-term economic interest of the Accounts when voting proxies of portfolio companies.
The default is to vote with the recommendation of the publicly traded company’s management.
As a general rule, Invesco Canada shall vote against any actions that would:
    reduce the rights or options of shareholders,
 
    reduce shareholder influence over the board of directors and management,
 
    reduce the alignment of interests between management and shareholders, or
 
    reduce the value of shareholders’ investments.
At the same time, since Invesco Canada’s Canadian-based portfolio managers follow an investment discipline that includes investing in companies that are believed to have strong management teams, the portfolio managers will generally support the management of companies in which they invest, and will accord proper weight to the

Page 4 of 14

B-30


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
recommendations of company management. Therefore, in most circumstances, votes will be cast in accordance with the recommendations of company management.
While Invesco Canada’s proxy voting guidelines are stated below, the portfolio managers will take into consideration all relevant facts and circumstances (including country specific considerations), and retain the right to vote proxies as deemed appropriate.
These guidelines may be amended from time to time.
Situations in which Voting Rights Proxies Will Not Be Exercised
Voting rights will not be exercised in situations where the securities have been sold subsequent to record date, administrative issues prevent voting or (where Invesco Canada sub-advises an Account for an unaffiliated third-party) securities to be voted have been loaned by the Manager.
Conflicts of Interest
When voting proxies, Invesco Canada’s portfolio managers assess whether there are material conflicts of interest between Invesco Canada’s interests and those of the Account. A potential conflict of interest situation may include where Invesco Canada or an affiliate manages assets for, provides other financial services to, or otherwise has a material business relationship with, a company whose management is soliciting proxies, and failure to vote in favour of management of the company may harm Invesco Canada’s relationship with the company. In all situations, the portfolio managers will not take Invesco Canada’s relationship with the company into account, and will vote the proxies in the best interest of the Account. To the extent that a portfolio manager has any personal conflict of interest with respect to a company or an issue presented, that portfolio manager should abstain from voting on that company or issue. Portfolio managers are required to report in writing to the relevant Investment Head any such conflicts of interest and/or attempts by outside parties to improperly influence the voting process. If the portfolio manager in question is an Investment Head, such conflicts of interest and/or attempts by outside parties to improperly influence the voting process shall be presented in writing to the Investment Leadership Team (“ILT”). The Global Investments Director (or designate) will report any conflicts of interest to the Invesco Canada Investment Compliance Committee and the Independent Review Committee on an annual basis.
I.   BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
We believe that a board that has at least a majority of independent directors is integral to good corporate governance. Unless there are restrictions specific to a company’s home jurisdiction, key board committees, including audit and compensation committees, should be completely independent.

Page 5 of 14

B-31


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections
Votes in an uncontested election of directors are evaluated on a case-by-case basis, considering factors that may include:
    Long-term financial company performance relative to a market index,
 
    Composition of the board and key board committees,
 
    Nominee’s attendance at board meetings,
 
    Nominee’s time commitments as a result of serving on other company boards,
 
    Nominee’s stock ownership position in the company,
 
    Whether the chairman is also serving as CEO, and
 
    Whether a retired CEO sits on the board.
Voting on Director Nominees in Contested Elections
Votes in a contested election of directors are evaluated on a case-by-case basis, considering factors that may include:
    Long-term financial performance of the company relative to its industry,
 
    Management’s track record,
 
    Background to the proxy contest,
 
    Qualifications of director nominees (both slates),
 
    Evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders as well as the likelihood that the proposed objectives and goals can be met, and
 
    Stock ownership positions in the company.
Majority Threshold Voting for Director Elections
We will generally vote for proposals that require directors to be elected with an affirmative majority of votes cast unless the relevant portfolio manager believes that the company has adopted formal corporate governance principles that present a meaningful alternative to the majority voting standard.

Page 6 of 14

B-32


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Separating Chairman and CEO
Shareholder proposals to separate the chairman and CEO positions should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
While we generally support these proposals, some companies have governance structures in place that can satisfactorily counterbalance a combined position. Voting decisions will take into account factors such as:
    Designated lead director, appointed from the ranks of the independent board members with clearly delineated duties;
 
    Majority of independent directors;
 
    All-independent key committees;
 
    Committee chairpersons nominated by the independent directors;
 
    CEO performance is reviewed annually by a committee of independent directors; and
 
    Established governance guidelines.
Majority of Independent Directors
While we generally support proposals asking that a majority of directors be independent, each proposal should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
We generally vote for proposals that request that the board’s audit, compensation, and/or nominating committees be composed exclusively of independent directors.
Stock Ownership Requirements
We believe that individual directors should be appropriately compensated and motivated to act in the best interests of shareholders. Share ownership by directors better aligns their interests with those of other shareholders. Therefore, we believe that meaningful share ownership by directors is in the best interest of the company.
We generally vote for proposals that require a certain percentage of a director’s compensation to be in the form of common stock.
Size of Boards of Directors
We believe that the number of directors is important to ensuring the board’s effectiveness in maximizing long-term shareholder value. The board must be large enough to allow it

Page 7 of 14

B-33


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
to adequately discharge its responsibilities, without being so large that it becomes cumbersome.
While we will prefer a board of no fewer than 5 and no more than 16 members, each situation will be considered on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration the specific company circumstances.
Classified or Staggered Boards
In a classified or staggered board, directors are typically elected in two or more “classes”, serving terms greater than one year.
We prefer the annual election of all directors and will generally not support proposals that provide for staggered terms for board members. We recognize that there may be jurisdictions where staggered terms for board members is common practice and, in such situations, we will review the proposals on a case-by-case basis.
Director Indemnification and Liability Protection
We recognize that many individuals may be reluctant to serve as corporate directors if they are personally liable for all lawsuits and legal costs. As a result, limitations on directors’ liability can benefit the corporation and its shareholders by helping to attract and retain qualified directors while providing recourse to shareholders on areas of misconduct by directors.
We generally vote for proposals that limit directors’ liability and provide indemnification as long as the arrangements are limited to the director acting honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company and, in criminal matters, are limited to the director having reasonable grounds for believing the conduct was lawful.
II.   AUDITORS
A strong audit process is a requirement for good corporate governance. A significant aspect of the audit process is a strong relationship with a knowledgeable and independent set of auditors.
Ratification of Auditors
We believe a company should limit its relationship with its auditors to the audit engagement, and certain closely related activities that do not, in the aggregate, raise an appearance of impaired independence.
We generally vote for the reappointment of the company’s auditors unless:
    It is not clear that the auditors will be able to fulfill their function;

Page 8 of 14

B-34


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
    There is reason to believe the auditors have rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position; or
 
    The auditors have a significant professional or personal relationship with the issuer that compromises their independence.
Disclosure of Audit vs. Non-Audit Fees
Understanding the fees earned by the auditors is important for assessing auditor independence. Our support for the re-appointment of the auditors will take into consideration whether the management information circular contains adequate disclosure about the amount and nature of audit vs. non-audit fees.
There may be certain jurisdictions that do not currently require disclosure of audit vs. non-audit fees. In these circumstances, we will generally support proposals that call for this disclosure.
III.   COMPENSATION PROGRAMS
Appropriately designed equity-based compensation plans, approved by shareholders, can be an effective way to align the interests of long-term shareholders and the interests of management, employees and directors. Plans should not substantially dilute shareholders’ ownership interests in the company, provide participants with excessive awards or have objectionable structural features. We will consider each compensation plan in its entirety (including all incentives, awards and other compensation) to determine if the plan provides the right incentives to managers, employees and directors and is reasonable on the whole.
While we generally encourage companies to provide more transparent disclosure related to their compensation programs, the following are specific guidelines dealing with some of the more common features of these programs (features not specifically itemized below will be considered on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration the general principles described above):
Cash Compensation and Severance Packages
We will generally support the board’s discretion to determine and grant appropriate cash compensation and severance packages.
Executive Compensation (“say on pay”)
Proposals requesting that companies subject each year’s compensation record to a non binding advisory shareholder vote, or so-called “say on pay” proposals will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.

Page 9 of 14

B-35


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Equity Based Plans — Dilution
Equity compensation plans can increase the number of shares of a company and therefore dilute the value of existing shares. While such plans can be an effective compensation tool in moderation, they can be a concern to shareholders and their cost needs to be closely watched. We assess proposed equity compensation plans on a case-by-case basis.
Employee Stock Purchase Plans
We will generally vote for the use of employee stock purchase plans to increase company stock ownership by employees, provided that shares purchased under the plan are acquired for no less than 85% of their market value. It is recognized that country specific circumstances may exist (e.g. tax issues) that require proposals to be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.
Loans to Employees
We will vote against the corporation making loans to employees to allow employees to pay for stock or stock options. It is recognized that country specific circumstances may exist that require proposals to be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.
Stock Option Plans – Board Discretion
We will vote against stock option plans that give the board broad discretion in setting the terms and conditions of the programs. Such programs should be submitted with detail and be reasonable in the circumstances regarding their cost, scope, frequency and schedule for exercising the options.
Stock Option Plans – Inappropriate Features
We will generally vote against plans that have any of the following structural features:
    ability to re-price “underwater” options without shareholder approval,
 
    ability to issue options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price,
 
    ability to issue “reload” options, or
 
    automatic share replenishment (“evergreen”) features.
Stock Option Plans – Director Eligibility
While we prefer stock ownership by directors, we will support stock option plans for directors as long as the terms and conditions of director options are clearly defined

Page 10 of 14

B-36


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Stock Option Plans — Repricing
We will vote for proposals to re-price options if there is a value-for-value (rather than a share-for-share) exchange.
Stock Option Plans — Vesting
We will vote against stock option plans that are 100% vested when granted.
Stock Option Plans – Authorized Allocations
We will generally vote against stock option plans that authorize allocation of 25% or more of the available options to any one individual.
Stock Option Plans – Change in Control Provisions
We will vote against stock option plans with change in control provisions that allow option holders to receive more for their options than shareholders would receive for their shares.
IV.   CORPORATE MATTERS
We will review proposals relating to changes to capital structure and restructuring on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the impact of the changes on corporate governance and shareholder rights, anticipated financial and operating benefits, portfolio manager views, level of dilution, and a company’s industry and performance in terms of shareholder returns.
Common Stock Authorization
We will review proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issue on a case-by-case basis.
Dual Class Share Structures
Dual class share structures involve a second class of common stock with either superior or inferior voting rights to those of another class of stock.
We will generally vote against proposals to create or extend dual class share structures where classes have different voting rights.
Stock Splits
We will vote for proposals to increase common share authorization for a stock split, provided that the increase in authorized shares would not result in excessive dilution given a company’s industry and performance in terms of shareholder returns.

Page 11 of 14

B-37


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Reverse Stock Splits
We will vote for proposals to implement a reverse stock split, provided that the reverse split does not result in an increase of authorized but unissued shares of more than 100% after giving effect to the shares needed for the reverse split.
Share Repurchase Programs
We will vote against proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans if all shareholders do not participate on an equal basis.
Reincorporation
Reincorporation involves re-establishing the company in a different legal jurisdiction.
We will generally vote for proposals to reincorporate the company provided that the board and management have demonstrated sound financial or business reasons for the move. Proposals to reincorporate will generally not be supported if solely as part of an anti-takeover defense or as a way to limit directors’ liability.
Mergers & Acquisitions
We will vote for merger & acquisition proposals that the relevant portfolio managers believe, based on their review of the materials:
    will result in financial and operating benefits,
 
    have a fair offer price,
 
    have favourable prospects for the combined companies, and
 
    will not have a negative impact on corporate governance or shareholder rights.
V.   SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
We recognize that to effectively manage a corporation, directors and management must consider not only the interests of shareholders, but the interests of employees, customers, suppliers, and creditors, among others.
We believe that companies and their boards must give careful consideration to social responsibility issues in order to enhance long-term shareholder value.
We support efforts by companies to develop policies and practices that consider social responsibility issues related to their businesses.

Page 12 of 14

B-38


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
VI.   SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS
Shareholder proposals can be extremely complex, and the impact on the interests of all stakeholders can rarely be anticipated with a high degree of confidence. As a result, shareholder proposals will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis with consideration of factors such as:
    the proposal’s impact on the company’s short-term and long-term share value,
 
    its effect on the company’s reputation,
 
    the economic effect of the proposal,
 
    industry and regional norms in which the company operates,
 
    the company’s overall corporate governance provisions, and
 
    the reasonableness of the request.
We will generally support shareholder proposals that require additional disclosure regarding corporate responsibility issues where the relevant portfolio manager believes:
    the company has failed to adequately address these issues with shareholders,
 
    there is information to suggest that a company follows procedures that are not in compliance with applicable regulations, or
 
    the company fails to provide a level of disclosure that is comparable to industry peers or generally accepted standards.
We will generally not support shareholder proposals that place arbitrary or artificial constraints on the board, management or the company.
Ordinary Business Practices
We will generally support the board’s discretion regarding shareholder proposals that involve ordinary business practices.
Protection of Shareholder Rights
We will generally vote for shareholder proposals that are designed to protect shareholder rights if the company’s corporate governance standards indicate that such additional protections are warranted.

Page 13 of 14

B-39


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Barriers to Shareholder Action
We will generally vote for proposals to lower barriers to shareholder action.
Shareholder Rights Plans
We will generally vote for proposals to subject shareholder rights plans to a shareholder vote.
VII.   OTHER
We will vote against any proposal where the proxy materials lack sufficient information upon which to base an informed decision.
We will vote against any proposals to authorize the company to conduct any other business that is not described in the proxy statement (including the authority to approve any further amendments to an otherwise approved resolution).
Reimbursement of Proxy Solicitation Expenses
Decisions to provide reimbursement for dissidents waging a proxy contest are made on a case-by-case basis.

Page 14 of 14

B-40


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Voting Rights Policy
This document sets out the high level Proxy Voting policy of Invesco Asset Management GmbH and Invesco Kapitalanlagegesellschaft mbH. The principles within this policy are followed by both Invesco Asset Management GmbH and Invesco Kapitalanlagegesellschaft mbH or to any of its delegates as applicable
Introduction:
Invesco Asset Management GmbH and Invesco Kapitalanlagegesellschaft mbH is committed to the fair and equitable treatment of all its clients. As such Invesco Asset Management GmbH and Invesco Kapitalanlagegesellschaft mbH has put in place procedures to ensure that voting rights attached to securities within a UCITS for which it is the Management Company are exercised where appropriate and in the best interests of the individual UCITS itself. Where Invesco Asset Management GmbH and Invesco Kapitalanlagegesellschaft mbH delegates the activity of Investment Management it will ensure that the delegate has in place policies and procedures consistent with the principles of this policy.
Outline of Voting Rights Process :
      Voting opportunities which exist in relation to securities within each individual UCITS are monitored on an ongoing basis in order to ensure that advantage can be taken of any opportunity that arises to benefit the individual UCITS.
It is has been identified that a voting opportunity exist, an investment decisions is taken whether or not the opportunity to vote should be exercised and, if relevant, the voting decision to be taken. Considerations which are taken into account include:
    the cost of participating in the vote relative to the potential benefit to the UCITS
 
    the impact of participation in a vote on the liquidity of the securities creating the voting opportunity due to the fact that some jurisdictions will require that the securities are not sold for a period if they are the subject of a vote.
 
    Other factors as deemed appropriate by the Investment Manager in relation to the investment objectives and policy of the individual UCITS.
It may be the case that an investment decision is taken not to participate in a vote. Such decisions can be equally appropriate due to the considerations applied by the investment team to determine the relative benefit to the individual UCITS, based on criteria such as fund size, investment objective, policy and investment strategy applicable.

 

B-41


 

Information on Voting Activity:
Further information on votes which were available to individual UCITS and actions taken are available to unitholders free of charge and by request to the UCITS Management Company.
Conflicts of Interest:
(name of management company) has a Conflict of Interest Policy which outlines the principles for avoiding, and where not possible, managing conflicts of interest. At no time will Invesco use shareholding powers in respect of individual UCITS to advance its own commercial interests, to pursue a social or political cause that is unrelated to a UCITS economic interests, or to favour another UCITS or client or other relationship to the detriment of others. This policy is available, free of cost, from the (name of Management Company.)

 

B-42


 

Invesco Hong Kong Limited
PROXY VOTING POLICY
1 February 2010

 

B-43


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
Introduction
    2  
 
1. Guiding Principles
    3  
 
2. Proxy Voting Authority
    4  
 
3. Key Proxy Voting Issues
    6  
 
4. Internal Administration and Decision-Making Process
    8  
 
5. Client Reporting
    10  

 

B-44


 

INTRODUCTION
 
This policy sets out Invesco’s approach to proxy voting in the context of our broader portfolio management and client service responsibilities. It applies to Asia related equity portfolios managed by Invesco on behalf of individually-managed clients and pooled fund clients
Invesco’s proxy voting policy is expected to evolve over time to cater for changing circumstances or unforeseen events.

2

B-45


 

1. GUIDING PRINCIPLES
 
  1.1   Invesco recognises its fiduciary obligation to act in the best interests of all clients, be they retirement scheme trustees, institutional clients, unitholders in pooled investment vehicles or personal investors. The application of due care and skill in exercising shareholder responsibilities is a key aspect of this fiduciary obligation.
 
  1.2   The sole objective of Invesco’s proxy voting policy is to promote the economic interests of its clients. At no time will Invesco use the shareholding powers exercised in respect of its clients’ investments to advance its own commercial interests, to pursue a social or political cause that is unrelated to clients’ economic interests, or to favour a particular client or other relationship to the detriment of others.
 
  1.3   Invesco also recognises the broader chain of accountability that exists in the proper governance of corporations, and the extent and limitations of the shareholder’s role in that process. In particular, it is recognised that company management should ordinarily be presumed to be best placed to conduct the commercial affairs of the enterprise concerned, with prime accountability to the enterprise’s Board of Directors which is in turn accountable to shareholders and to external regulators and exchanges. The involvement of Invesco as an institutional shareholder will not extend to interference in the proper exercise of Board or management responsibilities, or impede the ability of companies to take the calculated commercial risks which are essential means of adding value for shareholders.
 
  1.4   The primary aim of the policy is to encourage a culture of performance among investee companies, rather than one of mere conformance with a prescriptive set of rules and constraints. Rigid adherence to a checklist approach to corporate governance issues is of itself unlikely to promote the maximum economic performance of companies, or to cater for circumstances in which non-compliance with a checklist is appropriate or unavoidable.
 
  1.5   Invesco considers that proxy voting rights are an asset which should be managed with the same care as any other asset managed on behalf of its clients.

3

B-46


 

2. PROXY VOTING AUTHORITY
 
  2.1   An important dimension of Invesco’s approach to corporate governance is the exercise of proxy voting authority at the Annual General Meetings or other decision-making forums of companies in which we manage investments on behalf of clients.
 
  2.2   An initial issue to consider in framing a proxy voting policy is the question of where discretion to exercise voting power should rest — with Invesco as the investment manager, or with each individual client? Under the first alternative, Invesco’s role would be both to make voting decisions on clients’ behalf and to implement those decisions. Under the second alternative, Invesco would either have no role to play, or its role would be limited solely to implementing voting decisions under instructions from our clients.
 
  2.3   In addressing this issue, it is necessary to distinguish the different legal structures and fiduciary relationships which exist as between individually-managed clients, who hold investments directly on their own accounts, and pooled fund clients, whose investments are held indirectly under a trust structure.
 
  2.4   Individually-Managed Clients
 
  2.4.1   As a matter of general policy, Invesco believes that unless a client’s mandate gives specific instructions to the contrary, discretion to exercise votes should normally rest with the investment manager, provided that the discretion is always exercised in the client’s interests alone.
 
  2.4.2   The reason for this position is that Invesco believes that, with its dedicated research resources and ongoing monitoring of companies, an investment manager is usually better placed to identify issues upon which a vote is necessary or desirable. We believe it is also more practical that voting discretion rests with the party that has the authority to buy and sell shares, which is essentially what investment managers have been engaged to do on behalf of their clients.
 
  2.4.3   In cases where voting authority is delegated by an individually-managed client, Invesco recognises its responsibility to be accountable for the decisions it makes. If a client requires, an appropriate reporting mechanism will be put in place.
 
  2.4.4   While it is envisaged that the above arrangements will be acceptable in the majority of cases, it is recognised that some individually-managed clients will wish to retain voting authority for themselves, or to place conditions on the circumstances in which it can be exercised by investment managers. In practice, it is believed that this option is generally only likely to arise with relatively large clients such as trustees of major superannuation funds or statutory corporations which have the resources to develop their own policies and to supervise their implementation by investment managers and custodians. In particular, clients who have multiple equity managers and utilise a master custody arrangement may be more likely to consider retaining voting authority in order to ensure consistency of approach across their total portfolio.
 
  2.4.5   In any event, whatever decision is taken as to where voting authority should lie, Invesco believes that the matter should be explicitly covered by the terms of the investment management agreement and clearly understood by the respective parties.
 
  2.4.6   Accordingly, Invesco will pursue the following policies with respect to the exercise of proxy voting authority for individually-managed clients:

PROXY VOTING AUTHORITY
Individually-Managed Clients

4

B-47


 

Unless an individually-managed client wishes to retain proxy voting authority, Invesco will assume proxy voting authority by way of delegation from the client, provided that the allocation of proxy voting responsibility is clearly set out in the investment management agreement.
In the case of clients who wish to place special conditions on the delegation of proxy voting powers, Invesco will endeavour to accommodate those clients’ requirements as far as practicable, subject to any administrative obstacles or additional costs that might arise in implementing the conditions.
  2.5   Pooled Fund Clients
 
  2.5.1   The legal relationship between an investment manager and its pooled fund clients is different in a number of important respects from that applying to individually-managed clients. These differences have a bearing on how proxy voting authority is exercised on behalf of pooled fund clients.
 
  2.5.2   These legal relationships essentially mean that the manager is required to act solely in the collective interests of unitholders at large rather than as a direct agent or delegate of each unitholder. On the issue of proxy voting, as with all other aspects of our client relationships, Invesco will naturally continue to be receptive to any views and concerns raised by its pooled fund clients. However, the legal relationship that exists means it is not possible for the manager to accept instructions from a particular pooled fund client as to how to exercise proxy voting authority in a particular instance.
 
  2.5.3   As in the case of individually-managed clients who delegate their proxy voting authority, Invesco’s accountability to pooled fund clients in exercising its fiduciary responsibilities is best addressed as part of the manager’s broader client relationship and reporting responsibilities.
 
  2.5.4   Accordingly, Invesco will pursue the following policies with respect to the exercise of proxy voting authority for pooled fund clients:

PROXY VOTING AUTHORITY
Pooled Fund Clients
In considering proxy voting issues arising in respect of pooled fund shareholdings, Invesco will act solely in accordance with its fiduciary responsibility to take account of the collective interests of unitholders in the pooled fund as a whole.
Invesco cannot accept instructions from individual unitholders as to the exercise of proxy voting authority in a particular instance.

5

B-48


 

3. KEY PROXY VOTING ISSUES
 
  3.1   This section outlines Invesco’s intended approach in cases where proxy voting authority is being exercised on clients’ behalf.
 
  3.2   Invesco will vote on all material issues at all company meetings where it has the voting authority and responsibility to do so. We will not announce our voting intentions and the reasons behind them.
 
  3.3   Invesco applies two underlying principles. First, our interpretation of ‘material voting issues’ is confined to those issues which affect the value of shares we hold on behalf of clients and the rights of shareholders to an equal voice in influencing the affairs of companies in proportion to their shareholdings. We do not consider it appropriate to use shareholder powers for reasons other than the pursuit of these economic interests. Second, we believe that a critical factor in the development of an optimal corporate governance policy is the need to avoid unduly diverting resources from our primary responsibilities to add value to our clients’ portfolios through investment performance and client service.
 
  3.4   In order to expand upon these principles, Invesco believes it is necessary to consider the role of proxy voting policy in the context of broader portfolio management and administrative issues which apply to our investment management business as a whole. These are discussed as follows.
 
  3.5   Portfolio Management Issues — Active Equity Portfolios
 
  3.5.1   While recognising in general terms that issues concerning corporate governance practices can have a significant bearing on the financial performance of companies, the primary criterion for the selection and retention of a particular stock in active equity portfolios remains our judgment that the stock will deliver superior investment performance for our clients, based on our investment themes and market analysis.
 
  3.5.2   In view of these dynamics, Invesco does not consider it feasible or desirable to prescribe in advance comprehensive guidelines as to how it will exercise proxy voting authority in all circumstances. The primary aim of Invesco’s approach to corporate governance is to encourage a culture of performance among the companies in which we manage investments in order to add value to our clients’ portfolios, rather than one of mere conformance with a prescriptive set of rules and constraints.
 
  3.5.3   Nevertheless, Invesco has identified a limited range of issues upon which it will always exercise proxy voting authority — either to register disapproval of management proposals or to demonstrate support for company initiatives through positive use of voting powers. These issues are outlined as follows:

KEY VOTING ISSUES
Major Corporate Proposals
Invesco will always vote on the following issues arising in company General Meetings where it has the authority to do so on behalf of clients.
ä   contentious issues (eg. issues of perceived national interest, or where there has been extensive press coverage or public comment);
 
ä   approval of changes of substantial shareholdings;
 
ä   mergers or schemes of arrangement; and
 
ä   approval of major asset sales or purchases.
As a general rule, Invesco will vote against any actions that will reduce the rights or options of shareholders, reduce shareholder influence over the board of directors and management, reduce the alignment of interests between management and shareholders, or reduce the value of shareholders’ investments, unless balanced by reasonable increase in net worth of the shareholding.

6

B-49


 

Where appropriate, Invesco will also use voting powers to influence companies to adopt generally accepted best corporate governance practices in areas such as board composition, disclosure policies and the other areas of recommended corporate governance practice.
Invesco’s approach to significant proxy voting issues which fall outside these areas will be addressed on their merits.
  3.6   Administrative Issues
 
  3.6.1   In addition to the portfolio management issues outlined above, Invesco’s proxy voting policy also takes account of administrative and cost implications, together with the size of our holdings as compared to the issue size, involved in the exercise of proxy voting authority on our clients’ behalf.
 
  3.6.2   There are practical constraints to the implementation of proxy voting decisions. Proxy voting is a highly seasonal activity, with most company Annual General Meetings being collapsed into a few months, with short deadlines for the distribution and return of notice papers, multiple resolutions from multiple companies being considered simultaneously, and under a legal system which is essentially dependent upon paper-based communication and record-keeping.
 
  3.6.3   In addition, for investment managers such as Invesco who do not invest as principals and who consequently do not appear directly on the share registers of companies, all of these communications are channelled through external custodians, among whom there is in turn a considerable variation in the nature and quality of systems to deal with the flow of information.
 
  3.6.4   While Invesco has the systems in place to efficiently implement proxy voting decisions when required, it can be seen that administrative and cost considerations by necessity play an important role in the application of a responsible proxy voting policy. This is particularly so bearing in mind the extremely limited time period within which voting decisions must often be made and implemented (which can in practice be as little as a few days). This factor also explains why Invesco resists any suggestion that there should be compulsory proxy voting on all issues, as in our view this would only increase the costs to be borne by our clients with very little practical improvement in corporate performance in most cases.
 
  3.6.5   These administrative constraints are further highlighted by the fact that many issues on which shareholders are in practice asked to vote are routine matters relating to the ongoing administration of the company — eg. approval of financial accounts or housekeeping amendments to Articles of Association. Generally in such cases, we will be in favour of the motion as most companies take seriously their duties and are acting in the best interests of shareholders. However, the actual casting of a “yes” vote on all such resolutions in our view would entail an unreasonable administrative workload and cost.
 
  3.6.6   Accordingly, Invesco believes that an important consideration in the framing of a proxy voting policy is the need to avoid unduly diverting resources from our primary responsibilities to add value to our clients’ investments through portfolio management and client service. The policies outlined below have been prepared on this basis.

KEY PROXY VOTING ISSUES
Administrative Constraints
In view of the administrative constraints and costs involved in the exercise of proxy voting powers, Invesco may (depending on circumstances) not exercise its voting right unless its clients’ portfolios in aggregate represent a significant proportion of the shareholdings of the company in question.
A significant proportion in this context means 5% or more of the market capitalisation of the company.

7

B-50


 

4. INTERNAL ADMINISTRATION & DECISION-MAKING PROCESS
 
  4.1   The following diagram illustrates the procedures adopted by Invesco for the administration of proxy voting:
(GRAPHIC)
  4.2   As shown by the diagram, a central administrative role is performed by our Corporate Action Team, located within the Client Administration section. The initial role of the Corporate Action Team is to receive company notice papers via the range of custodians who hold shares on behalf of our clients, to ascertain which client portfolios hold the stock, and to initiate the decision-making process by distributing the company notice papers to the Primary Investment Manager responsible for the company in question.
 
  4.3   A voting decision on each company resolution (whether a yes or no vote, or a recommended abstention) is made by the Primary Investment Manager responsible for the company in question. Invesco believes that this approach is preferable to the appointment of a committee with responsibility for handling voting issues across all companies, as it takes advantage of the expertise of individuals whose professional lives are occupied by analysing particular companies and sectors, and who are familiar with the issues facing particular companies through their regular company visits.
 
  4.4   Moreover, the Primary Equity Manager has overall responsibility for the relevant market and this ensures that similar issues which arise in different companies are handled in a consistent way across the relevant market.
 
  4.5   The voting decision is then documented and passed back to the Corporate Action Team, who issue the voting instructions to each custodian in advance of the closing date for receipt of proxies by the company. At the same time, the Corporate Action Team logs all proxy voting activities for record keeping or client reporting purposes.
 
  4.6   A key task in administering the overall process is the capture and dissemination of data from companies and custodians within a time frame that makes exercising votes feasible in practice. This applies particularly during the company Annual General Meeting “season”, when there are typically a large number of proxy voting issues under consideration simultaneously. Invesco has no control over the former dependency and Invesco’s ability to influence a custodian’s service levels are limited in the case of individually-managed clients, where the custodian is answerable to the client.

8

B-51


 

  4.7   The following policy commitments are implicit in these administrative and decision-making processes:

INTERNAL ADMINISTRATION AND DECISION-MAKING PROCESS
Invesco will consider all resolutions put forward in the Annual General Meetings or other decision-making forums of all companies in which investments are held on behalf of clients, where it has the authority to exercise voting powers. This consideration will occur in the context of our policy on Key Voting Issues outlined in Section 3.
The voting decision will be made by the Primary Investment Manager responsible for the market in question.
A written record will be kept of the voting decision in each case, and in case of an opposing vote, the reason/comment for the decision.
Voting instructions will be issued to custodians as far as practicable in advance of the deadline for receipt of proxies by the company. Invesco will monitor the efficiency with which custodians implement voting instructions on clients’ behalf.
Invesco’s ability to exercise proxy voting authority is dependent on timely receipt of notification from the relevant custodians.

9

B-52


 

5. CLIENT REPORTING
 
  5.1   Invesco will keep records of its proxy voting activities.
 
  5.2   Upon client request, Invesco will regularly report back to the client on proxy voting activities for investments owned by the client.
 
  5.2   The following points summarise Invesco’s policy commitments on the reporting of proxy voting activities to clients (other than in cases where specific forms of client reporting are specified in the client’s mandate):

CLIENT REPORTING
Where proxy voting authority is being exercised on a client’s behalf, a statistical summary of voting activity will be provided on request as part of the client’s regular quarterly report.
Invesco will provide more detailed information on particular proxy voting issues in response to requests from clients wherever possible.

10

B-53


 

Guidelines on Exercising Shareholder Voting Rights and
Policies for Deciding on the Exercise of Shareholder Voting Rights
Invesco Asset Management (Japan) Limited
Enforcement Date: July 5, 2010
Revision Date: April 20, 2011
Authority to Amend or Abolish: Shareholders’ Voting Committee

B-54


 

Record of Amendments
     
Date   Content
April 20, 2011
  Revision associated with review of proxy voting guideline

B-55


 

Guidelines on Exercising of Shareholder Voting Rights and
Policy Decision Making Criteria
(Japanese Equities)
Policy and Objectives of Exercising Shareholder Voting Rights
Our company is cognizant of the importance of corporate governance, and exercises votes with the sole objective of maximizing the long term interests of trustors (investors) and beneficiaries, pursuant to our fiduciary duty as a trustee to the trustors (investors) and the beneficiaries. We will not conduct any voting with an objective of own interest or that of any third party other than the trustors (investors) or beneficiaries. The interests of trustors (investors) and beneficiaries means the increasing of corporate value or the increasing of the economic interests of shareholders or the preventing of damage thereto.
Significance of Guidelines on Exercising Shareholder Voting Rights
Our company has determined the Guidelines on Exercising of Shareholder Voting Rights in accordance with our policy on exercising the voting rights of shareholders, for the purpose of exercising votes in an appropriate manner, and will closely examine each proposal and determine the response pursuant to these Guidelines.
Guidelines on Exercising Shareholder Voting Rights
1.   Procedural Proposal
(1) Financial Statements, Business Reports and Auditors Reports
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting approval of the financial statements, business reports and auditor reports, except in the following circumstances:
  -   Concerns exist about the settlement or auditing procedures; or
 
  -   The relevant company has not answered shareholders’ questions concerning matters that should be disclosed.
(2) Allocation of Earned Surplus and Dividends
    A decision regarding a proposal requesting approval of the allocation of earned surplus and dividends will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the financial condition and the business performance of the relevant company as well as the economic interests of shareholders.
2. Election of Directors
A decision regarding a proposal in connection with electing a director will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the independence, suitability and existence or absence of any antisocial activities in

B-56


 

the past on the part of a candidate for director. In the event that a candidate for director is a reelection candidate, we will decide in consideration, inter alia, of the director candidate’s engagement in corporate governance, accountability, the business performance of the company, and the existence or absence of any antisocial act by the company during his or her term in the office.
Definition of the independence:
A person considered to be independent shall mean a person for whom there is no relationship between the relevant company and the candidate for director other than that of being selected as a director.
(1)   Independence
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to elect an external director, however, we will oppose a candidate for an external director who is perceived to have an interest in the relevant company.
 
    In principle we will oppose a candidate for an external director who does not have independence in the case of a committees organized company, except where the majority of the board are independent.
 
    Listed parent and subsidiary
If the relevant company has a listed parent and does not have at least one external director who is independent from the relevant company, we shall in principle oppose the candidates for directors of that company.
(2) Suitability
    In principle we shall oppose a director candidate in the following case:
  -   An attendance rate of less than 75 percent at meetings of the board of directors.
(3) Accountability
    In the following circumstances we will consider opposing a candidate for reelection as a director:
  -   If the relevant company has a problematic system as set forth bellow and if business performance of the relevant company during the term in office of the candidate experienced a deficit in three consecutive periods and no dividends were paid or they were inferior when compared to others in the same industry.
 
  -   If a takeover defense strategy is introduced, that has not been approved by a resolution of a general meeting of shareholders.
(4) Business Performance of the Company
    We will consider opposing a candidate for reelection as a director in the event that business

B-57


 

      performance of the relevant company during the term in office of the candidate experienced a deficit in three consecutive periods and no dividends were paid.
    We will consider opposing a candidate for reelection as a director in the event that business performance of the relevant company during the term in office of the candidate was inferior when compared to others in the same industry.
(5) Antisocial Activities on the Part of the Company
    In principle we will oppose a candidate for reelection as a director in the event that during the term in office of the candidate a corporate scandal occurred that had a significant impact on society and caused or could cause damage to of shareholder value.
 
    In principle we will consider opposing a candidate for reelection as a director in the event that during the term in office of the candidate window dressing or inappropriate accounting practices occurred on the part of the relevant company.
(6) Other
    In principle we will oppose a candidate for director in the event that information concerning the relevant candidate has not been sufficiently disclosed.
3. Amendment of the Composition of the Board of Directors and the Required Qualification of Directors
(1) Amendment of the Number of Directors or Composition of the Board of Directors
    A decision regarding a proposal concerning amendment of the number of directors or the composition of the board of directors will be made by making a comparison with the existing situation and considering, inter alia, the impact on the relevant company and the economic interests of shareholders.
(2) Amendment of Required Qualifications of Directors, Their Terms of Office and Scope of Responsibilities
    A decision regarding a proposal concerning amendment of the required qualifications of directors, their terms of office or scope of liabilities will be made by making a comparison with the existing situation and considering, inter alia, the impact on the relevant company and the economic interests of shareholders.
 
    In principle we will oppose a proposal requesting retention of a certain number of a company’s own shares as a condition of installation or continuation in office of a director.
    In principle we will oppose a proposal to restrict a term in office of a director.
 
    In principle we will oppose a proposal to institute a normal retirement age of directors.
 
    In principle we will oppose a proposal to reduce the liabilities of a director from liability in connection with financial damage as a result of a violation of the fiduciary duties.

B-58


 

(3) Amendment of the Procedural Method for Election of Directors
    A decision regarding a proposal concerning amendment of the procedural method of electing directors will be made by making a comparison with the existing situation and considering, inter alia, the reasonability of the amendment.
4. Election of Statutory Auditors
A decision regarding a proposal concerning the election of statutory auditors will be made by considering, inter alia, the independence and the suitability of the candidate for statutory auditor.
Definition of the independence:
A person considered to be independent shall mean a person for whom there is no relationship between the relevant company and the candidate for statutory auditor other than that of being selected as a statutory auditor.
(1) Independence
    In principle we will oppose a candidate for an external statutory auditor if the candidate does not have independence.
(2)   Suitability
    In principle we shall oppose a statutory auditor candidate in the following case:
  -   An attendance rate of less than 75 percent at meetings of the board of directors or meetings of the board of auditors
(3)   Accountability
    In principle we will consider opposing a candidate for reelection as a statutory auditor in the event that significant concerns exist in an audit report that has been submitted or audit proceedings.
(4)   Antisocial Activities on the Part of the Company
    In principle we will consider opposing a candidate for reelection as a statutory auditor in the event that during the term in office of the candidate a corporate scandal occurred that had a significant impact on society and caused or could cause damage to shareholder value.
    In principle we will consider opposing a candidate for reelection as a statutory auditor in the event that during the term in office of the candidate window dressing or inappropriate accounting practices occurred on the part of the relevant company.

B-59


 

5. Election of Accounting Auditors
We will decide on proposals concerning the election of an accounting auditor by considering, inter alia, the suitability of the candidate for accounting auditor, and the level of audit fees.
    In principle we will oppose a candidate for accounting auditor in the event that the accounting auditor can be determined to have expressed an opinion that is not accurate concerning the financial condition of the relevant company.
    In principle we will oppose in the event that a contract for non-auditing work exists between the accounting auditor and the relevant company, and it is determined that the non-auditing work can be found to present a conflict of interest with the auditing work.
    In principle we will oppose a candidate for accounting auditor in the event that an excessive auditing fee is paid.
    In principle we will oppose a proposal requesting a change of accounting auditor in the event that the reason for the change can be determined to be a result of a difference in interpretation between the accounting auditor and the relevant company regarding accounting policy.
6. Compensation of Directors, Statutory Auditors, Officers and Employees
(1) Compensation (including bonus)
    A decision regarding a proposal concerning compensation will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the levels of compensation, the business performance of the company, and the reasonability of the framework.
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to obtain approval of compensation, except in the following cases:
  -   A negative correlation appears to exist between the business performance of the company and compensation
  -   A compensation framework or practice exists which presents an issue
    In principle we will oppose a proposal to pay compensation only by granting shares.
(2)   Stock Option Plan
    A proposal to introduce or amend a stock option plan will be decided in consideration of, inter alia, the impact that introducing or amending the plan will have on shareholder value and the rights of shareholders, as well as the level of compensation, the scope of implementation, and the reasonability of the plan.
    In principle we will oppose a proposal to reduce the exercise price of a stock option plan.
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to request that an amendment of the exercise price of a stock option plan be made a matter for approval by the shareholders.

B-60


 

(3) Stock Purchase Plan
    A decision regarding a proposal requesting the introduction or amendment of a stock purchase plan will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the impact that introducing or amending the plan will have on shareholder value and the rights of shareholders, the scope of implementation, and the reasonability of the plan.
(4) Retirement Bonus of Directors or Statutory Auditors
A decision regarding a proposal in connection with awarding a retirement bonus to a director or a statutory auditor will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the extent of the persons who are to be recipients, the existence or absence of antisocial activities in the past on the part of the prospective recipients, the business performance of the company, and the existence or absence of antisocial activities on the part of the company.
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to pay a retirement bonus of a director or a statutory auditor if all of the following conditions are satisfied.
  -   Retirement bonus amount is disclosed.
  -   The prospective recipients do not include an external director or an external statutory auditor.
  -   None of the prospective recipients have committed a significant criminal conduct.
  -   The business performance of the relevant company has not experienced a deficit for three consecutive periods and had no dividend or dividends or they were inferior when compared to others in the same industry.
  -   During the terms of office of the prospective recipients there has been no corporate scandal that had a significant impact on society and caused or could cause damage to shareholder value.
  -   During their terms in office there has been no window dressing or inappropriate accounting practices in the relevant company.
7. Equity Financing Policy
(1) Amendment of the Number of Authorized Shares
    A decision regarding a proposal requesting an increase in the number of authorized shares will be made by considering, inter alia, the impact that amending the number of authorized shares will have on shareholder value and the rights of shareholders, as well as the reasonability of the amendment of the number of authorized shares, and the impact on the listing of shares as well as on the continuity of the company.
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting an increase in the number of authorized shares if it can be determined that unless an increase is made to the number of authorized shares the company will be delisted or that there is a risk of a significant impact on the continuity of the company.

B-61


 

    In principle we will oppose a proposal to increase the number of authorized shares after the appearance of an acquirer.
(2) Issuing of New Shares
A decision regarding a proposal in connection with issuing of new shares will be made in consideration of, inter alia, reasons of issuing new shares, issuing conditions and terms, the impact of the dilution on the shareholders value and rights of shareholders as well as the impact on the listing of shares and the continuity of the company.
(3) Acquisition or Reissue by a Company of Its Own Shares
    A decision regarding a proposal for a company to acquire or reissue its own shares shall be made by considering, inter alia, its reasonability.
(4) Stock Split
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal involving a stock split.
(5) Consolidation of Shares (Reverse Split )
    A decision regarding a proposal involving a consolidation of shares (reverse split) shall be made by considering, inter alia, its reasonability.
(6) Preferred Shares
    In principle we will oppose a proposal requesting the creation of new preferred shares or increasing the authorized number of preferred shares, by way of a blank power of attorney that does not specify the voting rights, dividends, conversion or other rights.
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to create new preferred shares or to increase the number of authorized preferred shares if the voting rights, dividends, conversion and other rights are stipulated and these rights can be determined to be reasonable.
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to the effect that approval of issuing preferred shares is so be obtained from shareholders.
(7) Issuing of Convertible Bonds
    A decision regarding a proposal to issue convertible bonds shall be made by considering, inter alia, the number of shares into which the bonds are to be converted, and the period to maturity of the bonds.
(8) Issuing of Non-Convertible Bonds, and Increasing a Borrowing Limit
    A decision regarding a proposal in connection with the issuing of non-convertible bonds or increasing a borrowing limit shall be made by considering, inter alia the financial condition of the relevant company.

B-62


 

(9) Equitization of Debt
    A decision regarding a proposal requesting an amendment of the number of authorized shares or issuing of shares of the company in relation to a debt restructuring shall be made in consideration of, inter alia, the conditions of amending the number of authorized shares or issuing shares of the company, the impact on shareholder value and on the rights of shareholders, the reasonability thereof, and the impact on listing of the shares as well as on the continuity of the company.
(10) Capital Reduction
    A decision regarding a proposal in connection with a capital reduction will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the impact on shareholder value and on the rights of shareholders, the reasonability of the capital reduction, as well as the impact on listing of the shares and on the continuity of the company.
    In principle we will approve a proposal requesting a capital reduction in the form of a standard accounting processing.
(11) Financing Plan
    A decision regarding a proposal in connection with a financing plan will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the impact on shareholder value and the rights of shareholders, as well as the reasonability thereof, and the impact on the listing of shares as well as on the continuity of the company.
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting approval of a financing plan.
(12) Capitalization of Reserves
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting a capitalization of reserves.
8. Corporate Governance
(1) Amendment of Settlement Period
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting an amendment of the settlement period, except when it can be determined that the objective is to delay a general meeting of shareholders.
(2) Amendment of Articles of Incorporation
A decision regarding a proposal in connection with an amendment of the articles of incorporation will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the impact on shareholder value and the rights of shareholders as well as the necessity and the reasonability of amending the articles of incorporation.
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to amend the articles of incorporation if amendment of the articles of incorporation is necessary by law.

B-63


 

    In principle we will oppose a proposal to amend the articles of incorporation if it can be determined that there is a risk that the rights of shareholders will be infringed or a risk that a reduction in shareholder value will occur as a result of the relevant amendment.
    In principal we will vote in favor of a proposal submitted by the board in connection with transition to a committees organized company.
    In principal we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting mitigation or abolishment of the requirements for special resolution.
(3) Amendment of the Quorum of a General Meeting of Shareholders
    A decision regarding a proposal in connection with an amendment of the quorum of a general meeting of shareholders will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the impact on shareholder value and the rights of shareholders as well as the customs of the region or country.
    A proposal in connection with amending the quorum of a special resolution of a general meeting of shareholders will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the impact on shareholder value and the rights of shareholders as well as the customs of the region or country.
(4) Omnibus Proposal of a General Meeting of Shareholders
    In principle we will oppose an omnibus proposal at a general meeting of shareholders if the entire proposal will not be in the best interests of shareholders.
9. Corporate Behavior
(1) Amendment of Tradename or Location of Corporate Registration
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting amendment of a tradename.
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting amendment of a location of corporate registration.
(2) Corporate Restructuring
    A decision regarding a proposal in connection with a corporate reorganization as set forth below will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the impact on shareholder value and the rights of shareholders, the respective impact on the financial condition and business performance of the relevant company, as well as the reasonability thereof, and the impact on the listing of shares as well as on the continuity of the company:
Merger or acquisition;
Assignment or acquisition of business;
Company split (spin-off);
Sale of assets;

B-64


 

Being acquired; or
Liquidation.
(3) Proxy Contest
    A decision regarding a proposal in connection with election of a director from among opposing candidates will be made in consideration of the independence, suitability, existence or absence of any antisocial activities in the past, actions in corporate governance and accountability on the part of the candidates for director, the business performance of the company, the existence or absence of antisocial activities of the company, and the background to the proxy contest.
    A person who is considered to be independent shall mean a person for whom there is no relationship between the relevant company and the candidate for director other than that of being selected as a candidate director of the relevant company.
(4) Defense Strategy in Proxy Contest
    Staggered Board
  -   In principle we will oppose a proposal requesting the introduction of a staggered board of directors.
  -   In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting that the terms in office of directors be one year.
    Authority to Dismiss Directors
      In principle we will oppose a proposal requesting more stringent requirements for the shareholders to be able to dismiss a director.
    Cumulative Voting
  -   In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to introduce cumulative voting in connection with the election of directors.
  -   In principle we will oppose a proposal requesting the abolition of cumulative voting in connection with the election of directors.
(5) Takeover Defense Strategies
    Introduction or Amendment of Takeover Defense Strategy
 
      In principle we will oppose a proposal requesting to introduce or amend a takeover defense strategy that will reduce shareholder value or infringe the rights of shareholders.
    Rights Plan (Poison Pill)
 
      A decision regarding a proposal to introduce a rights plan (poison pill) will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the triggering conditions, the effective period, the conditions of disclosure of content, the composition of directors of the relevant company, and the status

B-65


 

      of introducing other takeover defense strategies.
  -   In principal we will oppose a proposal in which, a triggering condition of the number of outstanding shares is less than 20%.
 
  -   In principal we will oppose a proposal that the effective period is beyond 3 years.
 
  -   In principal we will oppose a proposal that directors are not selected annually.
  -   In principal we will oppose a proposal in the event that there are less than 2 directors or 20% of the board who are independent with no issue of the attendance records of the board meeting.
  -   We will vote in favor for a proposal that a rights plan is considered by an independent committee before introducing such plan. We will vote in favor a proposal only if all special committee members are independent with no issue of the attendance records of the board meeting.
  -   In principal we will oppose a proposal in the event that other takeover defense strategies exist.
  -   In principal we will oppose a proposal in the event that the issuing date of invitation notice to shareholders is less than 3 weeks before the general shareholders meeting.
  -   In principal we will oppose a proposal unless the introduction of takeover defense strategies is considered reasonably beneficial to interests of minority shareholders.
    Relaxation of Requirements to Amend the Articles of Incorporation or Company Regulations
 
      A decision regarding a proposal to relax the requirements to amend the articles of incorporation or company regulations will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the impact on shareholder value and the rights of shareholders.
    Relaxation of Requirements for Approval of a Merger
 
      A decision regarding a proposal to relax the requirements to approve a merger will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the impact on shareholder value and the rights of shareholders.
10. Social, Environmental and Political Problems
A decision regarding a proposal in connection with social, environmental or political problems will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the impact that the actions on the part of the company will have on shareholder value and the rights of shareholders, or on the financial condition and business performance of the company, the reasonability of these actions, and the impact on the listing of shares as well as on the continuity of the company.

B-66


 

11.   Information Disclosure
    In principle we will oppose a proposal for which sufficient information is not disclosed for the purpose of making a voting decision.
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to increase information disclosure, if all of the following standards are satisfied.
  -   The information will be beneficial to shareholders.
 
  -   The time and expense required for the information disclosure will be minimal.
12. Conflicts of Interest
We will abstain from exercising shareholder voting rights in a company that would constitute a conflict of interest.
The following company is determined to be a company that would constitute a conflict of interest:
-   Invesco Limited.
13. Shareholder proposals
A decision regarding shareholders’ proposals will be made in accordance with the Guidelines along with company’s proposal, however, will be considered on the basis of proposed individual items.

B-67


 

Guidelines on Exercising of Shareholder Voting Rights and
Policy Decision Making Criteria
(Foreign Equities)
Policy and Objectives of Exercising Shareholder Voting Rights
Our company is cognizant of the importance of corporate governance, and exercises votes with the sole objective of maximizing the long term interests of trustors (investors) and beneficiaries, pursuant to our fiduciary duty as a trustee to the trustors (investors) and the beneficiaries. We will not conduct any voting with an objective of own interest or that of any third party other than the trustors (investors) or beneficiaries. The interests of trustors (investors) and beneficiaries means the increasing of corporate value or the increasing of the economic interests of shareholders or the preventing of damage thereto.
Significance of Guidelines on Exercising Shareholder Voting Rights
Our company has determined the Guidelines on Exercising of Shareholder Voting Rights in accordance with our policy on exercising the voting rights of shareholders, for the purpose of exercising votes in an appropriate manner, and will closely examine each proposal and determine the response pursuant to these Guidelines.
Guidelines on Exercising Shareholder Voting Rights
1. Procedural Proposal
(1) Procedures
    In principle we will vote in favor of a selection of the chairman of a general meeting of shareholders, approval of the minutes, approval of the shareholders registry and other proposals in connection with procedures to hold a general meeting of shareholders.
 
    In principle we will vote in favor of a procedural proposal such as the following:
  -   Opening of a general meeting of shareholders
 
  -   Closing of a general meeting of shareholders
 
  -   Confirming the proper convening of a general meeting of shareholders
 
  -   Satisfaction of the quorum for a general meeting of shareholders
 
  -   Confirming the agenda items of a general meeting of shareholders
 
  -   Election of a chairman of a general meeting of shareholders
  -   Designation of shareholders who will sign the minutes of a general meeting of shareholders
  -   Preparing and approving a registry of shareholders

B-68


 

  -   Filing of legally prescribed documents in connection with a general meeting of shareholders
  -   Designation of an inspector or shareholder to inspect the minutes of a general meeting of shareholders
 
  -   Permission to ask questions
 
  -   Approval of the issuing of minutes of a general meeting of shareholders
  -   Approval of matters of resolution and granting to the board of directors the authority to execute matters that have been approved
(2) Financial Statements, Business Reports and Auditors Reports
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting approval of the financial statements, business reports and auditor reports, except in the following circumstances:
  -   Concerns exist about the settlement or auditing procedures; or
  -   The relevant company has not answered shareholders’ questions concerning matters that should be disclosed.
(3) Allocation of Earned Surplus and Dividends
    A decision regarding a proposal requesting approval of the allocation of earned surplus and dividends will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the financial condition and the business performance of the relevant company as well as the economic interests of shareholders.
2. Election of Directors
A decision regarding a proposal in connection with electing a director will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the independence, suitability and existence or absence of any antisocial activities in the past on the part of a candidate for director. In the event that a candidate for director is a reelection candidate, we will decide in consideration, inter alia, of the director candidate’s engagement in corporate governance, accountability, the business performance of the company, and the existence or absence of any antisocial act by the company during his or her term in the office.
Definition of independence:
A person considered to be independent shall mean a person for whom there is no relationship between the relevant company and the candidate for director other than that of being selected as a director.
(1) Independence
(United States)
    In the following circumstances we will in principle oppose or withhold approval of a

B-69


 

      candidate for an internal director, or a candidate for an external director who cannot be found to have a relationship of independence from the relevant company:
  -   If the internal director or the external director who cannot be found to have a relationship of independence from the relevant company is a member of the compensation committee or the nominating committee;
  -   If the audit committee, compensation committee, or nominating committee has not been established and the director functions as a committee member;
  -   If the nominating committee has not been established;
  -   If external directors who are independent from the relevant company do not constitute a majority of the board of directors;
  -   A person who is independent shall mean a person for whom there is no relationship between the relevant company and the candidate for director other than that of being selected as a director.
(Other than United States)
A decision concerning the independence of the candidate for director will be made in consideration of the conditions of each country.
(2) Suitability
    In principle we shall oppose or withhold approval of a director candidate in the following circumstances:
  -   An attendance rate of less than 75 percent at meetings of any of the board of directors, the audit committee, the compensation committee, or the nominating committee;
  -   Serving as a director of six or more companies; or
  -   Serving as a CEO of another company and also serving as an external director of at least two other companies.
(3) Corporate Governance Strategies
    In principle we will oppose or withhold approval of all candidates for reelection in the event that the board of directors employs a system of staggered terms of office and a problem of governance has occurred in the board of directors or committee but the responsible director is not made a subject of the current proposal to reelect directors.
    In the following circumstances we will in principle oppose or withhold approval of a candidate for reelection of a director who is a member of the audit committee:
  -   If an excessive auditing fee is being paid to the accounting auditor;
  -   If the accounting auditor has expressed an opinion of non-compliance concerning the

B-70


 

      financial statements of the relevant company; or
  -   If the audit committee has agreed with the accounting auditor to reduce or waive the liability of accounting auditor, such as by limiting the right of the company or the shareholders to take legal action against the accounting auditor.
    In the following circumstances we will in principle oppose or withhold approval of a candidate for reelection as a director who is a member of the compensation committee:
  -   If there appears to be a negative correlation between the business performance of the company and the compensation of the CEO;
  -   If in the case of an option for which the stock price of the relevant company is less than the exercise price, an amendment of the exercise price or an exchange for cash or the like has been made without the approval of a general meeting of shareholders;
  -   If an exchange (sale) of stock options which is limited to a single exercise has been made without obtaining the approval of a general meeting of shareholders;
  -   If the burn rate has exceeded the level promised in advance to shareholders (the burn rate is the annual rate of dilution measured by the stock options or rights to shares with restriction on assignment that have been actually granted (otherwise known as the “run rate”)); or
  -   If a compensation system or practice exists that presents a problem.
    In the following circumstances we will in principle oppose or withhold approval of all candidates for reelection as directors:
  -   If the board of directors has not taken appropriate action regarding a shareholder’s proposal even if there was a shareholder’s proposal which was approved by a majority of the overall votes in the previous period at a general meeting of shareholders.
  -   If the board of directors has not taken appropriate action regarding a shareholders’ proposal even if a shareholders’ proposal has been approved by a majority of the valid votes in two consecutive periods at a general meeting of shareholders;
  -   If the board of directors has not taken appropriate action such as withdrawing a takeover defense strategy, despite a majority of shareholders having accepted a public tender offer; or
  -   If the board of directors has not taken appropriate action regarding the cause of opposition or withholding of approval even though at the general meeting of shareholders for the previous period there was a candidate for director who was opposed or for whom approval was withheld by a majority of the valid votes.

B-71


 

(4) Accountability
    In the following cases we will consider opposing or withholding approval from a candidate for reelection as a director:
  -   If a notice of convening states that there is a director with an attendance rate of less than 75% at meetings of the board of directors or committee meetings, but the name of the individual is not specifically stated.
  -   If the relevant company has a problematic system as set forth below, and business performance of the relevant company during the term in office of candidate has been in a deficit and with no dividend or is inferior when compared to those in the same industry in three consecutive periods :
 
  -   A system of staggered terms of office;
 
  -   A system of special resolution that is not by simple majority;
 
  -   Shares of stock with multiple votes;
  -   A takeover defense strategy that has not been approved by a resolution of a general meeting of shares;
  -   No clause for exceptions exists in the event that there are competing candidates, even though a system of majority resolution has been introduced for the election of directors;
  -   An unreasonable restriction is imposed on the authority of shareholders to convene an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders; or
  -   An unreasonable restriction is imposed on the shareholders’ right to seek approval or disapproval on the part of shareholders by means of a letter of consent by shareholders;
  -   In principle we will oppose or withhold approval of all candidates for reelection as directors in the event that a dead hand or similar provision is included in a poison pill, until this provision is abolished.
  -   In principle we will oppose or withhold approval of all candidates for reelection as directors in the event of introducing a new poison pill with an effective duration of 12 months or more (a long-term pill), or any renewal of a poison pill including a short-term pill with an effective period of less than 12 months, by the board of directors without the approval of a general meeting of shareholders.
 
      Nevertheless we will in principle vote in favor of all candidates for reelection as directors in the event of a new introduction if a commitment is made by binding resolution to seek approval of the new introduction at a general meeting of shareholders.
  -   In principle we will oppose or withhold approval of all candidates for reelection as directors in the event that a significant amendment to the disadvantage of shareholders is added to a poison pill, by the board of directors without the approval of a general meeting of shareholders.

B-72


 

(5) Business Performance of a Company
    We will consider opposing or withholding a candidate for reelection as a director in the event that business performance of the relevant company during the term in office of the candidate experienced a deficit in three consecutive periods and no dividends were paid.
    We will consider opposing or withholding candidate for reelection as a director in the event that business performance of the relevant company during the term in office of the candidate was inferior when compared to others in the same industry.
(6) Antisocial Activities on the Part of the Company
    In principle we will oppose or withhold a candidate for reelection as a director in the event that during the term in office of the candidate a corporate scandal occurred that had a significant impact on society and caused or could cause damage to of shareholder value.
    In principle we will oppose or withhold approval of a candidate for reelection as a director who was a member of the audit committee, if inappropriate accounting practices occurred at the relevant company such as window dressing, accounting treatment that deviates from GAAP (generally accepted accounting principles), or a significant omission in disclosure pursuant to Article 404 of the Sox Law.
(7) Other
    In principle we will oppose or withhold a candidate for director in the event that information concerning the relevant candidate has not been sufficiently disclosed.
(8)   Amendment of the Number and Composition of Directors
    A decision regarding a proposal concerning amendment of the number of directors or the composition of the board of directors will be made by making a comparison with the existing situation and considering, inter alia, the impact on the relevant company and the economic interests of shareholders.
  -   In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to diversify the composition of a board of directors.
  -   In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to fix the number of members of a board of directors, except when it is determined that this is a takeover defense strategy.
  -   In principle we will oppose a proposal to make shareholder approval unnecessary in connection with an amendment of the number of members or composition of the board of directors.
(9) Amendment of Qualification Requirements, Period of Service, or Extent of Liability of Directors
    A decision regarding a proposal concerning amendment of the required qualifications of directors, their terms of office or scope of liabilities will be made by making a comparison

B-73


 

      with the existing situation and considering, inter alia, the impact on the relevant company and the economic interests of shareholders
  -   In principle we will oppose a proposal requesting retention of a certain number of a company’s own shares as a condition of installation or continuation in office of a director.
  -   In principle we will oppose a proposal to restrict a term in office of a director.
  -   In principle we will oppose a proposal to institute normal retirement age of directors.
  -   In principle we will oppose a proposal to reduce the liabilities of a director from liability in connection with financial damage as a result of a violation of the fiduciary duties.
(10) Amendment of the Procedural Method for Election of Directors
    We will decide on proposal concerning amendment of the procedural method of electing directors will be made by making a comparison with the existing situation and considering, inter alia, the reasonability of the amendment.
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to require the approval of the majority of the valid votes for an election of a director.
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to prohibit the US style voting system.
3. Election of Statutory Auditors
    A decision regarding a proposal in connection with electing a statutory auditor shall be made by considering, inter alia, the independence and suitability of the statutory auditor candidate.
    In principle we will oppose a candidate for reelection as a statutory auditor in the event that significant concerns exist in an audit report that has been submitted or audit proceedings.
    A person who is independent shall mean a person for whom there is no relationship between the relevant company and the candidate for statutory auditor other than that of being selected as a statutory auditor.
4. Election of Accounting Auditor
We will decide on proposals concerning the election of an accounting auditor by considering, inter alia, the suitability of the candidate for accounting auditor, and the level of audit fees.
    In principle we will oppose a candidate for accounting auditor in the event that the accounting auditor can be determined to have expressed an opinion that is not accurate concerning the financial condition of the relevant company.
    In principle we will oppose in the event that a contract for non-auditing work exists

B-74


 

      between the accounting auditor and the relevant company, and it is determined that the non-auditing work can be found to present a conflict of interest with the auditing work.
    In principle we will oppose a candidate for accounting auditor in the event that an excessive auditing fee is paid.
    In principle we will oppose a proposal requesting a change of accounting auditor in the event that the reason for the change can be determined to be a result of a difference in interpretation between the accounting auditor and the relevant company regarding accounting policy.
5. Compensation of Directors, Statutory Auditors, Officers and Employees
(1) Compensation (Including Bonus)
    Proposals concerning compensation will be decided in consideration of, inter alia, levels of compensation, business performance of the company, and the reasonability of the framework.
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to obtain approval of compensation reports, except in the following cases:
  -   A negative correlation appears to exist between the business performance of the company and compensation.
  -   A compensation framework or practice exists which presents an issue.
    In principle we will oppose a proposal to set an absolute level or maximum compensation.
    In principle we will oppose a proposal to pay compensation only by granting shares.
(2) Stock Option Plan
    A proposal to introduce or amend a stock option plan will be decided in consideration of, inter alia, the impact that introducing or amending the plan will have on shareholder value and the rights of shareholders, as well as the level of compensation, the scope of implementation and the reasonability of the plan.
    In principle we will oppose a proposal to reduce the exercise price of a stock option plan.
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to request that an amendment of the exercise price of a stock option plan be made a matter for approval by the shareholders.
(3) Stock Purchase Plan
    A decision regarding a proposal requesting the introduction or amendment of a stock purchase plan will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the impact that introducing or amending the plan will have on shareholder value and the rights of shareholders, the scope of implementation and the reasonability of the plan.
(4) Retirement Bonus of Directors or Statutory Auditors
    A decision regarding a proposal in connection with awarding a retirement bonus to a

B-75


 

      director or a statutory auditor will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the extent of the persons who are to be recipients, the existence or absence of antisocial activities in the past on the part of the prospective recipients, the business performance of the company, and the existence or absence of antisocial activities on the part of the company. In principle we will oppose awarding a retirement bonus in the event that a significant criminal act has been committed by the recipient during his or her term in office. Moreover we will also consider opposing the awarding of a retirement bonus in the event that the business performance of the relevant company during the term in office of the candidate experienced a deficit in three consecutive periods and no dividends were paid or they were inferior when compared to others in the same industry. In principle we will oppose awarding a retirement bonus in the event that during the term in office of the recipient inappropriate accounting practices occurred such as window dressing or accounting treatment that deviates from generally accepted accounting principles or a significant omission in disclosure, or a corporate scandal occurred, which had a significant impact on society and caused or could cause damage to shareholder value.
6. Equity Financing Policy
(1) Amendment of the Number of Authorized Shares
    A decision regarding a proposal requesting an increase in the number of authorized shares of stock shall be made by considering, inter alia, the impact that amending the number of authorized shares will have on shareholder value and the rights of shareholders, as well as the reasonability of the amendment of the number of authorized shares, and the impact on the listing of shares as well as on the continuity of the company.
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting an increase in the number of authorized shares if it can be determined that unless an increase is made to the number of authorized shares the company will be delisted or that there is a risk of a significant impact on the continuity of the company.
    In principle we will oppose a proposal to increase the number of authorized shares after the appearance of an acquirer.
(2) Issuing of New Shares
    In principle if the existing shareholders will be granted new share subscription rights (pre-emptive purchase rights) we will vote in favor of a proposal to issue new shares up to 100 percent of the number of shares issued and outstanding.
    If the existing shareholders will not be granted new share subscription rights (pre-emptive purchase rights) we will in principle vote in favor of a proposal to issue new shares up to 20 percent of the number of shares issued and outstanding.
    In principle we will oppose a proposal to issue new shares after an acquirer has appeared.

B-76


 

(3) Acquisition or Reissue by a Company of Its Own Shares
    A decision regarding a proposal for a company to acquire or reissue its own shares shall be made by considering, inter alia, its reasonability.
(4) Stock Split
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal involving a stock split.
(5) Consolidation of Shares (Reverse Split)
    A decision regarding a proposal involving a consolidation of shares (reverse split) shall be made by considering, inter alia, its reasonability.
(6) Reduction in Par Value of Shares
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal reducing the par value of shares.
(7) Preferred Shares
    A decision regarding a proposal in connection with creating new preferred shares or amending the number of authorized preferred shares shall be made by considering, inter alia, the existence or absence of voting rights, dividends, conversion or other rights to be granted to the preferred shares as well as the reasonability of those rights.
  -   In principle we will oppose a proposal requesting the creation of new preferred shares or increasing the authorized number of preferred shares, by way of a blank power of attorney that does not specify the voting rights, dividends, conversion or other rights.
  -   In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to create new preferred shares or to increase the number of authorized preferred shares if the voting rights, dividends, conversion and other rights are stipulated and these rights can be determined to be reasonable.
  -   In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to make the issuing of preferred shares a matter for approval by the shareholders.
(8) Classified Shares
    In principle we will oppose a proposal requesting the creation of new shares with differing voting rights or increasing the authorized number of shares with differing voting rights.
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to convert to a capital structure in which there is one vote per share.
(9) Issuing of Convertible Bonds
    A decision regarding a proposal to issue convertible bonds shall be made by considering, inter alia, the number of shares into which the bonds are to be converted, and the period to maturity of the bonds.

B-77


 

(10) Issuing of Non-Convertible Bonds, and Increasing a Borrowing Limit
    A decision regarding a proposal to issue non-convertible bonds will be made by considering, inter alia, the financial condition of the relevant company.
    A decision regarding a proposal to increase a borrowing limit shall be made by considering, inter alia, the financial condition of the relevant company.
(11) Equitization of Debt
    A decision regarding a proposal requesting an amendment of the number of authorized shares or issuing of shares of the company in relation to a debt restructuring shall be made in consideration of, inter alia, the conditions of amending the number of authorized shares or issuing shares of the company, the impact on shareholder value and on the rights of shareholders, the reasonability thereof, as well as the impact on listing of the shares and on the continuity of the company.
(12) Capital Reduction
    A decision regarding a proposal in connection with a capital reduction will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the impact on shareholder value and on the rights of shareholders, the reasonability of the capital reduction, as well as the impact on listing of the shares and on the continuity of the company.
    In principle we will approve a proposal requesting a capital reduction in the form of a standard accounting processing.
(13) Financing Plan
    A decision regarding a proposal in connection with a financing plan will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the impact on shareholder value and on the rights of shareholders, as well as the reasonability thereof, and the impact on the listing of shares as well as on the continuity of the company.
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting approval of a financing plan.
(14) Capitalization of Reserves
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting a capitalization of reserves.
7. Corporate Governance
(1) Amendment of Settlement Period
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting an amendment of the settlement period, except when it can be determined that the objective is to delay a general meeting of shareholders.

B-78


 

(2) Amendment of Articles of Incorporation
    A decision regarding a proposal in connection with an amendment of the articles of incorporation will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the impact on shareholder value and the rights of shareholders as well as the necessity and the reasonability of amending the articles of incorporation.
  -   In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to amend the articles of incorporation if amendment of the articles of incorporation is necessary by law.
  -   In principle we will oppose a proposal to amend the articles of incorporation if it can be determined that there is a risk that the rights of shareholders will be infringed or a risk that a reduction in shareholder value will occur as a result of the relevant amendment.
(3) Amendment of the Quorum of a General Meeting of Shareholders
    A decision regarding a proposal in connection with amending the quorum of a general meeting of shareholders and a special resolution of a general shareholders meeting will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the impact on shareholder value and on the rights of shareholders as well as the customs of the region or country.
  -   In principle we will oppose a proposal to reduce the quorum of a general meeting of shareholders.
  -   In principle we will oppose a proposal to reduce the quorum of a special resolution.
(4) Omnibus Proposal of a General Meeting of Shareholders
    In principle we will oppose an omnibus proposal at a general meeting of shareholders if the entire proposal will not be in the best interests of shareholders.
(5) Other
(Anonymous Voting)
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting anonymous voting, an independent vote counter, an independent inspector, and separate disclosure of the results of voting on a resolution of a general meeting of shareholders.
(Authority to Postpone General Meetings of Shareholders)
    In principle we will oppose a proposal requesting to grant to a company the authority to postpone a general meeting of shareholders.
(Requirement of Super Majority Approval)
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting a relaxation or abolishment of the requirement for a super majority.

B-79


 

8. Corporate Behavior
(1) Amendment of Tradename or Location of Corporate Registration
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting amendment of a tradename.
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting amendment of a location of corporate registration.
(2) Corporate Restructuring
A decision regarding a proposal in connection with a merger, acquisition, assignment or acquisition of business, company split (spin-off), sale of assets, being acquired, corporate liquidation or other corporate restructuring will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the respective impact on shareholder value and on the rights of shareholders, the impact on the financial condition and on the business performance of the relevant company, as well as the reasonability thereof, and the impact on the listing of shares and on the continuity of the company.
    A decision regarding a proposal in connection with a corporate reorganization as set forth below will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the respective impact on shareholder value and on the rights of shareholders, the impact on the financial condition and on the business performance of the relevant company, as well as the reasonability thereof, and the impact on the listing of shares as well as on the continuity of the company:
Merger or acquisition;
Assignment or acquisition of business;
Company split (spin-off);
Sale of assets;
Being acquired; or
Liquidation.
(3) Proxy Contest
    A decision regarding a proposal in connection with election of a director from among opposing candidates will be made in consideration of the independence, suitability, existence or absence of any antisocial activities in the past on the part of a candidate for director, the actions in corporate governance, accountability the business performance of the company, the existence or absence of antisocial activities of the company, and the background to the proxy contest.
    A person who is considered to be independent shall mean a person for whom there is no relationship between the relevant company and the candidate for director other than that of being selected as a candidate director of the relevant company.

B-80


 

(4) Defense Strategy in Proxy Contest
    Staggered Board
 
      In principle we will oppose a proposal requesting the introduction of staggered board of directors:
  -   In principle we will oppose a proposal requesting the introduction of a staggered board of directors.
  -   In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting that the terms in office of directors be one year.
    Authority to Dismiss Directors
 
      In principle we will oppose a proposal requesting more stringent requirements for the shareholders to be able to dismiss a director.
    Cumulative Voting
  -   In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to introduce cumulative voting in connection with the election of directors. However, in principle we will oppose a proposal which a majority of valid votes is required to elect a director except in the event that shareholders are able to write-in their own candidate in the convening notice or ballot of the company and the number of candidates exceeds a prescribed number.
  -   In principle we will oppose a proposal requesting the abolition of cumulative voting in connection with the election of directors.
    Authority to Call an Extraordinary General Meeting of Shareholders
  -   In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting a right of shareholders to call an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders.
  -   In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to abolish restrictions on the right of shareholders to call an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders.
  -   In principle we will oppose a proposal to restrict or prohibit the right of shareholders to call an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders.
    Letter of Consent Seeking Approval or Disapproval from Shareholders
  -   In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting that shareholders have the right to seek approval or disapproval on the part of shareholders by means of a letter of consent.
  -   In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to abolish restrictions on the right of shareholders to seek approval or disapproval on the part of shareholders by means of a letter of consent.
  -   In principle we will oppose a proposal to restrict or prohibit the right of shareholders to seek approval or disapproval on the part of shareholders by means of a letter of consent.

B-81


 

(5) Takeover Defense Strategies
    Rights Plan (Poison Pill)
 
      A decision regarding a proposal in connection with introducing a rights plan (poison pill) will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the triggering conditions, the effective period, the conditions of disclosure of content, the composition of directors of the relevant company, and the status of introducing other takeover defense strategies.
    Fair Price Conditions
 
      A decision regarding a proposal in connection with introducing fair price conditions will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the triggering conditions, the decision-making process for triggering, and the reasonability of the plan.
  -   In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting the introduction of fair price conditions, provided that the following is satisfied.
  -   At the time of triggering the fair price provision, the approval of a majority or not more than a majority of shareholders without a direct interest in the acquisition is to be sought
  -   In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to reduce the number of approvals by shareholders that is necessary to trigger fair price provision.
    Anti-Greenmail Provision
 
      A decision regarding a proposal in connection with introducing an anti-greenmail provision will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the triggering conditions, the decision-making process for triggering, and the reasonability of the plan.
  -   In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting the introduction of anti-greenmail provisions, provided that all of the following standards are satisfied:
  -   The definition of greenmail is clear
  -   If a buyback offer is to be made to a person who holds a large number of shares, that the buy-back offer will be made to all shareholders, or confirmation will be made that shareholders who do not have a direct interest in the takeover do not oppose the buyback offer to the person who holds a large number of shares.
  -   No clause is included which would restrict the rights of shareholders, such as measures to deter being bought out.
    Golden Parachute and Tin Parachute Conditions
 
      A decision regarding a proposal in connection with introducing a golden parachute or a tin parachute will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the triggering conditions, the decision-making process for triggering, the level of compensation to be provided and the

B-82


 

      reasonability of the plan.
  -   In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to introduce or amend a golden parachute or a tin parachute if all of the following criteria are satisfied:
  -   The triggering of the golden parachute or the tin parachute will be determined by an independent committee.
 
  -   The payable compensation shall be no more than three times the employment compensation payable for a year.
 
  -   Payment of compensation shall be made after the transfer of control.
    Classified Shares
 
      In principle we will oppose a proposal in connection with creating new classified shares with multiple voting rights.
 
      A decision regarding a proposal in connection with creating new classified shares with no voting rights or less voting rights will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the terms of the classified shares.
  -   In principle we will oppose a proposal to create classified shares with multiple voting rights.
  -   In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to create new classified shares with no voting rights or less voting rights if all of the following conditions are satisfied.
  -   The objective of creating the new classified shares is to obtain financing while minimizing the dilution of the existing shareholders.
  -   The creation of the new classified shares does not have an objective of protecting the voting rights of shareholders that have a direct interest in a takeover or of major shareholders.
    Issuing New Shares to a White Squire or a White Knight
 
      A decision regarding a proposal in connection with issuing shares to a white squire or a white knight will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the conditions of issuing the shares.
    Relaxation of Requirements to Amend the Articles of Incorporation or Company Regulations
 
      A decision regarding a proposal to relax the requirements to amend the articles of incorporation or company regulations will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the impact on shareholder value and the rights of shareholders.

B-83


 

    Relaxation of Requirements for Approval of a Merger
 
      A decision regarding a proposal to relax the requirements to approve a merger will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the impact on shareholder value and on the rights of shareholders.
    Introduction or Amendment of Takeover Defense Strategy
 
      In principle we will oppose a proposal in connection with introducing or amending a takeover defense strategy that will reduce shareholder value or infringe the rights of shareholders.
9. Social, Environmental and Political Problems
A decision regarding a proposal in connection with a social, environmental or political problems will be made in consideration of, inter alia, the impact that the actions on the part of the company will have on shareholder value and the rights of shareholders, the impact on the financial condition and the business performance of the company, the reasonability of these actions, and the impact on the listing of shares as well as on the continuity of the company.
10. Information Disclosure
    In principle we will oppose a proposal for which sufficient information is not disclosed for the purpose of making a voting decision.
    In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to increase information disclosure, if all of the following criteria are satisfied.
  -   The information will be beneficial to shareholders.
 
  -   The time and expense required for the information disclosure will be minimal.
11. Other
(1) Directors
    Ex Post Facto Approval of Actions by Directors and Executive Officers
 
      In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting ex post facto approval of an action taken by the directors or executive officers as long as there are no material concerns such as having committed an act in violation of fiduciary duties.
    Separation of Chairman of the Board of Directors and CEO
  -   In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to have a director who is independent from the relevant company serve as the chairman of the board of directors as long as there are not sufficient reasons to oppose the proposal, such as the existence of a corporate governance organization that will counter a CEO who is also serving as chairman.

B-84


 

     
  -   A person considered to be independent shall mean a person for whom there is no relationship between the relevant company and the director other than that of being selected as a director.
    Independence of Board of Directors
  -   In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to have directors who are independent from the relevant company account for at least a majority or more than two-thirds of the members of the board of directors.
  -   In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal that the audit committee, compensation committee and nominating committee of the board of directors shall be composed solely of independent directors.
  -   A person considered to be independent shall mean a person for whom there is no relationship between the relevant company and the director other than that of being selected as a director.
(2) Statutory Auditors
    Ex Post Facto Approval of Actions by Statutory Auditors
 
      In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting ex post facto approval of an action taken by a statutory auditor as long as there are no material concerns such as having committed an act in violation of fiduciary duties.
    Attendance by a Statutory Auditor at a General Meeting of Shareholders
 
      In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting that a statutory auditor attend a general meeting of shareholders.
(3) Accounting Auditor
    Fees of an accounting auditor
  -   In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal requesting that the decision on the fees of an accounting auditor is left up to the discretion of the board of directors.
  -   In principle we will oppose a proposal to reduce or waive the liability of an accounting auditor.
    Selection of the Accounting Auditor by a General Meeting of Shareholders
  -   In principle we will vote in favor of a proposal to make the selection of an accounting auditor a matter for resolution by a general meeting of shareholders.

B-85


 

12. Conflicts of Interest
We will abstain from exercising shareholder voting rights in a company that would constitute a conflict of interest.
The following company is determined to be a company that would constitute a conflict of interest:
-   Invesco Limited.
13. Shareholder Proposals
A decision regarding shareholders’ proposals will be made in accordance with the Guideline along with company’s proposal, however, will be considered on the basis of proposed individual items.

B-86


 

1.   Proxy Voting Policy
  1.1   Introduction
 
      Invesco recognises its fiduciary obligation to act in the best interests of all clients, be they superannuation trustees, institutional clients, unit-holders in managed investment schemes or personal investors. One way Invesco represents its clients in matters of corporate governance is through the proxy voting process.
 
      This policy sets out Invesco Australia’s approach to proxy voting in the context of portfolio management, client service responsibilities and corporate governance principles.
 
      This policy applies to;
    all Australian based and managed funds and mandates, in accordance with IFSA Standard No. 13.00 October 2004, clause 9.1 and footnote #3.
      This policy does not apply;
    where investment management of an international fund has been delegated to an overseas Invesco company, proxy voting will rest with that delegated manager.
      In order to facilitate its proxy voting process and to avoid conflicts of interest where these may arise, Invesco may retain a professional proxy voting service to assist with in-depth proxy research, vote recommendations, vote execution, and the necessary record keeping.
 
  1.2   Guiding Principles
 
  1.2.1   The objective of Invesco’s Proxy Voting Policy is to promote the economic interests of its clients. At no time will Invesco use the shareholding powers exercised in respect of its clients’ investments to advance its own commercial interests, to pursue a social or political cause that is unrelated to clients’ economic interests, or to favour a particular client or other relationship to the detriment of others.
 
  1.2.2   The involvement of Invesco as an institutional shareholder will not extend to interference in the proper exercise of Board or management responsibilities, or impede the ability of companies to take the calculated commercial risks which are essential means of adding value for shareholders.
 
  1.2.3   The primary aim of the policy is to encourage a culture of performance among investee companies, rather than one of mere conformance with a prescriptive set of rules and constraints.
 
  1.2.4   Invesco considers that proxy voting rights are an important power, which if exercised diligently can enhance client returns, and should be managed with the same care as any other asset managed on behalf of its clients.
 
  1.2.5   Invesco may choose not to vote on a particular issue if this results in shares being blocked from trading for a period of more than 4

B-87


 

      hours; it may not be in the interest of clients if the liquidity of investment holdings is diminished at a potentially sensitive time, such as that around a shareholder meeting.
  1.3   Proxy Voting Authority
 
  1.3.1   Authority Overview
 
      An important dimension of Invesco’s approach to corporate governance is the exercise of proxy voting authority at the Annual General Meetings or other decision-making forums of companies in which we manage investments on behalf of clients.
 
      Proxy voting policy follows two streams, each defining where discretion to exercise voting power should rest — with Invesco as the investment manager (including its ability to outsource the function), or with individual mandate clients.
 
      Under the first alternative, Invesco’s role would be both to make voting decisions, for pooled funds and on individual mandate clients’ behalf, and to implement those decisions.
 
      Under the second alternative, where IM clients retain voting control, Invesco has no role to play other than administering voting decisions under instructions from our clients on a cost recovery basis.
 
  1.3.2   Individually-Managed Clients
 
      IM clients may elect to retain voting authority or delegate this authority to Invesco. If delegated, Invesco will employ either ISS or ASCI guidelines (selected at inception by the client) but at all times Invesco Investment Managers will retain the ability to override any decisions in the interests of the client. Alternate overlays and ad hoc intervention will not be allowed without Board approval.
 
      In cases where voting authority is delegated by an individually-managed client, Invesco recognises its responsibility to be accountable for the decisions it makes.
 
      Some individually-managed clients may wish to retain voting authority for themselves, or to place conditions on the circumstances in which it can be exercised by investment managers 1 .
 
      The choice of this directive will occur at inception or at major review events only. Individually managed clients will not be allowed to move on an ad hoc basis between delegating control to the funds manager and full direct control.
 
1   In practice, it is believed that this option is generally only likely to arise with relatively large clients such as trustees of major superannuation funds or statutory corporations that have the resources to develop their own policies and to supervise their implementation by investment managers and custodians. In particular, clients who have multiple equity managers and utilise a master custody arrangement may be more likely to consider retaining voting authority in order to ensure consistency of approach across their total portfolio. Such arrangements will be costed into administration services at inception.

B-88


 

  1.3.3   Pooled Fund Clients
 
      The funds manager is required to act solely in the collective interests of unit holders at large rather than as a direct agent or delegate of each unit holder. The legal relationship that exists means it is not possible for the manager to accept instructions from a particular pooled fund client as to how to exercise proxy voting authority in a particular instance.
 
      Invesco’s accountability to pooled fund clients in exercising its fiduciary responsibilities is best addressed as part of the manager’s broader client relationship and reporting responsibilities.
 
      In considering proxy voting issues arising in respect of pooled fund shareholdings, Invesco will act solely in accordance with its fiduciary responsibility to take account of the collective interests of unit holders in the pooled fund as a whole.
 
      All proxy voting decisions may be delegated to an outsourced provider, but Invesco investment managers will retain the ability to override these decisions in the interests of fund unit holders.
 
  1.4   Key Proxy Voting Issues
 
  1.4.1   Issues Overview
 
      Invesco will consider voting requirements on all issues at all company meetings directly or via an outsourced provider. We will generally not announce our voting intentions and the reasons behind them.
 
  1.4.2   Portfolio Management Issues
 
      Invesco does not consider it feasible or desirable to prescribe in advance comprehensive guidelines as to how it will exercise proxy voting authority in all circumstances. The primary aim of Invesco’s approach to corporate governance is to encourage a culture of performance among the companies in which we invest in order to add value to our clients’ portfolios, rather than one of mere conformance with a prescriptive set of rules and constraints.
 
      As a general rule, Invesco will vote against any actions that will reduce the rights or options of shareholders, reduce shareholder influence over the board of directors and management, reduce the alignment of interests between management and shareholders, or reduce the value of shareholders’ investments, unless balanced by reasonable increase in net worth of the shareholding.
 
      Where appropriate, Invesco will also use voting powers to influence companies to adopt generally accepted best corporate governance practices in areas such as board composition, disclosure policies and the other areas of recommended corporate governance practice.
 
      Administrative constraints are highlighted by the fact that many issues on which shareholders are in practice asked to vote are routine matters relating to the ongoing administration of the company — eg. approval of financial accounts or housekeeping amendments to Articles of Association. Generally in such cases,

B-89


 

      Invesco will be in favour of the motion as most companies take seriously their duties and are acting in the best interests of shareholders. However, reasonable consideration of issues and the actual casting of a vote on all such resolutions would entail an unreasonable administrative workload and cost. For this reason, Invesco may outsource all or part of the proxy voting function at the expense of individual funds. Invesco believes that an important consideration in the framing of a proxy voting policy is the need to avoid unduly diverting resources from our primary responsibilities to add value to our clients’ investments through portfolio management and client service.
  1.5   Internal Proxy Voting Procedure
 
      In situations where an override decision is required to be made or where the outsourced provider has recused itself from a vote recommendation, the responsible Investment Manager will have the final say as to how a vote will be cast.
 
      In the event that a voting decision is considered not to be in the best interests of a particular client or where a vote is not able to be cast, a meeting may be convened at any time to determine voting intentions. The meeting will be made up of at least three of the following:
      Chief Executive Officer;
 
      Head of Operations & Finance;
 
      Head of either Legal or Compliance; and
 
      Relevant Investment Manager(s).
  1.6   Client Reporting
Invesco will keep records of its proxy voting activities, directly or through outsourced reporting.
      Upon client election, Invesco will report quarterly or annually to the client on proxy voting activities for investments owned by the client.
 
      A record will be kept of the voting decision in each case by Invesco or its outsourced provider. Invesco will disclose on an annual basis, a summary of its proxy voting statistics on its website as required by IFSA standard No. 13 — Proxy Voting.

B-90


 

 
PART C—OTHER INFORMATION
 
Item 25: Financial Statements and Exhibits  
 
     (1) Financial Statements:
 
  Included in Part A:
 
Financial Highlights
 
Included in Part B:
 
Incorporated by reference to the Annual Report dated February 28, 2013. Filed electronically pursuant to Section 30(b)(2) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm; Audited Financial Statements as of February 28, 2013; Notes to Audited Financial Statements
 
     (2) Exhibits
 
     
(a)(1)(a)      
  Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated May 15, 2012*
(b)      
  Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated July 20, 2012*
(b)(1)(a)      
  Bylaws*
(b)      
  Amendment No. 1 to the Bylaws*
(d)          
  Not Applicable
(g)(1)      
  Master Investment Advisory Agreement*
(2)      
  Master Intergroup Sub-Advisory Contract*
(3)      
  Memorandum of Agreement regarding Expense Limitations(18)
(4)      
  Memorandum of Agreement regarding Affiliated Money Market Fund Advisory Fee Waiver*
(h)(1)      
  Master Distribution Agreement*
(2)      
  Amended and Restated Plan of Distribution*
(i)     
  Memorandum of Agreement regarding 12b-1 Fee Waivers(18)
(j)(1)      
  Amended and Restated Master Custodian Contract(16)
(2)(i)  
  Transfer Agency and Service Agreement(16)
(ii) 
  Amendment to Transfer Agency and Service Agreement(16)
(iii) 
  Amendment No. 1 to the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement, dated July 1, 2011*
(k)(1)(i)(a)  
  Master Administrative Services Agreement(16)
(b)  
  Amendment No. 1 to the Master Administrative Services Agreement*
(c)  
  Amendment No. 2 to the Master Administrative Services Agreement*
(ii)(a) 
  Administration Agreement(16)
(b) 
  Amendment No. 1 to the Administration Agreement*
(2)(i)  
  Revolving Credit and Security Agreement(15)
(ii) 
  Agreement of Amendment No. 2 and Assignment dated August 20, 2010(16)
(iii) 
  Agreement of Amendment No. 3 to the Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated August 18, 2011*
(iv) 
  Agreement of Amendment No. 4 to the Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated August 16, 2012*
(3)      
  Service Plan*
(4)        
  Second Amended and Restated Multi-Class Plan*
(5)      
  Master Sub-Accounting Services Agreement(17)


C-1


 

     
(l)(1)      
  Opinion and Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP regarding Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares(9)
(2)      
  Opinion and Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP regarding former Class B Shares (now Class IB Shares) and former Class C Shares (now Class IC Shares)(6)
(3)      
  Opinion and Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP regarding Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares(14)
(4)      
  Opinion and Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP*
(n)          
  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm*
(p)          
  Letter of Investment Intent(1)
(r)(1)      
  Invesco Advisers, Inc. Code of Ethics adopted January 1, 2011, relating to Invesco Advisers, Inc. and any of its subsidiaries*
(2)      
  Invesco Asset Management Limited Code of Ethics, dated 2011, relating to Invesco UK*
(3)      
  Invesco Ltd. Code of Conduct, dated October 2011, relating to Invesco Asset Management (Japan) Limited*
(4)      
  Invesco Staff Ethics and Personal Share Dealing policy, dated January 2013, relating to Invesco Hong Kong Limited*
(5)      
  Invesco Ltd. Code of Conduct, revised October 2011, relating to Invesco Canada Ltd.; Invesco Canada Ltd. Policy No. D-6 Gifts and Entertainment, revised November 2011, and Policy No. D-7 Invesco Canada Personal Trading Policy, revised September 2012, together the Code of Ethics relating to Invesco Canada Ltd.*
(6)      
  Invesco Asset Management Deutschland GmbH Code of Ethics, dated 2012, relating to Invesco Continental Europe*
(7)      
  Invesco Ltd. Code of Conduct, revised October 2011, relating to Invesco Australia Limited*
(8)      
  Invesco Senior Secured Management Code of Ethics*
(s)          
  Power of Attorney*
(1)  Incorporated by reference to the Fund’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, File Nos. 333-14499 and 811-5845, filed on October 21, 1996.
 
(2)  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Fund’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, File Nos. 333-14999 and 811-5845, filed on November 13, 1997.
 
(3)  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Fund’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, File Nos. 333-75911 and 811-5845, filed on November 8, 2000.
 
(4)  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 6 to the Fund’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, File Nos. 333-75911 and 811-5845, filed on November 27, 2002.
 
(5)  Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to the Fund’s Registration Statement on Form N-14, File Nos. 333-103330 and 811-5845, filed on March 11, 2003.
 
(6)  Incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Fund’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, File Nos. 333-104959 and 811-5845, filed on June 12, 2003.
 
(7)  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Fund’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, File Nos. 333-104959 and 811-5845, filed on November 26, 2003.
 
(8)  Incorporated by reference to the Fund’s Schedule TO filed on June 18, 2004.
 
(9)  Incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Fund’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, File Nos. 333-121061 and 811-5845, filed on February 15, 2005.
 
(10)  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Fund’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, File Nos. 333-121061 and 811-5845, filed on November 28, 2005.

C-2


 

 
(11)  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Fund’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, File Nos. 333-121061 and 811-5845, filed on September 29, 2006.
 
(12)  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to the Fund’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, File Nos. 333-121061 and 811-5845, filed on November 28, 2007.
 
(13)  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 to the Fund’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, File Nos. 333-121061 and 811-5845, filed on November 26, 2008.
 
(14)  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 6 to the Fund’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, File Nos. 333-121061 and 811-5845, filed on December 19, 2008.
 
(15)  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to the Fund’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, File Nos. 333-121061 and 811-5845, filed on November 24, 2009.
 
(16)  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to the Fund’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, File Nos. 333-121061 and 811-5845, filed on September 29, 2010.
 
(17)  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 to the Fund’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, File Nos. 333-121061 and 811-5845, filed on November 29, 2010.
 
(18)  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 11 to the Fund’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, File Nos. 333-121061 and 811-05845, filed on June 28, 2012.
 
*  Filed herewith.
 
Item 26: Marketing Arrangements
 
See Exhibit h to this Registration Statement.
 
Item 27: Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
 
         
Securities and Exchange Commission fees
  $ 0  
Printing and engraving expenses*
  $ 9,415  
Legal fees*
  $ 33,983  
Audit expenses*
  $ 74,057  
         
Total
  $ 117,455  
         
* Estimated based on expenses incurred during the previous fiscal year.
 
Item 28: Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant
 
Not applicable
 
Item 29: Number of Holders of Securities
 
On May 31, 2013:
 
         
Title of Class
 
Number of Record Holders
 
 
Class A Shares
    1,002  
Class B Shares
    206  
Class C Shares
    439  
Class IB Shares
    9,064  
Class IC Shares
    938  
 
Item 30: Indemnification
 
Please see Article VIII of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (Exhibit (a)(1)(a)) for indemnification of Trustees and officers. Registrant’s Trustees and officers are also covered by an Errors and Omissions Policy. Section 16 of the Master Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and the Adviser provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of obligations or duties under the Master Investment Advisory Agreement on the part of the Adviser


C-3


 

or any of its officers, directors or employees, the Adviser shall not be subject to liability to the Registrant or to any shareholder of the Registrant for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services under the Master Investment Advisory Agreement or for any losses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding or sale of any security. Section 12 of the Master Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and Invesco Distributors provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of obligations or duties under the Master Distribution Agreement on the part of Invesco Distributors, the Registrant shall indemnify Invesco Distributors against any and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses which Invesco Distributors may incur under the Securities Act of 1933, or common law or otherwise, arising out of or based upon any alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement or prospectus, or any omission to state a material fact therein, the omission of which makes any statement contained therein misleading, unless such statement or omission was made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, information furnished to the Registrant in connection therewith by or on behalf of Invesco Distributors.
 
Insofar as indemnification for claims, demands expenses and liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to Trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant and the Adviser and any underwriter pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in such Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer, or controlling person or the Registrant and the principal underwriter in connection with the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted against the Registrant by such Trustee, officer or controlling person or Invesco Distributors in connection with the Shares being registered, such indemnification by it is against public policy, as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
Item 31: Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser
 
The only employment of a substantial nature of Invesco Adviser’s directors and officers is with the Advisers and its affiliated companies. For information as to the business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature of each of the officers and directors of Invesco Asset Management Deutschland GmbH, Invesco Asset Management Ltd., Invesco Asset Management (Japan) Limited, Invesco Australia Limited, Invesco Hong Kong Limited, Invesco Senior Secured Management, Inc. and Invesco Canada Ltd. (each a “Sub-Adviser”, collectively the “Sub-Advisers”) reference is made to Form ADV filed under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 by each Sub-Adviser herein incorporated by reference. Reference is also made to the caption “Fund Management — The Advisers” in the Prospectuses which comprises Part A of this Registration Statement, and to the caption “Investment Advisory and Other Services” of the Statement of Additional Information which comprises Part B of this Registration Statement, and to Item 32(b) of this Part C.
 
Item 32: Location of Accounts and Records
 
Invesco Advisers, Inc., 1555 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30309, maintains physical possession of each such account, book or other document of the Registrant at the Registrant’s principal executive offices, 11 Greenway Plaza, Suite 1000, Houston, Texas 77046-1173, except for those maintained at the offices of, Invesco Senior Secured Management, Inc., 1166 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036, and except for those relating to certain transactions in portfolio securities that are maintained by the Registrant’s Custodian, State Street Bank and Trust Company, 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts, 02110 and the Registrant’s Transfer Agent and Dividend Paying Agent, Invesco Investment Services, Inc., P.O. Box 219078, Kansas City, Missouri 64121-9078.


C-4


 

Records may also be maintained at the offices of:
 
Invesco Asset Management Deutschland GmbH
An der Welle 5M
1st Floor
Frankfurt, Germany 60322
 
Invesco Asset Management Ltd.
30 Finsbury Square
London, United Kingdom
EC2A 1AG
 
Invesco Asset Management (Japan) Limited
Roppongi Hills Mori Tower 14F
6-10-1 Roppongi
Minato-Ku, Tokyo 106-6114
 
Invesco Australia Limited
333 Collins Street, Level 26
Melbourne Vic 3000, Australia
 
Invesco Hong Kong Limited
41/F Citibank Tower
3 Garden Road, Central
Hong Kong
 
Invesco Senior Secured Management, Inc.
1166 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036
 
Invesco Canada Ltd.
5140 Yonge Street
Suite 800
Toronto, Ontario
Canada M2N 6X7
 
Item 33: Management Services
 
Not applicable
 
Item 34: Undertakings
 
The Registrant hereby undertakes:
 
1.  Not applicable
 
2.  Not applicable
 
3.  Not applicable
 
4.  (a) To file during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement: (i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933; (ii) to reflect in the Prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the Registration Statement; and (iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the Registration Statement.
 
(b) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


C-5


 

(c) To remove from registration by means of post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
 
5. If applicable:
 
(a) For purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of a registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post- effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
6. To send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, its Statement of Additional Information.


C-6


 

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant, Invesco Senior Loan Fund, certifies that it meets all the requirements for effectiveness of this Amendment to the Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 486(b) under the 1933 Act and has duly caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized in the City of Houston, and the State of Texas, on the 27th day of June, 2013.
 
Invesco Senior Loan Fund
 
  By: 
/s/   Colin Meadows
Colin Meadows
President and Principal Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the 1933 Act, this amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed on June 27, 2013 by the following persons in the capacities indicated:
 
     
Signatures
 
Title
 
Principal Executive Officer:
   
     
/s/   Colin Meadows

Colin Meadows
  President and Principal Executive Officer
     
Principal Financial Officer:    
     
/s/   Sheri Morris

Sheri Morris
  Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer
     
Trustees:    
     
/s/   David C. Arch*

David C. Arch
  Trustee
     
/s/   Jerry D. Choate*

Jerry D. Choate
  Trustee
     
/s/   Linda Hutton Heagy*

Linda Hutton Heagy
  Trustee
     
/s/   R. Craig Kennedy*

R. Craig Kennedy
  Trustee
     
/s/   Colin Meadows

Colin Meadows
  Trustee
     
/s/   Hugo F. Sonnenschein*

Hugo F. Sonnenschein
  Trustee


C-7


 

     
Signatures
 
Title
 
     
/s/   Wayne W. Whalen*

Wayne W. Whalen
  Trustee
     
/s/   Suzanne H. Woolsey*

Suzanne H. Woolsey
  Trustee
     
   
* Signed by John M. Zerr pursuant to a Power of Attorney filed herewith.
     
/s/   John M. Zerr

Attorney-in-Fact
  June 27, 2013


C-8


 

SCHEDULE OF EXHIBITS TO FORM N-2
INVESCO SENIOR LOAN FUND
 
     
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit
 
(a)(1)(a)
  Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated May 15, 2012
(a)(1)(b)
  Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated July 20, 2012
(b)(1)(a)
  Bylaws
(b)(1)(b)
  Amendment No. 1 to the Bylaws
(g)(1)
  Master Investment Advisory Agreement
(g)(2)
  Master Intergroup Sub-Advisory Contract
(g)(4)
  Memorandum of Agreement regarding Affiliated Money Market Fund Advisory Fee Waiver
(h)(1)
  Master Distribution Agreement
(h)(2)
  Amended and Restated Plan of Distribution
(j)(2)(iii)
  Amendment No. 1 to the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement dated July 1, 2011
(k)(1)(i)(b)
  Amendment No. 1 to the Master Administrative Services Agreement
(k)(1)(i)(c)
  Amendment No. 2 to the Master Administrative Services Agreement
(k)(1)(ii)(b)
  Amendment No. 1 to the Administration Agreement
(k)(2)(iii)
  Agreement of Amendment No. 3 to the Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated August 18, 2011
(k)(2)(iv)
  Agreement of Amendment No. 4 to the Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated August 16, 2012
(k)(3)
  Service Plan
(k)(4)
  Second Amended and Restated Multi-Class Plan
(l)(4)
  Opinion and Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
(n)
  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
(r)(1)
  Invesco Advisers, Inc. Code of Ethics, adopted January 1, 2011, relating to Invesco Advisers, Inc. and any of its subsidiaries
(r)(2)
  Invesco Asset Management Limited Code of Ethics, dated 2011, relating to Invesco UK
(r)(3)
  Invesco Ltd. Code of Conduct, dated October 2011, relating to Invesco Asset Management (Japan) Limited
(r)(4)
  Invesco Staff Ethics and Personal Share Dealing policy, dated January 2013, relating to Invesco Hong Kong Limited
(r)(5)
  Invesco Ltd. Code of Conduct, revised October 2011, relating to Invesco Canada Ltd.; Invesco Canada Ltd. Policy No. D-6 Gifts and Entertainment, revised November 2011, and Policy No. D-7 Invesco Canada Personal Trading Policy, revised September 2012, together the Code of Ethics relating to Invesco Canada Ltd.
(r)(6)
  Invesco Asset Management Deutschland GmbH Code of Ethics, dated 2012, relating to Invesco Continental Europe
(r)(7)
  Invesco Ltd. Code of Conduct, revised October 2011, relating to Invesco Australia Limited
(r)(8)
  Invesco Senior Secured Management Code of Ethics
(s)     
  Power of Attorney


C-9

AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST
OF
INVESCO VAN KAMPEN SENIOR LOAN FUND
          AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST of Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund is made the 15th day of May, 2012 by the parties signatory hereto, as Trustees, and by each person who becomes a Shareholder in accordance with the terms hereinafter set forth;
          WHEREAS the Trust was formed on April 2, 2012 by its sole Trustee by the filing of a Certificate of Trust with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to a Declaration of Trust, dated as of March 27, 2012 (the “Original Declaration”);
          WHEREAS the Trust has been formed to carry on the business of a closed-end management investment company as defined in the 1940 Act;
          WHEREAS the Trustees have agreed to manage all property coming into their hands as trustees of a Delaware statutory trust in accordance with the provisions of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, as amended from time to time, and the provisions hereinafter set forth; and
          WHEREAS pursuant to the provisions of the Original Declaration, the Board of Trustees desires to amend and restate the Original Declaration in the manner hereinafter set forth.
          NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustees hereby declare that:
          (i) the Original Declaration is amended and restated in its entirety in the manner hereinafter set forth;
          (ii) they will hold all cash, securities and other assets that they may from time to time acquire in any manner as Trustees hereunder IN TRUST to manage and dispose of the same upon the following terms and conditions for the benefit of the holders from time to time of Shares as hereinafter set forth; and
          (iii) this Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust and the Bylaws shall be binding in accordance with their terms on every Trustee, by virtue of having become a Trustee of the Trust, and on every Shareholder, by virtue of having become a Shareholder of the Trust, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Bylaws.
ARTICLE I
NAME, DEFINITIONS, PURPOSE AND CERTIFICATE OF TRUST
     Section 1.1 Name . The name of the statutory trust is Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund and the Trustees may transact the Trust’s affairs in that name or any other name as the Board of Trustees may from time to time designate. The Trust shall constitute a Delaware statutory trust in accordance with the Delaware Act.

-1-


 

     Section 1.2 Offices of the Trust . The Board may at any time establish offices of the Trust at any place or places where the Trust intends to do business.
     Section 1.3 Registered Agent and Registered Office . The name of the registered agent of the Trust and the address of the registered office of the Trust are as set forth in the Certificate of Trust.
     Section 1.4 Definitions . Whenever used herein, unless otherwise required by the context or specifically provided in the Governing Instrument:
  (a)   “Affiliated Person,” “Commission,” “Company,” “Person,” and “Principal Underwriter” shall have the meanings given them in the 1940 Act, as modified by or interpreted by any applicable order or orders of the Commission or any rules or regulations adopted or interpretive releases of the Commission thereunder;
 
  (b)   “Agreement” means this Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as it may be amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time;
 
  (c)   “Board of Trustees” or “Board” shall mean the governing body of the Trust, that is comprised of the number of Trustees of the Trust fixed from time to time pursuant to Article III hereof, having the powers and duties set forth herein;
 
  (d)   “Bylaws” means the Bylaws of the Trust as amended from time to time by the Trustees;
 
  (e)   “Certificate of Trust” shall mean the certificate of trust of the Trust filed on April 2, 2012 with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required under the Delaware Act, as such certificate may be amended or restated from time to time;
 
  (f)   “class” or “class of Shares” refers to the division of Shares into two or more classes as provided in Section 2.1;
 
  (g)   “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder;
 
  (h)   “Covered Person” means a person who is or was a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust, or is or was serving at the request of the Trustees as a director, trustee, partner, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, trust, partnership, joint venture or other enterprise;
 
  (i)   “Delaware Act” refers to the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, 12 Del. C. § 3801 et seq., as such Act may be amended from time to time;
 
  (j)   “Governing Instrument” means collectively, this Agreement, the Bylaws, all amendments to this Agreement and the Bylaws, all written committee and sub-committee charters adopted by the Trustees, and every resolution of the Trustees or any committee or sub-committee of the Trustees that by its terms is incorporated by reference into this Agreement or stated to constitute part of the Trust’s Governing Instrument, in each case as of the date of the adoption of each such resolution or amendment or modification thereto;

-2-


 

  (k)   “Majority Shareholder Vote” means the vote of “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust with each class of Shares voting together as a single class, except to the extent the 1940 Act or the Governing Instrument requires the separate vote of one or more classes of Shares, in which case the applicable proportion of such classes of Shares voting as a separate class, as the case may be, will be required;
 
  (l)   “Majority Trustee Vote” means the vote of a majority of the Trustees then in office;
 
  (m)   “1933 Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules promulgated thereunder;
 
  (n)   “1940 Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time, and the rules promulgated thereunder;
 
  (o)   “Record Owner” means, as of any particular time, a record owner of Shares of the Trust shown on the books of the Trust or the Trust’s transfer agent as then issued and outstanding at such time;
 
  (p)   “Registration Statement” means a registration statement of the Trust relating to Shares filed with the Commission under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act, and all amendments to such registration statement, as in effect from time to time. The “effective date” of a Registration Statement shall be the date on which such Registration Statement (and any amendments thereto) is declared effective by the Commission, or becomes effective pursuant to the 1933 Act and/or the 1940 Act;
 
  (q)   “series” or “series of Shares” refers to the designation of Shares representing any class as one or more series as provided in Section 2.1;
 
  (r)   “Shareholder” means, as of any particular time, an owner of outstanding Shares, whether beneficially or of record, of the Trust;
 
  (s)   “Shares” means the transferable units of beneficial interest into which the beneficial interest in the Trust shall be divided from time to time and includes fractions of Shares as well as whole Shares. All references to Shares shall be deemed to be Shares of any or all series or classes as the context may require;
 
  (t)   “Trust” means Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund, the Delaware statutory trust formed under the Original Declaration, as amended and restated by this Agreement, and by filing of the Certificate of Trust with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and governed by this Agreement, as such instruments may be further amended, restated or supplemented from time to time;

-3-


 

  (u)   “Trust Property” means any and all property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, which is owned or held by or for the account of the Trust, or by the Trustees on behalf of the Trust; and
 
  (v)   “Trustees” means the natural persons who have signed this Agreement as trustees so long as they shall continue to serve as trustees of the Trust in accordance with the terms hereof, and all other natural persons who may from time to time be duly appointed as Trustee in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.4, or elected as Trustee by the Shareholders, and reference herein to a Trustee or to the Trustees shall refer to such natural persons in their capacity as Trustees hereunder.
          In this Agreement or in any amended, restated or supplemented Agreement, references to this Agreement, and all expressions like “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereunder,” shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement as amended, restated or supplemented. All expressions like “his,” “he,” and “him,” shall be deemed to include the feminine and neuter, as well as masculine, genders.
     Section 1.5 Purpose . The purpose of the Trust is to conduct, operate and carry on the business of a closed-end management investment company registered under the 1940 Act investing primarily in securities and other financial instruments or property, and to carry on such other business as the Trustees may from time to time determine pursuant to their authority under this Agreement.
ARTICLE II
SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST
     Section 2.1 Shares of Beneficial Interest .
  (a)   The Trustees may, without Shareholder approval, authorize one or more classes of Shares (which classes may be designated as one or more series), with Shares of each such class or series having such par value and such preferences, voting powers, terms of redemption, if any, and special or relative rights or privileges (including conversion rights, if any) as the Trustees may determine. Subject to applicable law, the Trustees may, without Shareholder approval, authorize the Trust to issue subscription or other rights representing interests in Shares to existing Shareholders or other persons subject to such terms and conditions as the Trustees may determine. The number of Shares of each class or series authorized shall be unlimited, and the Shares so authorized may be represented in part by fractional shares. The Trustees may without Shareholder approval from time to time divide or combine the Shares of any class or series into a greater or lesser number without thereby changing the proportionate beneficial interest in the class or series. All Shares issued hereunder, including without limitation, Shares issued in connection with a dividend or other distribution in Shares or a split or reverse split of shares, when issued on the terms determined by the Trustees, shall be fully paid and nonassessable.
 
  (b)   The Shares shall be designated as one class, a class of an unlimited number of common Shares, no par value (the “Common Shares”), having the powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions described below.

-4-


 

  (c)   Shareholders shall have no power to vote on any matter except matters on which a vote of Shareholders is required by the 1940 Act or the Governing Instrument.
 
  (d)   Subject to any Board resolution establishing and designating a class of Shares, Shareholders shall have no preemptive or other right to subscribe for new or additional authorized, but unissued Shares or other securities issued by the Trust.
 
  (e)   Dividends or other distributions, when, as and if declared by the Board, shall be shared equally by the holders of Common Shares on a share for share basis. In the event of the termination of the Trust, the holders of the Common Shares shall be entitled to receive pro rata the net distributable assets of the Trust.
 
  (f)   Any Trustee, officer or other agent of the Trust, and any organization in which any such Person has an economic or other interest, may acquire, own, hold and dispose of Shares in the Trust, whether such Shares are authorized but unissued, or already outstanding, to the same extent as if such Person were not a Trustee, officer or other agent of the Trust; and the Trust may issue and sell and may purchase such Shares from any such Person or any such organization, subject to the limitations, restrictions or other provisions applicable to the sale or purchase of such shares herein, the 1940 Act and other applicable law.
     Section 2.2 Other Securities . The Trustees may, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act and the Governing Instrument, authorize and issue such other securities of the Trust as they determine to be necessary, desirable or appropriate, having such terms, rights, preferences, privileges, limitations and restrictions as the Trustees see fit, including debt securities or other senior securities. Any such supplement or amendment shall be filed as is necessary. The Trustees are also authorized to take such actions and retain such Persons as they see fit to offer and sell such securities.
     Section 2.3 Personal Liability of Shareholders . No Shareholder of the Trust shall be personally liable for the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred by, contracted for, or otherwise existing with respect to, the Trust. Neither the Trust nor the Trustees, nor any officer, employee, or agent of the Trust shall have any power to bind personally any Shareholder or to call upon any Shareholder for the payment of any sum of money or assessment whatsoever other than (i) such as the Shareholder may at any time personally agree to pay by way of subscription for any Shares or otherwise, or (ii) any indemnification payment owed to the Trust by the Shareholder pursuant to Section 8.5. The Shareholders shall be entitled, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to the same limitation of personal liability as is extended under the Delaware General Corporation Law to stockholders of private corporations for profit.
     Section 2.4 Derivative Actions . In addition to the requirements set forth in Section 3816 of the Delaware Act, a Shareholder or Shareholders may bring a derivative action on behalf of the Trust only if the following conditions are met:
          (a) The Shareholder or Shareholders must make a pre-suit demand upon the Board of Trustees to bring the subject action unless an effort to cause the Board of Trustees to bring such an action is not likely to succeed. For purposes of this Section 2.4, a demand on the Board of Trustees shall be deemed not likely to succeed and therefore excused only if a majority of the Board of Trustees, or a majority of any committee established to consider the merits of such action, is composed of Trustees who are not “independent trustees” (as such term is defined in the Delaware Act).

-5-


 

          (b) Unless a demand is not required under Section 2.4(a), Shareholders eligible to bring such derivative action under the Delaware Act who hold at least a majority of the outstanding Shares of the Trust shall join in the demand for the Board of Trustees to commence such action; and
          (c) Unless a demand is not required under Section 2.4(a), the Board of Trustees must be afforded a reasonable amount of time to consider such Shareholder request and to investigate the basis of such claim. The Board of Trustees shall be entitled to retain counsel or other advisors in considering the merits of the demand and shall require an undertaking by the Shareholders making such demand to reimburse the Trust for the fees and expense of any such counsel or other advisors            and other out of pocket expenses of the Trust, in the event that the Board of Trustees determines not to bring such action. The Trust is hereby permitted to redeem or repurchase Shares of any Shareholder liable to the Trust under this Section 2.4(c) at a value determined by the Board of Trustees in accordance with the 1940 Act and other applicable law, and to set off against and retain any distributions otherwise payable to any Shareholder liable to the Trust under this Section 2.4(c), in payment of amounts due hereunder.
     For purposes of this Section 2.4, the Board of Trustees may designate a committee of one Trustee to consider a Shareholder demand if necessary to create a committee with a majority of Trustees who are “independent trustees” (as such term in defined in the Delaware Act).
     Section 2.5 Assent to Agreement . Every Shareholder, by virtue of having purchased a Share, shall be held to have expressly assented to, and agreed to be bound by, the terms hereof. The death, incapacity, dissolution, termination, or bankruptcy of a Shareholder during the continuance of the Trust shall not operate to terminate the Trust nor entitle the representative of any deceased Shareholder to an accounting or to take any action in court or elsewhere against the Trust or the Trustees, but only to rights of said deceased, incapacitated, dissolved, terminated or bankrupt Shareholder under the Governing Instrument. Ownership of Shares shall not entitle the Shareholder to any title in or to the whole or any part of the Trust Property or right to call for a partition or division of the same or for an accounting, nor shall the ownership of Shares constitute the Shareholders as partners.
     Section 2.6 Disclosure of Holding . The Shareholders or holders of other securities of the Trust shall upon demand disclose to the Trustees in writing such information with respect to direct or indirect ownership of Shares or other securities of the Trust as the Trustees deem to be (i) in the best interests of the Trust or (ii) necessary to comply with the provisions of the Code, the 1940 Act or other applicable laws or regulations, or to comply with the requirements of any other taxing or regulatory authority.
ARTICLE III
THE TRUSTEES
     Section 3.1 Management of the Trust .
  (a)   The Trustees shall have exclusive and absolute control over the Trust Property and over the business of the Trust to the same extent as if the Trustees were the sole owners of the Trust Property and business in their own right, but with such powers of delegation as may be permitted by this Agreement.

-6-


 

  (b)   The Trustees shall have power to conduct the business of the Trust and carry on its operations in any and all of its branches and maintain offices both within and without the State of Delaware, in any and all states of the United States of America, in the District of Columbia, in any and all commonwealths, territories, dependencies, colonies, or possessions of the United States of America, and in any and all foreign jurisdictions and to do all such other things and execute all such instruments as they deem necessary, proper or desirable in order to promote the interests of the Trust although such things are not herein specifically mentioned.
 
  (c)   The enumeration of any specific power in this Agreement shall not be construed as limiting the aforesaid power. The powers of the Trustees may be exercised without order of or resort to any court or other authority.
     Section 3.2 Number of Trustees . The Board shall consist of such number of trustees as shall be fixed from time to time by a majority of the Trustees; provided, however, that the number of trustees shall in no event be less than three (3) nor more than eleven (11). The natural persons who have executed this Agreement shall be the Trustees as of the date hereof.
     Section 3.3 Terms of Office of Trustees .
  (a)   The Board of Trustees shall not be divided into classes, except that upon the occurrence of any event requiring the Trust to hold annual meetings of the Shareholders, including, but not limited to, the listing of Shares of the Trust on any national securities exchange, the Board of Trustees shall be divided into three classes. In such event, the number of Trustees in each class, and the individual Trustees assigned to each class, shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Trustees and the terms of office for each class of Trustees shall be determined as follows:
  (1)   The term of office of the first class shall expire on the date of the first annual meeting of Shareholders, or special meeting in lieu thereof at which Trustees are elected, following the date of such event;
 
  (2)   The term of office of the second class shall expire on the date of the second annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof at which Trustees are elected, following the date of such event;
 
  (3)   The term of office of the third class shall expire on the date of the third annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof at which Trustees are elected, following the date of such event; and
 
  (4)   Upon expiration of the term of office of each class as set forth above, the number of Trustees in such class, as determined by the Board of Trustees, shall be elected to succeed the Trustees whose terms of office expire for a term expiring on the date of the third annual meeting of Shareholders, or special meeting in lieu thereof at which Trustees are elected, following such expiration. The term of any Trustee standing for

-7-


 

      re-election who fails to receive sufficient votes to be elected to office due to a lack of quorum or a failure to receive the required Shareholder vote set forth in Section 3.4 shall continue for successive one year terms until such Trustee is duly elected, at which time such Trustee shall serve the remainder of the term of office for the class to which such Trustee was originally elected.
  (b)   Each Trustee elected shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been elected at a meeting of Shareholders called for the purpose of electing Trustees and shall have qualified; except that:
  (1)   Any Trustee may resign as trustee or may retire by written instrument signed by such Trustee and delivered to the other Trustees, which shall take effect upon such delivery or upon such later date as is specified therein;
 
  (2)   Any Trustee may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by written instrument signed by at least 75% of the number of Trustees prior to such removal, specifying the date when such removal shall become effective; provided that from the date hereof through June 30, 2013, such instrument shall be signed by at least eighty percent (80%) of the number of Trustees prior to such removal;
 
  (3)   Any Trustee who has died, become physically or mentally incapacitated by reason of disease or otherwise, or is otherwise unable to serve, may be retired by written instrument signed by a majority of the other Trustees, specifying the date of his retirement; and
 
  (4)   A Trustee shall be retired in accordance with the terms of any retirement policy adopted by at least 75% of the Trustees and in effect from time to time.
     Section 3.4 Election, Vacancies and Appointment of Trustees .
  (a)   Trustees shall be elected by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Shares of the Trust present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at a meeting of Shareholders called by the Board for that purpose at which a quorum is present.
 
  (b)   In case of the declination to serve, death, resignation, retirement or removal of a Trustee, or a Trustee is otherwise unable to serve, or an increase in the size of the Board, a vacancy shall occur. Whenever a vacancy in the Board of Trustees shall occur, until such vacancy is filled, the other Trustees shall have all the powers hereunder and the determination of the other Trustees of such vacancy shall be conclusive. In the case of any vacancy, the remaining Trustees may fill such vacancy by appointing such other person as they in their discretion shall see fit, or may leave such vacancy unfilled or may reduce the size of the Board to not less than three (3) Trustees. Such appointment shall be evidenced by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees in office or by resolution of the Board of Trustees, duly adopted, which shall be recorded in the minutes of a meeting of the Trustees, whereupon the appointment shall take effect.

-8-


 

  (c)   An appointment of a Trustee may be made by the Trustees then in office in anticipation of a vacancy to occur by reason of retirement, resignation, or removal of a Trustee, or an increase in the size of the Board effective at a later date, provided that said appointment shall become effective only at the time or after the expected vacancy occurs.
 
  (d)   As soon as any Trustee appointed pursuant to this Section 3.4 or elected by the Shareholders shall have accepted the Trust and agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of the Agreement, the Trust estate shall vest in the new Trustee or Trustees, together with the continuing Trustees, without any further act or conveyance, and he shall be deemed a Trustee hereunder.
     Section 3.5 Temporary Absence of Trustee . Any Trustee may, by power of attorney, delegate his power for a period not exceeding six months at any one time to any other Trustee or Trustees, provided that in no case shall less than two Trustees personally exercise the other powers hereunder except as herein otherwise expressly provided.
     Section 3.6 Effect of Death, Resignation, etc. of a Trustee . The declination to serve, death, resignation, retirement, removal, incapacity, or inability of the Trustees, or any one of them, shall not operate to terminate the Trust or to revoke any existing agency created pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
     Section 3.7 Ownership of Assets of the Trust . The assets of the Trust shall be held separate and apart from any assets now or hereafter held in any capacity other than as Trustee hereunder by the Trustees or any successor Trustees. Legal title in all of the assets of the Trust and the right to conduct any business shall at all times be considered as vested in the Trust, except that the Trustees may cause legal title to any Trust Property to be held by or in the name of one or more of the Trustees, or in the name of any Person as nominee.
     Section 3.8 Legal Standard . The Trustees shall be subject to the same fiduciary duties to which the directors of a Delaware corporation would be subject if the Trust were a Delaware corporation, the Shareholders were shareholders of such Delaware corporation and the Trustees were directors of such Delaware corporation, and such modified duties shall replace any fiduciary duties to which the Trustees would otherwise be subject. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all actions and omissions of the Trustees shall be evaluated under the doctrine commonly referred to as the “business judgment rule,” as defined and developed under Delaware law, to the same extent that the same actions or omissions of directors of a Delaware corporation in a substantially similar circumstance would be evaluated under such doctrine. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of the Governing Instrument, to the extent that they modify, restrict or eliminate the duties (including fiduciary duties), and liabilities relating thereto, of a Trustee otherwise applicable under the foregoing standard or otherwise existing at law (statutory or common) or in equity, are agreed by each Shareholder and the Trust to replace such duties and liabilities of such Trustee under the foregoing standard or otherwise existing at law (statutory or common) or in equity.
     Section 3.9 Other Business Interests . The Trustees shall devote to the affairs of the Trust such time as may be necessary for the proper performance of their duties hereunder, but neither the Trustees nor the officers, directors, shareholders, partners or employees of the Trustees, if any, shall be expected to devote their full time to the performance of such duties. The Trustees, or any Affiliated Person, shareholder, officer, director, partner or employee thereof, or any Person owning a legal or beneficial interest therein, may engage in, or possess

-9-


 

an interest in, any business or venture other than the Trust, of any nature and description, independently or with or for the account of others. None of the Trust or any Shareholder shall have the right to participate or share in such other business or venture or any profit or compensation derived therefrom.
ARTICLE IV
POWERS OF THE TRUSTEES
     Section 4.1 Powers . The Trustees in all instances shall act as principals, and are and shall be free from the control of the Shareholders. The Trustees shall have full power and authority to do any and all acts and to make and execute any and all contracts and instruments that they may consider necessary or appropriate in connection with the management of the Trust.
  (a)   Without limiting the foregoing and subject to any applicable limitation in the Governing Instrument or applicable law, the Trustees shall have power and authority:
  (1)   To invest and reinvest cash and other property, and to hold cash or other property uninvested, without in any event being bound or limited by any present or future law or custom in regard to investments by Trustees, and to sell, exchange, lend, pledge, mortgage, hypothecate, write options on, distribute and otherwise deal with and lease any or all of the assets of the Trust;
 
  (2)   To operate as, and to carry on the business of, an investment company, and to exercise all the powers necessary and appropriate to the conduct of such operations;
 
  (3)   To borrow money and in this connection issue notes or other evidence of indebtedness; to secure borrowings by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting as security the Trust Property; to endorse, guarantee, or undertake the performance of an obligation or engagement of any other Person and to lend Trust Property;
 
  (4)   To provide for the distribution of Shares either through a principal underwriter in the manner hereafter provided for or by the Trust itself, or both, or otherwise pursuant to an underwriting agreement of any kind;
 
  (5)   To adopt Bylaws not inconsistent with this Agreement providing for the conduct of the business of the Trust and to amend and repeal them all without a vote of the Shareholders; such Bylaws shall be deemed incorporated and included in the Governing Instrument;
 
  (6)   To elect and remove such officers and appoint and terminate such agents as they consider appropriate;
 
  (7)   To employ one or more banks, trust companies or companies that are members of a national securities exchange or such other domestic or foreign entities as custodians of any assets of the Trust subject to any conditions set forth in this Agreement or in the Bylaws;

-10-


 

  (8)   To retain one or more transfer agents and shareholder servicing agents;
 
  (9)   To set record dates in the manner provided herein or in the Bylaws;
 
  (10)   To delegate such authority as they consider desirable to any officers of the Trust and to any investment adviser, manager, administrator, custodian, underwriter or other agent or independent contractor;
 
  (11)   To sell or exchange any or all of the assets of the Trust, subject to the right of Shareholders, if any, to vote on such transaction pursuant to Section 6.1;
 
  (12)   To vote or give assent, or exercise any rights of ownership, with respect to stock or other securities or property; and to execute and deliver proxies and powers of attorney to such person or persons as the Trustees shall deem proper, granting to such person or persons such power and discretion with relation to securities or property as the Trustee shall deem proper;
 
  (13)   To exercise powers and rights of subscription or otherwise that in any manner arise out of ownership of securities;
 
  (14)   To hold any security or property in a form not indicating any trust, whether in bearer, book entry, unregistered or other negotiable form; or either in the name of the Trust or a custodian or a nominee or nominees, subject in either case to proper safeguards according to the usual practice of Delaware statutory trusts or investment companies;
 
  (15)   To consent to or participate in any plan for the reorganization, consolidation or merger of any corporation or concern, with respect to any security which is held in the Trust; to consent to any contract, lease, mortgage, purchase, or sale of property by such corporation or concern, and to pay calls or subscriptions with respect to any security held in the Trust;
 
  (16)   To compromise, arbitrate, or otherwise adjust claims in favor of or against the Trust or any matter in controversy including, but not limited to, claims for taxes;
 
  (17)   To declare and pay dividends and make distributions of income and of capital gains and capital to Shareholders in the manner hereinafter provided;
 
  (18)   To repurchase Shares from time to time as permitted by applicable law, upon such terms and conditions as the Trustees shall establish;
 
  (19)   To establish one or more committees or sub-committees, to delegate any of the powers of the Trustees to said committees or sub-committees and to adopt a written charter for one or more of such committees or sub-committees governing its membership, duties and operations and any other characteristics as the Trustees may deem proper, each of which

-11-


 

      committees and sub-committees may consist of less than the whole number of Trustees then in office, and may be empowered to act for and bind the Trustees and the Trust as if the acts of such committee or sub-committee were the acts of all the Trustees then in office;
 
  (20)   To interpret the investment policies, practices or limitations of the Trust;
 
  (21)   To establish a registered office and have a registered agent in the State of Delaware;
 
  (22)   To enter into joint ventures, general or limited partnerships, limited liability companies, and any other combinations and associations; and
 
  (23)   In general, to carry on any other business in connection with or incidental to any of the foregoing powers, to do everything necessary, suitable or proper for the accomplishment of any purpose or the attainment of any object or the furtherance of any power hereinbefore set forth, either alone or in association with others, and to do every other act or thing incidental or appurtenant to or growing out of or connected with the aforesaid business or purposes, objects or powers.
  (b)   The foregoing clauses of Section 4.1(a) shall be construed both as objects and powers, and the foregoing enumeration of specific powers shall not be held to limit or restrict in any manner the general powers of the Trustees.
 
  (c)   Any action by one or more of the Trustees in their capacity as such hereunder shall be deemed an action on behalf of the Trust, and not an action in an individual capacity.
 
  (d)   The Trustees shall not be limited to investing in obligations maturing before the possible termination of the Trust.
 
  (e)   No one dealing with the Trustees shall be under any obligation to make any inquiry concerning the authority of the Trustees, or to see to the application of any payments made or property transferred to the Trustees or upon their order.
     Section 4.2 Issuance and Repurchase of Shares . The Trustees shall have the power to issue, sell, repurchase, redeem, retire, cancel, acquire, hold, resell, reissue, dispose of, and otherwise deal in Shares and, subject to the provisions set forth in Articles II and VII hereof, to apply to any such repurchase, redemption, retirement, cancellation or acquisition of Shares any funds or property of the Trust with respect to which such Shares are issued.
     Section 4.3 Action by the Trustees . Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Board of Trustees or any committee or sub-committee thereof shall act by majority vote of those present at a meeting duly called as set forth in the Bylaws at which a quorum required by the Bylaws is present. Any action that may be taken by the Board of Trustees or any committee or sub-committee thereof by majority vote at a meeting duly called and at which a quorum required by the Bylaws is present, may also be taken by written consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Trustees or members of the committee or sub-committee, as the case may be, without a meeting, provided that the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee or sub-committee. Written consents or waivers of the Trustees may

-12-


 

be executed in one or more counterparts. Any written consent or waiver may be provided and delivered to the Trust by any means by which notice may be given to a Trustee. Subject to the requirements of the Governing Instrument and the 1940 Act, the Trustees by Majority Trustee Vote may delegate to any Trustee or Trustees or committee or sub-committee of Trustees, officer or officers of the Trust or any agent of the Trust authority to approve particular matters or take particular actions on behalf of the Trust; provided that if an action of the Trustees requires a vote greater than a Majority Trustee Vote, such greater vote shall be required to delegate such action to any Trustee or Trustees or committee or sub-committee of Trustees.
     Section 4.4 Principal Transactions . Subject to Article IX, the Trustees may, on behalf of the Trust, buy any securities from or sell any securities to, or lend any assets of the Trust to, any Trustee or officer of the Trust or any firm of which any such Trustee or officer is a member acting as principal, or have any such dealings with any investment adviser, underwriter, or transfer agent for the Trust or with any Affiliated Person of such Person; and the Trust may employ any such Person, or firm or Company in which such Person is an Affiliated Person, as broker, legal counsel, registrar, investment adviser, underwriter, administrator, transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent, custodian, or in any capacity upon customary terms, subject in all cases to applicable laws, rules, and regulations and orders of regulatory authorities.
     Section 4.5 Payment of Expenses by the Trust . The Trustees are authorized to pay or cause to be paid out of the principal or income of the Trust, or partly out of the principal and partly out of income, all expenses, fees, charges, taxes and liabilities incurred or arising in connection with the Trust, or in connection with the management thereof, including, but not limited to, the Trustees’ compensation and such expenses and charges for the services of the Trust’s officers, employees, investment adviser and manager, administrator, principal underwriter, auditors, counsel, custodian, transfer agent, shareholder servicing agent, and such other agents or independent contractors and such other expenses and charges as the Trustees may deem necessary or proper to incur.
     Section 4.6 Trustee Compensation . The Trustees as such shall be entitled to reasonable compensation from the Trust. They may fix the amount of their compensation. Nothing herein shall in any way prevent the employment of any Trustee for advisory, management, administrative, legal, accounting, investment banking, underwriting, brokerage, or investment dealer or other services and the payment for the same by the Trust.
     Section 4.7 Independent Trustee . A Trustee who is an “independent trustee,” as that term is defined in the Delaware Act, shall be deemed to be independent and disinterested for all purposes when making any determinations or taking any action as a Trustee.
ARTICLE V
INVESTMENT ADVISER, PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER AND
TRANSFER AGENT
     Section 5.1 Investment Adviser .
  (a)   The Trustees may in their discretion, from time to time, enter into an investment advisory or management contract or contracts with respect to the Trust whereby the other party or parties to such contract or contracts shall undertake to furnish the Trustees with such management, investment advisory, statistical and research facilities and services and such other facilities and services, if any, and all upon such terms and conditions, as the Trustees may in their discretion determine.

-13-


 

  (b)   The Trustees may authorize the investment adviser to employ, from time to time, one or more sub-advisers to perform such of the acts and services of the investment adviser, and upon such terms and conditions, as may be agreed upon among the Trustees, the investment adviser and sub-adviser. Any references in this Agreement to the investment adviser shall be deemed to include such sub-advisers, unless the context otherwise requires.
     Section 5.2 Other Service Contracts . The Trustees may authorize the engagement of a principal underwriter, transfer agent, administrator, custodian, and any other service providers they deem to be in the best interest of the Trust.
     Section 5.3 Parties to Contract . Any contract of the character described in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 may be entered into with any corporation, firm, partnership, trust, association or other legal entity, although one or more of the Trustees or officers of the Trust may be an officer, director, trustee, shareholder, member, employee or agent or hold any other similar officer with respect to such other party to the contract.
     Section 5.4 Miscellaneous . The fact that (i) any of the Shareholders, Trustees or officers of the Trust is a shareholder, director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, manager, adviser, principal underwriter or distributor or agent of or for any Company or of or for any parent or affiliate of any Company, with which an advisory or administration contract, or principal underwriter’s or distributor’s contract, or transfer, shareholder servicing, custodian or other agency contract may have been or may hereafter be made, or that any such Company, or any parent or affiliate thereof, is a Shareholder or has an interest in the Trust, or that (ii) any Company with which an advisory or administration contract or principal underwriter’s or distributor’s contract, or transfer, shareholder servicing, custodian, or other agency contract may have been or may hereafter be made also has an advisory or administration contract, or principal underwriter’s or distributor’s contract, or transfer, shareholder servicing, custodian or other agency contract with one or more other companies, or has other business or interests shall not affect the validity of any such contract or disqualify any Shareholder, Trustee or officer of the Trust from voting upon or executing the same or create any liability or accountability to the Trust or its Shareholders.
ARTICLE VI
SHAREHOLDERS’ VOTING POWERS AND MEETING
     Section 6.1 Voting Powers .
  (a)   The Shareholders shall have power to vote only to:
  (1)   Elect Trustees, provided that a meeting of Shareholders has been called for that purpose;
 
  (2)   Approve transactions described in Section 6.2 and Article IX of this Agreement;
 
  (3)   Approve any amendment to this Article VI or Article IX or, to the extent required by Section 6.2, to Section 8.4;

-14-


 

  (4)   In the event the Board is classified pursuant to the terms of Section 3.3, approve any amendment to declassify the Board; and
 
  (5)   Approve such additional matters as may be required by the 1940 Act or the Governing Instrument, or as the Trustees, in their sole discretion, shall determine.
  (b)   Until Shares are issued, the Trustees may exercise all rights of Shareholders and may take any action required or permitted by law or by the Governing Instrument that may be taken by Shareholders.
 
  (c)   Each whole Share shall be entitled to one vote as to any matter on which it is entitled to vote, and each fractional Share shall be entitled to a proportionate fractional vote.
 
  (d)   Except as otherwise provided in the Governing Instrument, on any matter submitted to a vote of the Shareholders, all Shares shall be voted together as a single class, except when required by applicable law, or when the Trustees have determined that the matter affects the interests of one or more classes or affects each class differently, then the Shareholders of each such affected class shall be entitled to vote separately thereon.
 
  (e)   Shareholders shall not be entitled to cumulative voting in the election of Trustees or on any other matter.
 
  (f)   Subject to any provision of applicable law and except as otherwise provided in the Governing Instrument, an affirmative Majority Shareholder Vote shall be required to approve any matter requiring a vote of the Shareholders.
 
  (g)   Only Record Owners shall have the power to cast a vote at a meeting of shareholders subject to the voting provisions set forth in the Governing Instrument. Beneficial owners of Shares who are not Record Owners shall not be entitled to cast a vote at a meeting of Shareholders but shall be entitled to provide voting instructions to corresponding Record Owners, subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law and stock exchanges on which the Shares are listed for trading.
     Section 6.2 Additional Voting Powers and Voting Requirements for Certain Actions .
  (a)   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Shareholders shall have power to vote to approve any amendment to Section 8.4 of this Agreement approved by the Board of Trustees that would have the effect of reducing the indemnification provided thereby to Shareholders or former Shareholders, and any such action shall require the affirmative vote or consent of Shareholders owning at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Outstanding Shares.
 
  (b)   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any amendment to declassify the Board following any classification of the Board in accordance with Section 3.3 or to this Article VI or Article IX of this Agreement shall require the affirmative vote or consent of the Board of Trustees followed by the affirmative vote or consent of Shareholders owning at least seventy-five percent (75%) of

-15-


 

      the Outstanding Shares, unless such amendment has been previously approved, adopted or authorized by the affirmative vote of at least two thirds (66 2/3%) of the Board of Trustees, in which case an affirmative Majority Shareholder Vote shall be required.
 
  (c)   The voting requirements set forth in this Section 6.2 shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any vote or consent of the Shareholders otherwise required by applicable law (including, without limitation, any separate vote by class that may be required by the 1940 Act) or by the Governing Instrument.
 
  (d)   Any additional matter not expressly requiring a vote of Shareholders on which the Trustees determine the Shareholders shall have power to vote shall require the affirmative vote or consent of Shareholders owning at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Outstanding Shares, unless such matter has been previously approved, adopted or authorized by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (66 2/3%) of the Board of Trustees, in which case an affirmative Majority Shareholder Vote shall be required.
ARTICLE VII
DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPURCHASES
     Section 7.1 Distributions . The Trustees may from time to time declare and pay dividends and make other distributions with respect to any Shares or class thereof, which may be from surplus, income, capital gains or capital or distributions in kind of the assets of the Trust. The amount of such dividends or distributions and the payment of them and whether they are in cash or any other Trust Property shall be wholly in the discretion of the Trustees, although the Trustees pursuant to Section 4.1(a)(10) may delegate the authority to set record, declaration, payment and ex-dividend dates, determine the amount of dividends and distributions and pay such dividends and distributions. Dividends and other distributions may be paid pursuant to a standing resolution adopted once or more often as the Trustees determine. The Trustees shall have the power and authority to amend, correct or change the amount of any declared dividend or distribution from time to time until such dividend or distribution has been paid to shareholders. All dividends and other distributions on Shares or a class thereof shall be distributed pro rata to the Record Owners of such class, as the case may be, in proportion to the number of Shares or Shares of such class they held on the record date established for such payment. The Trustees may adopt and offer to Shareholders such dividend reinvestment plans, cash distribution payment plans, or similar plans as the Trustees deem appropriate.
     Section 7.2 Repurchase of Shares With Shareholder Consent .
          (a) Subject to the Governing Instrument, the Trust may repurchase Shares on the open market or such Shares as are tendered by any Record Owner for repurchase pursuant to a repurchase offer (including, without limitation, pursuant to Rule 23c-3 under the 1940 Act) or tender offer, if any, made by the Trust periodically or from time to time, upon the presentation by the Record Owner of a proper instrument of transfer together with a request directed to the Trust, its transfer agent or other duly authorized agent, that the Trust repurchase such Shares, or in accordance with such other procedures for repurchase as the Board of Trustees may from time to time authorize; and the Trust will pay therefor a price that meets the requirements of Section 23 of the 1940 Act, and the rules and regulations adopted thereunder, and that is in accordance with the terms of such repurchase offer, tender offer, the Governing Instrument and other applicable law.

-16-


 

          (b) The repurchase price may in any case or cases be paid wholly or partly in kind if the Board of Trustees determines that such payment is advisable in the interest of the Trust. Subject to the foregoing, the fair value, selection and quantity of securities or other property of the Trust so paid or delivered as all or part of the repurchase price shall be determined by or under authority of the Board of Trustees. Subject to applicable law, the Trust shall not be liable for any delay of any corporation or other Person in transferring securities or other property selected for delivery as all or part of any payment in kind.
     Section 7.3 Repurchase of Shares Without Shareholder Consent . Subject to the Governing Instrument, the Trust shall have the right at its option and at any time, subject to the 1940 Act and other applicable law, to repurchase Shares of any Shareholder at a price that meets the requirements of Section 23 of the 1940 Act, and the rules and regulations adopted thereunder, and that is in accordance with the terms of the Governing Instrument and other applicable law: (a) if at such time, such Shareholder owns Shares having an aggregate net asset value of less than an amount determined from time to time by the Trustees; or (b) to the extent that such Shareholder owns Shares in an amount less than, equal to or in excess of a percentage or certain number of the Shares determined from time to time by the Trustees.
     Section 7.4 Transfer of Shares . Shares shall be transferable in accordance with the provisions of the Bylaws.
     Section 7.5 Redemptions . Shares are not redeemable at the option of the holders thereof.
ARTICLE VIII
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
     Section 8.1 Limitation of Liability . A Trustee or officer of the Trust, when acting in such capacity, shall not be personally liable to any person for any act, omission or obligation of the Trust or any Trustee or officer of the Trust; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall protect any Trustee or officer against any liability to the Trust or to Shareholders to which the Trustee would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office with the Trust.
     Section 8.2 Indemnification of Covered Persons . Every Covered Person shall be indemnified by the Trust to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Act, the Bylaws and other applicable law.
     Section 8.3 Insurance . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Board of Trustees shall have the authority to purchase with Trust Property insurance for liability and for all expenses reasonably incurred or paid or expected to be paid by a Covered Person in connection with any proceeding in which such Covered Person becomes involved by virtue of such Covered Person’s actions, or omissions to act, in its capacity or former capacity with the Trust, whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify such Covered Person against such liability.
     Section 8.4 Indemnification of Shareholders . In case any Shareholder or former Shareholder of the Trust shall be held to be personally liable solely by reason of his being or having been a Shareholder of the Trust and not because of his acts or omissions or for some other reason, the Shareholder or former Shareholder (or his heirs, executors, administrators or

-17-


 

other legal representatives, or, in the case of a corporation or other entity, its corporate or general successor) shall be entitled, out of the Trust’s assets, to be held harmless from and indemnified against all loss and expense arising from such liability in accordance with the Bylaws and applicable law. The Trust, on its own behalf, shall upon request by the Shareholder, assume the defense of any such claim made against the Shareholder for any act or obligation of the Trust.
     Section 8.5 Indemnification of the Trust . Except to the extent expressly set forth in the Governing Instrument, each Shareholder will be liable to the Trust for, and indemnify and hold harmless the Trust (and any subsidiaries or affiliates thereof) from and against, all costs, expenses, penalties, fines or other amounts, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ and other professional fees, whether third party or internal, arising from any action against the Trust in which such Shareholder is not the prevailing party, and shall pay such amounts on demand, together with interest on such amounts, which interest will accrue at the lesser of the Trust’s highest marginal borrowing rate, per annum compounded, and the maximum amount permitted by law, from the date such costs or the like are incurred until the receipt of payment. The Trust is hereby permitted to redeem or repurchase Shares of any Shareholder liable to the Trust under this Section 8.5 at a value determined by the Board of Trustees in accordance with the 1940 Act and other applicable law, and to set off against and retain any distributions otherwise payable to any Shareholder liable to the Trust under this Section 8.5, in payment of amounts due hereunder.
ARTICLE IX
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
     Section 9.1 Vote Required . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary and subject to the exceptions provided in this Article IX, each of the transactions described in this Article IX shall require the approval of the Board of Trustees followed by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 75% of the Outstanding Shares entitled to vote unless such transaction has been previously approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (66 2/3%) of the Board of Trustees, in which case an affirmative Majority Shareholder Vote shall be required. Such affirmative vote shall be in addition to the vote or consent of Shareholders otherwise required by law or any agreement between the Trust and any national securities exchange.
     Section 9.2 Dissolution of the Trust or Termination of a Class .
  (a)   The Trust shall have perpetual existence, except that the Trust shall be dissolved upon approval by vote of the Board followed by a vote of Shareholders as set forth in Section 9.1; provided that if the affirmative vote of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Board approves the dissolution, no vote of Shareholders shall be required to dissolve the Trust.
 
  (b)   Upon dissolution of the Trust, the Trust shall carry on no business except for the purpose of winding up its affairs, and all powers of the Trustees under this Agreement shall continue until such affairs have been wound up. Without limiting the foregoing, the Trustees shall (in accordance with Section 3808 of the Delaware Act) have the power to:
  (1)   Fulfill or discharge the contracts of the Trust;

-18-


 

  (2)   Collect its assets;
 
  (3)   Sell, convey, assign, exchange, merge where the Trust is not the survivor, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the remaining Trust Property to one or more Persons at public or private sale for consideration which may consist in whole or in part in cash, securities or other property of any kind;
 
  (4)   Pay or make reasonable provision (including through the use of a liquidating trust) to pay all claims and obligations of the Trust, including all contingent, conditional or unmatured claims and obligations known to the Trust, and all claims and obligations which are known to the Trust, but for which the identity of the claimant is unknown, and claims and obligations that have not been made known to the Trust or that have not arisen but that, based on the facts known to the Trust, are likely to arise or to become known to the Trust within 10 years after the date of dissolution; and
 
  (5)   Do all other acts appropriate to liquidate its business.
  (c)   If there are sufficient assets held with respect to the Trust, such claims and obligations shall be paid in full and any such provisions for payment shall be made in full. If there are insufficient assets held with respect to the Trust, such claims and obligations shall be paid or provided for according to their priority and, among claims and obligations of equal priority, ratably to the extent of assets available therefor. Any remaining assets (including, without limitation, cash, securities or any combination thereof) held with respect to the Trust shall be distributed to the Record Owners of the Trust ratably according to the number of Shares of the Trust held of record by the several Record Owners on the date for such dissolution distribution, subject to any then existing preferential rights of Shares.
 
  (d)   On completion of distribution of the remaining assets and upon the winding up of the Trust in accordance with Section 3808 of the Delaware Act and its termination, any one (1) Trustee shall execute, and cause to be filed, a certificate of cancellation, with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the provisions of Section 3810 of the Delaware Act, whereupon, the Trust shall terminate and the Trustees and the Trust shall be discharged from all further liabilities and duties hereunder with respect thereto. The Trustees shall not be personally liable to the claimants of the dissolved Trust by reason of the Trustees’ actions in winding up the Trust’s affairs if the Trustees complied with Section 3808(e) of the Delaware Act.
 
  (e)   Each class hereafter created shall have perpetual existence unless terminated upon:
  (1)   The vote of the Board of Trustees; or
  (2)   The occurrence of a termination event pursuant to any Board resolution establishing and designating such class.

-19-


 

     Section 9.3 Merger or Consolidation; Conversion; Reorganization .
  (a)   Merger or Consolidation.
  (1)   Pursuant to an agreement of merger or consolidation, the Board of Trustees may cause the Trust or any of its subsidiaries to merge or consolidate with or into one or more statutory trusts or “other business entities” (as defined in Section 3801 of the Delaware Act) formed or organized or existing under the laws of the State of Delaware or any other state of the United States or any foreign country or other foreign jurisdiction. Any such merger or consolidation shall require approval by vote of the Board of Trustees followed by approval of the Shareholders as set forth in Section 9.1.
  (2)   By reference to Section 3815(f) of the Delaware Act, any agreement of merger or consolidation approved in accordance with this Section 9.3(a) may, without a separate Shareholder vote, unless required by the 1940 Act or the requirements of any securities exchange on which Shares are listed for trading, effect any amendment to the Governing Instrument or effect the adoption of a new governing instrument if the Trust is the surviving or resulting statutory trust in the merger or consolidation, which amendment or new governing instrument shall be effective at the effective time or date of the merger or consolidation.
  (3)   If the Trust is to be the surviving or resulting statutory trust, any one (1) Trustee shall execute, and cause to be filed, a certificate of merger or consolidation in accordance with Section 3815 of the Delaware Act.
  (b)   Conversion.
  (1)   The Board of Trustees may cause:
     (A) The Trust to convert to an “other business entity” (as defined in Section 3801 of the Delaware Act) formed or organized under the laws of the State of Delaware as permitted pursuant to Section 3821 of the Delaware Act;
     (B) The Shares of the Trust to be converted into beneficial interests in another statutory trust; or
     (C) The Shares to be exchanged under or pursuant to any state or federal statute to the extent permitted by law.
  (2)   Any such statutory conversion, Share conversion or Share exchange shall require approval by vote of the Board of Trustees followed by the approval of the Shareholders of the Trust as set forth in Section 9.1.

-20-


 

  (c)   Reorganization.
  (1)   The Board of Trustees may cause the Trust to sell, convey and transfer all or substantially all of the assets of the Trust (“sale of Trust assets”) to another trust, statutory trust, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other association organized under the laws of any state, or to one or more separate series thereof, in exchange for cash, shares or other securities, with such sale, conveyance and transfer either (a) being made subject to, or with the assumption by the transferee of, the liabilities associated with the Trust, or (b) not being made subject to, or not with the assumption of, such liabilities.
  (2)   Any such sale, conveyance and transfer shall require approval by vote of the Board of Trustees followed by the approval of the Shareholders of the Trust as set forth in Section 9.1.
  (3)   Following such sale of Trust assets, the Board of Trustees shall distribute such cash, shares or other securities ratably among the Record Owners of the Trust (giving due effect to the differences among the various classes).
  (4)   If all of the assets of the Trust have been so sold, conveyed and transferred, the Trust shall be dissolved.
     Section 9.4 Reclassification of the Trust . The Board of Trustees may cause the Trust to be converted from a “closed-end company” to an “open-end company” (as those terms are defined, respectively, in Sections 5(a)(2) and 5(a)(1) of the 1940 Act). Such reclassification of the Trust shall require approval by vote of the Board of Trustees followed by the approval of Shareholders as set forth in Section 9.1.
     Section 9.5 Principal Shareholder Transactions .
  (a)   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and subject to the exceptions provided in Section 9.5(c), the types of transactions described in sub-paragraphs (1) through (3) below shall require approval by vote of the Board of Trustees and the Shareholders of the Trust as set forth in Section 9.1 when a Principal Shareholder (as defined in Section 9.5(b)) is a party to the transaction.
  (1)   The issuance of any securities of the Trust or any of its subsidiaries to any Principal Shareholder for cash (other than pursuant to any dividend reinvestment plan).
  (2)   The sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Trust or any of its subsidiaries to any Principal Shareholder (except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than two percent (2%) of the total assets of the Trust or any of its subsidiaries, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period).

-21-


 

  (3)   The sale, lease, or exchange to the Trust or any subsidiary thereof, in exchange for securities of the Trust or any of its subsidiaries, of any assets of any Principal Shareholder (except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than two percent (2%) of the total assets of the Trust or any of its subsidiaries, aggregating for the purpose of such computation, all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period).
  (b)   For purposes of this Section 9.5, the term “Principal Shareholder” shall mean any Person or group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”)), that is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of five percent (5%) or more of the Shares of the Trust and shall include any affiliate or associate, as such terms are defined in clause (2) below, of a Principal Shareholder, but shall not include the investment adviser of the Trust or any affiliated person of the investment adviser of the Trust. For the purposes of this Section 9.5, in addition to the Shares that a Principal Shareholder beneficially owns directly, a Principal Shareholder shall be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any Shares (1) which the Principal Shareholder has the right to acquire pursuant to any agreement or upon exercise of conversion rights or warrants, or otherwise or (2) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly (including Shares deemed owned through application of clause (1) above), by any other Person or group with which the Principal Shareholder or its “affiliate” or “associate,” as those terms are defined in Rule 12b-2, or any successor rule, under the 1934 Act, has any agreement, arrangement, or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting, or disposing of Shares, or which is its “affiliate” or “associate” as so defined. For purposes of this Section 9.5, calculation of the total Shares of the Trust shall not include Shares deemed owned through application of clause (1) above.
 
  (c)   The provisions of this Section 9.5 shall not be applicable to any such transaction between the Trust and any entity of which a majority of the outstanding shares of all classes and series of a stock normally entitled to vote in elections of directors is owned of record and beneficially by the Trust and its subsidiaries.
 
  (d)   The Board of Trustees shall have the power and duty to determine for the purposes of this Section 9.5, on the basis of information known to the Trust, whether:
  (1)   A Person or group beneficially owns five percent (5%) or more of the Shares;
  (2)   A corporation, person or entity is an “affiliate” or “associate” (as defined above) of another; and
  (3)   The assets being sold, leased or exchanged by or to the Trust have an aggregate fair market value of less than 2% of the total assets of the Trust (as defined above).
Any such determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of this Section 9.5 in the absence of manifest error.
     Section 9.6 Absence of Appraisal or Dissenters’ Rights . No Shareholder shall be entitled, as a matter of right, to an appraisal by the Delaware Court of Chancery or otherwise of the fair value of the Shareholder’s Shares or to any other relief as a dissenting Shareholder in respect of any proposal or action involving the Trust or any class of Shares.

-22-


 

ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
     Section 10.1 Trust Not a Partnership; Taxation .
  (a)   It is hereby expressly declared that a trust and not a partnership is created hereby. All persons extending credit to, contracting with or having any claim against the Trust or the Trustees in their capacity as such shall look only to the assets of the Trust for payment under such credit, contract or claim; and neither the Shareholders, the Trustees, nor the Trust’s officers nor any of the agents of the Trustees whether past, present or future, shall be personally liable therefor.
 
  (b)   It is intended that the Trust be classified for income tax purposes as an association taxable as a corporation, and the Trustees shall do all things that they, in their sole discretion, determine are necessary to achieve that objective, including (if they so determine), electing such classifications on Internal Revenue Form 8832. The Trustees, in their sole discretion and without the vote or consent of the Shareholders, may amend this Agreement to ensure that this objective is achieved.
     Section 10.2 Trustee’s Good Faith Action, Expert Advice, No Bond or Surety . The exercise by the Trustees of their powers and discretion hereunder in good faith and with reasonable care under the circumstances then prevailing shall be binding upon everyone interested. Subject to the provisions of Article VIII and to this Section 10.2, the Trustees shall not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law. The Trustees may take advice of counsel or other experts with respect to the meaning and operation of this Agreement, and subject to the provisions of Article VIII and this Section 10.2, shall be under no liability for any act or omission in accordance with such advice or for failing to follow such advice. The Trustees shall not be required to give any bond as such, nor any surety if a bond is obtained.
     Section 10.3 Filing of Copies, References, Headings . The original or a copy of this Agreement or any amendment hereto or any supplemental agreement shall be kept at the office of the Trust. Headings are placed herein for convenience of reference only and in case of any conflict, the text of this Agreement, rather than the headings, shall control. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original.

-23-


 

     Section 10.4 Governing Law .
  (a)   The Trust and the Governing Instrument (including this Agreement), and the rights, obligations and remedies of the Trustees and Shareholders hereunder, are to be governed by and construed and administered according to the Delaware Act, including the provision that gives maximum freedom to contract, the other laws of the State of Delaware and the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following provisions shall not be applicable to the Trust, the Trustees, the Shareholders or the Governing Instrument:
  (1)   The provisions of Section 3533, 3540, 3561 and 3583(a) of Title 12 of the Delaware Code; or
  (2)   Any provisions of the laws (statutory or common) of the State of Delaware (other than the Delaware Act) pertaining to trusts which relate to or regulate:
(A) The filing with any court or governmental body or agency of trustee accounts or schedules of trustee fees and charges;
(B) Affirmative requirements to post bonds for trustees, officers, agents or employees of a trust;
(C) The necessity for obtaining court or other governmental approval concerning the acquisition, holding or disposition of real or personal property;
(D) Fees or other sums payable to trustees, officers, agents or employees of a trust;
(E) The allocation of receipts and expenditures to income or principal;
(F) Restrictions or limitations on the permissible nature, amount or concentration of trust investments or requirements relating to the titling, storage or other manner of holding of trust assets; or
(G) The establishment of fiduciary or other standards or responsibilities or limitations on the indemnification, acts or powers of trustees or other Persons, which are inconsistent with the limitations of liabilities or authorities and powers of the Trustees or officers of the Trust set forth or referenced in the Governing Instrument.
  (b)   The Trust shall be of the type commonly called a “statutory trust,” and without limiting the provisions hereof, the Trust may exercise all powers which are ordinarily exercised by such a trust under Delaware law. The Trust specifically reserves the right to exercise any of the powers or privileges afforded to trusts or actions that may be engaged in by trusts under the Delaware Act, and the absence of a specific reference herein to any such power, privilege or action shall not imply that the Trust may not exercise such power or privilege or take such actions; provided, however, that the exercise of any such power, privilege or action shall not otherwise violate applicable law.

-24-


 

     Section 10.5 Amendments . Except as specifically provided in Article VI hereof or otherwise expressly limited by the Governing Instrument, the Trustees may, without any Shareholder vote, amend this Agreement by making an amendment to this Agreement, an agreement supplemental hereto, or an amended and restated trust instrument. Any such amendment to any Article of this Agreement except to Section 3.2 to change the minimum or maximum number of trustees, to Section 3.3 to declassify the Board, to Article VI or Article IX, to the extent required by Section 6.2, to Section 8.4 or to this Section 10.5, having been approved by a Majority Trustee Vote, shall become effective, unless otherwise provided by such Trustees (notwithstanding that the section being amended may require a higher Trustee vote), upon being executed by a duly authorized officer of the Trust. Any amendment to Section 3.2 to change the minimum or maximum number of trustees or to this Section 10.5, having been approved by the affirmative vote of 75% of the Board of Trustees shall become effective upon being executed by a duly authorized officer of the Trust. For the avoidance of doubt, any determination of the number of trustees within the minimum and maximum range may be determined by a majority of the Trustees are not subject to a Majority Trustee Vote. Any amendment to Section 3.3 to declassify the Board (if the Board has been classified in accordance with Section 3.3) or to Article VI or Article IX, or, to the extent required by Section 6.2, Section 8.4, having been approved by the requisite vote of the Board of Trustees followed by the requisite vote of the Shareholders as provided in Section 9.1, shall become effective upon being executed by a duly authorized officer of the Trust. A certification signed by a duly authorized officer of the Trust setting forth an amendment to this Agreement and reciting that it was duly adopted by the Shareholders or by the Trustees as aforesaid, or a copy of this Agreement, as amended, executed by a majority of the Trustees, or a duly authorized officer of the Trust, shall be conclusive evidence of such amendment when lodged among the records of the Trust.
     Section 10.6 Provisions in Conflict with Law . The provisions of this Agreement are severable, and if the Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any of such provisions is in conflict with applicable law, the conflicting provision shall be deemed never to have constituted a part of this Agreement; provided, however, that such determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions of this Agreement or render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision in such jurisdiction and shall not in any manner affect such provisions in any other jurisdiction or any other provision of this Agreement in any jurisdiction.
     Section 10.7 Record Owners’ Right to Shareholder List and Other Records . Except as may be required by Regulation 14A promulgated under the 1934 Act, no Shareholder shall have the right to obtain from the Trust a list of the Trust’s Shareholders. Except as required by the 1934 Act or as expressly provided in the Governing Instrument, Shareholders shall have no right to inspect the records, documents, accounts and books of the Trust. Any request to inspect the records of the Trust shall be submitted by the Shareholder to the Trust in writing. Upon receipt of any such request, the Trustees shall determine whether delivery of records pertaining to such request is required by the 1934 Act or is otherwise necessary or appropriate, as determined by the Trustees in their sole discretion, and whether such request complies with the requirements of the 1934 Act and, if so, establish procedures for such inspection. To preserve the integrity of the records, the Trust may provide certified copies of Trust records rather than originals. The Trust shall not be required to create records or obtain records from

-25-


 

third parties to satisfy a Shareholder request. The Trust may require a requesting Shareholder to pay in advance or otherwise indemnify the Trust for the costs and expenses of such Shareholder’s inspection of records. The rights provided for in this Section 10.7 shall not extend to any Person who is a Shareholder but not also a Record Owner.
     Section 10.8 Reports . The Trustees shall cause to be prepared at least annually and more frequently to the extent and in the form required by law, regulation or any stock exchange on which Shares are listed a report of operations containing a balance sheet and statement of income and undistributed income of the Trust prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and an opinion of an independent public accountant on such financial statements. Copies of such reports shall be mailed to all Shareholders within the time required by the 1940 Act, and in any event within a reasonable period preceding the meeting of Shareholders. The Trustees shall, in addition, furnish to the Shareholders at least semi-annually to the extent required by law, interim reports containing an unaudited balance sheet of the Trust as of the end of such period and an unaudited statement of income and surplus for the period from the beginning of the current fiscal year to the end of such period .
     Section 10.9 Use of the Name “Invesco” . The Board of Trustees expressly agrees and acknowledges that the name “Invesco” is the sole property of Invesco Ltd. (“Invesco”). Invesco has granted to the Trust a non-exclusive license to use such name as part of the name of the Trust now and in the future. The Board of Trustees further expressly agrees and acknowledges that the non-exclusive license granted herein may be terminated by Invesco if the Trust ceases to use Invesco or one of its Affiliated Persons as investment adviser or to use other Affiliated Persons or successors of Invesco for such purposes. In such event, the non-exclusive license may be revoked by Invesco and the Trust shall cease using the name “Invesco“ or any name misleadingly implying a continuing relationship between the Trust and Invesco or any of its Affiliated Persons, as part of its name unless otherwise consented to by Invesco or any successor to its interests in such name.
     The Board of Trustees further understands and agrees that so long as Invesco and/or any future advisory Affiliated Person of Invesco shall continue to serve as the Trust’s investment adviser, other registered open- or closed-end investment companies (“funds”) and other types of investment vehicles as may be sponsored or advised by Invesco or its Affiliated Persons shall have the right permanently to adopt and to use the name “Invesco” in their names and in the names of any series or class of shares of such funds.

-26-


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being all of the Trustees of the Trust, have executed this instrument this 15th day of May, 2012.
         
 
  /s/ David C. Arch
 
David C. Arch
   
 
       
 
  /s/ Jerry D. Choate
 
Jerry D. Choate
   
 
       
 
  /s/ Linda Hutton Heagy
 
Linda Hutton Heagy
   
 
       
 
  /s/ R. Craig Kennedy
 
R. Craig Kennedy
   
 
       
 
  /s/ Colin D. Meadows
 
Colin D. Meadows
   
 
       
 
  /s/ Hugo F. Sonnenschein
 
Hugo F. Sonnenschein
   
 
       
 
  /s/ Wayne W. Whalen
 
Wayne W. Whalen
   
 
       
 
  /s/ Suzanne H. Woolsey, Ph.D.
 
Suzanne H. Woolsey, Ph.D.
   

-27-

AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO THE
AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT
AND DECLARATION OF TRUST
OF
INVESCO VAN KAMPEN SENIOR LOAN FUND
          This Amendment No. 1 (“Amendment”) to the Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund amends, effective as of December 3, 2012, the Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund (the “Trust”) dated as of May 15, 2012 (the “Agreement”).
          Under Section 10.5 of the Agreement, a duly authorized officer of the Trust may execute this Amendment.
          WHEREAS, the Trust desires to amend the Agreement to change the name of the trust from Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund to Invesco Senior Loan Fund;
          NOW, THEREFORE, the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
          1. All references in the Agreement to “this Agreement” shall mean the Agreement as amended by this Amendment.
          2. Except as specifically amended by this Amendment, the Agreement is hereby confirmed and remains in full force and effect.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, a duly authorized officer of the Trust, has executed this Amendment as of July 20, 2012.
         
     
  By:   /s/ John M. Zerr    
    Name:   John M. Zerr   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   
 

BYLAWS OF INVESCO VAN KAMPEN SENIOR LOAN FUND,
a Delaware Statutory Trust
Adopted effective May 15, 2012
Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein
shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Trust’s
Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Agreement”).
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
     Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund (the “Trust”) shall be at the offices of The Corporation Trust Company in the County of New Castle, State of Delaware.
     Section 2. Other Offices . The Trust may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Trustees may from time to time determine or the business of the Trust may require.
ARTICLE II
TRUSTEES
     Section 1. Meetings of the Trustees . The Trustees of the Trust may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Meetings of the Trustees may be called orally or in writing by or at the direction of the Chair or his or her designee or by a majority of the Trustees. Meetings of the Board of Trustees and any committee or sub-committee thereof may be held in person or by telephonic or other electronic means.
     Section 2. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Trustees shall be held each year, at such time and place as the Board of Trustees may determine.
     Section 3. Notice of Meetings . Notice of the time, date, and place of all meetings of the Board of Trustees and any committee or sub-committee thereof shall be given to each Trustee, committee member or sub-committee member, as applicable, (i) by telephone, telex, telegram, facsimile, electronic-mail, or other electronic mechanism sent to his or her home or business address at least twenty-four hours in advance of the meeting or (ii) in person at another meeting of the Board of Trustees or such committee or sub-committee, as applicable, or (iii) by written notice mailed or sent via overnight courier to his or her home or business address at least seventy-two hours in advance of the meeting. Notice need not be given to any Trustee, committee member or sub-committee member who attends a meeting of the Board of Trustees or any committee or sub-committee thereof without objecting to the lack of notice or who signs a waiver of notice either before or after such meeting.
     Section 4. Quorum . At all meetings of the Board of Trustees and any committee or sub-committee thereof, one-third of the Trustees then in office or one-third of the committee members or sub-committee members (but in no event less than two Trustees, committee members or sub-committee members), as applicable, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of a majority of the Trustees, committee members or sub-

 


 

committee members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Trustees or such committee or sub-committee, as applicable, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by applicable law or by the Governing Instrument. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Trustees or any committee or sub-committee thereof, the Trustees, committee members or sub-committee members, as applicable, present thereat may adjourn such meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
     Section 5. Designation, Powers, and Names of Committees; Sub-Committees; Committee Charters . Subject to Section 4.3 of the Agreement, the Board of Trustees may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, including ad hoc committees to address specified issues, each of which may, if deemed advisable by the Board of Trustees, have a written Charter. Each committee shall consist of two or more of the Trustees of the Trust. The Board may designate one or more Trustees as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee. Each committee, other than ad hoc committees, shall have a written charter governing its membership, duties and operations, and the Board shall designate the powers of each such committee in its charter. Each committee, to the extent provided in the resolution and/or in such committee’s charter, if applicable, shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of Trustees in the management of the business and affairs of the Trust; provided, however, that in the absence or disqualification of any member of such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Trustees to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Trustees and/or as set forth in the written charter of such committee or committees, if applicable. The Board of Trustees may terminate any such committee at its discretion. Subject to Section 4.3 of the Agreement, the Board of Trustees may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, establish one or more sub-committees of any committee, and the membership, duties and operations of each such sub-committee shall be set forth in the written charter of the applicable committee.
     Section 6. Chair; Vice Chair . The Board of Trustees shall have a Chair, who shall be a Trustee. The Chair shall be elected by a majority of the Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons,” as such term is defined in the 1940 Act. The Board of Trustees may also have a Vice Chair, who shall be a Trustee. The Vice Chair shall be elected by a majority of the Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons,” as such term is defined in the 1940 Act. The Chair shall preside at all meetings of the Shareholders and the Board of Trustees, if the Chair is present, shall approve the agendas of all meetings of the Shareholders and the Board of Trustees and shall establish rules for the orderly conduct of meetings of the Shareholders and the Board of Trustees. The Chair shall have such other powers and duties as shall be determined by the Board of Trustees, and shall undertake such other assignments as may be requested by the Board of Trustees. If the Chair shall not be present, the Vice Chair, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Shareholders and the Board of Trustees, if the Vice Chair is present. The Vice Chair shall have such other powers and duties as shall be determined by the Chair or the Board of Trustees, and shall undertake such other assignments as may be requested by the Chair or the Board of Trustees.

2


 

ARTICLE III
OFFICERS
     Section 1. Executive Officers . The executive officers shall include a Principal Executive Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, which may include one or more Executive Vice Presidents and/or Senior Vice Presidents (the number thereof to be determined by the Board of Trustees), a Principal Financial Officer, a Chief Legal Officer, a Chief Compliance Officer, a Treasurer, a Secretary and an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer. The Board of Trustees may also in its discretion appoint Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, and other officers, agents and employees, who shall have such authority and perform such duties as the Board may determine. The Board of Trustees may fill any vacancy that may occur in any office. Any two offices, except for those of President and Vice President, may be held by the same person, but no officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify any instrument on behalf of the Trust in more than one capacity, if such instrument is required by law or by these Bylaws to be executed, acknowledged or verified by two or more officers.
     Section 2. Term of Office . Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Board of Trustees, the officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Trustees. If the Board of Trustees in its judgment finds that the best interests of the Trust will be served, the Board of Trustees may remove any officer of the Trust at any time with or without cause. The Trustees may delegate this power to the President (without supervision by the Trustees) with respect to any other officer. Such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer may resign from office at any time by delivering a written resignation to the Trustees or the President. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery.
     Section 3. Principal Executive Officer . The Principal Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Trust and shall generally manage the business and affairs of the Trust. The Principal Executive Officer shall be responsible for making the certifications required of the Trust’s principal executive officer by Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”).
     Section 4. President; Vice Presidents . The President and one or more Vice Presidents, which may include one or more Executive Vice Presidents and/or Senior Vice Presidents, shall have and exercise such powers and duties of the Principal Executive Officer in the absence or inability to act of the Principal Executive Officer, as may be assigned to them, respectively, by the Board of Trustees or, to the extent not so assigned, by the Principal Executive Officer. In the absence or inability to act of the Principal Executive Officer, the powers and duties of the Principal Executive Officer not otherwise assigned by the Board of Trustees or the Principal Executive Officer shall devolve first upon the President, then upon the Executive Vice Presidents, then upon the Senior Vice Presidents, and finally upon the Vice Presidents, all in the order of their election. If both the Chair and the Vice Chair are absent, or if the Chair is absent and there is no Vice Chair, the President shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Shareholders.
     Section 5. Principal Financial Officer . The Principal Financial Officer, who shall also have a title of at least Vice President, shall be the chief financial officer of the Trust and shall generally manage the financial affairs of the Trust. The Principal Financial Officer shall be responsible for making the certifications required of the Trust’s principal financial officer by Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder.

3


 

     Section 6. Chief Legal Officer . The Chief Legal Officer, who shall also have a title of at least Senior Vice President, shall generally manage the legal affairs of the Trust. The Chief Legal Officer shall be responsible for receiving up-the-ladder reports within the Trust of any evidence of material violations of securities laws or breaches of fiduciary duty or similar violations by the Trust, as required by Section 307 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder.
     Section 7. Chief Compliance Officer . The Chief Compliance Officer, who shall also have a title of at least Senior Vice President, shall be responsible for administering the Trust’s policies and procedures adopted pursuant to Rule 38a-1(a)(1) under the 1940 Act.
     Section 8. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of the funds and securities of the Trust and shall deposit the same in the name of the Trust in such bank or banks or other depositories, subject to withdrawal in such manner as these Bylaws or the Board of Trustees may determine. The Treasurer shall, if required by the Board of Trustees, give such bond for the faithful discharge of duties in such form as the Board of Trustees may require.
     Section 9. Secretary . The Secretary shall (a) have custody of the seal of the Trust, if any; (b) if requested, attend meetings of the Shareholders, the Board of Trustees, and any committees or sub-committees of Trustees; (c) keep or cause to be kept the minutes of all meetings of Shareholders, the Board of Trustees and any committees or sub-committees thereof, and (d) issue all notices of the Trust. The Secretary shall have charge of the Shareholder records and such other books and papers as the Board may direct, and shall perform such other duties as may be incidental to the office or which are assigned by the Board of Trustees.
     Section 10. Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer . The Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer shall have such powers and duties as are set forth in the Anti-Money Laundering Program adopted by the Trust pursuant to the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 and the rules promulgated thereunder, as such Program may be amended from time to time.
     Section 11. Assistant Officers . Assistant officers, which may include one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, shall perform such functions and have such responsibilities as the Board of Trustees may assign to them or, to the extent not so assigned, by the President, Vice President(s), Secretary or Treasurer, as applicable.
     Section 12. Surety Bond . The Trustees may require any officer or agent of the Trust to execute a bond (including, without limitation, any bond required by the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission) to the Trust in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Trustees may determine, conditioned upon the faithful performance of his or her duties to the Trust, including responsibility for negligence and for the accounting of any of the Trust’s property, funds, or securities that may come into his or her hands.
     Section 13. Authorized Signatories . Unless a specific officer is otherwise designated in these Bylaws or in a resolution adopted by the Board of Trustees, the proper officers of the Trust for executing agreements, documents and instruments other than Internal Revenue Service forms shall be the Principal Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the

4


 

Principal Financial Officer, the Chief Legal Officer, the Chief Compliance Officer, the Treasurer, the Secretary, the Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer, any Assistant Vice President, any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary. Unless a specific officer is otherwise designated in these Bylaws or in a resolution adopted by the Board of Trustees, the proper officers of the Trust for executing any and all Internal Revenue Service forms shall be the Principal Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Principal Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Secretary, any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary.
ARTICLE IV
MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
     Section 1. Purpose . All meetings of the Shareholders for the election of Trustees shall be held at such time and place as may be fixed from time to time by the Trustees, or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Trustees and stated in the notice indicating that a meeting has been called for such purpose. Meetings of Shareholders may be held for any other purpose determined by the Trustees and may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof. At all meetings of the Shareholders, every Record Owner entitled to vote on a matter to be voted on by such Shares shall be entitled to vote on such matter at such meeting either in person or by written proxy signed by the Record Owner or by his duly authorized attorney in fact. A Record Owner may duly authorize such attorney in fact through written, electronic, telephonic, computerized, facsimile, telecommunication, telex or oral communication or by any other form of communication. Unless a proxy provides otherwise, such proxy is not valid more than eleven months after its date. A proxy with respect to shares held in the name of two or more persons shall be valid if executed by any one of them unless at or prior to exercise of the proxy the Trust receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one of them. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Record Owner shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger. For the avoidance of doubt, Shareholders shall have no power to call meetings of Shareholders.
     Section 2. Election of Trustees . All meetings of Shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Trustees and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which the Shareholders shall elect the number of Trustees as provided in the Agreement and as the notice for such meeting shall state are to be elected, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting in accordance with Section 1 of this Article IV.
     Section 3. Notice of Meetings . Written notice of any meeting stating (a) the place, date, and hour of the meeting and (b) the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given to each Shareholder entitled to vote on a matter to be voted on by such shares at such meeting not less than ten days before the date of the meeting in accordance with Article V hereof.
     Section 4. Conduct of Meeting . Business transacted at any meeting of Shareholders shall be limited to (a) the purpose stated in the notice, (b) such other matters as are permitted to be presented at the meeting in accordance with Section 16 of this Article IV, and (c) the adjournment of such meeting in accordance with Section 15 of this Article IV.

5


 

     Section 5. Quorum . A majority of the outstanding Shares entitled to vote at a Shareholders’ meeting, which are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at the Shareholders’ meeting, except when a larger quorum is required by applicable law or the requirements of any securities exchange on which Shares are listed for trading, in which case such quorum shall comply with such requirements. Quorum shall be determined with respect to the meeting as a whole regardless of whether particular matters have achieved the requisite vote for approval, but the presence of a quorum shall not prevent any adjournment at the meeting pursuant to Section 15 of this Article IV.
     Section 6. Organization of Meetings .
          (a) The meetings of the Shareholders shall be presided over by the Chair, or if the Chair shall not be present, by the Vice Chair, if any, or if the Vice Chair shall not be present or if there is no Vice Chair, by the President, or if the President shall not be present, by a Vice President, or if no Vice President is present, by a chair appointed for such purpose by the Board of Trustees or, if not so appointed, by a chair appointed for such purpose by the officers and Trustees present at the meeting. The Secretary of the Trust, if present, shall act as Secretary of such meetings, or if the Secretary is not present, an Assistant Secretary of the Trust shall so act, and if no Assistant Secretary is present, then a person designated by the Secretary of the Trust shall so act, and if the Secretary has not designated a person, then the meeting shall elect a secretary for the meeting.
          (b) The Board of Trustees of the Trust shall be entitled to make such rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings of Shareholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Trustees, if any, the chair of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chair, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing: an agenda or order of business for the meeting; rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; limitations on participation in such meeting to shareholders of record of the Trust and their duly authorized and constituted proxies, and such other persons as the chairman shall permit; restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. Unless and to the extent otherwise determined by the Board of Trustees or the chair of the meeting, meetings of Shareholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.
     Section 7. Voting Standard . When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the Shares as set forth in the Agreement shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless a different vote is required by the express provision of applicable law, the Governing Instrument or applicable contract, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Where a separate vote by classes is required, the preceding sentence shall apply to such separate votes by classes.
     Section 8. Voting Procedure . Each Record Owner as of the record date established pursuant to Section 14 of this Article IV shall be entitled to one vote for each whole Share and a proportionate fractional vote for each fractional Share owned of record on the record date by such Shareholder.
     Section 9. Action Without Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the Agreement or applicable law, any action required to be taken at any meeting of the Shareholders, or any action which may be taken at any meeting of the Shareholders, may be taken without a

6


 

meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding Shares of a class of Shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Shares of such class entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of any such action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those Shareholders of such class of Shares who have not consented in writing.
     Section 10. Broker Non-Votes . At any meeting of Shareholders, the Trust will consider broker non-votes, if any, as “entitled to vote,” and therefore present for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present at the meeting and the percentage of outstanding Shares present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting.
     Section 11. Abstentions . At any meeting of Shareholders, the Trust will consider abstentions, if any, as “entitled to vote,” and therefore present for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present at the meeting and the percentage of outstanding Shares present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting.
     Section 12. Record Date for Shareholder Meetings and Consents . In order that the Trustees may determine the Record Owners entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Trustees may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Trustees, and which record date shall not be more than ninety nor less than ten days before the original date upon which the meeting of Shareholders is scheduled. A determination of Record Owners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Trustees may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting so long as notice of the adjournment and the new record and meeting dates are given to the Shareholders.
     Section 13. Adjournments .
          (a) If (1) a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the Shareholders convened on the date for which it was called, or (2) a quorum is present at a meeting of Shareholders but sufficient votes to approve a proposal have not been received, then the affirmative vote of a majority of Shares present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting (even though not constituting a quorum), or the chair of the meeting in his or her discretion, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting, provided a quorum is present, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.
          (b) A meeting of Shareholders may be adjourned from time to time without further notice to Shareholders to a date not more than 120 days after the original meeting date. A meeting of Shareholders may not be adjourned for more than 120 days after the original meeting date without giving the Shareholders notice of the adjournment and the new meeting date.
          (c) In voting for adjournment, the persons named as proxies may vote their proxies (including those marked “withhold,” “against” or “abstain”) in favor of one or more adjournments of the meeting, or the chair of the meeting may call an adjournment, provided such Persons determine that such adjournment is reasonable and in the best interests of Shareholders and the Trust, based on a consideration of such factors as they may deem relevant.

7


 

     Section 14. Matters to be Brought Before Shareholder Meetings .
          (a) The matters to be considered and brought before any meeting of Shareholders of the Trust shall be limited to only such matters, including the nomination and election of Trustees, as shall be brought properly before such meeting in compliance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws.
          (b) For any matter to be properly brought before any meeting of Shareholders, the matter must be:
          (1) Specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees; or
          (2) Otherwise brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees.
          (c) Notwithstanding this Section, Shareholders shall not be precluded from making proposals pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.
     Section 15. Recommendations of Nominees
          (a) In the event the Trust calls a meeting of Shareholders for the purpose of electing one or more Trustees to the Board of Trustees, any Shareholder may submit names of individuals to be considered by the Governance Committee or the Board of Trustees for nomination for election as trustees of the Trust (a “Submission”); provided that such Shareholder (i) is a Shareholder of record at the time of the Submission and at the time of the meeting, (ii) is entitled to vote for the proposed individual if nominated for election at the meeting and (iii) complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 15. The Governance Committee or the Board of Trustees, as applicable, will consider any Submission delivered in accordance with this Section 15, but shall make, in its sole discretion, the final determination of persons to be nominated.
          (b) In addition to any other requirements established by the Governance Committee Charter or procedures adopted by the Governance Committee, a Submission shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Trust at the principal executive office of the Trust not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which the date of the meeting is publicly announced or disclosed.
          (c) Any Shareholder shall deliver as part of the Submission:
          (1) A statement in writing with respect to the person or persons recommended to be nominated (a “Proposed Nominee”) setting forth:
     (i) The name, age, business address, residence address and principal occupation or employment of the Proposed Nominee;

8


 

     (ii) The number and class of all Shares of the Trust owned of record and beneficially by each such Proposed Nominee and the date(s) of acquisition of such Shares, together with records evidencing such holdings;
     (iii) The name of each nominee holder of Shares owned beneficially but not of record by such Proposed Nominee, the number and class of such Shares held by each such nominee holder and the date(s) of acquisition of such Shares, together with records evidencing such holdings;
     (iv) The number and class of all Shares (i) which the Proposed Nominee has the right to acquire pursuant to any agreement or upon exercise of conversion rights or warrants, or otherwise or (ii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly (including Shares deemed owned through application of clause (i) above), by any other Person or group with which the Proposed Nominee or its “affiliate” or “associate,” as those terms are defined in Rule 12b-2, or any successor rule, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), has any agreement, arrangement, or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting, or disposing of Shares, or which is its “affiliate” or “associate” as so defined;
     (v) The information regarding each such Proposed Nominee required by paragraph (b) of Item 22 of Rule 14a-101 under the Exchange Act, adopted by the Commission (or the corresponding provisions of any regulation or rule subsequently adopted by the Commission applicable to the Trust);
     (vi) Whether such Shareholder believes any Proposed Nominee will be an “interested person” of the Trust (as defined in the 1940 Act), and, if not an “interested person”, information regarding each Proposed Nominee that will be sufficient for the Trust to make such determination; and
     (vii) A description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether written or oral (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options or similar rights and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into as of the date of the Shareholder Notice by, or on behalf of, such Proposed Nominee (i) the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of such Proposed Nominee; or (ii) related to such nomination;
     (viii) Each such Proposed Nominee’s signed consent to serve as a Trustee of the Trust if elected; and
     (ix) Each Proposed Nominee’s written representation that he or she is not ineligible under Section 9(a) of the 1940 Act and is not covered by, or subject to a proceeding regarding Section 9(b) of the 1940 Act and an agreement to complete and execute the Trust’s form of trustee questionnaire.

9


 

          (2) In the case of a Nominee Holder, evidence establishing such Nominee Holder’s indirect ownership of, and entitlement to vote, securities at the meeting of Shareholders;
          (3) A representation whether the Shareholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends to solicit proxies from Shareholders in support of such Proposed Nominee, if nominated;
          (4) Any other information relating to such Shareholder and such beneficial owner that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies by such Person with respect to the proposed business to be brought by such Person before the meeting pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, whether or not such Person intends to deliver a proxy statement or solicit proxies; and
          (5) A statement in writing with respect to the Shareholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is being made setting forth:
       (i) The name and address of such Shareholder, as they appear on the Trust’s books, and of such beneficial owner;
       (ii) The number and class of Shares which are owned beneficially and of record by such Shareholder and such beneficial owner, and the date(s) of acquisition of such shares, together with records evidencing such holdings;
       (iii) The name of each nominee holder of Shares owned beneficially but not of record by such Shareholder and beneficial owner, and the number and class of such Shares held by each such nominee holder, and the date(s) of acquisition of such shares, together with records evidencing such holdings;
       (iv) The number and class of all Shares (i) which the Shareholder has the right to acquire pursuant to any agreement or upon exercise of conversion rights or warrants, or otherwise or (ii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly (including Shares deemed owned through application of clause (i) above), by any other Person or group with which the nominating Shareholder or its “affiliate” or “associate,” as those terms are defined in Rule 12b-2, or any successor rule, under the Exchange Act, has any agreement, arrangement, or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting, or disposing of Shares, or which is its “affiliate” or “associate” as so defined; and
       (v) A description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether written or oral (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options or similar rights and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into as of the date of the Shareholder

10


 

Notice by, or on behalf of, such Shareholder or such beneficial owners (i) the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of such Shareholder or such beneficial owner; or (ii) related to such proposal.
          (d) For purposes of this Section, a matter shall be deemed to have been “publicly announced or disclosed” if such matter is disclosed in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Trust with the Commission.
          (e) In no event shall the adjournment of any meeting, or any announcement thereof, commence a new period for the giving of notice as provided in this Section.
          (f) The chair of any meeting of Shareholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall have the power and duty to determine whether notice of nominees and other matters proposed to be brought before a meeting has been duly given in the manner provided in this Section and, if not so given, shall direct and declare at the meeting that such nominees and other matters are out of order and/or shall not be considered.
ARTICLE V
NOTICES
     Section 1. Methods of Giving Notice . Whenever, under the provisions of applicable law or of the Governing Instrument, notice is required to be given to any Trustee or Shareholder, it shall not, unless otherwise provided herein, be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given orally in person, or by telephone (promptly confirmed in writing) or in writing, by mail addressed to such Trustee at his or her last given address or to such Shareholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Trust, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail; provided that notice of a repurchase offer or tender offer shall be given to each Shareholder in accordance with applicable law and rules and regulations adopted thereunder, including, but not limited to, Section 23 of the 1940 Act. Notice to Trustees or members of a committee or sub-committee may also be given by telex, telegram, facsimile, electronic-mail or via overnight courier. If sent by telex or facsimile, notice to a Trustee or member of a committee or sub-committee shall be deemed to be given upon transmittal; if sent by telegram, notice to a Trustee or member of a committee or sub-committee shall be deemed to be given when the telegram, so addressed, is delivered to the telegraph company; if sent by electronic-mail, notice to a Trustee or member of a committee or sub-committee shall be deemed to be given and shall be presumed valid when the Trust’s electronic-mail server reflects the electronic-mail message as having been sent; and if sent via overnight courier, notice to a Trustee or member of a committee or sub-committee shall be deemed to be given when delivered against a receipt therefor.
     Section 2. Written Waiver . Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of applicable law or of the Governing Instrument, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto; provided that the foregoing provisions regarding waiver of notice shall not apply to notice of a repurchase offer or tender offer given in accordance with applicable law and rules and regulations adopted thereunder, including, but not limited to, Section 23 of the 1940 Act.

11


 

ARTICLE VI
UNCERTIFICATED SHARES AND SHARE OWNERSHIP
     Section 1. Uncertificated Shares . Except as otherwise required by applicable law, the rules of any exchange on which the Trust is listed or the Governing Instrument, the Trust shall not issue share certificates and no Shareholder shall have the right to demand or require that a certificate be issued to him, her or it.
     Section 2. Transfer of Shares . Shares shall be transferable on the records of the Trust only by the record holder thereof or by its agent thereto duly authorized in writing, upon delivery to the transfer agent of the Trust of a duly executed instrument of transfer, together with such evidence of the genuineness of each such execution and authorization and of other matters (including compliance with any securities laws and contractual restrictions) as may reasonably be required. Upon such delivery the transfer shall be recorded on the applicable register of the Trust. Until such record is made, the Shareholder shall be deemed to be the holder of such Shares for all purposes hereof and neither the Trustees nor any transfer agent or registrar nor any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be affected by any notice of the proposed transfer.
     Section 3. Record Owners Book . The Trust shall keep or cause to be kept a Shareholder book, which may be maintained by means of computer systems, containing the names, alphabetically arranged, of all persons who are Record Owners of the Trust, showing their places of residence, the number and class of any Shares held by them, respectively, and the dates when they became the record owners thereof.
     Section 4. Registered Shareholders . The Trust shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of Shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim of interest in such Share or Shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice hereof.
     Section 5. Record Date for Receiving Dividends and Other Actions . In order that the Trustees may determine the Record Owners entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution of allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of Shares or to receive notice of repurchase offers or tender offers, or for the purpose of any other lawful action (other than the record date for meetings of shareholders as set forth in Section 14 of Article IV), the Board of Trustees may fix a record date, which record date (i) shall be set forth in the resolution or resolutions authorizing the payment of such dividend, the making of such repurchase offers or tender offers, or other lawful action and (ii) shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Trustees.
ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
     Section 1. Seal . The Trust is not required to have any seal, and the adoption or use of a seal shall be purely ornamental and be of no legal effect. The seal, if any, of the Trust may be affixed to any instrument, and the seal and its attestation may be lithographed, engraved or

12


 

otherwise printed on any document with the same force and effect as if it had been imprinted and affixed manually in the same manner and with the same force and effect as if done by a Delaware business corporation. The presence or absences of a seal shall have no effect on the validity, enforceability or binding nature of any document or instrument that is otherwise duly authorized, executed and delivered.
     Section 2. Severability . The provisions of these Bylaws are severable. If any provision hereof shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision only in such jurisdiction and shall not affect any other provision of these Bylaws.
     Section 3. Headings . Headings are placed in these Bylaws for convenience of reference only and in case of any conflict, the text of these Bylaws rather than the headings shall control.
ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION
     Section 1. Indemnification .
          (a) To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Trust shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved as a witness in, any proceeding (other than a proceeding by or in the right of the Trust) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Covered Person, against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such proceeding.
          (b) To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Trust shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved as a witness in, any proceeding by or in the right of the Trust to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Covered Person, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by that person in connection with the investigation, defense or settlement of such proceeding.
          (c) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, no Covered Person shall be indemnified for any expenses, judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement, or other liability or loss arising by reason of disabling conduct or for any proceedings by such Covered Person against the Trust. The termination of any proceeding by conviction, or a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or an entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, creates a rebuttable presumption that the person engaged in disabling conduct.
          (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such indemnitee (1) was authorized by a majority of the Trustees or (2) was instituted by the indemnitee to enforce his or her rights to indemnification hereunder in a case in which the indemnitee is found to be entitled to such indemnification. The rights to indemnification set forth in these Bylaws shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Trustee or officer of the Trust and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. No amendment or restatement of these Bylaws or repeal of any of its provisions shall limit or eliminate any of the benefits provided to any person who at any time is or was a trustee or officer of the Trust or otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder in respect of any act or omission that occurred prior to such amendment, restatement or repeal.

13


 

     Section 2. Advance Payment of Indemnification Expenses . To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Trust shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved as a witness in, any proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Trustee or officer of the Trust the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense of such proceeding in advance of its final disposition. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Trust may advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Covered Person (other than a Trustee or officer of the Trust) the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense of such proceeding in advance of its final disposition. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, the Trust shall not advance expenses to any Covered Person (including a Trustee or officer of the Trust) unless:
          (a) the Trust has received an undertaking by or on behalf of such Covered Person that the amount of all expenses so advanced will be paid over by such person to the Trust unless it is ultimately determined that such person is entitled to indemnification for such expenses; and
          (b) (i) such Covered Person shall have provided appropriate security for such undertaking; (ii) the Trust shall be insured against losses by reason of any lawful advance payments; or (iii) either (1) the Trustees, by the vote of a majority of a quorum of qualifying Trustees (as defined in Section 6 below), or (2) independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall have determined, based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that such Covered Person ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
     Section 3. Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification . Any indemnification required or permitted under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Trust only as authorized in the specific case upon a reasonable determination, based upon a review of the facts, that the Covered Person is entitled to indemnification because (i) he or she is not liable by reason of disabling conduct, or (ii) in cases where there is no liability, he or she has not engaged in disabling conduct. Such determination shall be made by (i) the vote of a majority of a quorum of qualifying Trustees; or (ii) if there are no such Trustees, or if such Trustees so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2 of this Article VIII, if a determination that a Covered Person engaged in disabling conduct is made in accordance with this Section 3, no further advances of expenses shall be made, and all prior advances, and insurance premiums paid for by the Trust, if applicable, must be repaid.
     Section 4. Contract Rights . With respect to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved as a witness in, any proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Covered Person, the rights to indemnification conferred in Section 1 of this Article VIII, and with respect to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved as a witness in, any proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Trustee or officer of the Trust, the advancement of expenses conferred in Section 2 of this Article VIII shall be contract rights. Any amendment, repeal, or modification of, or adoption of any provision inconsistent with, this Article VIII (or any provision hereof) shall not adversely affect any right to indemnification or advancement of

14


 

expenses granted to any such person pursuant hereto with respect to any act or omission of such person occurring prior to the time of such amendment, repeal, modification, or adoption (regardless of whether the proceeding relating to such acts or omissions is commenced before or after the time of such amendment, repeal, modification, or adoption). Any amendment or modification of, or adoption of any provision inconsistent with, this Article VIII (or any provision hereof), that has the effect of positively affecting any right to indemnification or advancement of expenses granted to any such person pursuant hereto, shall not apply retroactively to any person who was not serving as a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust at the time of such amendment, modification or adoption.
     Section 5. Claims .
          (a) If (X) a claim under Section 1 of this Article VIII with respect to any right to indemnification is not paid in full by the Trust within sixty days after a written demand has been received by the Trust or (Y) a claim under Section 2 of this Article VIII with respect to any right to the advancement of expenses is not paid in full by the Trust within thirty days after a written demand has been received by the Trust, then the Covered Person seeking to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses, as the case may be, may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Trust to recover the unpaid amount of the claim.
          (b) If successful in whole or in part in any suit brought pursuant to Section 5(a) of this Article VIII, or in a suit brought by the Trust to recover an advancement of expenses (whether pursuant to the terms of an undertaking or otherwise), the Covered Person seeking to enforce a right to indemnification or an advancement of expenses hereunder or the Covered Person from whom the Trust sought to recover an advancement of expenses, as the case may be, shall be entitled to be paid by the Trust the reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) of prosecuting or defending such suit.
     Section 6. Definitions . For purposes of this Article VIII: (a) references to “Trust” include any domestic or foreign predecessor entity of this Trust in a merger, consolidation, or other transaction in which the predecessor’s existence ceased upon consummation of the transaction; (b) the term “disabling conduct” means willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or the reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the Covered Person’s office with the Trust; (c) the term “expenses” includes, without limitations, attorneys’ fees; (d) the term “proceeding” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative; and (e) the term “qualifying Trustee” means any Trustee who is not an interested person (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust and is not a party to the proceeding.
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS
     Section 1. Amendments by Trustees . These Bylaws may be altered or repealed only by the affirmative vote of at least two thirds (66 2/3%) of the Board of Trustees, without the vote or approval of the Shareholders, at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Trustees without prior notice. The Trustees shall not adopt Bylaws which are in conflict with the Agreement and any apparent inconsistency shall be construed in favor of the Agreement.

15

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
BYLAWS
OF INVESCO VAN KAMPEN SENIOR LOAN FUND
Adopted effective December 3, 2012
The Bylaws of Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund (the “Trust”), adopted effective May 15, 2012, (the “Bylaws”), are hereby amended as follows:
     1. Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund is now named Invesco Senior Loan Fund.
     2. All references to Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund in the Bylaws are hereby deleted and replaced with Invesco Senior Loan Fund.

MASTER INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT
     THIS AGREEMENT is made this 15th day of October, 2012, by and between Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), and Invesco Advisers, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Adviser”).
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, the Trust is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), as a closed-end management investment company;
     WHEREAS, the Adviser is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), as an investment Adviser and engages in the business of acting as an investment adviser;
     WHEREAS, the Trust and the Adviser desire to enter into an agreement to provide for investment advisory services to the Trust upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
     1. Advisory Services. The Adviser shall act as investment adviser for the Trust and shall, in such capacity, supervise all aspects of the Trust’s operations, including the investment and reinvestment of cash, securities or other properties comprising the Trust’s assets, subject at all times to the policies and control of the Board of Trustees. The Adviser shall give the Trust the benefit of its best judgment, efforts and facilities in rendering its services as investment advisor.
     2. Investment Analysis and Implementation. In carrying out its obligations under Section 1 hereof, the Adviser shall:
     (a) supervise all aspects of the operations of the Trust;
     (b) obtain and evaluate pertinent information about significant developments and economic, statistical and financial data, domestic, foreign or otherwise, whether affecting the economy generally or the Trust, and whether concerning the individual issuers whose securities are included in the assets of the Trust or the activities in which such issuers engage, or with respect to securities which the Adviser considers desirable for inclusion in the Trust’s assets;
     (c) determine which issuers and securities shall be represented in the Trust’s investment portfolios and regularly report thereon to the Board of Trustees;
     (d) formulate and implement continuing programs for the purchases and sales of the securities of such issuers and regularly report thereon to the Board of Trustees; and
     (e) take, on behalf of the Trust, all actions which appear to the Trust necessary to carry into effect such purchase and sale programs and supervisory functions as aforesaid, including but not limited to the placing of orders for the purchase and sale of securities for the Trust.
     3. Securities Lending Duties and Fees. The Adviser agrees to provide the following services in connection with the securities lending activities of the Trust: (a) oversee participation in the securities lending program to ensure compliance with all applicable regulatory and investment guidelines; (b) assist the securities lending agent or principal (the “Agent”) in determining which specific securities are available for loan; (c) monitor the Agent to ensure that securities loans are effected in accordance with the Adviser’s instructions and with procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees; (d) prepare appropriate periodic reports for, and seek appropriate approvals from, the Board of Trustees with respect to securities lending activities; (e) respond to Agent inquiries; and (f) perform such other duties as necessary.

 


 

     As compensation for such services provided by the Adviser in connection with securities lending activities, the Trust shall pay the Adviser a fee equal to 25% of the net monthly interest or fee income retained or paid to the Trust from such activities.
     4. Delegation of Responsibilities. The Adviser is authorized to delegate any or all of its rights, duties and obligations under this Agreement to one or more sub-advisers, and may enter into agreements with sub-advisers, and may replace any such sub-advisors from time to time in its discretion, in accordance with the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, and rules and regulations thereunder, as such statutes, rules and regulations are amended from time to time or are interpreted from time to time by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and if applicable, exemptive orders or similar relief granted by the SEC and upon receipt of approval of such sub-advisors by the Board of Trustees and by shareholders (unless any such approval is not required by such statutes, rules, regulations, interpretations, orders or similar relief).
     5. Independent Contractors. The Adviser and any sub-advisers shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be independent contractors and shall, unless otherwise expressly provided or authorized, have no authority to act for or represent the Trust in any way or otherwise be deemed to be an agent of the Trust.
     6. Control by Board of Trustees. Any investment program undertaken by the Adviser pursuant to this Agreement, as well as any other activities undertaken by the Adviser on behalf of the Funds, shall at all times be subject to any directives of the Board of Trustees.
     7. Compliance with Applicable Requirements. In carrying out its obligations under this Agreement, the Adviser shall at all times conform to:
     (a) all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act and any rules and regulations adopted thereunder;
     (b) the provisions of the registration statement of the Trust, as the same may be amended from time to time under the Securities Act of 1933 and the 1940 Act;
     (c) the provisions of the Declaration of Trust, as the same may be amended from time to time;
     (d) the provisions of the by-laws of the Trust, as the same may be amended from time to time; and
     (e) any other applicable provisions of state, federal or foreign law.
     8. Broker-Dealer Relationships. The Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Trust, broker-dealer selection, and negotiation of brokerage commission rates.
     (a) The Adviser’s primary consideration in effecting a security transaction will be to obtain the best execution.
     (b) In selecting a broker-dealer to execute each particular transaction, the Adviser will take the following into consideration: the best net price available; the reliability, integrity and financial condition of the broker-dealer; the size of and the difficulty in executing the order; and the value of the expected contribution of the broker-dealer to the investment performance of the Trust on a continuing basis. Accordingly, the price to the Trust in any transaction may be less favorable than that available from another broker-dealer if the difference is reasonably justified by other aspects of the fund execution services offered.
     (c) Subject to such policies as the Board of Trustees may from time to time determine, the Adviser shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty created by this Agreement or otherwise solely by reason of its having caused the Trust to pay a broker or dealer that provides brokerage and research services to the Adviser an amount of commission for effecting a fund investment transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Adviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of

2


 

the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Adviser’s overall responsibilities with respect to the Trust, and to other clients of the Adviser as to which the Adviser exercises investment discretion. The Adviser is further authorized to allocate the orders placed by it on behalf of the Trust to such brokers and dealers who also provide research or statistical material, or other services to the Trust, to the Adviser, or to any sub-adviser. Such allocation shall be in such amounts and proportions as the Adviser shall determine and the Adviser will report on said allocations regularly to the Board of Trustees indicating the brokers to whom such allocations have been made and the basis therefor.
     (d) With respect to the Trust, to the extent the Adviser does not delegate trading responsibility to one or more sub-advisers, in making decisions regarding broker-dealer relationships, the Adviser may take into consideration the recommendations of any sub-adviser appointed to provide investment research or advisory services in connection with the Trust, and may take into consideration any research services provided to such sub-adviser by broker-dealers.
     (e) Subject to the other provisions of this Section 8, the 1940 Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and rules and regulations thereunder, as such statutes, rules and regulations are amended from time to time or are interpreted from time to time by the staff of the SEC, any exemptive orders issued by the SEC, and any other applicable provisions of law, the Adviser may select brokers or dealers with which it or the Trust are affiliated.
     9. Compensation. The compensation that the Trust shall pay the Adviser is set forth in Appendix A attached hereto.
     10. Expenses of the Trust. All of the ordinary business expenses incurred in the operations of the Trust and the offering of its shares shall be borne by the Trust unless specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement. These expenses borne by the Trust include but are not limited to brokerage commissions, taxes, legal, accounting, auditing, or governmental fees, the cost of preparing share certificates, custodian, transfer and shareholder service agent costs, expenses of issue, sale, redemption and repurchase of shares, expenses of registering and qualifying shares for sale, expenses relating to trustees and shareholder meetings, the cost of preparing and distributing reports and notices to shareholders, the fees and other expenses incurred by the Trust in connection with membership in investment company organizations and the cost of printing copies of prospectuses and statements of additional information distributed to the Trust’s shareholders.
     11. Services to Other Companies or Accounts. The Trust understands that the Adviser now acts, will continue to act and may act in the future as investment manager or adviser to fiduciary and other managed accounts, and as investment manager or adviser to other investment companies, including any offshore entities, or accounts, and the Trust has no objection to the Adviser so acting, provided that whenever the Trust and one or more other investment companies or accounts managed or advised by the Adviser have available funds for investment, investments suitable and appropriate for each will be allocated in accordance with a formula believed to be equitable to each company and account. The Trust recognizes that in some cases this procedure may adversely affect the size of the positions obtainable and the prices realized for the Trust.
     12. Non-Exclusivity. The Trust understands that the persons employed by the Adviser to assist in the performance of the Adviser’s duties under this Agreement will not devote their full time to such service and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to limit or restrict the right of the Adviser or any affiliate of the Adviser to engage in and devote time and attention to other businesses or to render services of whatever kind or nature. The Trust further understands and agrees that officers or directors of the Adviser may serve as officers or trustees of the Trust, and that officers or trustees of the Trust may serve as officers or directors of the Adviser to the extent permitted by law; and that the officers and directors of the Adviser are not prohibited from engaging in any other business activity or from rendering services to any other person, or from serving as partners, officers, directors or trustees of any other firm or trust, including other investment advisory companies.
     13. Effective Date, Term and Approval. This Agreement shall become effective with respect to the Trust, if approved by the shareholders of the Trust, on the date indicated above. If so approved, this Agreement shall thereafter continue in force and effect until two years after the date indicated above, and may be continued from year to year thereafter, provided that the continuation of the Agreement is specifically approved at least annually:

3


 

     (a) (i) by the Board of Trustees or (ii) by the vote of “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act); and
     (b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of a party to this Agreement (other than as trustees of the Trust), by votes cast in person at a meeting specifically called for such purpose.
     14. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated as to the Trust at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of the Board of Trustees or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust, or by the Adviser, on sixty (60) days’ written notice to the other party. The notice provided for herein may be waived by the party entitled to receipt thereof. This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, the term “assignment” for purposes of this paragraph having the meaning defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the 1940 Act.
     15. Amendment. No amendment of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by the party against which enforcement of the amendment is sought.
     16. Liability of Adviser and Trust. In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of obligations or duties hereunder on the part of the Adviser or any of its officers, directors or employees, the Adviser shall not be subject to liability to the Trust or to the Funds or to any shareholder of the Trust for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for any losses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding or sale of any security.
     17. Liability of Shareholders. Notice is hereby given that, as provided by applicable law, the obligations of or arising out of this Agreement are not binding upon any of the shareholders of the Trust individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Trust and that the shareholders shall be entitled, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to the same limitation on personal liability as shareholders of private corporations for profit.
     18. Notices. Any notices under this Agreement shall be in writing, addressed and delivered, telecopied or mailed postage paid, to the other party entitled to receipt thereof at such address as such party may designate for the receipt of such notice. Until further notice to the other party, it is agreed that the address of the Trust and that of the Adviser shall be 1555 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30309.
     19. Questions of Interpretation. Any question of interpretation of any term or provision of this Agreement having a counterpart in or otherwise derived from a term or provision of the 1940 Act or the Advisers Act shall be resolved by reference to such term or provision of the 1940 Act or the Advisers Act and to interpretations thereof, if any, by the United States Courts or in the absence of any controlling decision of any such court, by rules, regulations or orders of the SEC issued pursuant to said Acts. In addition, where the effect of a requirement of the 1940 Act or the Advisers Act reflected in any provision of the Agreement is revised by rule, regulation or order of the SEC, such provision shall be deemed to incorporate the effect of such rule, regulation or order. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws (without reference to conflicts of law provisions) of the State of Texas.
     20. License Agreement. The Trust shall have the non-exclusive right to use the name “Invesco” to designate any current or future series of shares only so long as Invesco Advisers, Inc. serves as investment manager or adviser to the Trust with respect to such series of shares.

4


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in duplicate by their respective officers on the day and year first written above.
                 
        Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund    
 
               
Attest:

               
/s/ Peter Davidson
 
      By:   /s/ John M. Zerr
 
   
Assistant Secretary
      Name:   John M. Zerr    
(SEAL)
      Title:   Senior Vice President    
                 
 
               
Attest:       Invesco Advisers, Inc.    
 
               
/s/ Peter Davidson
      By:   /s/ John M. Zerr    
 
               
Assistant Secretary
      Name :   John M. Zerr    
(SEAL)
      Title :   Senior Vice President    

5


 

APPENDIX A
COMPENSATION TO THE ADVISER
     The Trust shall pay the Adviser, out of its assets, as full compensation for all services rendered, an advisory fee for the Trust set forth below. Such fee shall be calculated by applying the following annual rates to the average daily net assets of the Trust for the calendar year.
     
Fund Name   Advisory Fee Rate
Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund
  .900% on first $500 million of net assets
 
  .850% on next $1 billion of net assets
 
  .825% on next $1 billion of net assets
 
  .800% on next $500 million of net assets
 
  .775% on net assets over $3 billion

6

MASTER INTERGROUP SUB-ADVISORY CONTRACT
     This contract is made as of October 15, 2012 by and among Invesco Advisers, Inc. (the “Adviser”) and each of Invesco Canada Ltd., Invesco Asset Management Deutschland GmbH, Invesco Asset Management Limited, Invesco Asset Management (Japan) Limited, Invesco Australia Limited, Invesco Hong Kong Limited, and Invesco Senior Secured Management, Inc. (each a “Sub-Adviser” and, collectively, the “Sub-Advisers”).
     WHEREAS:
     A) The Adviser has entered into an investment advisory agreement with Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund (the “Trust”), a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”);
     B) The Adviser is authorized to delegate certain, any or all of its rights, duties and obligations under investment advisory agreements to sub-advisers, including sub-advisers that are affiliated with the Adviser;
     C) Each Sub-Adviser represents that it is registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”) as an investment adviser, or will be so registered prior to providing any services to the Trust under this Contract, and engages in the business of acting as an investment adviser; and
     D) The Sub-Advisers and their affiliates have personnel in various locations throughout the world and have been formed in part for the purpose of researching and compiling information and recommendations on the economies of various countries and securities of issuers located in such countries or on various types of investments and investment techniques, and providing investment advisory services in connection therewith.
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants herein contained, it is agreed between the parties hereto as follows:
     1. Appointment. The Adviser hereby appoints each Sub-Adviser as a sub-adviser of the Trust for the period and on the terms set forth herein. Each Sub-Adviser accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth, for the compensation herein provided.
     2. Duties as Sub-Adviser. Subject to paragraph 7 below, the Adviser may, in its discretion, appoint each Sub-Advisor to perform one or more of the following services with respect to all or a portion of the investments of the Trust. The services and the portion of the investments of the Trust to be advised or managed by each Sub-Adviser shall be as agreed upon from time to time by the Adviser and the Sub-Advisers. Each Sub-Adviser shall pay the salaries and fees of all personnel of such Sub-Adviser performing services for the Trust related to research, statistical and investment activities.
     (a) Investment Advice . If and to the extent requested by the Adviser, each Sub-Adviser shall provide investment advice to the Trust and the Adviser with respect to all or a portion of the investments of the Trust or with respect to various investment techniques, and in connection with such advice shall furnish the Trust and the Adviser with such factual information, research reports and investment recommendations as the Adviser may reasonably require.
     (b) Order Execution . If and to the extent requested by the Adviser, each Sub-Adviser shall place orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities or other investments for the Trust. In so doing, each Sub-Adviser agrees that it shall comply with paragraph 3 below.
     (c) Discretionary Investment Management . If and to the extent requested by the Adviser, each Sub-Adviser shall, subject to the supervision of the Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”) and the Adviser, manage all or a portion of the investments of the Trust in accordance with the investment objectives, policies and limitations provided in the Trust’s Registration Statement and such other limitations as the Trust or the Adviser may impose with respect to the Trust by notice to the applicable Sub-Adviser(s) and otherwise in accordance with

 


 

paragraph 5 below. With respect to the portion of the investments of the Trust under its management, each Sub-Adviser is authorized to: (i) make investment decisions on behalf of the Trust with regard to any stock, bond, other security or investment instrument, including but not limited to foreign currencies, futures, options and other derivatives, and with regard to borrowing money; (ii) place orders for the purchase and sale of securities or other investment instruments with such brokers and dealers as the Sub-Adviser may select; and (iii) upon the request of the Adviser, provide additional investment management services to the Trust, including but not limited to managing the Trust’s cash and cash equivalents and lending securities on behalf of the Trust. In selecting brokers or dealers to execute trades for the Trust, each Sub-Adviser will comply with its written policies and procedures regarding brokerage and trading, which policies and procedures shall have been approved by the Board. All discretionary investment management and any other activities of each Sub-Adviser shall at all times be subject to the control and direction of the Adviser and the Board.
     3. Broker-Dealer Relationships. Each Sub-Adviser agrees that, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, it will attempt to obtain the best net result in terms of price and execution. Consistent with this obligation, each Sub-Adviser may, in its discretion, purchase and sell portfolio securities from and to brokers and dealers who sell shares of the Trust or provide the Trust, the Adviser’s other clients, or a Sub-Adviser’s other clients with research, analysis, advice and similar services. Each Sub-Adviser may pay to brokers and dealers, in return for such research and analysis, a higher commission or spread than may be charged by other brokers and dealers, subject to such Sub-Adviser determining in good faith that such commission or spread is reasonable in terms either of the particular transaction or of the overall responsibility of the Adviser and such Sub-Adviser to the Trust and their other clients and that the total commissions or spreads paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long term. In no instance will portfolio securities be purchased from or sold to a Sub-Adviser, or any affiliated person thereof, except in accordance with the applicable securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder and any exemptive orders currently in effect. Whenever a Sub-Adviser simultaneously places orders to purchase or sell the same security on behalf of the Trust and one or more other accounts advised by such Sub-Adviser, such orders will be allocated as to price and amount among all such accounts in a manner believed to be equitable to each account.
     4. Books and Records. Each Sub-Adviser will maintain all required books and records with respect to the securities transactions of the Trust, and will furnish the Board and the Adviser with such periodic and special reports as the Board or the Adviser reasonably may request. Each Sub-Adviser hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Adviser are the property of the Adviser, and agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by applicable law any records which it maintains for the Adviser and which are required to be maintained, and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Adviser any records which it maintains for the Adviser upon request by the Adviser.
     5. Further Duties .
     (a) In all matters relating to the performance of this Contract, each Sub-Adviser will act in conformity with the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, By-Laws and Registration Statement of the Trust and with the instructions and directions of the Adviser and the Board and will comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act, the rules, regulations, exemptive orders and no-action positions thereunder, and all other applicable laws and regulations.
     (b) Each Sub-Adviser shall maintain compliance procedures for the Trust that it and the Adviser reasonably believe are adequate to ensure compliance with the federal securities laws (as defined in Rule 38a-1 of the 1940 Act) and the investment objective(s) and policies as stated in the Trust’s prospectus and statement of additional information. Each Sub-Adviser at its expense will provide the Adviser or the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer with such compliance reports relating to its duties under this Contract as may be requested from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Sub-Adviser will promptly report to the Adviser any material violations of the federal securities laws (as defined in Rule 38a-1 of the 1940 Act) that it is or should be aware of or of any material violation of the Sub-Adviser’s compliance policies and procedures that pertain to the Trust.
     (c) Each Sub-Adviser at its expense will make available to the Board and the Adviser at reasonable times its portfolio managers and other appropriate personnel, either in person or, at the mutual convenience of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, by telephone, in order to review the investment policies, performance and other investment

2


 

related information regarding the Trust and to consult with the Board and the Adviser regarding the Trust’s investment affairs, including economic, statistical and investment matters related to the Sub-Adviser’s duties hereunder, and will provide periodic reports to the Adviser relating to the investment strategies it employs. Each Sub-Adviser and its personnel shall also cooperate fully with counsel and auditors for, and the Chief Compliance Officer of, the Adviser and the Trust.
     (d) Each Sub-Adviser will assist in the fair valuation of portfolio securities held by the Trust. The Sub-Adviser will use its reasonable efforts to provide, based upon its own expertise, and to arrange with parties independent of the Sub-Adviser such as broker-dealers for the provision of, valuation information or prices for securities for which prices are deemed by the Adviser or the Trust’s administrator not to be readily available in the ordinary course of business from an automated pricing service. In addition, each Sub-Adviser will assist the Trust and its agents in determining whether prices obtained for valuation purposes accurately reflect market price information relating to the assets of the Trust at such times as the Adviser shall reasonably request, including but not limited to, the hours after the close of a securities market and prior to the daily determination of the Trust’s net asset value per share.
     (e) Each Sub-Adviser represents and warrants that it has adopted a code of ethics meeting the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and the requirements of Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act and has provided the Adviser and the Board a copy of such code of ethics, together with evidence of its adoption, and will promptly provide copies of any changes thereto, together with evidence of their adoption. Upon request of the Adviser, but in any event no less frequently than annually, each Sub-Adviser will supply the Adviser a written report that (A) describes any issues arising under the code of ethics or procedures since the Sub-Adviser’s last report, including but not limited to material violations of the code of ethics or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations; and (B) certifies that the procedures contained in the Sub-Adviser’s code of ethics are reasonably designed to prevent “access persons” from violating the code of ethics.
     (f) Upon request of the Adviser, each Sub-Adviser will review draft reports to shareholders and other documents provided or available to it and provide comments on a timely basis. In addition, each Sub-Adviser and each officer and portfolio manager thereof designated by the Adviser will provide on a timely basis such certifications or sub-certifications as the Adviser may reasonably request in order to support and facilitate certifications required to be provided by the Trust’s Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer and will adopt such disclosure controls and procedures in support of the disclosure controls and procedures adopted by the Trust as the Adviser, on behalf of the Trust, deems are reasonably necessary.
     (g) Unless otherwise directed by the Adviser or the Board, each Sub-Adviser will vote all proxies received in accordance with the Adviser’s proxy voting policy or, if the Sub-Adviser has a proxy voting policy approved by the Board, the Sub-Adviser’s proxy voting policy. Each Sub-Adviser shall maintain and shall forward to the Trust or its designated agent such proxy voting information as is necessary for the Trust to timely file proxy voting results in accordance with Rule 30b1-4 of the 1940 Act.
     (h) Each Sub-Adviser shall provide the Trust’s custodian on each business day with information relating to all transactions concerning the assets of the Trust and shall provide the Adviser with such information upon request of the Adviser.
     6. Services Not Exclusive. The services furnished by each Sub-Adviser hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive and such Sub-Adviser shall be free to furnish similar services to others so long as its services under this Contract are not impaired thereby. Nothing in this Contract shall limit or restrict the right of any director, officer or employee of a Sub-Adviser, who may also be a Trustee, officer or employee of the Trust, to engage in any other business or to devote his or her time and attention in part to the management or other aspects of any other business, whether of a similar nature or a dissimilar nature.
     7. Use of Subsidiaries and Affiliates. Each Sub-Adviser may perform any or all of the services contemplated hereunder, including but not limited to providing investment advice to the Trust pursuant to paragraph 2(a) above and placing orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities or other investments for the Trust pursuant to paragraph 2(b) above, directly or through such of its subsidiaries or other affiliates, including each of the other Sub-Advisers, as such Sub-Adviser shall determine; provided, however, that performance of such services

3


 

through such subsidiaries or other affiliates shall have been approved, when required by the 1940 Act, by (i) a vote of a majority of the independent Trustees who are not parties to this Contract or “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of a party to this Contract, other than as Board members (“Independent Trustees”), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and/or (ii) a vote of a majority of that Trust’s outstanding voting securities.
     8. Compensation .
     (a) The only fees payable to the Sub-Advisers under this Contract are for providing discretionary investment management services pursuant to paragraph 2(c) above. For such services, the Adviser will pay each Sub-Adviser a fee, computed daily and paid monthly, equal to (i) 40% of the monthly compensation that the Adviser receives from the Trust pursuant to its advisory agreement with the Trust, multiplied by (ii) the fraction equal to the net assets of the Trust as to which the Sub-Adviser shall have provided discretionary investment management services pursuant to paragraph 2(c) above for that month divided by the net assets of the Trust for that month. This fee shall be payable on or before the last business day of the next succeeding calendar month. This fee shall be reduced to reflect contractual or voluntary fee waivers or expense limitations by the Adviser, if any, in effect from time to time as set forth in paragraph 9 below. In no event shall the aggregate monthly fees paid to the Sub-Advisers under this Contract exceed 40% of the monthly compensation that the Adviser receives from the Trust pursuant to its advisory agreement with the Trust, as reduced to reflect contractual or voluntary fee waivers or expense limitations by the Adviser, if any.
     (b) If this Contract becomes effective or terminates before the end of any month, the fees for the period from the effective date to the end of the month or from the beginning of such month to the date of termination, as the case may be, shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to the full month in which such effectiveness or termination occurs.
     (c) If a Sub-Adviser provides the services under paragraph 2(c) above to the Trust for a period that is less than a full month, the fees for such period shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to the applicable full month.
     9. Fee Waivers and Expense Limitations. If, for any fiscal year of the Trust, the amount of the advisory fee which such Trust would otherwise be obligated to pay to the Adviser is reduced because of contractual or voluntary fee waivers or expense limitations by the Adviser, the fee payable to each Sub-Adviser pursuant to paragraph 8 above shall be reduced proportionately; and to the extent that the Adviser reimburses the Trust as a result of such expense limitations, such Sub-Adviser shall reimburse the Adviser that proportion of such reimbursement payments which the fee payable to each Sub-Adviser pursuant to paragraph 8 above bears to the advisory fee under this Contract.
     10. Limitation of Liability of Sub-Adviser and Indemnification. No Sub-Adviser shall be liable for any costs or liabilities arising from any error of judgment or mistake of law or any loss suffered by the Trust in connection with the matters to which this Contract relates except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of such Sub-Adviser in the performance by such Sub-Adviser of its duties or from reckless disregard by such Sub-Adviser of its obligations and duties under this Contract. Any person, even though also an officer, partner, employee, or agent of a Sub-Adviser, who may be or become a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust, shall be deemed, when rendering services to the Trust or acting with respect to any business of the Trust, to be rendering such service to or acting solely for the the Trust and not as an officer, partner, employee, or agent or one under the control or direction of such Sub-Adviser even though paid by it.
     11. Duration and Termination .
     (a) This Contract shall become effective with respect to each Sub-Adviser upon the later of the date hereabove written and the date that such Sub-Adviser is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act, if a Sub-Adviser is not so registered as of the date hereabove written; provided, however, that this Contract shall not take effect with respect to the Trust unless it has first been approved (i) by a vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (ii) by vote of a majority of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities, when required by the 1940 Act.

4


 

     (b) Unless sooner terminated as provided herein, this Contract shall continue in force and effect until two years after its effective date determined in 11(a). Thereafter, if not terminated, with respect to each Fund, this Contract shall continue automatically for successive periods not to exceed twelve months each, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (i) by a vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (ii) by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that Fund.
     (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the Trust or any Sub-Adviser(s), this Contract may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, (i) by vote of the Board or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust on sixty days’ written notice to such Sub-Adviser(s); or (ii) by the Adviser on sixty days’ written notice to such Sub-Adviser(s); or (iii) by a Sub-Adviser on sixty days’ written notice to the Trust. Should this Contract be terminated with respect to a Sub-Adviser, the Adviser shall assume the duties and responsibilities of such Sub-Adviser unless and until the Adviser appoints another Sub-Adviser to perform such duties and responsibilities. Termination of this Contract with respect to one Sub-Adviser(s) shall not affect the continued effectiveness of this Contract with respect to any remaining Sub-Adviser(s). This Contract will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment.
     12. Amendment. No provision of this Contract may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought, and, when required by the 1940 Act, no amendment of this Contract shall be effective until approved by vote of a majority of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities.
     13. Notices. Any notices under this Contract shall be in writing, addressed and delivered, telecopied or mailed postage paid, to the other party entitled to receipt thereof at such address as such party may designate for the receipt of such notice. Until further notice to the other party, it is agreed that the address of the Trust and that of the Adviser shall be 1555 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30309. Until further notice to the other party, it is agreed that the address of each Sub-Adviser shall be set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.
     14. Governing Law. This Contract shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas and the 1940 Act. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of Texas conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.
     15. Multiple Sub-Advisory Agreements. This Contract has been signed by multiple parties; namely the Adviser, on one hand, and each Sub-Adviser, on the other. The parties have signed one document for administrative convenience to avoid a multiplicity of documents. It is understood and agreed that this document shall constitute a separate sub-advisory agreement between the Adviser and each Sub-Adviser with respect to the Trust, as if the Adviser and such Sub-Adviser had executed a separate sub-advisory agreement naming such Sub-Adviser as a sub-adviser to the Trust. With respect to any one Sub-Adviser, (i) references in this Contract to “a Sub-Adviser” or to “each Sub-Adviser” shall be deemed to refer only to such Sub-Adviser, and (ii) the term “this Contract” shall be construed according to the foregoing provisions.
     16. Miscellaneous. The captions in this Contract are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Contract shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Contract shall not be affected thereby. This Contract shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors. Any question of interpretation of any term or provision of this Contract having a counterpart in or otherwise derived from a term or provision of the 1940 Act or the Advisers Act shall be resolved by reference to such term or provision of the 1940 Act or the Advisers Act and to interpretations thereof, if any, by the United States Courts or in the absence of any controlling decision of any such court, by rules, regulations or orders of the SEC issued pursuant to said Acts. In addition, where the effect of a requirement of the 1940 Act or the Advisers Act reflected in any provision of the Contract is revised by rule, regulation or order of the SEC, such provision shall be deemed to incorporate the effect of such rule, regulation or order.

5


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Contract to be executed by their officers designated as of the day and year first above written.
         
  INVESCO ADVISERS, INC.

Adviser
 
 
  By:    /s/ John M. Zerr    
  Name:    John M. Zerr    
  Title:    Senior Vice President      

6


 

     
INVESCO ASSET MANAGEMENT
DEUTSCHLAND GMBH
  INVESCO ASSET MANAGEMENT
LIMITED
 
   
Sub-Adviser
  Sub-Adviser
 
   
By: /s/ Christian Puschmann / Jens Langewand
  By: /s/ Graeme J. Proudfoot
 
 
 
Name: Christian Puschmann / Jens Langewand
  Name: Graeme J. Proudfoot
Title: Managing Directors
  Title: Director
 
   
INVESCO ASSET MANAGEMENT (JAPAN) LIMITED
  INVESCO AUSTRALIA LIMITED
 
   
Sub-Adviser
  Sub-Adviser
 
   
By: /s/ Masakazu Hasegawa
  By: /s/ Mark Yesberg / Nick Burrell
 
 
 
Name: Masakazu Hasegawa
  Name: Mark Yesberg / Nick Burrell
Title: Managing Director
  Title: Co SEC / Director
 
   
INVESCO HONG KONG LIMITED
  INVESCO SENIOR SECURED MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
   
Sub-Adviser
  Sub-Adviser
 
   
By: /s/ Fanny Lee / Gracie Liu
  By: /s/ Jeffrey H. Kupor
 
 
 
Name: Fanny Lee / Gracie Liu
  Name: Jeffrey H. Kupor
Title: Director / Director
  Title: Secretary & General Counsel
 
   
INVESCO CANADA LTD.
   
 
   
Sub-Adviser
   
 
   
By: /s/ Eric Adelson / David C. Warren
   
 
 
 
Name: Eric Adelson / David C. Warren
   
Title: SVP;Head of Legal-Canada;CCO; and Secretary / EVP&CFO
   
 
   

7


 

EXHIBIT A
Addresses of Sub-Advisers
Invesco Asset Management Deutschland GmbH
An der Welle 5, 1st Floor
Frankfurt, Germany 60322
Invesco Asset Management Limited
30 Finsbury Square
London, United Kingdom
EC2A 1AG
ENGLAND
Invesco Asset Management (Japan) Limited
Roppongi Hills Mori Tower 14F
6-10-1 Roppongi, Minato-ku, Tokyo 106-6114
Invesco Australia Limited
333 Collins Street, Level 26
Melbourne Victoria 3000, Australia
Invesco Hong Kong Limited
32nd Floor
Three Pacific Place
1 Queen’s Road East
Hong Kong
Invesco Senior Secured Management, Inc.
1166 Avenue of the Americas, 27th Floor
New York, NY 10036
USA
Invesco Canada Ltd.
5140 Yonge Street
Suite 900
Toronto, ON, M2N 6X7

8

MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT
(Affiliated Money Market Fund Advisory Fee Waiver)
          This Memorandum of Agreement is entered into as of the dates indicated on Exhibit “A” between Invesco Advantage Municipal Income Trust II, Invesco Bond Fund, Invesco California Value Municipal Income Trust, Invesco Dynamic Credit Opportunities Fund, Invesco High Income Trust II, Invesco Municipal Opportunity Trust, Invesco Municipal Trust, Invesco Pennsylvania Value Municipal Income Trust, Invesco Senior Income Trust, Invesco Senior Loan Fund, Invesco Trust for Investment Grade Municipals, Invesco Trust for Investment Grade New York Municipals and Invesco Van Kampen Exchange Fund (each a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) and Invesco Advisers, Inc. (“Invesco”).
          For and in consideration of the mutual terms and agreements set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Funds and Invesco agree as follows:
  1.   Each Fund and Invesco agree that until the expiration date, if any, of the commitment set forth on the attached Exhibit “A” occurs, as such Exhibit “A” is amended from time to time, Invesco will waive advisory fees payable by an Investing Fund (defined below) in an amount equal to 100% of the net advisory fee Invesco receives on the Uninvested Cash (defined below) from the Affiliated Money Market Fund (defined below) in which the Investing Fund invests (the “Waiver”).
  i.   Invesco’s Fund Accounting Group will calculate, and apply, the Waiver monthly, based upon the average investment of Uninvested Cash made by the Investing Fund during the previous month in an Affiliated Money Market Fund.
 
  ii.   The Waiver will not apply to those investing Funds that do not charge an advisory fee, either due to the terms of their advisory agreement, or as a result of contractual or voluntary fee waivers.
 
  iii.   The Waiver will not apply to cash collateral for securities lending.
      For purposes of the paragraph above, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
  (a)   “Affiliated Money Market Fund” — any existing or future fund managed by Invesco or its affiliates that holds itself out as a money market fund and complies with Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;
 
  (b)   “Investing Fund” — any Fund investing Uninvested Cash in an Affiliated Money Market Fund; and
 
  (b)   “Uninvested Cash” — cash available and uninvested by a Fund that may result from a variety of sources, including dividends or interest received on portfolio securities, unsettled securities transactions, strategic reserves, matured investments, proceeds from liquidation of investment securities, dividend payments, or new investor capital.

 


 

  2.   Neither a Fund nor Invesco may remove or amend the Waiver to a Fund’s detriment prior to requesting and receiving the approval of the Fund’s Board of Trustee/Managing General Partners to remove or amend such Waiver. Invesco will not have any right to reimbursement of any amount so waived.
          Subject to the foregoing paragraphs, each of the Funds and Invesco agree to review the then-current waivers for each Fund listed on the Exhibit on a date prior to the Expiration Date to determine whether such waivers should be amended, continued or terminated. The waivers will expire upon the Expiration Date unless the Funds and Invesco have agreed to continue them. The Exhibit will be amended to reflect any such agreement.
          Nothing in this Memorandum of Agreement is intended to affect any other memorandum of agreement executed by any Fund or Invesco with respect to any other fee waivers, expense reimbursements and/or expense limitations.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Fund and Invesco have entered into this Memorandum of Agreement as of the dates indicated on Exhibit “A”.
             
    INVESCO ADVANTAGE MUNICIPAL INCOME TRUST II
INVESCO BOND FUND
INVESCO CALIFORNIA VALUE MUNICIPAL INCOME TRUST
INVESCO DYNAMIC CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES FUND
INVESCO HIGH INCOME TRUST II
INVESCO MUNICIPAL OPPORTUNITY TRUST
INVESCO MUNICIPAL TRUST
INVESCO PENNSYLVANIA VALUE MUNICIPAL INCOME TRUST
INVESCO SENIOR INCOME TRUST
INVESCO SENIOR LOAN FUND
INVESCO TRUST FOR INVESTMENT GRADE MUNICIPALS
INVESCO TRUST FOR INVESTMENT GRADE NEW YORK MUNICIPALS
INVESCO VAN KAMPEN EXCHANGE FUND
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ John M. Zerr
 
   
 
  Title:   Senior Vice President    
 
           
    INVESCO ADVISERS, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ John M. Zerr
 
   
 
  Title:   Senior Vice President    

2


 

EXHIBIT “A”
INVESCO ADVANTAGE MUNICIPAL INCOME TRUST II
         
FUND   EFFECTIVE DATE   COMMITTED UNTIL
Invesco Advantage Municipal Income Trust
  May 15, 2012   June 30, 2014
INVESCO BOND FUND
         
FUND   EFFECTIVE DATE   COMMITTED UNTIL
Invesco Bond Fund
  May 15, 2012   June 30, 2014
INVESCO CALIFORNIA VALUE MUNICIPAL INCOME TRUST
         
FUND   EFFECTIVE DATE   COMMITTED UNTIL
Invesco California Value Municipal Income Trust
  May 15, 2012   June 30, 2014
INVESCO DYNAMIC CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES FUND
         
FUND   EFFECTIVE DATE   COMMITTED UNTIL
Invesco Dynamic Credit Opportunities Fund
  May 15, 2012   June 30, 2014
INVESCO HIGH INCOME TRUST II
         
FUND   EFFECTIVE DATE   COMMITTED UNTIL
Invesco High Income Trust II
  May 15, 2012   June 30, 2014
INVESCO MUNICIPAL OPPORTUNITY TRUST
         
FUND   EFFECTIVE DATE   COMMITTED UNTIL
Invesco Municipal Opportunity Trust
  May 15, 2012   June 30, 2014
INVESCO MUNICIPAL TRUST
         
FUND   EFFECTIVE DATE   COMMITTED UNTIL
Invesco Municipal Trust
  May 15, 2012   June 30, 2014
INVESCO PENNSYLVANIA VALUE MUNICIPAL INCOME TRUST
         
FUND   EFFECTIVE DATE   COMMITTED UNTIL
Invesco Pennsylvania Value Municipal Income Trust
  May 15, 2012   June 30, 2014

A-1


 

INVESCO SENIOR INCOME TRUST
         
FUND   EFFECTIVE DATE   COMMITTED UNTIL
Invesco Senior Income Trust
  May 15, 2012   June 30, 2014
INVESCO SENIOR LOAN FUND
         
FUND   EFFECTIVE DATE   COMMITTED UNTIL
Invesco Senior Loan Fund
  May 15, 2012   June 30, 2014
INVESCO TRUST FOR INVESTMENT GRADE MUNICIPALS
         
FUND   EFFECTIVE DATE   COMMITTED UNTIL
Invesco Trust for Investment Grade Municipals
  May 15, 2012   June 30, 2014
INVESCO TRUST FOR INVESTMENT GRADE NEW YORK MUNICIPALS
         
FUND   EFFECTIVE DATE   COMMITTED UNTIL
Invesco Trust for Investment Grade New York Municipals
  May 15, 2012   June 30, 2014
INVESCO VAN KAMPEN EXCHANGE FUND
         
FUND   EFFECTIVE DATE   COMMITTED UNTIL
Invesco Van Kampen Exchange Fund
  May 15, 2012   June 30, 2014

A-2

MASTER DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
     THIS AGREEMENT made as of the 15th day of October, 2012, by and between INVESCO VAN KAMPEN SENIOR LOAN FUND (the “Fund”), with respect to each class of shares (the “Shares”) of the Fund, and INVESCO DISTRIBUTORS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Distributor”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
     In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     FIRST: The Fund hereby appoints the Distributor as its exclusive agent for the sale of the Shares to the public directly and through investment dealers and financial institutions in the United States and throughout the world in accordance with the terms of the then current prospectus or statement of additional information (collectively, a “Prospectus”) applicable to the Fund.
     SECOND: The Fund shall not sell any Shares except through the Distributor and under the terms and conditions set forth in paragraph FOURTH below. Notwithstanding the provisions of the foregoing sentence, however:
     (A) the Fund may issue Shares to any other investment company or personal holding company, or to the shareholders thereof, in exchange for all or a majority of the shares or assets of any such company;
     (B) the Fund may issue Shares at their net asset value in connection with certain classes of transactions or to certain classes of investors, in accordance with Rule 22d-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) as if the fund were an open-end investment company, provided that any such class of transaction or class of investor is specified in the Prospectus; and
     (C) the Fund shall have the right to specify minimum amounts for initial and subsequent orders for the purchase of Shares.
     THIRD: The Distributor hereby accepts appointment as exclusive agent for the sale of the Shares and agrees that it will use its best efforts to sell such Shares; provided, however, that:
     (A) the Distributor may, and when requested by the Fund shall, suspend its efforts to effectuate sales of Shares at any time when, in the opinion of the Distributor or of the Fund, no sales should be made because of market or other economic considerations or abnormal circumstances of any kind;
     (B) the Fund may withdraw the offering of the Shares (i) at any time with the consent of the Distributor, or (ii) without such consent when so required by the provisions of any statute or of any order, rule or regulation of any governmental body having jurisdiction; and
     (C) the Distributor, as agent, does not undertake to sell any specific amount of Shares.

 


 

     FOURTH:
     (A) The public offering price of the Shares (the “offering price”) shall be the net asset value per share plus a sales charge, if any. Net asset value per share shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Prospectus. The sales charge shall be established by the Distributor. The Distributor may establish a schedule of contingent deferred sales charges to be imposed at the time of redemption of certain Shares and such schedule of contingent deferred sales charges shall be disclosed in the Prospectus. The sales charges and schedule of contingent deferred sales charges may reflect scheduled variations in, the elimination of, or waivers of sales charges on sales of or redemptions of Shares either generally to the public, or to any specified class of investors or in connection with any specified class of transactions, in accordance with applicable rules and regulations and exemptive relief granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and as set forth in the Prospectus applicable to the Shares. The Distributor and the Fund shall apply any then applicable scheduled variation in, elimination of, or waiver of, the selling commission or contingent deferred sales charge uniformly to all classes of transactions or classes of investors.
     (B) The Fund shall allow directly to investment dealers and other financial institutions through whom Shares are sold, such portion of any applicable sales charges as may be payable to them and specified by the Distributor up to but not exceeding the amount of the total sales charge. The difference between any sales charges so payable and the total sales charges included in the offering price shall be paid to the Distributor.
     The Distributor may pay to investment dealers and other financial institutions through whom Shares are sold, such sales charge or other payment as the Distributor may specify from time to time. Payment of any such sales charge or other payment shall be the sole obligation of the Distributor.
     (C) No provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit any payments by a Fund to the Distributor or by the Distributor to investment dealers, financial institutions and 401(k) plan service providers where such payments are made under a distribution plan adopted by the Fund on behalf of the Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act as if the Fund were an open-end investment company.
     (D) The Fund shall repurchase the Shares from shareholders pursuant to repurchase offers in accordance with the terms set forth from time to time in the Prospectus and in any applicable repurchase offer document regarding the particular repurchase offer. The price to be paid to a shareholder to repurchase the Shares shall be equal to the net asset value of the Shares being repurchased, less any applicable early withdrawal charge (“gross repurchase proceeds”), calculated pursuant to the then applicable schedule of early withdrawal charges, and if applicable, after payment of any applicable early withdrawal charge, less any applicable repurchase fee, which repurchase fee shall be retained by the Fund (“net repurchase proceeds”). The Distributor shall be entitled to receive the amount of any applicable early withdrawal charge that has been subtracted from gross repurchase proceeds. The Fund shall pay or cause the Fund’s transfer agent to pay the applicable early withdrawal charge to the Distributor on the date net repurchase proceeds are payable to the shareholder.
     (E) It is understood that Shares of the Fund will not be repurchased by either the Fund or the Distributor outside of the Fund’s repurchase offers, and that no secondary market for the Fund’s Shares exits currently, or is expected to develop. Accordingly, investment in the Fund’s Shares would be considered illiquid. ANY REPRESENTATION AS TO A REPURCHASE OFFER BY THE FUND, OTHER THAN THAT WHICH IS SET FORTH IN THE FUND’S PROSPECTUS OR REPURCHASE OFFER, IS EXPRESSLY PROHIBITED.

2


 

     (F) The Distributor hereby covenants that it (i) will not make a secondary market in any Shares of the Fund, (ii) will not purchase or hold such Shares in inventory for the purpose of resale in the open market, (iii) will not repurchase Shares in the open market, and (iv) will require every bank, broker or dealer participating in the continuous offering of the Shares to make the covenants contained in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this section 4(F) as a condition precedent to their participation in such offering.
     FIFTH: The Distributor shall act as agent of the Fund in connection with the sale and repurchase of Shares. Except with respect to such sales and repurchases, the Distributor shall act as principal in all matters relating to the promotion or the sale of Shares and shall enter into all of its own engagements, agreements and contracts as principal on its own account. The Distributor shall enter into agreements with investment dealers and financial institutions selected by the Distributor, authorizing such investment dealers and financial institutions to offer and sell the Shares to the public upon the terms and conditions set forth therein, which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement. Each agreement shall provide that the investment dealer or financial institution shall act as a principal, and not as an agent, of the Fund. The Distributor or such other investment dealers or financial institutions will be deemed to have performed all services required to be performed in order to be entitled to receive the asset based sales charge portion of any amounts payable with respect to Class A, Class B and Class C Shares to the Distributor pursuant to a distribution plan adopted by the Fund pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act as if the Fund were an open-end investment company upon the settlement of each sale of a Class A, Class B or Class C Share.
     SIXTH: The Fund shall bear:
     (A) the expenses of qualification of Shares for sale in connection with such public offerings in such states as shall be selected by the Distributor, and of continuing the qualification therein until the Distributor notifies the Fund that it does not wish such qualification continued; and
     (B) all legal expenses in connection with the foregoing.
     SEVENTH: The Distributor shall bear the expenses of printing from the final proof and distributing the Prospectuses for the Shares (including supplements thereto) relating to public offerings made by the Distributor pursuant to this Agreement (which shall not include those Prospectuses, and supplements thereto, to be distributed to shareholders of the Fund), and any other promotional or sales literature used by the Distributor or furnished by the Distributor to investment dealers and financial institutions in connection with such public offerings, and expenses of advertising in connection with such public offerings.
     EIGHTH: The Fund shall reimburse the Distributor for out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred by it in connection with distribution of each class of Shares, respectively, subject to the below described distribution plan, in accordance with the terms of a plan (the “Distribution Plan”) adopted by the Fund pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act with respect to its Class A, Class B and Class C Shares as if the Fund were an open-end investment company, as such Distribution Plan may be in effect from time to time; provided, however, that no payments shall be due or paid to the Distributor hereunder with respect to class of Shares unless and until this Agreement shall have

3


 

been approved for each such class by a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund and by a majority of the “Disinterested Trustees” (as such term is defined in such Distribution Plan) by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on this Agreement. The Fund reserves the right to terminate such Distribution Plan with respect to a class of Shares at any time, as specified in the Plan. The persons authorized to direct the payment of funds pursuant to this Agreement and the Distribution Plan shall provide to the Fund’s Board of Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report with respect to each of the classes of Shares subject to the Distribution Plan of the amounts so paid and the purposes for which such expenditures were made for each such class of Shares.
     NINTH: The Fund compensate the Distributor for providing services to, and the maintenance of, shareholder accounts in the Fund (including prepaying service fees to eligible brokers, dealers and financial intermediaries and expenses incurred in connection therewith) and the Distributor may pay as agent for and on behalf of the Fund a service fee with respect to certain classes of its Shares to brokers, dealers and financial intermediaries for the provision of shareholder services and the maintenance of shareholder account in the Fund in the amount with respect to each such class of Shares set forth from time to time in the Fund’s Prospectus. The Fund shall compensate the Distributor for such expenses in accordance with the terms of a service plan (the “Service Plan”), as such Service Plan may be in effect from time to time; provided, however, that no service fee payments shall be due or paid to the Distributor hereunder with respect to a class of Shares unless and until this Agreement shall have been approved for each such class by a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund and by a majority of the Disinterested Trustees by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on this Agreement. The Fund reserves the right to terminate such Service Plan with respect to a class of Shares at any time, as specified in the Plan. The persons authorized to direct the payment of funds pursuant to this Agreement and the Service Plan shall provide to the Fund’s Board of Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report with respect to each of such classes of Shares of the amounts paid as service fees for each such class of Shares.
     TENTH: The Distributor will accept orders for the purchase of Shares only to the extent of purchase orders actually received and not in excess of such orders, and it will not avail itself of any opportunity of making a profit by expediting or withholding orders. The Fund may reject purchase orders where, in the judgment of the Fund, such rejection is in the best interest of the Fund.
     ELEVENTH: The Fund and the Distributor shall each comply with all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and of all other federal and state laws, rules and regulations governing the issuance and sale of the Shares.
     TWELFTH:
     (A) In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of obligations or duties hereunder on the part of the Distributor, the Fund shall indemnify the Distributor against any and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses which the Distributor may incur under the Securities Act of 1933, or common law or otherwise, arising out of or based upon any alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement or Prospectus, or any omission to state a material fact therein, the omission of which makes any statement contained therein misleading, unless such statement or omission was made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, information furnished to the Fund in connection therewith by or on behalf of the Distributor. The Distributor shall indemnify the Fund and the Shares against any and

4


 

all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses which the Fund or the Shares may incur arising out of or based upon any act or deed of the Distributor or its sales representatives which has not been authorized by the Fund in its Prospectus or in this Agreement.
     (B) The Distributor shall indemnify the Fund against any and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses which the Fund may incur under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or common law or otherwise, arising out of or based upon any alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement or Prospectus, or any omission to state a material fact therein if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, information furnished to the Fund in connection therewith by or on behalf of the Distributor.
     (C) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Distributor shall not be liable for any errors of the transfer agent(s) of the Fund, or for any failure of any such transfer agent to perform its duties.
     THIRTEENTH: Nothing herein contained shall require the Fund to take any action contrary to any provision of its Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended, or to any applicable statute or regulation.
     FOURTEENTH: This Agreement shall become effective with respect to the Shares upon its approval by the Board of Trustees of the Fund and by a vote of the majority of the trustees of the Fund who are not interested parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of any party to this Agreement cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose, shall continue in force and effect until June 30, 2012, and shall continue in force and effect from year to year thereafter, provided, that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a)(i) by the Board of Trustees of the Fund or (ii) by the vote of a majority of the outstanding Shares (as defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act), and (b) by vote of a majority of the trustees of the Fund who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of any party to this Agreement cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose.
     FIFTEENTH:
     (A) This Agreement may be terminated with respect to the Shares at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of the Board of Trustees of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the outstanding Shares, or by the Distributor, on sixty (60) days’ written notice to the other party; and
     (B) This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, the term “assignment” having the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(4) of the 1940 Act.
     SIXTEENTH: Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing, addressed and delivered, or mailed postage prepaid, to the other party at such address as the other party may designate for the receipt of notices. Until further notice to the other party, the address of the Fund shall be 1555 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, GA 30309 and the address of the Distributor shall be 11 Greenway Plaza, Suite 2500, Houston, Texas 77046-1143.
     SEVENTEENTH: Notice is hereby given that, as provided by applicable law, the obligations of or arising out of this Agreement are not binding upon any of the shareholders of the Fund individually, but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund and that the shareholders shall be entitled, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to the same limitation on personal liability as stockholders of private corporations for profit.

5


 

     EIGHTEENTH: This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract made in the State of Delaware and governed by, construed in accordance with and enforced pursuant to the internal laws of the State of Delaware without reference to its conflicts of laws rules.

6


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed in duplicate on the day and year first above written.
         
  INVESCO VAN KAMPEN SENIOR LOAN FUND
 
 
  By:   /s/ John M. Zerr    
    Name:   John M. Zerr   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   
 
  INVESCO DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ John M. Zerr    
    Name:   John M. Zerr   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   
 

7

AMENDED AND RESTATED
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
INVESCO VAN KAMPEN SENIOR LOAN FUND
(effective October 15, 2012)
The plan set forth below (the “Distribution Plan”) is the written plan contemplated by Rule 12b-1 (the “Rule”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), for the INVESCO VAN KAMPEN SENIOR LOAN FUND (the “Fund”). This Distribution Plan describes the material terms and conditions under which assets of the Fund may be used in connection with financing distribution related activities with respect to each of its classes of shares of beneficial interest (the “Shares”) designated as Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares, each of which is offered and sold subject to a different combination of front-end sales charges, distribution fees, service fees and early withdrawal charges. 1 Classes of shares, if any, subject to a front-end sales charge and a distribution and/or service fee are referred to herein as “Front-End Classes” and the Shares of such classes are referred to herein as “Front-End Shares.” Classes of shares, if any, subject to an early withdrawal charge and a distribution and/or a service fee are referred to herein as “EWC Classes” and Shares of such classes are referred to herein as “EWC Shares.” Classes of shares, if any, subject to a front-end sales charge, an early withdrawal charge and a distribution and/or service fee are referred to herein as “Combination Classes” and Shares of such class are referred to herein as “Combination Shares.”
The Fund has adopted a service plan (the “Service Plan”) pursuant to which the Fund is authorized to expend on an annual basis a portion of its average net assets attributable to any or each class of Shares in connection with the provision by the principal underwriter (within the meaning of the 1940 Act) of the Shares and by brokers, dealers and other financial intermediaries (collectively, “Financial Intermediaries”) of personal services to holders of Shares and/or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. The Fund also has entered into a distribution agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”) with Invesco Distributors, Inc. (the “Distributor”), pursuant to which the Distributor acts as the principal underwriter with respect to each class of Shares and provides services to the Fund and acts as agent on behalf of the Fund in connection with the implementation of the Service Plan. The Distributor may enter into selling agreements (the “Selling Agreements”) with Financial Intermediaries in order to implement the Distribution Agreement, the Service Plan and this Distribution Plan.
1. The Fund hereby is authorized to pay the Distributor a distribution fee with respect to each class of its Shares to compensate the Distributor for activities which are primarily intended to result in the sale of such Shares (“distribution related activities”) performed by the Distributor with respect to the respective class of Shares of the Fund. Such distribution related activities include without limitation: (a) printing and distributing copies of any prospectuses and annual and interim reports of the Fund (after the Fund has prepared and set in type such materials) that are used by such Distributor in connection with the offering of Shares; (b) preparing, printing or otherwise manufacturing and distributing any other literature or materials of any nature used by such Distributor in connection with promoting, distributing or offering the Shares; (c) advertising, promoting and selling Shares to broker-dealers, banks and the public; (d) distribution related overhead and the provision of information programs and shareholder services intended to enhance the attractiveness of investing in the Fund; (e) incurring initial outlay expenses in connection with compensating Financial Intermediaries for (i) selling EWC Shares and Combination Shares and (ii) providing personal services to shareholders and the maintenance of shareholder accounts of all classes of Shares, including paying interest on and incurring other carrying costs on funds borrowed to pay such initial outlays; and (f) acting as agent for the Fund in connection with implementing this Distribution Plan pursuant to the Selling Agreements.
 
1   The Fund is authorized to offer multiple classes of shares pursuant to an exemptive order granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission and pursuant to a Rule 18f-3 Plan adopted under the 1940 Act. The Fund has agreed to comply with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act as if the Fund were an open-end investment company.

1


 

2. The amount of the distribution fee hereby authorized with respect to each class of Shares of the Fund shall be as follows:
a. With respect to Class A Shares, the distribution fee authorized hereby and the service fee authorized pursuant to the Service Plan, in the aggregate, shall not exceed on an annual basis 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to (i) Class A Shares sold on or after the date on which this Distribution Plan is first implemented with respect to Class A Shares; (ii) Class A Shares sold by Van Kampen Funds Inc. pursuant to the Fund’s previous distribution plan. The Fund may pay a distribution fee as determined from time to time by its Board of Trustees in an annual amount not to exceed the lesser of (i) (A) 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net asset value during such year attributable to such Class A Shares minus (B) the amount of the service fee with respect to such Class A Shares actually expended during such year by the Fund pursuant to the Service Plan and (ii) the actual amount of distribution related expenses incurred by the Distributor with respect to such Class A Shares.
b. With respect to Class B Shares, the distribution fee authorized hereby and the service fee authorized pursuant to the Service Plan, in the aggregate, shall not exceed on an annual basis 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to (i) Class B Shares sold on or after the date on which this Distribution Plan is first implemented with respect to the Class B Shares; (ii) Class B Shares sold by Van Kampen Funds Inc. pursuant to the Fund’s previous distribution plan. The Fund may pay a distribution fee with respect to such Class B Shares as determined from time to time by its Board of Trustees in an annual amount not to exceed the lesser of (A) 0.75% of the Fund’s average daily net asset value during such year attributable to such Class B Shares and (B) the actual amount of distribution related expenses incurred by the Distributor during such year plus prior unreimbursed distribution related expenses less the amount of any early withdrawal charge paid to the Distributor, in each case with respect to such Class B Shares.
c. With respect to Class C Shares, the distribution fee authorized hereby and the service fee authorized pursuant to the Service Plan, in the aggregate, shall not exceed on an annual basis 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to (i) Class C Shares sold on or after the date on which this Distribution Plan is first implemented with respect to the Class C Shares; (ii) Class C Shares sold by Van Kampen Funds Inc. pursuant to the Fund’s previous distribution plan. The Fund may pay a distribution fee with respect to such Class C Shares as determined from time to time by its Board of Trustees in an annual amount not to exceed the lesser of (A) 0.75% of the Fund’s average daily net asset value during such year attributable to such Class C Shares and (B) the actual amount of distribution related expenses incurred by the Distributor during such year plus prior unreimbursed distribution related expenses less the amount of any early withdrawal charge paid to the Distributor, in each case with respect to such Class C Shares.
3. Payments pursuant to this Distribution Plan shall not be made more often than monthly upon receipt by the Fund of a separate written expense report with respect to each class of Shares setting forth the expenses qualifying for such reimbursement allocated to each class of Shares and the purposes thereof.
4. In the event that amounts payable hereunder with respect to shares of Front-End Class do not fully reimburse the Distributor for its actual distribution related expenses with respect to the Shares of such class, there is no carryforward of reimbursement obligations to succeeding years. In the event the amounts payable hereunder with respect to shares of a EWC Class or a Combination Class do not fully reimburse the Distributor for its actual distribution related expenses with respect to the Shares of the respective class, such unreimbursed distribution expenses will be carried forward and paid by the Fund hereunder in future years so long as this Distribution Plan remains in effect, subject to applicable laws and regulations. Reimbursements for distribution related expenses payable hereunder with respect to a particular class of Shares may not be used to subsidize the sale of Shares of any other class of Shares.

2


 

5. The Fund shall not compensate the Distributor, and neither the Fund nor the Distributor shall compensate any Financial Intermediary, for any distribution related expenses incurred with respect to a class of Shares prior to the later of (a) the implementation of a Distribution Plan with respect to such class of Shares or (b) the date that such Financial Intermediary entered into a Selling Agreement with the Distributor or with Van Kampen Funds Inc.
6. The Fund hereby authorizes the Distributor to enter into Selling Agreements with certain Financial Intermediaries to provide compensation to such Financial Intermediaries for activities and services of the type referred to in Paragraph 1 hereof. Prior to the implementation of a Selling Agreement, such agreement shall be approved by a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Trust and a majority of the Disinterested Trustees (within the meaning of the 1940 Act) by a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such Selling Agreements. The Distributor may reallocate all or a portion of its distribution fee to such Financial Intermediaries as compensation for the above-mentioned activities and services. Such reallocation shall be in an amount as set forth from time to time in the Fund’s prospectus. Such Selling Agreements shall provide that the Financial Intermediaries shall provide the Distributor with such information as is reasonably necessary to permit the Distributor to comply with the reporting requirements set forth in Paragraphs 3 and 8 hereof.
7. Subject to the provisions of this Distribution Agreement, the Fund is hereby authorized to pay a distribution fee to any person that is not an “affiliated person” or “interested person” of the Fund or its “investment adviser” or “principal underwriter” (as such terms are defined in the 1940 Act) who provides any of the foregoing services for the Fund. Such fee shall be paid only pursuant to written agreements between the Fund and such other person the terms of which permit payments to such person only in accordance with the provisions of this Distribution Agreement and which have the approval of a majority of the Disinterested Trustees by vote cast separately with respect to each class of Shares and cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such written agreement.
8. The Fund and the Distributor shall prepare separate written reports for each class of Shares and shall submit such reports to the Fund’s Board of Trustees on a quarterly basis summarizing all payments made by them with respect to each class of Shares pursuant to this Distribution Plan, the Service Plan and the agreements contemplated hereby, the purposes for which such payments were made and such other information as the Board of Trustees or the Disinterested Trustees may reasonably request from time to time, and the Board of Trustees shall review such reports and other information.
9. This Distribution Plan shall become effective upon its approval by a majority of the Board of Trustees and a majority of the Disinterested Trustees by vote cast separately with respect to each class of Shares cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on this Distribution Plan.
10. This Distribution Plan and any agreement contemplated hereby shall continue in effect beyond the first anniversary of its adoption by the Board of Trustees of the Fund only so long as (a) its continuation is approved at least annually in the manner set forth in paragraph 9 above and (b) the selection and nomination of those trustees of the Fund who are not “interested persons” of the Fund are committed to the discretion of such trustees.
11. This Distribution Plan may be terminated with respect to a class of Shares without penalty at any time by a majority of the Disinterested Trustees or by a “majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the respective class of Shares of the Fund.

3


 

12. This Distribution Plan may not be amended to increase materially the maximum amounts permitted to be expended hereunder except with the approval of a “majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the respective class of Shares of the Fund and may not be amended in any other material respect except with the approval of a majority of the Disinterested Trustees. Amendments required to conform this Distribution Plan to changes in the Rule or to other changes in the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder shall not be deemed to be material amendments.
13. To the extent any service fees paid by the Fund pursuant to the Service Plan are deemed to be payments for the financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of Shares issued by the Fund within the meaning of the Rule, the terms and provisions of such plan and any payments made pursuant to such plan hereby are authorized pursuant to this Distribution Plan in the amounts and for the purposes authorized in the Service Plan without any further action by the Board of Trustees or the shareholders of the Fund. To the extent the terms and provisions of the Service Plan conflict with the terms and provisions of this Distribution Plan, the terms and provisions of the Service Plan shall prevail with respect to amounts payable pursuant thereto. This paragraph 13 is adopted solely due to the uncertainty that may exist with respect to whether payments to be made by the Fund pursuant to the Service Plan constitute payments primarily intended to result in the sale of Shares issued by the Fund within the meaning of the Rule.
14. The Trustees of the Trust have adopted this Distribution Plan as trustees under the Declaration of Trust of the Fund and the policies of the Fund adopted hereby are not binding upon any of the Trustees or shareholders of the Fund individually, but bind only the trust estate.

4

AMENDMENT NUMBER 1 TO THE
TRANSFER AGENCY AND SERVICE AGREEMENT
This Amendment, dated as of July 1, 2011, is made to the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement dated June 1, 2010, (the “Agreement”) between Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund (the “Fund”) and Invesco Investment Services, Inc. (the “Transfer Agent”) pursuant to Article 10 of the Agreement.
W I T N E S S E T H:
     WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Agreement to lower the per account fee by $1.00.
     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows;
Schedule A of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as set forth below:
SCHEDULE A
1. Retail Share Classes
      Open Account Fee. For performance by the Transfer Agent pursuant to this Agreement, the Trust agrees to pay the Transfer Agent an annualized fee for shareholder accounts holding Class A, B, C, IB and IC Shares that are open during any monthly period at a rate of $18.60.
      Closed Account Fee. For performance by the Transfer Agent pursuant to this Agreement, the Trust agrees to pay the Transfer Agent an annualized fee for shareholder accounts which previously held Class A, B, C, IB and IC Shares that were closed during any monthly period at a rate of $0.70, to be paid for twelve months following the date on which an account was closed.
      Determining Number of Billable Accounts. The Open Account Fee and the Closed Account Fee shall be paid only with respect to accounts serviced directly by the Transfer Agent and not with respect to accounts serviced by third parties pursuant to omnibus account service or sub-accounting agreements, as provided in Section 2.04 of the Agreement.
      Billing of Fees. Both the Open and Closed Account Fees shall be billed by the Transfer Agent monthly in arrears on a prorated basis of 1/12 of the annualized fee for all such accounts.
2. Investment Credits
     The total fees due to the Transfer Agent from all funds affiliated with the Trust shall be reduced by an amount equal to the investment income earned by the Transfer Agent, if any, on the balances of the disbursement accounts for those funds. Such credits shall be allocated among accounts holding Class A, B, C, IB and IC Shares, as applicable, on the basis of fiscal year-to-date average net assets.

 


 

4. Out-of-Pocket Expenses
     The Trust shall reimburse the Transfer Agent monthly for applicable out-of-pocket expenses relating to the procurement of the following goods and services, as they relate to the performance of the Transfer Agent’s obligations set forth in Article I of the Agreement, including, but not limited to:
  (a)   Remote access, license and usage charges paid by the Transfer Agent for use of shareholder record keeping and related systems provided by DST Systems, Inc., and used by the Transfer Agent to service Shareholder accounts, including but not limited to:
  (i)   TA2000 ® , the record keeping system on which records related to most Shareholder accounts will be maintained;
 
  (ii)   TRAC2000 ® , the record keeping system on which records related to Shareholder accounts held by and through employer-sponsored retirement plans are maintained;
 
  (iii)   Automated Work Distributor TM , a document imaging, storage and distribution system;
 
  (iv)   Financial Access Network, a computer system and related software applications which will provide the necessary interfaces to allow customers to access account information residing on the TA2000 and TRAC2000 systems through aiminvestments.com;
 
  (v)   PowerSelect TM , a reporting database that the Transfer Agent can query to produce reports derived from Shareholder account data residing on the TA2000 and TRAC2000 systems; and
 
  (vi)   Client specific system enhancements.
  (b)   Computer and data processing and storage equipment, communication lines and equipment, printers and other equipment used in connection with the provision of services hereunder, and any expenses incurred in connection with the installation and use of such equipment and lines.
 
  (c)   Microfiche, microfilm and electronic image scanning equipment.
 
  (d)   Electronic data and image storage media and related storage costs.
 
  (e)   Record retention, retrieval and destruction costs, including, but not limited to exit fees charged by third party record keeping vendors.
 
  (f)   Telephone and telecommunication costs, including all lease, maintenance and line costs.
 
  (g)   Programming costs, system access and usage fees, electronic presentment service fees, data and document delivery fees, and other related fees and costs which relate to the printing and delivery of the following documents to Shareholders and to each Shareholder’s broker of record:
  (i)   Investment confirmations;
 
  (ii)   Periodic account statements;
 
  (iii)   Tax forms; and
 
  (iv)   Redemption checks.

 


 

  (h)   Printing costs, including, without limitation, the costs associated with printing stationery, envelopes, share certificates, checks, investment confirmations, periodic account statements, and tax forms.
 
  (i)   Postage (bulk, pre-sort, ZIP+4, bar coding, first class), certified and overnight mail and private delivery services, courier services and related insurance.
 
  (j)   Certificate insurance.
 
  (k)   Banking charges, including without limitation, incoming and outgoing wire charges and charges associated with the receipt and processing of government allotments.
 
  (l)   Check writing fees.
 
  (m)   Federal Reserve charges for check clearance.
 
  (n)   Rendering fees.
 
  (o)   Audit, consulting and legal fees which relate to the provision of service hereunder.
 
  (p)   Shareholder information and education mailings, including, but not limited to, periodic shareholder newsletters and tax guides.
 
  (q)   Duplicate services;
 
  (r)   Such other miscellaneous expenses reasonably incurred by the Transfer Agent in performing its duties and responsibilities.
 
  (s)   Due diligence mailings.
 
  (t)   Ad hoc reports.
     The Trust agrees that postage and mailing expenses will be paid on the day of or prior to mailing. In addition, the Trust will promptly reimburse the Transfer Agent for any other unscheduled expenses incurred by the Transfer Agent whenever the Trust and the Transfer Agent mutually agree that such expenses are not otherwise properly borne by the Transfer Agent as part of its duties and obligations under the Agreement.
     The amount of the Trust’s fiscal year-to-date out-of-pocket expenses shall be allocated among accounts holding Class A, B, C, IB and IC Shares, as applicable, on the basis of fiscal year-to-date average net assets.

 


 

       All other terms and provisions of the Agreement not amended herein shall remain in full force and effect.
             
    INVESCO VAN KAMPEN SENIOR LOAN FUND    
 
           
 
  By:
Name:
  /s/ John M. Zerr
 
John M. Zerr
   
 
  Title:   Senior Vice President    
     
ATTEST:
   
 
   
/s/ Vilma Valdez
 
Assistant Secretary
   
             
    INVESCO INVESTMENT SERVICES, INC.

   
 
  By:
Name:
  /s/ William J. Galvin, Jr.
 
William J. Galvin, Jr.
   
 
  Title:   President    
     
ATTEST:
   
 
   
/s/ Vilma Valdez
 
Assistant Secretary
   

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
MASTER ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT
     This Amendment dated as of July 1, 2012, amends the MASTER ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made June 1, 2010, by and between INVESCO ADVISERS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Administrator”) and INVESCO VAN KAMPEN SENIOR LOAN FUND, a Massachusetts business trust (the “Fund”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
     WHEREAS, the parties agree to amend the Agreement to decrease the per class charge from $10,000 to $5,000;
     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:
     1.   Appendix A is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
APPENDIX A
FEE SCHEDULE TO
MASTER ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT
OF
INVESCO VAN KAMPEN SENIOR LOAN FUND
     
Portfolio   Effective Date of Agreement
Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund
  June 1, 2010
     The Administrator may receive from the Fund reimbursement for costs or reasonable compensation for such services as follows:
         
Rate*   Net Assets  
0.023%
  First $1.5 billion
0.013%
  Next $1.5 billion
0.003%
  Over $3 billion
 
*   Annual minimum fee is $50,000. An additional $5,000 per class of shares is charged for each class other than the initial class. The $5,000 class fee is waived for the above Fund with insufficient assets to result in the payment of more than the minimum fee of $50,000.”

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.
                 
        INVESCO ADVISERS, INC.    
 
               
Attest:
  /s/ Peter Davidson
 
Assistant Secretary
  By:
Name:
  /s/ Todd L. Spillane
 
Todd L. Spillane
   
 
      Title:   Senior Vice President    
 
               
(SEAL)
               
        INVESCO VAN KAMPEN SENIOR LOAN FUND    
 
               
Attest:
  /s/ Peter Davidson   By:   /s/ John M. Zerr    
 
               
 
  Assistant Secretary   Name:   John M. Zerr    
 
      Title:   Senior Vice President    
 
               
(SEAL)
               

 

EXHIBIT (k) (1) (i) (c)
AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO
MASTER ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT
     This Amendment dated as of October 5, 2012, amends the MASTER ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) made June 1, 2010, by and between INVESCO ADVISERS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Administrator”) and INVESCO VAN KAMPEN SENIOR LOAN FUND, a Massachusetts business trust (the “Fund”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
     WHEREAS, the parties agree to amend Section 8 of the Agreement to permit assignments in connection with a merger and/or redomestication of the Fund;
     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:
  1.   Pursuant to Section 8 of the Agreement, the last sentence of Section 7 of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:
 
      “This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder), except that the Fund may assign this Agreement, without approval of the Administrator, 1) to a successor in connection with a redomestication of the Fund and 2) to another fund within the Invesco family of funds in connection with a merger or reorganization of the Fund and such other Invesco fund.”
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.
                 
        INVESCO ADVISERS, INC.    
 
               
Attest:
  /s/ Peter Davidson
 
Assistant Secretary
  By:
Name:
  /s/ John M. Zerr
 
John M. Zerr
   
 
      Title:   Senior Vice President    
 
               
(SEAL)
               
        INVESCO VAN KAMPEN SENIOR LOAN FUND    
 
               
Attest:
  /s/ Peter Davidson   By:   /s/ John M. Zerr    
 
               
 
  Assistant Secretary   Name:   John M. Zerr    
 
      Title:   Senior Vice President    
 
               
(SEAL)
               

AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
     This Amendment dated as of October 5, 2012, amends the ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) made June 1, 2010, by and between INVESCO ADVISERS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Administrator”) and INVESCO VAN KAMPEN SENIOR LOAN FUND, a Massachusetts business trust (the “Fund”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
     WHEREAS, the parties agree to amend Section 9 of the Agreement to permit assignments in connection with a merger and/or redomestication of the Fund;
     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:
  1.   Pursuant to Section 10 of the Agreement, Section 9 of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:
 
      “Duration and Termination. This Agreement will become effective upon the date hereabove written and shall continue in effect thereafter until terminated without penalty by the Administrator or the Fund upon 30 days’ written notice to the other. This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder), except that the Fund may assign this Agreement, without approval of the Administrator, 1) to a successor in connection with a redomestication of the Fund and 2) to another fund within the Invesco family of funds in connection with a merger or reorganization of the Fund and such other Invesco fund.”
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.
                     
            INVESCO ADVISERS, INC.    
 
                   
Attest:
  /s/ Peter Davidson
 
Assistant Secretary
      By:
Name:
  /s/ John M. Zerr
 
John M. Zerr
   
 
          Title:   Senior Vice President    
 
                   
(SEAL)
                   
 
                   
            INVESCO VAN KAMPEN SENIOR LOAN FUND    
 
                   
Attest:
  /s/ Peter Davidson
 
Assistant Secretary
      By:
Name:
  /s/ John M. Zerr
 
John M. Zerr
   
 
          Title:   Senior Vice President    
 
                   
(SEAL)
                   

AGREEMENT OF AMENDMENT No. 3
Dated as of August 18, 2011
     Reference is made to that certain Revolving Credit and Security Agreement dated as of August 24, 2009 (as from time to time amended, supplemented, waived or modified, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund (the “ Borrower ”), CIESCO, LLC (the “ Conduit Lender ”), Citibank, N.A. (the “ Secondary Lender ”), State Street Bank and Trust Company (the “ Direct Lender ”) and Citibank, N.A., as program agent (in such capacity, and as successor by assignment to Citicorp North America, Inc., together with its successors and assigns, the “ Program Agent ”). Capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.
     The parties hereto agree that, effective as of the date hereof, the definition of “Approved Pricing Service” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the word “Reuters” set forth therein in its entirety with the words “Thomson Reuters Pricing Service”.
     The parties hereto agree that, effective as of the date hereof, the definition of “Borrowing Base Excess Amount” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by (a) deleting the word “and” set forth at the end of clause (ix) therein, (b) adding the word “and” at the end of clause (x) therein, (c) replacing clauses (i) and (viii) set forth therein in their entirety with clauses (i) and (viii) set forth below, as applicable, and (d) adding clause (xi) set forth below in its entirety at the end thereof:
      “(1) the amount by which the aggregate Adjusted Asset Value of all Eligible Collateral (other than Cash and Eligible Government Securities) issued or Guaranteed by any Person (together with all Affiliates of such Person), other than the five (5) Persons that have issued or Guaranteed the highest amounts of the aggregate Adjusted Asset Value of all Eligible Collateral (other than Cash and Eligible Government Securities)(collectively, the “Largest Issuers”), exceeds three percent (3%) of the aggregate Adjusted Asset Value of all Eligible Collateral;
 
    (viii)the amount by which the aggregate Adjusted Asset Value of all Eligible Collateral which is not rated by S&P nor Moody’s exceeds twenty percent (20%) of the aggregate Adjusted Asset Value of all Eligible Collateral;
 
    (xi) the amount by which the aggregate Adjusted Asset Value of all Eligible Collateral (other than Cash and Eligible Government Securities) issued or Guaranteed by any Largest Issuer (together with all Affiliates of such Largest Issuer) exceeds five percent (5%) of the aggregate Adjusted Asset Value of all Eligible Collateral.”
Agreement of Amendment No. 3
Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund

 


 

     The parties hereto agree that, effective as of the date hereof, the definition of “Distressed Loan Asset” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by replacing the words “forty-five (45) consecutive days” set forth in the proviso of clause (ii) therein in their entirety with the words “thirty (30) consecutive days”.
     The parties hereto agree that, effective as of the date hereof, the definition of “Stated Expiration Date” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by replacing the date “August 18, 2011” set forth therein with the date “August 16, 2012”.
     The parties hereto agree that, effective as of the date hereof, Section 9.02 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by replacing the information set forth therein under each of the headings “If to the Conduit Lender”, “If to the Program Agent”, “If to Citibank” and “If to the Direct Lender” with the information set forth under such headings set forth in Exhibit A hereto.
     The parties hereto agree that, effective as of the date hereof, Section 9.06(a) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by adding the following proviso in its entirety at the end of the first sentence set forth therein:
      “; provided further that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Program Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof”
     The parties hereto agree that, effective as of the date hereof, Section 9.06(b) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by adding the following proviso in its entirety at the end of the first sentence set forth therein:
      “; provided further that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Program Agent and such Secondary Lender within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof”
     The parties hereto agree that, effective as of the date hereof, Section 9.06(c) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by adding the following proviso in its entirety at the end of the first sentence set forth therein:
      “; provided further that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Program Agent and such Direct Lender within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof.”
     The parties hereto agree that, effective as of the date hereof, Section 9.06(d) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by adding the following proviso in its entirety at the end of the first sentence set forth therein:
      “; provided further that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Program Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof”
Agreement of Amendment No. 3
Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund

2


 

     The parties hereto agree that, effective as of the date hereof, Section 9.14(a) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by replacing the words “non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York” set forth therein in their entirety with the words “exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York”.
     The Borrower represents and warrants to the Program Agent, the Conduit Lender, the Secondary Lender and the Direct Lender that immediately after giving effect to this Agreement of Amendment No. 3, (i) its representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects (unless made with respect to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such earlier date), and (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
     All references to the Credit Agreement on and after the date hereof shall be deemed to refer to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby, and the parties hereto agree that on and after the date hereof the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, is in full force and effect.
     This Agreement of Amendment No. 3 may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
     THIS AGREEMENT OF AMENDMENT NO. 3 SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
[Signature Page Follows]
Agreement of Amendment No. 3
Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund

3


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.
                     
CITIBANK, N.A.,       CITIBANK, N.A.,    
as Program Agent       as Secondary Lender    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Todd D. Fritchman
 
Name: Todd D. Fritchman
      By:   /s/ Todd D. Fritchman
 
Name: Todd D. Fritchman
   
 
  Title: Vice President           Title: Vice President    
 
                   
CIESCO, LLC       STATE STREET BANK AND    
as Conduit Lender       TRUST COMPANY,    
            as Direct Lender    
By:
  Citibank, N.A., as                
 
  Attorney-in-Fact                
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Todd D. Fritchman       By:   /s/ Janet B. Nolin    
 
                   
 
  Name: Todd D. Fritchman           Name: Janet B. Nolin    
 
  Title: Vice President           Title: Vice President    
 
                   
INVESCO VAN KAMPEN                
SENIOR LOAN FUND,
               
as Borrower
               
 
                   
By:
  /s/ John M. Zerr                
 
                   
 
  Name: John M. Zerr                
 
  Title: Senior Vice President                
Agreement of Amendment No. 3
Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund


 

EXHIBIT A
TO
AGREEMENT OF AMENDMENT NO. 3
NOTICE INFORMATION
     
If to the Conduit Lender:
  CRC Funding, LLC
 
  750 Washington Boulevard
 
  Stamford, CT 06901
 
  Attention: Robert Kohl
 
  Telephone No. (203) 975-6383
 
  Facsimile No. (914) 274-9038
 
  Email: robert.kohl@citi.com
 
   
With a copy to:
  Citibank, N.A.
 
  390 Greenwich Street, 1 st Floor
 
  New York, New York 10013
 
  Attention: Junette Earl
 
  Telephone No.: (212) 723-3704
 
  Facsimile No.: (646) 843-3661
 
  Email: junette.m.earl@citi.com
 
   
If to the Program Agent:
  Citibank, N.A.
 
  390 Greenwich Street, 1 st Floor
 
  New York, New York 10013
 
  Attention: Junette Earl
 
  Telephone No.: (212) 723-3704
 
  Facsimile No.: (646) 291-3661
 
  Email: junette.m.earl@citi.com
 
   
With a copy to:
  Citibank, N.A.
 
  750 Washington Boulevard
 
  Stamford, CT 06901
 
  Attention: Robert Kohl
 
  Telephone No. (203) 975-6383
 
  Facsimile No. (914) 274-9038
 
  Email: robert.kohl@citi.com
 
   
If to Citibank:
  Citibank, N.A.
 
  390 Greenwich Street, 1 st Floor
 
  New York, New York 10013
 
  Attention: Junette Earl
 
  Telephone No.: (212) 723-3704
 
  Facsimile No.: (646) 843-3661
 
  Email: junette.m.earl@citi.com
Agreement of Amendment No. 3
Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund


 

     
With a copy to:
  Citibank, N.A.
750 Washington Boulevard
Stamford, CT 06901
Attention: Robert Kohl
Telephone No. (203) 975-6383
Facsimile No. (914) 274-9038
Email: robert.kohl@citi.com
 
   
If to the Direct Lender:
  State Street Bank and Trust Company
100 Huntington Avenue
Copley Place Tower 1, Floor 4
Boston, MA 02116
Attention: Karen Gallagher
Telephone No.: (617) 662-8626
Facsimile No.: (617) 988-9535
Agreement of Amendment No. 3
Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund

AGREEMENT OF AMENDMENT No. 4
Dated as of August 16, 2012
     Reference is made to that certain Revolving Credit and Security Agreement dated as of August 24, 2009 (as from time to time amended, supplemented, waived or modified, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund (the “ Borrower ”), CHARTA, LLC (“ CHARTA ”), CAFCO, LLC (“ CAFCO ”), CRC Funding, LLC (“ CRC Funding ”), and CIESCO, LLC (together with CHARTA, CAFCO, and CRC Funding, the “ Conduit Lenders ”), Citibank, N.A. (the “ Secondary Lender ”), State Street Bank and Trust Company (the “ Direct Lender ”) and Citibank, N.A., as program agent (in such capacity, and as successor by assignment to Citicorp North America, Inc., together with its successors and assigns, the “ Program Agent ”). Capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.
     The parties hereto agree that, effective as of the date hereof, the definition of “Borrowing Base Excess Amount” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing clause (viii) set forth therein in its entirety with the following:
“(viii) the amount by which the aggregate Adjusted Asset Value of all Eligible Collateral which is not rated by S&P nor Moody’s exceeds fifteen percent (15%) of the aggregate Adjusted Asset Value of all Eligible Collateral;”
     The parties hereto agree that, effective as of the date hereof, the definition of “Conduit Lender” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing it in its entirety with the following:
““Conduit Lender” means each of CHARTA, LLC, CAFCO, LLC, CRC Funding, LLC, and CIESCO, LLC, together with their permitted successors and assigns that constitute special purpose entities that issue commercial paper notes or other debt securities.”
     For the avoidance of doubt, it is the intent of the parties hereto that each of CHARTA, CAFCO, and CRC Funding be added as a party to the Program Documents each as a “Conduit Lender” for all purposes under or in connection with the Program Documents, and references in any Program Document to the language “the Conduit Lender” shall be deemed to refer to “the Conduit Lenders”, “a Conduit Lender”, “each Conduit Lender” or “any Conduit Lender”, as the context may require.
     The parties hereto agree that, effective as of the date hereof, the definition of “Stated Expiration Date” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by replacing the date “August 16, 2012” set forth therein with the date “August 14, 2013”.
Agreement of Amendment No. 4
Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund

 


 

     The parties hereto agree that, effective as of the date hereof, Section 4.01(f) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following sentence in its entirety at the end thereof:
“Further, on and as of the Closing Date, each Borrowing Date and each date that any Asset is credited to or removed from the Collateral Account, the Borrower represents and warrants as to itself that each remittance of Borrower Obligations by the Borrower to the Secured Parties under or in connection with this Agreement shall be (i) a payment of a debt incurred by the Borrower in the ordinary course of business or financial affairs of the Borrower, and (ii) made in the ordinary course of business or financial affairs of the Borrower.”
     The parties hereto agree that, effective as of the date hereof, Section 5.01(p) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing it in its entirety with the following:
“(p) Use of Proceeds . Use the net proceeds of any Advance made hereunder solely in the ordinary course of its business or financial affairs for the purpose of (i) purchasing Assets (other than any Asset which constitutes real property or a direct interest therein), (ii) paying principal and Yield in respect of outstanding Advances, or (iii) for general corporate purposes.”
     The parties hereto agree that, effective as of the date hereof, Section 9.01(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the sentence “The Program Agent shall give written notice to S&P prior to the effectiveness of any material amendment or modification of this Agreement” set forth therein in its entirety with the following:
“If any Advances made by a Conduit Lender are outstanding, the Program Agent shall give written notice to S&P prior to the effectiveness of any material amendment or modification of this Agreement or any other Program Document to which such Conduit Lender is a party.”
     The parties hereto agree that, effective as of the date hereof, Section 9.02 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the information set forth therein under the heading “If to the Conduit Lender” in its entirety with the following:
         
 
  “If to any    
 
  Conduit Lender:   750 Washington Boulevard
 
      Stamford, CT 06901
 
      Attention: Robert Kohl
 
      Telephone No. (203) 975-6383
 
      Facsimile No. (914) 274-9038
 
      Email: robert.kohl@citi.com
 
       
 
  In each case,    
 
  with a copy to:   Citibank, N.A.
 
      390 Greenwich Street, 1st Floor
 
      New York, New York 10013
 
      Attention: Junette Earl
 
      Telephone No.: (212) 723-3704
 
      Facsimile No.: (646) 843-3661
 
      Email: junette.m.earl@citi.com”
Agreement of Amendment No. 4
Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund

2


 

     The parties hereto agree that, effective as of the date hereof, Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following sentence in its entirety at the end of the second paragraph thereof:
“The provisions of this Section 9.11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.”
     The Borrower represents and warrants to the Program Agent, the Conduit Lenders, the Secondary Lender and the Direct Lender that immediately after giving effect to this Agreement of Amendment No. 4, (i) its representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects (unless made with respect to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such earlier date), and (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
     All references to the Credit Agreement on and after the date hereof shall be deemed to refer to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby, and the parties hereto agree that on and after the date hereof the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, is in full force and effect.
     This Agreement of Amendment No. 4 may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
     THIS AGREEMENT OF AMENDMENT NO. 4 SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
[Signature Page Follows]
Agreement of Amendment No. 4
Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund

3


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.
                 
CITIBANK, N.A.,   CITIBANK, N.A.,    
as Program Agent   as Secondary Lender    
 
               
By:
  /s/ Todd D. Fritchman   By:   /s/ Todd D. Fritchman    
 
 
 
Name: Todd D. Fritchman
     
 
Name: Todd D. Fritchman
   
 
  Title: Vice President       Title: Vice President    
 
               
CHARTA, LLC   CAFCO, LLC    
as Conduit Lender   as Conduit Lender    
 
               
By:
  Citibank, N.A., as   By:   Citibank, N.A., as    
 
  Attorney-in-Fact       Attorney-in-Fact    
 
               
By:
  /s/ Todd D. Fritchman   By:   /s/ Todd D. Fritchman    
 
               
 
  Name: Todd D. Fritchman       Name: Todd D. Fritchman    
 
  Title: Vice President       Title: Vice President    
 
               
CRC FUNDING, LLC   CIESCO, LLC    
as Conduit Lender   as Conduit Leader    
 
               
By:
  Citibank, N.A., as   By:   Citibank, N.A., as    
 
  Attorney-in-Fact       Attorney-in-Fact    
 
               
By:
  /s/ Todd D. Fritchman   By:   /s/ Todd D. Fritchman    
 
               
 
  Name: Todd D. Fritchman       Name: Todd D. Fritchman    
 
  Title: Vice President       Title: Vice President    
 
               
STATE STREET BANK AND   INVESCO VAN KAMPEN    
TRUST COMPANY,   SENIOR LOAN FUND,    
as Direct Lender   as Borrower    
 
               
By:
  /s/ Janet B. Nolin   By:   /s/ John M. Zerr    
 
               
 
  Name: Janet B. Nolin       Name: John M. Zerr    
 
  Title: Vice President       Title: Senior Vice President    
Agreement of Amendment No. 4
Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund


 

         
INVESCO ADVISERS, INC.    
as Adviser    
 
       
By:
  /s/ John M. Zerr
 
Name: John M. Zerr
   
 
  Title: Senior Vice President    
Agreement of Amendment No. 4
Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund

5

VAN KAMPEN SENIOR LOAN FUND
SERVICE PLAN
(effective October 15, 2012)
The plan set forth below (the “Service Plan”) for the INVESCO VAN KAMPEN SENIOR LOAN FUND (the “Fund”) describes the material terms and conditions under which assets of the Fund may be used to compensate the Fund’s principal underwriter, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), brokers, dealers and other financial intermediaries (collectively “Financial Intermediaries”) for providing personal services to shareholders and/or the maintenance of shareholder accounts with respect to each of its Class A Shares of beneficial interest (the “Class A Shares”), its Class B Shares of beneficial interest (the “Class B Shares”), its Class C Shares of beneficial interest (the “Class C Shares”), and its Class IC Shares of beneficial interest (the “Class IC Shares”). The Class A Shares, Class B Shares, Class C Shares and Class IC Shares sometimes are referred to herein collectively as the “Shares.” Each class of Shares is offered and sold subject to a different combination of front-end sales charges, distribution fees, service fees and early withdrawal charges.(1)
The Fund has adopted this Service Plan pursuant to which the Fund is authorized to expend on an annual basis a portion of its average net assets attributable to each class of Shares for providing personal services to shareholders and/or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. The Fund also has entered into a distribution (the “Distribution “) with Invesco Distributors, Inc. (the “Distributor”), pursuant to which the Distributor acts as agent on behalf of the Fund in connection with the implementation of the Service Plan and acts as the principal underwriter with respect to each class of Shares. The Distributor may enter into shareholder servicing agreements (the “Service Agreements”) with brokers, dealers and other financial intermediaries (“Financial Intermediaries”) in order to implement this Service Plan.
1. The Fund hereby is authorized to pay a service fee with respect to its Class A Shares, Class B Shares, Class C Shares and Class IC Shares to any Financial Intermediary who provides personal services to shareholders and/or maintains shareholder accounts in an annual amount not to exceed 0.25% of the average annual net asset value of the Shares maintained in the Fund by such person that were sold on or after the date on which this Service Plan was first implemented. The aggregate annual amount of all such payments with respect to each such class of Shares may not exceed 0.25% of the Fund’s average annual net assets attributable to the respective class of Shares sold on or after the date on which this Service Plan was first implemented and maintained in the Fund more than one year.
(1) The Fund is authorized to offer multiple classes of shares pursuant to an exemptive order permitting the Fund to adopt a Rule 18f-3 Plan.
2. Payments pursuant to this Service Plan may be paid or prepaid on behalf of the Fund by the Distributor acting as the Fund’s agent.
3. Payments by the Fund to the Distributor pursuant to this Service Plan shall not be made more often than monthly upon receipt by the Fund of a separate written expense report with respect to each class of Shares setting forth the expenses qualifying for such reimbursement allocated to each class of Shares and the purposes thereof.
4. In the event that amounts payable hereunder with respect to a class of Shares do not fully reimburse the Distributor for pre-paid service fees, such unreimbursed service fee expenses will be carried forward and paid by the Fund hereunder in future years so long as this Service Plan remains in effect, subject to applicable laws and regulations. Reimbursements for service fee related expenses payable hereunder with respect to a particular class of Shares may not be used to subsidize services provided with respect to any other class of Shares.

1


 

5. The Fund shall not compensate the Distributor, and neither the Fund nor the Distributor shall compensate any Financial Intermediary, for any service related expenses incurred with respect to a class of Shares prior to the later of (a) the implementation of this Service Plan with respect to such class of Shares or (b) the date that such Financial Intermediary enters into a Service Agreement with the Distributor.
6. The Fund hereby authorizes the Distributor to enter into Service Agreements with certain Financial Intermediaries to provide compensation to such Financial Intermediaries for activities and services of the type referred to in Paragraph 1 hereof. Prior to the implementation of a Service Agreement, such agreement shall be approved by a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund and a majority of the Disinterested Trustees (within the meaning of the 1940 Act) by a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such Service Agreements. Such Service Agreements shall provide that the Financial Intermediaries shall provide the Distributor with such information as is reasonably necessary to permit the Distributor to comply with the reporting requirements set forth in Paragraphs 3 and 8 hereof.
7. Subject to the provisions of this Service Plan, the Fund is hereby authorized to pay a service fee to any person that is not an “affiliated person” or “interested person” of the Fund or its “investment adviser” or “principal underwriter” (as such terms are defined in the 1940 Act) who provides any of the foregoing services for the Fund. Such fee shall be paid only pursuant to written agreements between the Fund and such other person the terms of which permit payments to such person only in accordance with the provisions of this Service Plan and which have the approval of a majority of the Disinterested Trustees by vote cast separately with respect to each class of Shares and cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such written agreement.
8. The Fund and the Distributor shall prepare separate written reports for each class of Shares and shall submit such reports to the Fund’s Board of Trustees on a quarterly basis summarizing all payments made by them with respect to each class of Shares pursuant to this Service Plan and the agreements contemplated hereby, the purposes for which such payments were made and such other information as the Board of Trustees or the Disinterested Trustees may reasonably request from time to time, and the Board of Trustees shall review such reports and other information.
9. This Service Plan may be terminated with respect to a class of Shares without penalty at any time by a majority of the Disinterested Trustees or by a “majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the respective class of Shares of the Fund.
10. This Service Plan shall become effective upon its approval by a majority of the Board of Trustees and a majority of the Disinterested Trustees by vote cast separately with respect to each class of Shares cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on this Service Plan.
11. This Service Plan and any agreement contemplated hereby shall continue in effect beyond the first anniversary of its adoption by the Board of Trustees of the Fund only so long as (a) its continuation is approved at least annually in the manner set forth in paragraph 10 above and (b) the selection and nomination of those Trustees of the Fund who are not “interested persons” of the Fund are committed to the discretion of such Trustees.
12. This Service Plan may not be amended to increase materially the maximum amounts permitted to be expended hereunder except with the approval of a “majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the respective class of Shares of the Fund. This Service Plan may not be amended in any material respect except with the approval of a majority of the Disinterested Trustees. Amendments required to conform this Service Plan to changes in the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or the conduct rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority shall not be deemed to be material amendments.

2


 

The Trustees of the Fund have adopted this Service Plan as trustees under the Declaration of Trust of the Fund and the policies of the Fund adopted hereby are not binding upon any of the Trustees or shareholders of the Fund individually, but bind only the trust estate.

3

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED MULTI-CLASS PLAN
FOR INVESCO SENIOR LOAN FUND
     This Multi-Class Plan (the “Plan”) provides for the issuance and distribution of multiple classes of shares by the Invesco Senior Loan Fund, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Fund”) in accordance with the terms, procedures and conditions set forth below. This Plan has been adopted by the Fund pursuant to an order of the Securities and Exchange Commission granting exemptive relief from certain provisions of Section 18 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Act”). A majority of the Trustees of the Fund, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Fund within the meaning of the Act, found this Plan to be in the best interest of the Fund and each Class (defined below) of Shares (defined below) of the Fund. In connection with the redomestication of the Fund from a Massachusetts business trust to a Delaware statutory trust, this Plan was amended and restated as of August 28, 2012.
1.   Definitions . As used herein, the terms set forth below shall have the meanings ascribed to them below.
  (a)   “Class”: a class of Shares of the Fund.
 
  (b)   “Class A Shares” shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 2(a).
 
  (c)   “Class B Shares” shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 2(b).
 
  (d)   “Class C Shares” shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 2(c).
 
  (e)   “Class IB Shares” shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 2(d).
 
  (f)   “Class IC Shares” shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 2(e).
 
  (g)   “CDSC”: contingent deferred sales charge.
 
  (h)   “CDSC Shares”: shares of Invesco Funds which are subject to a CDSC upon their redemption by the shareholder.
 
  (i)   “CDSC Schedule”: the schedule of years following acquisition during which classes of CDSC Shares are assessed a CDSC upon their redemption by the shareholder.
 
  (j)   “Distribution Expenses”: expenses incurred in activities which are primarily intended to result in the distribution and sale of Shares as defined in the Plan of Distribution and/or board resolutions.
 
  (k)   “Distribution Fee”: a fee paid by the Fund to the Distributor in reimbursement of Distribution Expenses.
 
  (l)   “Distributor”: Invesco Distributors, Inc.

 


 

  (m)   “EWC “: early withdrawal charge.
 
  (n)   “EWC Period”: the schedule of years following acquisition during which Shares of certain classes of the Fund are assessed an EWC upon their repurchase by the Fund.
 
  (o)   “EWC Rate”: the rate that EWCs are assessed on Shares of certain classes of the Fund upon their repurchase by the Fund according to a schedule of years following acquisition.
 
  (p)   “Plan of Distribution”: Any plan adopted with respect to payment of a Distribution Fee wherein the Fund agrees to comply with Rule 12b-1 under the Act as if the Fund were an open-end investment company.
 
  (q)   “Service Fees”: fees paid to financial intermediaries for the ongoing provision of personal services to Fund shareholders and/or the maintenance of shareholder accounts.
 
  (r)   “Share”: a share of beneficial interest of the Fund.
 
  (s)   “Trustees”: the trustees of the Fund.
 
  (t)   “Invesco Funds”: certain open-end investment companies, distributed by Invesco Distributors, Inc., which offer shares for which tendering shareholders of the Fund may exchange their Class A Shares, Class B Shares, Class C Shares, Class IB Shares or Class IC Shares as described herein.
2.   Classes . The Fund offers five Classes of Shares as follows:
  (a)   Class A Shares . Class A Shares shall be offered at net asset value plus a front-end sales charge as approved from time to time by the Trustees and set forth in the Fund’s prospectus or statement of additional information, which may be reduced or eliminated for larger purchases, under a combined purchase privilege, under a right of accumulation, under a letter of intent or for certain categories of purchasers and as set forth in the Fund’s prospectus or statement of additional information. Class A Shares that are not subject to a front-end sales charge as a result of the foregoing, may be subject to an EWC for the EWC Period and EWC Rate as set forth in Section 4. The offering price of Shares subject to a front-end sales charge shall be computed in accordance with procedures approved by the Board of Trustees and disclosed in the Fund’s prospectus or statement of additional information. Class A Shares shall be subject to ongoing Service Fees and Distribution Fees approved from time to time by the Trustees and set forth in the Fund’s prospectus or statement of additional information.

2


 

  (b)   Class B Shares . Class B Shares shall be (1) offered at net asset value, (2) subject to an EWC for the EWC Period and EWC Rate as set forth in Section 4, (3) subject to ongoing Service Fees and Distribution Fees approved from time to time by the Trustees and set forth in the Fund’s prospectus or statement of additional information and (4) converted to Class A Shares three to ten years after the calendar month in which the shareholder’s order to purchase was accepted, which number of years shall be as approved from time to time by the Trustees and set forth in the Fund’s prospectus or statement of additional information.
 
  (c)   Class C Shares . Class C Shares shall be (1) offered at net asset value, (2) subject to an EWC for the EWC Period and EWC Rate as set forth in Section 4, and (3) subject to ongoing Service Fees and Distribution Fees approved from time to time by the Trustees and set forth in the Fund’s prospectus or statement of additional information.
 
  (d)   Class IB Shares . Class IB Shares shall be (1) offered at net asset value and (2) are not subject to a Distribution Fee or a Service Fee.
 
  (e)   Class IC Shares . Class IC Shares shall be (1) offered at net asset value and (2) subject to ongoing Service Fees approved from time to time by the Trustees and set forth in the Fund’s prospectus or statement of additional information.
3.   Rights and Privileges of Classes . Each Class of the Fund will represent an interest in the same portfolio of investments of the Fund and will have identical voting, dividend, liquidation and other rights, preferences, powers, restrictions, limitations, qualifications, designations and terms and conditions except as described otherwise herein.
 
4.   EWC . An EWC may be imposed upon repurchase of Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares that do not incur a front end sales charge subject to the following conditions:
  (a)   EWC Period . The EWC Period for Class A Shares shall be 18 months. The EWC Period for Class B Shares shall be at least three years but not more than ten years as approved from time to time by the Trustees and set forth in the Fund’s prospectus or statement of additional information. The EWC Period for Class C Shares shall be one year.
 
  (b)   EWC Rates . The EWC Rate shall be approved from time to time by the Trustees and set forth in the Fund’s prospectus or statement of additional information. If an EWC is imposed for a period greater than eighteen months the EWC Rate must decline during the EWC Period such that (a) the EWC Rate is less in the last year of the EWC Period than in the first and (b) in each succeeding year the EWC Rate shall be less than or equal to the EWC Rate in the preceding year.

3


 

  (c)   Disclosure and Changes . The EWC Rate and EWC Period shall be disclosed in the Fund’s prospectus or statement of additional information and may not be increased unless approved as set forth in Section 12.
 
  (d)   Method of Calculation . The EWC shall be assessed on an amount equal to the lesser of the then current market value or the cost of the Shares being repurchased. No sales charge shall be imposed on increases in the net asset value of the Shares being repurchased above the initial purchase price. No EWC shall be assessed on Shares derived from reinvestment of dividends or capital gains distributions. The order in which Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares are to be redeemed when not all of such Shares would be subject to an EWC shall be as determined by the Distributor in accordance with the provisions of Rule 6c-10 under the Act as if the Fund were an open-end investment company.
 
  (e)   Waiver . The Distributor may in its discretion waive an EWC otherwise due upon the repurchase of Shares under circumstances previously approved by the Trustees and disclosed in the Fund’s prospectus or statement of additional information.
 
  (f)   Calculation of Offering Price . The offering price of Shares subject to an EWC shall be computed in accordance with procedures approved by the Board of Trustees and disclosed in the Fund’s prospectus or statement of additional information.
 
  (g)   Retention by Distributor . The EWC paid with respect to Shares of the Fund shall be retained by the Distributor as reimbursement for expenses incurred in connection with the sale of Shares.
5.   Service and Distribution Fees. Class A, Class B, and Class C Shares shall be subject to a Service Fee and a Distribution Fee. Class IC Shares may be subject to a Service Fee but not to a Distribution Fee. The Service Fee applicable to any class shall not exceed 0.25% per annum of the average daily net assets of the Class and the Distribution Fee shall not exceed 0.75% per annum of the average daily net assets of the Class. All other terms and conditions with respect to Service Fees and Distribution Fees shall be governed by the plans adopted by the Fund with respect to such fees and Rule 12b-1 of the Act as if the Fund were an open-end investment company.
 
6.   Conversion. Shares purchased through the reinvestment of dividends and distributions paid on Shares subject to conversion shall be treated as if held in a separate sub-account. Each time any Shares in a Shareholder’s account (other than Shares held in the sub-account) convert to Class A Shares, a proportionate number of Shares held in the sub-account shall also convert to Class A Shares. All conversions shall be effected on the basis of the relative net asset values of the two Classes without the imposition of any sales load or other charge. So long as any Class of Shares converts into Class A Shares, the Distributor shall waive or

4


 

    reimburse the Fund, or take such other actions with the approval of the Trustees as may be reasonably necessary, to ensure the expenses, including payments authorized under a Plan of Distribution, applicable to the Class A Shares are not higher than the expenses, including payments authorized under the Plan of Distribution, applicable to the class of shares converting into Class A Shares.
 
7.   Allocation of Expenses, Income and Gains Among Classes.
  (a)   Expenses Applicable to a Particular Class . Shares of each Class of the Fund shall be assessed only that Service Fee, Distribution Fee and/or EWC applicable to that particular Class of Shares. Other expenses applicable to a particular Class, such as incremental transfer agency fees, but not including advisory or custodial fees or other expenses related to the management of the Fund’s assets, shall be allocated between Classes in different amounts if they are actually incurred in different amounts by the Classes or the Classes receive services of a different kind or to a different degree than other Classes.
 
  (b)   Distribution Expenses . Distribution Expenses actually attributable to the sale of all Classes shall be allocated to each Class based upon the ratio which sales of each Class bears to the sales of all Shares of the Fund. For this purpose, Shares issued upon reinvestment of dividends or distributions, upon conversion from Class B Shares to Class A Shares or upon stock splits will not be considered sales.
 
  (c)   Income, Capital Gains and Losses and Other Expenses Applicable to all Classes . Income, realized and unrealized capital gains and losses and expenses such as advisory fees applicable to all Classes shall be allocated to each Class on the basis of the net asset value of that Class in relation to the net asset value of the Fund.
 
  (d)   Determination of Nature of Expense s. The Trustees shall determine in their sole discretion whether any expense other than those listed herein is properly treated as attributed to a particular Class or all Classes.
8.   Exchange Privilege . Shareholders whose Shares are accepted by the Fund for repurchase may elect to receive in exchange, in lieu of cash, shares of the same class of an Invesco Fund at net asset value and without a sales charge, subject to the following conditions:
  (a)   General . Shares of the Fund may be exchanged for shares of the same class of an Invesco Fund at net asset value and without sales charges provided that the Distributor may specify that certain funds may not be exchanged within a designated period after acquisition, which shall not exceed 90 days, without prior Distributor approval. The class of an Invesco Fund for which Class IB Shares and Class IC Shares of the Fund shall be exchanged is the Class A Shares of such Invesco Fund.

5


 

  (b)   CDSC Schedule . Any CDSC Shares acquired through such an exchange will be subject to a CDSC Schedule for such class of such Invesco Fund equivalent to the EWC Rates for such class of the Fund upon their subsequent redemption. For purposes of computing the length of time the acquired CDSC Shares have been held prior to redemption, the holding period of the original Class A, Class B or Class C Shares shall be added to the holding period of the acquired CDSC Shares.
9.   Voting Rights of Classes .
  (a)   Shareholders of each Class shall have exclusive voting rights on any matter submitted to them that relates solely to the Plan of Distribution related to that Class, provided that:
  (i)   If any amendment is proposed to the plan under which Distribution Fees are paid with respect to Class A Shares of the Fund that would increase materially the amount to be borne by Class A Shares under that plan, then no Class B Shares shall convert into Class A Shares of that Fund until the holders of Class B Shares of that Fund have also approved the proposed amendment.
 
  (ii)   If the holders of the Class B Shares referred to in subparagraph (a)(i) do not approve the proposed amendment, the Trustees of the Fund and the Distributor shall take such action as is necessary to ensure that the Class voting against the amendment shall convert into another Class identical in all material respects to Class A Shares of the Fund as constituted prior to the amendment.
  (b)   Shareholders shall have separate voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders in which the interest of one Class differs from the interests of any other Class.
10.   Dividends . Dividends paid by the Fund with respect to each Class, to the extent any dividends are paid, will be calculated in the same manner, at the same time and on the same day and will be in substantially the same amount, except any Distribution Fees, Service Fees or incremental expenses relating to a particular Class will be borne exclusively by that Class.
 
11.   Reports to Trustees . The Distributor shall provide to the Trustees of the Fund quarterly and annual statements concerning distribution and shareholder servicing expenditures complying with paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of Rule 12b-1 of the Act, as it may be amended from time to time, as if the Fund were an open-end fund. The Distributor also shall provide the Trustees such information as the Trustees may from time to time deem to be reasonably necessary to evaluate this Plan.
 
12.   Amendment . Any material amendment to this Plan shall be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Fund, including the affirmative vote of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Fund, except that any amendment that increases an EWC Rate or lengthens the EWC Period must also be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Shares of the affected Class. The Distributor shall provide the Trustees such information as may be reasonably necessary to evaluate any amendment to this Plan.

6

[Letterhead of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP]
June 23, 2013
Invesco Senior Loan Fund
11 Greenway Plaza
Suite 1000
Houston, TX 77046
                    RE:   Invesco Senior Loan Fund
Registration Statement on Form N-2
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          We have acted as special counsel to Invesco Senior Loan Fund, a statutory trust (the “Trust”) created under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act (the “DSTA”), in connection with Post-Effective Amendment No. 12 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (the “Registration Statement”) to be filed under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on the date hereof. The Registration Statement relates to the registration of an indefinite number of each of Class A Shares and Class C Shares of the Trust’s common shares of beneficial interest (the “Shares”).
          This opinion is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of sub paragraph (l) of item 25.2 of part C of Form N-2 under the Securities Act and the 1940 Act.
          In rendering the opinions stated herein, we have examined and relied upon the following:
          (i) a copy of the Trust’s Certificate of Trust, dated April 2, 2012, as certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware;
          (ii) a copy of the Trust’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, by the trustees of the Trust, dated May 5, 2012, as amended through the date hereof (the “Declaration”), as certified by the Secretary of the Trust;
          (iii) a copy of the Trust’s By-Laws, as amended and currently in effect (the “By-Laws”), as certified by the Secretary of the Trust;

 


 

Invesco Senior Loan Fund
June 23, 2013
Page 2
          (iv) a copy of the Amended and Restated Multi-Class Plan, establishing each class of common shares of beneficial interest of the Trust, as certified by the Secretary of the Trust; and
          (v) certain resolutions adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Trust relating to the authorization, issuance and sale of the Shares, the filing of the Registration Statement and any amendments or supplements thereto and related matters, as certified by the Secretary of the Trust.
          We have also examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such records of the Trust and such agreements, certificates and receipts of public officials, certificates of officers or other representatives of the Trust and others, and such other documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinion stated below.
          In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, including endorsements, the legal capacity and competency of all natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as facsimile, electronic, certified or photostatic copies, and the authenticity of the originals of such copies. In rendering the opinion set forth below, we have assumed that the “certificateless” shares will be registered on the share records of the Trust by the transfer agent and registrar for the Shares and that the consideration recited in the resolutions of the Board of Trustees of the Trust the issuance of the Shares has been received in full by the Trust. As to any facts relevant to the opinion stated herein that we did not independently establish or verify, we have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Trust and others and of public officials.
          We do not express any opinion as to any laws other than the DSTA. This opinion is limited to the laws, including the rules and regulations, as in effect on the date hereof, which laws are subject to change with possible retroactive effect.
          Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the issuance and sale of the Shares by the Trust have been duly authorized by the Trust and, assuming the shareholders’ accounts have been duly credited and the Shares represented thereby have been fully paid for, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable (except as provided in Section 8.5 of the Declaration).
          We advise you that Wayne W. Whalen, Of Counsel of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, is a Trustee of the Trust.

 


 

Invesco Senior Loan Fund
June 23, 2013
Page 3
          We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the captions “Legal Opinions” and “Other Information—Legal Counsel” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.
Very truly yours,
/s/ Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form N-2 of our report dated April 29, 2013 relating to the financial statements and financial highlights that appear in the February 28, 2013 Annual Report to Shareholders of Invesco Senior Loan Fund (formerly known as Invesco Van Kampen Senior Loan Fund), which are also incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings “Financial Highlights” and “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in such Registration Statement.
/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Houston, Texas
June 27, 2013

Invesco Advisers, Inc.
CODE OF ETHICS
January 1, 2011
         
Code of Ethics   1    

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
Section   Item   Page  
   
 
       
I.  
Introduction
    3  
   
 
       
II.  
Statement of Fiduciary Principles
    3  
   
 
       
III.  
Compliance With Laws, Rules and Regulations; Reporting of Violations
    4  
   
 
       
IV.  
Limits on Personal Investing
    4  
   
A. Personal Investing
    4  
   
1   Pre-clearance of Personal Securities Transactions
    4  
   
     Blackout Period
    5  
   
     Investment Personnel
    5  
   
     De Minimis Exemptions
    5  
   
2   Prohibition of Short-Term Trading Profits
    6  
   
3   Initial Public Offerings
    6  
   
4   Prohibition of Short Sales by Investment Personnel
    7  
   
5   Restricted List Securities
    7  
   
6   Other Criteria to Consider in Pre-Clearance
       
   
7   Brokerage Accounts
    7  
   
8   Reporting Requirements
    8  
   
 a.   Initial Holdings Reports
    8  
   
 b.   Quarterly Transactions Reports
    8  
   
 c.   Annual Holdings Reports
    9  
   
 d.   Discretionary Managed Accounts
    9  
   
 e.   Certification of Compliance
    10  
   
9   Private Securities Transactions
    10  
   
10  Limited Investment Opportunity
    10  
   
11  Excessive Short-Term Trading in Funds
    10  
   
 
       
   
B. Invesco Ltd. Securities
    10  
   
C. Limitations on Other Personal Activities
    11  
   
1   Outside Business Activities
    11  
   
2   Gifts and Entertainment Policy
    11  
   
     Entertainment
    11  
   
     Gifts
    11  
   
3   U.S. Department of Labor Reporting
    12  
   
D. Parallel Investing Permitted
    12  
   
 
       
V.  
Reporting of Potential Compliance Issues
    13  
   
 
       
VI.  
Administration of the Code
    13  
   
 
       
VII.  
Sanctions
    13  
   
 
       
VIII.  
Exceptions to the Code
    14  
   
 
       
IX.  
Definitions
    14  
   
 
       
X.  
Invesco Ltd. Policies and Procedures
    16  
   
 
       
X1. Code of Ethics Contacts     16  
         
Code of Ethics   2    

 


 

Invesco Advisers, Inc.
CODE OF ETHICS
(Originally adopted February 29, 2008; Amended effective January 1, 2011)
I.   Introduction
Invesco Advisers, Inc. has a fiduciary relationship with respect to each portfolio under management. The interests of Clients and of the shareholders of investment company Clients take precedence over the personal interests of Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s Covered Persons (defined below). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined are defined at the end of this document.
This Code of Ethics (“the Code”) applies to all Covered Persons. Covered Persons include:
    any director, officer, full or part time Employee of Invesco Advisers, Inc. or any full or part time Employee of any Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s affiliates that, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in , or obtains any information concerning any Client’s purchase or sale of Covered Securities or who is involved in making or obtains information concerning investment recommendations with respect to such purchase or sales of Covered Securities; or who has access to non-public information concerning any Client’s purchase or sale of Covered Securities, access to non-public securities recommendations or access to non-public information concerning portfolio holdings of any portfolio advised or sub-advised by Invesco Advisers, Inc.
 
    all Employees of Invesco Ltd. located in the United States who are not covered by the Code of Ethics of a registered investment advisory affiliate of Invesco Ltd.
 
    any other persons falling within such definitions under Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 , as amended (the “Investment Company Act”)or Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”) and such other persons that may be so deemed by Compliance.
II.   Statement of Fiduciary Principles
The following fiduciary principles govern Covered Persons.
    the interests of Clients and shareholders of investment company Clients must be placed first at all times and Covered Persons must not take inappropriate advantage of their positions; and
 
    all personal securities transactions must be conducted consistent with this Code and in a manner to avoid any abuse of an individual’s position of trust and responsibility. This Code is our effort to address conflicts of interest that may arise in the ordinary course of our business.
This Code does not attempt to identify all possible conflicts of interest or to ensure literal compliance with each of its specific provisions. It does not necessarily shield Covered Persons from liability for personal trading or other conduct that violates a fiduciary duty to Clients and shareholders of investment company Clients.
         
Code of Ethics   3    

 


 

III.   Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations; Reporting of Violations
All Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s Employees are required to comply with applicable state and federal securities laws, rules and regulations and this Code. Employees shall promptly report any violations of laws or regulations or any provision of this Code of which they become aware to Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee. Additional methods of reporting potential violations or compliance issues are described in Section V of this Code under “Reporting of Potential Compliance Issues.”
IV.   Limits on Personal Investing
  A.   Personal Investing
 
    1. Pre-clearance of Personal Security Transactions . All Covered Persons must pre-clear with the Compliance Department using the automated review system all personal security transactions involving Covered Securities for which they have Beneficial Ownership. A Covered Person may have Beneficial Ownership in securities held by members of his or her immediate family sharing the same household (i.e., a spouse and children) or by certain partnerships, trusts, corporations, or other arrangements.
 
      Additionally, all Covered Persons must pre-clear personal securities transactions involving securities over which they have discretion. For example, if a Covered Person is directing the transactions for a friend or family member (regardless of whether they share the same household) all transactions in Covered Securities must be pre-cleared. Covered Securities include but are not limited to all investments that can be traded by an Invesco Advisers, Inc. entity for its Clients, including stocks, bonds, municipal bonds, exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and any of their derivatives such as options. Although Affiliated Mutual Funds are considered Covered Securities, those that are held by Employees at the Affiliated Mutual Funds’ transfer agent or in the Invesco Ltd. 401(k) or Money Purchase plans (excluding the Personal Choice Retirement Account (PCRA)) do not need to be pre-cleared through the automated review system because compliance monitoring for these plans is done through a separate process.
         
Code of Ethics   4    

 


 

All transactions in Invesco Ltd. securities, including the Invesco Ltd. stock fund held in the Invesco 401(k) and Money Purchase plan, must be pre-cleared. Please refer to section IV.B for additional guidelines on Invesco Ltd. securities. Any transaction in a previous employer’s company stock that is obtained through an employee benefit plan or company stock fund held in an external retirement plan requires pre-clearance.
Affiliated Mutual Funds that are held in external brokerage accounts or in the PCRA MUST be pre-cleared through the automated review system.
Covered Securities do not include shares of money market funds, U.S. government securities, certificates of deposit or shares of open-end mutual funds not advised by Invesco Advisers, Inc. Unit investment trusts, including those advised by Invesco Advisers, Inc., are not Covered Securities (Please refer to the “Definitions” section of this Code for more information on the term, Covered Security.)
If you are unclear about whether a proposed transaction involves a Covered Security, contact the Compliance Department via email at CodeofEthics(North America)@invesco.com or by phone at 1-877-331-CODE [1-877-331-2633] prior to executing the transaction.
    Any approval granted to a Covered Person to execute a personal security transaction is valid for that business day only, except that if approval is granted after the close of trading day such approval is good through the next trading day.
          The automated review system will review personal trade requests from Covered Persons based on the following considerations:
Blackout Period . Invesco Advisers, Inc. does not permit Covered Persons to trade in a Covered Security if there is conflicting activity in an Invesco Client account.
    Non-Investment Personnel.
    may not buy or sell a Covered Security within two trading days before or after a Client trades in that security.
 
    may not buy or sell a Covered Security if there is a Client order on that security currently with the trading desk.
    Investment Personnel .
    may not buy or sell a Covered Security within three trading days before or after a Client trades in that security.
 
    may not buy or sell a Covered Security if there is a Client order on that security currently with the trading desk.
De Minimis Exemptions . The Compliance Department will apply the following de minimis exemptions in granting pre-clearance when a Client has recently traded or is trading in a security involved in a Covered Person’s proposed personal securities transaction:
         
Code of Ethics   5    

 


 

    Equity de minimis exemptions .
    If a Covered Person does not have knowledge of trading activity in a particular equity security, he or she may execute up to 500 shares of such security in a rolling 30-day period provided the issuer of such security is included in the Russell 1000 Index.
 
    If a Covered Person does not have knowledge of trading activity in a particular equity security, he or she may execute up to 500 shares of such security in a rolling 30 day period provided that there is no conflicting client activity in that security during the blackout period or on the trading desk that exceeds 500 shares per trading day.
    Fixed income de minimis exemption . If a Covered Person does not have knowledge of trading activity in a particular fixed income security he or she may execute up to $100,000 of par value of such security in a rolling 30-day period.
The automated review system will confirm that there is no activity currently on the trading desk on the security involved in the proposed personal securities transaction and will verify that there have been no Client transactions for the requested security within the last two trading days for all Covered Persons except Investment Personnel for whom the black-out period is the last three trading days. For Investments, Portfolio Administration and IT personnel, the Compliance Department will also check the trading activity of affiliates with respect to which such personnel have access to transactional information to verify that there have been no Client transactions in the requested security during the blackout period. The Compliance Department will notify the Covered Person of the approval or denial of the proposed personal securities transaction. The approval of a personal securities transaction request is only valid for that business day . If a Covered Person does not execute the proposed securities transaction on the business day the approval is granted, the Covered Person must resubmit the request on another day for approval.
Any failure to pre-clear transactions is a violation of the Code and will be subject to the following potential sanctions:
    A Letter of Education will be provided to any Covered Person whose failure to pre-clear is considered immaterial or inadvertent.
 
    Repeat violations may result in in-person training, probation, withdrawal of personal trading privileges or employment termination, depending on the nature and severity of the violations.
2. Prohibition of Short-Term Trading Profits . Covered Persons are prohibited from engaging in the purchase and sale, or short sale and cover of the same Covered Security within 60 days at a profit. If a Covered Person trades a Covered Security within the 60 day time frame, any profit from the trade will be disgorged to a charity of Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s choice and a letter of education may be issued to the Covered Person.
3. Initial Public Offerings . Covered Persons are prohibited from acquiring any security in an equity Initial Public Offering. Exceptions will only be granted in unusual circumstances and must be recommended by the Compliance Department and approved by the Chief Compliance
         
Code of Ethics   6    

 


 

Officer or General Counsel (or designee) and the Chief Investment Officer (or designee) of the Covered Person’s business unit.
4. Prohibition of Short Sales by Investment Personnel . Investment Personnel are prohibited from effecting short sales of Covered Securities in their personal accounts if a Client of Invesco Advisers, Inc. for whose account they have investment management responsibility has a long position in those Covered Securities.
5. Restricted List Securities . Employees requesting pre-clearance to buy or sell a security on the Restricted List may be restricted from executing the trade because of potential conflicts of interest.
6. Other Criteria Considered in Pre-clearance . In spite of adhering to the requirements specified throughout this section, Compliance, in keeping with the general principles and objectives of the Code, may refuse to grant pre-clearance of a Personal Securities Transaction in its sole discretion without being required to specify any reason for the refusal.
7. Brokerage Accounts .
a. Covered Persons may only maintain brokerage accounts with:
    full service broker-dealers.
 
    discount broker-dealers. discount brokerage are accounts in which all trading is completed online. These accounts must be held with firms that provide electronic feeds of confirmations directly to the Compliance Department,
 
    Invesco Advisers, Inc’s. -affiliated Broker-dealer (Invesco Distributors, Inc.)
b. Brokerage account requirements for Affiliated Mutual Funds. Covered Persons may own shares of Affiliated Mutual Funds that are held at a broker-dealer that is not affiliated with Invesco Advisers, Inc. only if the broker-dealer provides an electronic feed of all transactions and statements to Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s Compliance Department. All Covered Persons must arrange for their broker-dealers to forward to the Compliance Department on a timely basis duplicate confirmations of all personal securities transactions and copies of periodic statements for all brokerage accounts, in an electronic format if they include holdings in Affiliated Mutual Funds and preferably in an electronic format for holdings other than Affiliated Mutual Funds.
c. Requirement to move accounts that do not meet Compliance requirement: Every person who becomes a Covered Person under this Code must move all of their brokerage accounts that do not comply with the above provision of the Code within thirty (30) days from the date the Covered Person becomes subject to this Code.
d. Firms that provide electronic feeds to Invesco’s Compliance Department:
         
Code of Ethics   7    

 


 

Please refer to the following link in the Invesco’s intranet site for a list of broker-dealers that currently provide electronic transaction and statement feeds to Invesco Advisers, Inc.:
http://sharepoint/sites/Compliance-COE-NA/Training/Documents/Approved%20Discount%20Broker%20List.pdf
8. Reporting Requirements .
a. Initial Holdings Reports . Within 10 calendar days of becoming a Covered Person, each Covered Person must complete an Initial Holdings Report by inputting into the electronic review system, Star Compliance, the following information (the information must be current within 45 days of the date the person becomes a Covered Person):
    A list of all security holdings, including the name, number of shares (for equities) and the principal amount (for debt securities) in which the person has direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership. A Covered Person may have Beneficial Ownership in securities held by members of their immediate family sharing the same household (i.e., a spouse and children) or by certain partnerships, trusts, corporations, or other arrangements.
 
    The name of any broker-dealer or bank with which the person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the person; and
 
    The date that the report is submitted by the Covered Person
b. Quarterly Transactions Reports . All Covered Persons must report, no later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, the following information for all transactions in a Covered Security in which a Covered Person has a direct or indirect Beneficial Interest: The date of all transactions in that quarter, the security name, the number of shares (for equity securities); or the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable) and the principal amount (for debt securities) for each Covered Security;
    The nature of the transaction (buy, sell, etc.);
 
    The price of the Covered Security at which the transaction was executed;
 
    The name of the broker-dealer or bank executing the transaction; and
 
    The date that the report is submitted to the Compliance Department.
All Covered Persons must submit a Quarterly Transaction Report regardless of whether they executed transactions during the quarter or not. If a Covered Person did not execute transactions subject to reporting requirements during a quarter, the Report must include a representation to that effect. Covered Persons need not include transactions made through an Automatic Investment Plan/Dividend Reinvestment Plan or similar plans and transactions in Covered Securities held in the Invesco 401(k), Invesco Money
     
Code of Ethics 8  

 


 

Purchase Plan (MPP),or accounts held directly with Invesco in the quarterly transaction report.
Additionally, Covered Persons must report information on any new brokerage account established by the Covered Person during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Covered Person (including Covered Securities held in a 401(k) or other retirement vehicle, including plans sponsored by Invesco Advisers, Inc. or its affiliates). The report shall include:
    The date the account was established;
 
    The name of the broker-dealer or bank; and
 
    The date that the report is submitted to the Compliance Department.
The Compliance Department may identify transactions by Covered Persons that technically comply with the Code for review based on any pattern of activity that has an appearance of a conflict of interest.
c. Annual Holdings Reports . All Covered Persons must report annually the following information, which must be current within 45 days of the date the report is submitted to the Compliance Department:
    The security and the number of shares (for equities) or the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable) and principal amount (for debt securities) for each Covered Security in which the Covered Person has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership;
 
    The name of the broker-dealer or bank with or through which the security is held; and
 
    The date that the report is submitted by the Covered Person to the Compliance Department.
d. Discretionary Managed Accounts. In order to establish a Discretionary Managed Account, you must grant the manager complete investment discretion over your account. Pre-clearance is not required for trades in this account; however, you may not participate, directly or indirectly, in individual investment decisions or be aware of such decisions before transactions are executed. This restriction does not preclude you from establishing investment guidelines for the manager, such as indicating industries in which you desire to invest, the types of securities you want to purchase or your overall investment objectives. However, those guidelines may not be changed so frequently as to give the appearance that you are actually directing account investments. Covered Persons must receive approval from the Compliance Department to establish and maintain such an account and must provide written evidence that complete investment discretion over the account has been turned over to a professional money manager or other third party. Covered Persons are not required to pre-clear or list transactions for such managed accounts in the automated review system; however, Covered Persons with these types of accounts must provide an annual certification that they do not exercise direct or indirect Control over the managed accounts.
     
Code of Ethics 9  

 


 

e. Certification of Compliance. All Covered Persons must certify annually that they have read and understand the Code and recognize that they are subject to the Code. In addition, all Covered Persons must certify annually that they have complied with the requirements of the Code and that they have disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported under the Code. The Invesco Advisers, Inc. Internal Compliance Controls Committee (ICCC) will review and approve the Code annually. If material changes are made to the Code during the year, these changes will also be reviewed and approved by the Invesco Advisers, Inc. ICCC. All Covered Persons must certify within 30 days of the effective date of the amended code that they have read and understand the Code and recognize that they are subject to the Code.
9. Private Securities Transactions . Covered Persons may not engage in a Private Securities Transaction without first giving the Compliance Department a detailed written notification describing the transaction and indicating whether or not they will receive compensation and obtaining prior written permission from the Compliance Department. Investment Personnel who have been approved to acquire securities of an issuer in a Private Securities Transaction must disclose that investment to the Compliance Department and the Chief Investment Officer of the Investment Personnel’s business unit when they are involved in a Client’s subsequent consideration of an investment in the same issuer. The business unit’s decision to purchase such securities on behalf of Client account must be independently reviewed by Investment Personnel with no personal interest in that issuer.
10. Limited Investment Opportunity (e.g. private placements, hedge funds, etc.) . Covered Persons may not engage in a Limited Investment Opportunity without first giving the Compliance Department a detailed written notification describing the transaction and obtaining prior written permission from the Compliance Department.
11. Excessive Short Term Trading in Funds . Employees are prohibited from excessive short term trading of any mutual fund advised or sub-advised by Invesco Advisers, Inc. and are subject to various limitations on the number of transactions as indicated in the respective prospectus and other fund disclosure documents.
  B.   Invesco Ltd. Securities
1. No Employee may effect short sales of Invesco Ltd. securities.
2. No Employee may engage in transactions in publicly traded options, such as puts, calls and other derivative securities relating to the Invesco Ltd’s securities, on an exchange or any other organized market.
3. For all Covered Persons, transactions, including transfers by gift, in Invesco Ltd. securities are subject to pre-clearance regardless of the size of the transaction, and are subject to “blackout” periods established by Invesco Ltd. and holding periods prescribed under the terms of the agreement or program under which the securities were received.
4. Holdings of Invesco Ltd. securities in Covered Persons accounts are subject to the reporting requirements specified in Section IVA.8 of this Code.
     
Code of Ethics 10  

 


 

  C.   Limitations on Other Personal Activities
1. Outside Business Activities . You may not engage in any outside business activity, regardless of whether or not you receive compensation, without prior approval from Compliance. Absent prior written approval of the Compliance Department, Employees may not serve as directors, officers, or employees of unaffiliated public or private companies, whether for profit or nonprofit. If the outside business activity is approved, the Employee must recuse himself or herself from making Client investment decisions concerning the particular company or issuer as appropriate, provided that this recusal requirement shall not apply with respect to certain Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s Employees, who may serve on corporate boards as a result of, or in connection with, Client investments made in those companies. Employees must always comply with all applicable Invesco Ltd. policies and procedures, including those prohibiting the use of material non-public information in Client or employee personal securities transactions.
2. Gift and Entertainment Policy . Employees may not give or accept Gifts or Entertainment that may be considered excessive either in dollar value or frequency to avoid the appearance of any potential conflict of interest. The Invesco Ltd. Gifts and Entertainment Policy includes specific conditions under which employees may accept or give gifts or entertainment. Where there are conflicts between a minimal standard established by a policy of Invesco Ltd. and the standards established by a policy of Invesco Advisers, Inc., including this Code, the latter shall control.
Under no circumstances may an Employee give or accept cash or any possible cash equivalent from a broker or vendor.
An Employee may not provide or receive any Gift or Entertainment that is conditioned upon Invesco Advisers, Inc., its parents or affiliates doing business with the other entity or person involved.
    Entertainment . Employees must report Entertainment with the Compliance Department within thirty (30) calendar days after the receipt or giving by submitting a Gift Report within the automated review system. The requirement to report Entertainment includes dinners or any other event with a Business Partner of Invesco Advisers, Inc. in attendance.
 
      Employees may not reimburse Business Partners for the cost of tickets that would be considered excessive or for travel related expenses without approval of the Compliance Department.
 
      Examples of Entertainment that may be considered excessive in value include Super Bowls, All-Star games, Kentucky Derby, hunting trips, ski trips, etc. An occasional sporting event, golf outing or concert when accompanied by the Business Partner may not be excessive.
 
      Gifts . Employees are prohibited from accepting or giving the following: single Gifts valued in excess of $100 in any calendar year; or Gifts from one person or firm valued in excess of $100 during a calendar year period.
 
      Reporting Requirements for Gifts and Entertainment:
         
Code of Ethics   11    

 


 

    Reporting of Gifts and Entertainment given to an Invesco Employee by a Client or Business Partner. All Gifts and Entertainment received by an Employee must be reported through the automated pre-clearance system within thirty (30) calendar days after the receipt of the Gift or the attendance of the Entertainment event.
 
    Reporting of Gifts and Entertainment given by an Invesco Employee to a Client or Business Partner. All Gifts and Entertainment given by an Employee must be reported through the reporting requirements of the Employee’s business unit. An Employee should contact their manager or Compliance if they are not sure how to report gifts they intend to give or have given to a Client or Business Partner.
3. US Department of Labor Reporting : Under current US Department of Labor (DOL) Regulations, Invesco Advisers, Inc. is required to disclose to the DOL certain specified financial dealings with a union or officer, agent, shop steward, employee, or other representative of a union (collectively referred to as “union officials”). Under the Regulations, practically any gift or entertainment furnished by Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s Employees to a union or union official is considered a payment reportable to the DOL.
Although the Regulations provide for a de minimis exemption from the reporting requirements for payments made to a union or union official which do not exceed $250 a year, that threshold applies to all of Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s Employees in the aggregate with respect to each union or union official. Therefore, it is Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s policy to require that ALL gifts or entertainment furnished by an Employee be reported to Invesco Advisers, Inc. using the Invesco Advisers, Inc. Finance Department’s expense tracking application, Oracle E-Business Suite or any other application deployed for that purpose which has the capability to capture all the required details of the payment. Such details include the name of the recipient, union affiliation, address, amount of payment, date of payment, purpose and circumstance of payment, including the terms of any oral agreement or understanding pursuant to which the payment was made.
Invesco Advisers, Inc. is obligated to report on an annual basis all payments, subject to the de minimis exemption, to the DOL on Form LM-10 Employer Report.
If you have any question whether a payment to a union or union official is reportable, please contact the Compliance Department. A failure to report a payment required to be disclosed will be considered a material violation of this Code. The DOL also requires all unions and union officials to report payments they receive from entities such as Invesco Advisers, Inc. and their Employees.
  D.   Parallel Investing Permitted
 
      Subject to the provisions of this Code, Employees may invest in or own the same securities as those acquired or sold by Invesco Advisers, Inc. for its Clients.
V.   Reporting of Potential Compliance Issues
         
Code of Ethics   12    

 


 

Invesco Advisers, Inc. has created several channels for Employees to raise compliance issues and concerns on a confidential basis. An Employee should first discuss a compliance issue with their supervisor, department head or with Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer. Human Resources matters should be directed to the Human Resources Department, an additional anonymous vehicle for reporting such concerns.
In the event that an Employee does not feel comfortable discussing compliance issues through normal channels, the Employee may anonymously report suspected violations of law or Invesco policy, including this Code, by calling the toll-free Invesco Compliance Reporting Line, 1-866-297-3627 which is available to employees of multiple operating units of Invesco Ltd. When you dial this number and you are asked for your name, use “Invesco.” To ensure your confidentiality, this phone line is provided by an independent company. It is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. All calls to the Compliance Reporting Line will be reviewed and handled in a prompt, fair and discreet manner. Employees are encouraged to report these questionable practices so that Invesco has an opportunity to address and resolve these issues before they become more significant regulatory or legal issues.
VI.   Administration of the Code of Ethics
Invesco Advisers, Inc. has used reasonable diligence to institute procedures reasonably necessary to prevent violations of this Code.
No less frequently than annually, Invesco Advisers, Inc. will furnish to the Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s Internal Compliance Controls Committee (ICCC), or such committee as it may designate, a written report that:
    describes significant issues arising under the Code since the last report to the ICCC, including information about material violations of the Code and sanctions imposed in response to material violations; and
 
    certifies that Invesco Advisers, Inc. has adopted procedures reasonably designed to prevent Covered Persons from violating the Code.
VII.   Sanctions
Upon discovering a material violation of the Code, the Compliance Department will notify Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s Chief Compliance Officer (CCO). The CCO will notify the ICCC of any material violations at the next regularly scheduled meeting.
The Compliance Department will issue a letter of education to the Covered Persons involved in violations of the Code that are determined to be inadvertent or immaterial.
Invesco Advisers, Inc. may impose additional sanctions in the event of repeated violations or violations that are determined to be material or not inadvertent, including disgorgement of profits (or the differential between the purchase or sale price of the Personal Security Transaction and the subsequent purchase or sale price by a relevant Client during the enumerated period), a letter of censure or suspension, or termination of employment.
         
Code of Ethics   13    

 


 

VIII.   Exceptions to the Code
Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s Chief Compliance Officer (or designee) may grant an exception to any provision in this Code.
IX.   Definitions
    “Affiliated Mutual Funds” generally includes all mutual funds advised or sub-advised by Invesco Advisers, Inc All Invesco funds and Invesco Van Kampen funds are Affiliated Mutual Funds.
 
    “Automatic Investment Plan” means a program in which regular purchases or sales are made automatically in or from investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation, including dividend reinvestment plans.
 
    “Beneficial Ownership” has the same meaning as Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“the ’34 Act”). To have a beneficial interest, Covered Persons must have a “direct or indirect pecuniary interest,” which is the opportunity to profit directly or indirectly from a transaction in securities. Thus a Covered Person may have Beneficial Ownership in securities held by members of his or her immediate family sharing the same household (i.e. a spouse and children) or by certain partnerships, trusts, corporations, or other arrangements.
 
    “Client” means any account for which Invesco Advisers, Inc. is either the adviser or sub-adviser including Affiliated Mutual Funds.
 
    “Control” has the same meaning as under Section 2(a)(9) of the Investment Company Act.
 
    “Covered Person” means and includes:
    any director, officer, full or part time Employee of Invesco Advisers, Inc. or any full or part time Employee of any Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s affiliates that, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in , or obtains any information concerning any Client’s purchase or sale of Covered Securities or who is involved in making or obtains information concerning investment recommendations with respect to such purchase or sales of Covered Securities ; or who has access to non-public information concerning any Client’s purchase or sale of Covered Securities, access to non-public securities recommendations or access to non-public information concerning portfolio holdings of any portfolio advised or sub-advised by Invesco Advisers, Inc.
 
    all Employees of Invesco Ltd. located in the United States who are not covered by the Code of Ethics of a registered investment advisory affiliate of Invesco Ltd.
 
    any other persons falling within such definitions under Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 , as amended (the “Investment Company Act”)or Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”) and such other persons that may be so deemed by Compliance.
         
Code of Ethics   14    

 


 

    “Covered Security” means a security as defined in Section 2(a)(36) of the Investment Company Act except that it does not include the following (Please note : exchange traded funds (ETFs) are considered a Covered Security).
    Direct obligations of the Government of the United States or its agencies;
 
    Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements;
 
    Any open-end mutual fund not advised or sub-advised by Invesco Advisers, Inc. (All Affiliated Mutual Funds shall be considered Covered Securities regardless of whether they are advised or sub-advised by Invesco Advisers, Inc.
 
    Any unit investment trust, including unit investment trusts advised or sub-advised by Invesco Advisers, Inc.;
 
    Invesco Ltd. stock because it is subject to the provisions of Invesco Ltd.’s Code of Conduct. Notwithstanding this exception, transactions in Invesco Ltd. securities are subject to all the pre-clearance and reporting requirements outlined in other provisions of this Code and any other corporate guidelines issued by Invesco Ltd.
    “Employee” means and includes:
    Any full or part time Employee of Invesco Advisers, Inc. or any full or part time Employee of any Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s affiliates that, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in, or obtains any information concerning any Client’s purchase or sale of Covered Securties or who is involved in making or obtains information concerning investment recommendations with respect to such purchase or sales of Covered Securities; or who has access to non-public information concerning any Client’s purchase or sale of Covered Securities, access to non-public securities recommendations or access to non-public information concerning portfolio holdings of any portfolio advised or sub-advised by Invesco Advisers, Inc.
 
    All Employees of Invesco Ltd. located in the United States who are not covered by the Code of Ethics of a registered investment advisory affiliate of Invesco Ltd.
 
    Any other persons falling within such definitions under Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act or Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act and such other persons that may be so deemed by Compliance.
    “Gifts”, “Entertainment” and “Business Partner” have the same meaning as provided in the Invesco Ltd. Gifts and Entertainment Policy.
 
    “Initial Public Offering” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the ’34 Act.
 
    “Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s -affiliated Broker-dealer” means Invesco Distributors, Inc. or its successors.
         
Code of Ethics   15    

 


 

    “Private Securities Transaction” means any securities transaction relating to new offerings of securities which are not registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, provided however that transactions subject to the notification requirements of Rule 3050 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority’s (FINRA) Conduct Rules, transactions among immediate family members (as defined in the interpretation of the FINRA Board of Governors on free-riding and withholding) for which no associated person receives any selling compensation, and personal securities transactions in investment company and variable annuity securities shall be excluded.
 
    “Restricted List Securities” means the list of securities that are provided to Compliance Department by Invesco Ltd. or investment departments, which include those securities that are restricted from purchase or sale by Client or Employee accounts for various reasons (e.g., large concentrated ownership positions that may trigger reporting or other securities regulatory issues, or possession of material, non-public information, or existence of corporate transaction in the issuer involving an Invesco Ltd. unit).
X.   Invesco Ltd. Policies and Procedures
All Employees are subject to the policies and procedures established by Invesco Ltd., including the Code of Conduct, Insider Trading Policy, Policy Concerning Political Contributions and Charitable Donations, and Gift and Entertainment Policy and must abide by all their requirements, provided that where there is a conflict between a minimal standard established by an Invesco Ltd. policy and the standards established by an Invesco Advisers, Inc. policy, including this Code, the latter shall control.
XI.   Code Of Ethics Contacts
    Telephone Hotline: 1-877-331-CODE [2633]
 
    E-Mail: CodeofEthics(North America)@invesco.com
Last Revised: January 1, 2011
         
Code of Ethics   16    

 

INVESCO UK
CODE OF ETHICS
2012
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 1 of  31


 

         
SECTION   PAGE
 
       
1. Statement of General Principles
    3  
 
       
2. Material, Non-Public Information
    5  
 
       
3. Personal Investing Activities, Pre-Clearance and Pre-Notification
    7  
 
       
4. Trade Restrictions on Personal Investing
    11  
 
       
5. Economic Opportunities, Confidentiality and Outside Directorships
    14  
 
       
6. Client Investments in Securities Owned by Invesco Employees
    16  
 
       
7. Reports
    16  
 
       
8. Miscellaneous
    18  
 
       
APPENDICIES
       
 
       
A: Definitions
    19  
 
       
B: Procedures to Deal
    21  
 
       
C: Pre-Clearance of Personal Trade Authorisation Form
    23  
 
       
D: Acknowledgement of Receipt of Revised Code of Ethics
    25  
 
       
E: Annual Certification of Compliance with the Code of Ethics
    26  
 
       
F: Types of Transactions in Invesco Shares: Pre-Clearance Guidance
    30  
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 2 of  31


 

This revised Code of Ethics Policy (‘the Code’) applies to all employees of all entities of Invesco UK (“Invesco”). It covers the following topics:
  Prohibitions related to material, non-public information;
 
  Personal securities investing; and
 
  Service as a director and other business opportunities.
This Code also imposes on employees certain restrictions and reporting obligations which are specified below. Adherence to this Code, both letter and spirit, is a fundamental and absolute condition of employment with Invesco.
The following Invesco Policies are referred to in this Code of Ethics and the latest version of each of these Policies can be found on the Compliance Europe Intranet Site:-
    Gifts, Benefits and Entertainment (Inducements) Policy;
 
    Conflicts of Interest Policy;
 
    Treating Customers Fairly Policy;
 
    Whistleblowing Policy;
 
    Market Abuse Policy; and
 
    Anti-Bribery Policy.
It is appreciated that no Code of Ethics can address every circumstance that may give rise to a conflict, a potential conflict or an appearance of a conflict of interest. Every employee should be alert to any actual, potential or appearance of a conflict of interest with Invesco’s clients and to conduct himself or herself with good judgment. Failure to exercise good judgment, as well as violations of this Code, may result in the imposition of sanctions on the employee, including suspension or dismissal.
1   STATEMENT OF GENERAL PRINCIPLES
  1.1   As a fiduciary, Invesco owes an undivided duty of loyalty to its clients. It is Invesco’s policy that all employees conduct themselves so as to avoid not only actual conflicts of interest with Invesco clients, but also that they refrain from conduct which could give rise to the appearance of a conflict of interest that may compromise the trust our clients have placed in us.
 
  1.2   The Code is designed to ensure, among other things, that the personal securities transactions of all employees are conducted in accordance with the following general principles:
  1.2.1   A duty at all times to place the interests of Invesco’s clients first and foremost;
 
  1.2.2   The requirement that all personal securities transactions be conducted in a manner consistent with this Code and in such a manner as to avoid any actual, potential or appearance of a conflict of interest or any abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility; and
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 3 of  31


 

  1.2.3   The requirement that employees should not take inappropriate advantage of their positions.
  1.3   Invesco’s policy is to avoid actual or apparent conflicts of interest but, where they unavoidably occur, to record, manage, and disclose them to prevent abuse and protect our clients, employees and other counterparties.
 
  1.4   Invesco does not make political contributions with corporate funds. No employees may, under any circumstances, use company funds to make political contributions, nor may you represent your personal political views as being those of the company.
 
  1.5   Invesco seeks to do business with clients and suppliers on a fair and equitable basis. Employees may not accept or provide gifts, entertainment or other non-monetary benefits of an unreasonable value which could create a conflict with the duty owed to clients. Any limits imposed by our business unit’s policies, local laws, or regulations with respect to the acceptance or provision of gifts, entertainment and non-monetary benefits must be complied with.
 
  1.6   Invesco does not tolerate bribery. Employees must not offer, give, request, and agree to accept or accept financial or non-financial advantages of any kind where the purpose is to influence a person to behave improperly in their decisions or actions or to reward them for having done so. Charitable donations must not be made as an inducement or reward for improper behaviour. Unofficial payments to speed up routine government or other processes must never be made, however small. These restrictions apply to Invesco staff and to anybody appointed to act on Invesco’s behalf and cover relationships with prospective or existing clients or business partners. Further information can be found in the Anti-Bribery Policy.
 
  1.7   Legislation exists to protect employees who ‘blow the whistle’ about wrongdoing within the Firm. This legislation encourages employees to raise concerns internally in the first instance. Invesco employees should feel able to raise any such concerns internally, confident that it will be dealt with properly and that all reasonable steps will be taken to prevent victimisation. If employees wish to report concerns anonymously they can call the Invesco Compliance Reporting Hotline, 1-855-234-9780. The toll-free telephone number for calls from the UK is 0800-032-8483. Employees may also report their concerns by visiting the Invesco Compliance Reporting Hotline website at: www.invesco.ethicspoint.com . To ensure confidentiality, this telephone line and website is provided by an independent company and is available twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week. All submissions to the Compliance Reporting Hotline will be reviewed and handled in a prompt, fair, and discreet manner. Employees are encouraged to report questionable practices so that Invesco has an opportunity to address and resolve these before they become more significant regulatory or legal issues.
 
  1.8   It is Invesco UK policy, in the context of being an Asset Manager, to treat its customers fairly.
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 4 of  31


 

  1.9   No employee should have ownership in or other interest in or employment by any outside concern which does business with Invesco Ltd. This does not apply to stock or other investments in a publicly held company, provided that the stock and other investments do not, in the aggregate, exceed 5% of the outstanding ownership interests of such company. Invesco Ltd may, following a review of the relevant facts, permit ownership interests which exceed these amounts if management or the Board of Directors, as appropriate, concludes that such ownership interests will not adversely affect Invesco’s business interests or the judgment of the affected staff.
 
  1.10   Employees are prohibited from using personal hedging strategies or remuneration or liability related contracts of insurance to undermine any risk alignment effects embedded in their remuneration arrangements. This includes, for instance, entering into an arrangement with a third party under which that third party will make payments directly, or indirectly, to the employee that are linked to, or commensurate with, the amounts by which the employee’s remuneration is subject to reductions arising from the implementation of the Capital Requirements Directive (CRD3) and the FSA’s Remuneration Code.
 
  2   MATERIAL, NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION
 
  2.1   Restriction on Trading or Recommending Trading Each employee is reminded that it constitutes a violation of law and/or Market Abuse regulations for any person to trade in or recommend trading in the securities of a company while in possession of material, non-public information concerning that company, or to disclose such information to any person not entitled to receive it if there is reason to believe that such information will be used in connection with a trade in the securities of that company. Violations of law and regulations may give rise to civil as well as criminal liability, including the imposition of monetary penalties or prison sentences upon the individuals involved. Tippees (i.e, persons who receive material, non-public information) also may be held liable if they trade or if they do not trade but pass along such information to others.
 
  2.2   What is material, non-public information? ‘Material information’ is any information about a company which, if disclosed, is likely to affect the market price of the company’s securities or to be considered important by an average investor in deciding whether to purchase or sell those securities. Examples of information which should be presumed to be “material” are matters such as dividend increases or decreases, earnings estimates by the company, changes in the company’s previously released earnings estimates, significant new products or discoveries, major litigation by or against the company, liquidity or solvency problems, extraordinary management developments, significant merger or acquisition proposals, or similar major events which would be viewed as having materially altered the “total mix” of information available regarding the company or the market for any of its securities. Further examples can be found in the FSA Market Abuse Handbook.
 
  2.3   ‘Non-public information’, often referred to as ‘inside information,’ is information that has not yet been publicly disclosed. Information about a company is considered to be non-public information if it is received under circumstances which indicate that it is not yet in general circulation and that such information may be attributable, directly or indirectly, to the company or its insiders, or that
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 5 of  31


 

      the recipient knows to have been furnished by someone in breach of a fiduciary obligation. Courts have held that fiduciary relationships exist between a company and another party in a broad variety of situations involving a relationship between a company and its lawyers, investment bankers, financial printers, employees, technical advisors and others. This list is not exhaustive and the types of fiduciary relationships and the way in which they are formed are extensive.
 
  2.4   Information should not be considered to have been publicly disclosed until a reasonable time after it has been made public (for example, by a press release). Someone with access to inside information may not “beat the market” by trading simultaneously with, or immediately after, the official release of material information.
 
  2.5   The responsibility of ensuring that the proposed transaction does not constitute insider dealing or a conflict with the interests of a client remains with the relevant employee and obtaining pre-clearance to enter into a transaction under Section 3.3 below does not absolve that responsibility.
 
  2.6   Invesco is in a unique position, being privy to market research and rumours and being privy also to information about its clients which may be public companies. Invesco employees must be aware and vigilant to ensure that they cannot be accused of being a party of any ‘insider dealing’ or market abuse situations.
 
  2.7   In particular, the following investment activities must not be entered into without carefully ensuring that there are no implications of insider trading:
  2.7.1   Trading in shares for a client in any other client of Invesco which is quoted on a recognised stock exchange.
 
  2.7.2   Trading in shares for a client in a quoted company where Invesco:
  i)   obtains information in any official capacity which may be price sensitive and has not been made available to the general public.
 
  ii)   obtains any other information which can be substantiated in connection with a quoted company which is also both price sensitive and has not been made available to the general public.
  2.7.3   Manipulation of the market through the release of information to regular market users which is false or misleading about a company.
 
  2.7.4   Release of information about a company that would have the effect of distorting the market in such a way to be considered market abuse.
  2.8   Reporting Requirement. Whenever an employee believes that he or she may have come into possession of material, non-public information about a public company, he or she personally must immediately notify the Compliance Department and should not discuss such information with anyone else
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 6 of  31


 

      including Invesco employees and should not engage in transactions for himself or others, including Invesco clients.
 
  2.9   Upon receipt of such information the Compliance Department will include the company name on the ‘IVZ Restricted list’ in respect of which no transactions may be entered into. This list will be advised to the Equity dealing desk and no discussion will be entered into. Whenever an employee is aware of the reason why a company has been included on the IVZ Restricted list but nevertheless wishes to deal in a fund which contains the stock of that company, this must be notified to the European Director of Compliance to decide whether the deal will be permitted. Approval to deal in a personal capacity (i.e. in a Covered Account) in a fund which holds a stock on the IVZ Restricted List will not be granted where the stock represents over 5% of the value of the fund’s portfolio.
 
  2.10   Confidentiality. No information regarding the affairs of any client of Invesco may be passed to anyone outside Invesco unless specifically requested by law, regulation or court order. In any event, the Compliance and Legal Departments must be consulted prior to furnishing such information.
 
  2.11   Employees should maintain the confidentiality of information entrusted to them by the Company and their fellow employees. External publication or distribution of internal company information, policies or procedures is prohibited except when disclosure is properly authorised by the functional owner of the information or legally mandated. Employees should make all reasonable efforts to safeguard such information that is in their possession against inadvertent disclosure and shall comply with any non-disclosure obligations imposed on Invesco in its agreements with third parties
 
  2.12   Sanctions. Any employee who knowingly trades or recommends trading while in possession of material, non-public information may be subject to civil and criminal penalties, as well as to immediate suspension and/or dismissal from Invesco.
3   PERSONAL INVESTING ACTIVITIES, PRE-CLEARANCE AND PRE-NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
  3.1   Transactions covered by this Code All transactions in investments made for “Covered Accounts” are subject to the pre-clearance procedures, trading restrictions, pre-notification and reporting requirements described below, unless otherwise indicated. For a list of the types of employee and other accounts which are “Covered Accounts”, please see the definition in Appendix A.
 
  3.2   Transactions in the following investments (“Exempt Investments”) are not subject to the trading restrictions or other requirements of this Code and do not need to be pre-notified, pre-cleared or reported:
  3.2.1   Registered unaffiliated (e.g. Schroders) open ended Collective Investment Schemes [CIS] including; mutual funds, open-ended investment companies/ICVCs or unit trusts — but not Exchange
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 7 of  31


 

      Traded Funds (ETFs) or closed-end funds, e.g. Investment Trusts; and
 
  3.2.2   Securities which are direct obligations of an OECD country (e.g. US Treasury’s).
           Transactions which require pre-notification and pre-clearance
  3.3   Pre-Clearance
  3.3.1   Transactions in a Covered Account which must be notified to the Compliance department for pre-clearance, regardless of whether the order is placed directly or through a broker/adviser, include the following:
    buys or sales of ordinary securities, equivalent securities, venture capital schemes such as Venture Capital Trusts (VCTs) and Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs), including any of these investments which are held within a product/wrapper such as a Self-Invested Personal Pension (SIPP) or Individual savings Account (ISA);
 
    buys, sales, switches or transfers of holdings in Invesco UK ICVCs, GPR Funds, Pension Funds or other affiliated schemes, including any of these investments which are held within an unaffiliated product/wrapper e.g. Invesco ICVCs held with a Hargreaves Lansdown ISA or Invesco pension funds held within an Aviva Group Personal Pension (GPP).
 
      Employees wishing to carry out transactions must complete the relevant sections of the Trade Authorisation Form which can be found in Appendix C (and on the Compliance Europe intranet site) and pre-clearance must be obtained.
 
      The Trade Authorisation Form must be sent by e-mail to * UK-Compliance Personal Share Dealing in respect of transactions in the following:
    Invesco ordinary shares:
 
    Invesco UK ICVCs, GPR Funds, Pension Funds or other affiliated schemes; and
 
    VCTs.
      In all other cases, the Trade Authorisation Form must be sent by e-mail to *UK-lnvest. Dealers.
 
      Transactions are subject to the 60 day holding period requirements.
      The Trade Authorisation Form requires employees to provide certain information and to make certain representations in connection with the specific securities transaction (s).
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 8 of  31


 

  3.3.2   After receiving the completed Trade Authorisation Form, UK Equity Dealers will review the information set forth in the form and, as soon as practicable, will determine whether to clear the proposed Securities Transaction, subject to local requirements.
 
  3.3.3   Once UK Equity Dealers have authorised the transaction, it is passed electronically to Compliance to complete the authorisation process — again this is conducted electronically by e-mail. UK Equity Dealers will forward the authorised Form to * UK-Compliance Personal Share Dealing, who will then check the proposed transaction against the significant holdings/block list to ascertain whether or not the security in question has been blocked.
 
  3.3.4   If satisfactory, then the Form will be authorised by Compliance and confirmation returned by e-mail to the individual, who will then be at liberty to deal through his or her broker within the designated timescales.
 
  3.3.5   No order for a Securities Transaction for which pre-clearance authorisation is sought may be placed prior to the receipt of authorisation of the transaction by both the UK Equity Dealers and Compliance. The authorisation and date and time of the authorisation must be reflected on the Trade Authorisation Form (see Appendix C). The original of the completed form will be kept as part of Invesco’s books and -records, and matched to the copy contract note (or equivalent) that the member of staff must ensure is sent by their broker to Invesco.
 
  3.3.6   If an employee receives permission to trade a security or instrument, the trade must be executed by the close of business on the next business day, unless the local European Director of Compliance’s authorisation to extend this period has been obtained.
 
  3.3.7   Where an employee receives permission to buy or sell Invesco Limited ordinary shares on the basis of a limit or stop loss order, the pre-clearance remains valid for up to two weeks or until the trade takes place if this is sooner; if the trade does not take place within two weeks, employees must notify Compliance again and seek further pre-clearance to trade. If, during this period, employees gain non-public price sensitive information, they must notify compliance immediately and cancel the trade. For those employees who are members of the Blackout Group, normal Blackout restrictions continue to apply; therefore, any such limit or stop loss order which remains outstanding when a closed period starts must be cancelled by the employee. Where trades involving limit or stop loss orders are approved, further pre-clearance is required before these orders can be changed.
 
  3.3.8   For any transaction to buy or sell Invesco Limited ordinary shares pre clearance needs only to be sought from Compliance. The trade authorisation form which should be completed in the way detailed above and sent to *UK- Compliance Personal Share Dealing.
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 9 of  31


 

  3.3.9   Copies of the relevant contract notes (or equivalent) must be sent to the Compliance Department. This must be done within 14 days of the transaction.
  3.4   Transactions that do not need to be pre-cleared but must be reported . The pre-clearance requirements (and the trading restrictions on personal investing described below) do not apply to the following transactions:
  3.4.1   Discretionary Accounts. Transactions effected in any Covered Account over which the employee has no direct or indirect influence or control (a “Discretionary Account”). An employee shall be deemed to have “no direct or indirect influence or control” over an account only if all of the following conditions are met:
  i)   investment discretion for such account has been delegated in writing to an independent fiduciary and such investment discretion is not shared with the employee, or decisions for the account are made by a family member or significant other and not by, or in connection with, the employee;
 
  ii)   the employee (and, where applicable, the family member or significant other) certifies in writing that he or she has not and will not discuss any potential investment decisions with such independent fiduciary or household member; and
 
  iii)   the Compliance Department has determined that the account satisfies the foregoing requirements.
  3.4.2   Governmental Issues Investments in the debt obligations of Federal agencies or of state and municipal governments or agencies, (e.g. Essex Council Electricity Bond).
 
  3.4.3   Non-Volitional Trades Transactions which are non-volitional on the part of the employee (such as the receipt of securities pursuant to a stock dividend or merger).
 
  3.4.4   Automatic Transactions Purchases of the stock of a company pursuant to an automatic dividend reinvestment plan or an employee stock purchase plan sponsored by such company.
 
  3.4.5   Rights Offerings Receipt or exercise of rights issued by a company on a pro rata basis to all holders of a class of security. Employees must, however, pre-clear transactions for the acquisition of such rights from a third party or the disposition of such rights.
 
  3.4.6   Interests in Securities comprising part of a broad-based, publicly traded market basket or index of stocks , e.g. S & P 500 Index, FTSE 100, DAX.
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 10 of  31


 

  3.4.7   Non-Executive Director’s transactions Transactions in securities, except for Invesco Ltd shares and/or UK Investment Trusts and GPR Funds managed by Invesco, by non-executive Directors.
 
  3.4.8   Note that all of the transactions described in paragraphs 3.4.1. to 3.4.7 while not subject to pre-clearance are nevertheless subject to all of the reporting requirements set forth below in paragraph 7.3.
4   TRADE RESTRICTIONS ON PERSONAL INVESTING
  4.1   All transactions in Covered Accounts which are subject to the preclearance requirements specified in this Code are also subject to the following trading restrictions:
  4.1.1   Blackout Restrictions Transactions in Covered Accounts generally will not be permitted during a specific period before and after a client account trades in the same security or instrument.
 
  4.1.2   Blackout Periods An employee may not buy or sell, or permit any Covered Account to buy or sell, a security or any instrument:
  i)   within three business days before or after the day on which any client account trades in the same security or instrument or in a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security or instrument (including options) on transactions other than those covered under the paragraph below, or
 
  ii)   within two business days before or after the day on which a pro rata “strip” trade, which includes such security, is made for the purpose of rebalancing client accounts.
  4.1.3   Blackout periods will no longer apply to equity and corporate bond transactions in “main index” constituents, i.e. FTSE 100, Dow Jones, etc, subject to a cost and proceeds limit of £25,000 per transaction for equities and £50,000 nominal per transaction for corporate bonds. Normal blackout conditions will apply to transactions outside of these criteria. If in any doubt please consult the European Director of Compliance. On a case by case basis and at the discretion of the European Director of Compliance in consultation with the Chief Investment Officer, this limit may be relaxed.
 
  4.1.4   Trades effected by Invesco for the account of an index fund it manages in the ordinary course of such fund’s investment activity will not trigger the blackout period. However, the addition or removal of a security from an index, thereby triggering an index fund trade, would cause employee trades in such security to be blacked-out for the seven prior and subsequent calendar days, as described above.
 
  4.1.5   In the event there is a trade in a client account in the same security or instrument within a blackout period, the employee may
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 11 of  31


 

      be required to close out the position and to disgorge any profit to a charitable organisation chosen by the local Board of Directors; provided, however, that if an employee has obtained preclearance for a transaction and a subsequent client trade occurs within the blackout period, the Chief Executive Officer in consultation with the European Director of Compliance, upon a demonstration of hardship or extraordinary circumstances, may determine to review the application of the disgorgement policy to such transaction and may select to impose alternative restrictions on the employee’s position. The disgorgement of profits will only apply if the total profit exceeds £100 within the blackout period.
 
  4.1.6   Invesco Ltd Shares Pre-clearance is required to buy or sell Invesco Ltd Shares. For staff who have been advised that they are part of the ‘Blackout Group’, permission will not be given during a’ closed period’.
 
      Persons within the Blackout Group are determined on a quarterly basis and will be notified that they have been added to or removed from the list.
 
      In line with the Invesco Insider Trading Policy, the ‘closed periods’ for each quarter commence on 15 March, 15 June, 15 September and 15 December respectively and end on the second business day following the Company’s issue of the relevant earnings release.
 
      Full details of the Invesco stock transaction Pre-Clearance Guide and restrictions for all employees of Invesco can be found in Appendix F.
 
  4.1.7   Invesco Investment Trusts Staff dealing in Invesco Investment Trusts will also be subject to closed periods as dictated by each of the Trusts.
 
  4.1.8   UK ICVCs and other affiliated schemes will be subject to the Short Term Trading restrictions (60 day rule — see 4.1.9). The preferential rate of sales charge allowed to staff will be withdrawn in circumstances where it is apparent that the employee has traded on a short term basis in those shares i.e. where previous transactions by that person have resulted in the short term holding of those investments. Shares of UK ICVCs and affiliated schemes will not be accepted for redemption if the funds themselves are closed for redemption due to the effects of subsequent market or currency movements.
 
  4.1.9   Short Term Trading Profits It is Invesco’s policy to restrict the ability of employees to benefit from short-term trading in securities and instruments. Employees must disgorge profits made on the sale by an employee of any security or instrument held less than 60 days and will not be permitted to purchase any security or instrument that has been sold by such employee within the prior 60 days. Employees are required to disgorge profits made on the sale in a Covered Account within the 60 days period. Exceptions may be granted by the Compliance Department on a case by case
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 12 of  31


 

    basis. This policy applies to trading in all types of securities and instruments, except where in a particular case the European Director of Compliance in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer has made a specific finding of hardship and it can be demonstrated that no potential abuse or conflict is presented (for example, when an employee’s request to sell a security purchased within 60 days prior to the request is prompted by a major corporate or market event, such as a tender offer, and the security was not held in client accounts). This section (4.1.9) will not apply to Financial Spread Betting transactions which have been approved under the Exceptions section (4.1.16) of this Policy.
 
  4.1.10   Initial Public Offerings No employee may purchase or permit any Covered Account to purchase a security offered pursuant to an initial public offering, except in a Venture Capital Trust, wherever such offering is made. However where the public offering is made by a Government of where the employee is resident and different amounts of the offering are specified for different investor types e.g. private and institutional, the European Director of Compliance may allow such purchases after consultation with the local Chief Executive Officer or his designee.
 
  4.1.11   Privately-Issued Securities Employees may not purchase or permit a Covered Account to purchase or acquire any privately-issued securities, other than in exceptional cases specifically approved by the local Chief Executive Officer (e.g. where such investment is part of a family-owned and operated business venture that would not be expected to involve an investment opportunity of interest to any Invesco client). Requests for exceptions should be made in the first instance to the European Director of Compliance.
 
  4.1.12   Employees, however, may invest in interests in private investment funds (i.e. hedge funds) that are established to invest predominantly in public securities and instruments, subject to the pre-clearance procedures, trading restrictions and reporting requirements contained in this Code. Employees may also invest in residential co-operatives and private recreational clubs (such as sports clubs, country clubs, luncheon clubs and the like) for their personal use; such investments are not subject to the pre-clearance procedures, trading restrictions and reporting requirements unless the employee’s investing is part of a business conducted by the employee. Such ownership should be reported to the European Director of Compliance.
 
  4.1.13   Short Sales An employee may not sell short a security. Requests for exceptions should be made to the European Director of Compliance.
 
  4.1.14   Financial Spread Betting Employees may not enter into Financial Spread betting arrangements unless they have applied in writing to do so under the Exceptions section of this Policy (4.1.16) and have received written confirmation that this is permitted. Exceptions
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 13 of  31


 

      will not be granted for Financial Spread Betting on single stocks but, depending on the circumstances, spread betting on Exchange Rates, Main Indices and Government Bonds may be allowed on an exceptions basis.
 
  4.1.15   Futures Employees may not write, sell or buy exchange-traded futures, synthetic futures, swaps and similar non-exchange traded instruments.
 
  4.1.16   Exceptions The Chief Executive Officer or his designee in consultation with the European Director of Compliance may, on a case by case basis, grant exceptions from these trading restrictions upon written request. Any exceptions granted will be reported to the local Board of Directors at least annually.
5   ECONOMIC OPPORTUNITIES, CONFIDENTIALITY AND OUTSIDE DIRECTORSHIPS
  5.1   In order to reduce potential conflicts of interest arising from the participation of employees on the boards of directors of public, private, non-profit and other enterprises, all employees are subject to the following restrictions and guidelines:
  5.1.1   An employee may not serve as a director of a public company without the approval of the European Director of Compliance after consultation with the local Chief Executive Officer.
 
  5.1.2   An employee may serve on the board of directors or participate as an adviser or otherwise, or advisers of a private company only if:
  (i)   client assets have been invested in such company and having a seat on the board would be considered beneficial to our clients interest; and
 
  (ii)   service on such board has been approved in writing by the European Director of Compliance. The employee must resign from such board of directors as soon as the company contemplates going public, except where the European Director of Compliance has determined that an employee may remain on a board. In any event, an employee shall not accept any compensation for serving as a director (or in a similar capacity) of such company; any compensation offered shall either be refused or, if unable to be refused, distributed pro rata to the relevant client accounts.
  5.1.3   An employee must receive prior written permission from the European Director of Compliance or his designee before serving as a director, trustee or member of an advisory board of either:
  (i)   any non-profit or charitable institution; or
 
  (ii)   a private family-owned and operated business.
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 14 of  31


 

  5.1.4   An employee may serve as an officer or director of a residential co-operative, but must receive prior written permission from the European Director of Compliance before serving as a director if, in the course of such service, he or she gives advice with respect to the management of the co-operative’s funds.
 
  5.1.5   If an employee serving on the board of directors or advisers of any entity comes into possession of material, non-public information through such service, he or she must immediately notify the European Director of Compliance.
 
  5.1.6   An Invesco employee shall not take personal advantage of any economic opportunity properly belonging to an Invesco Client or to Invesco itself. Such opportunities could arise, for example, from confidential information belonging to a client or the offer of a directorship. Employees must not disclose information relating to a client’s intentions, activities or portfolios except:
  i)   to fellow employees, or other agents of the client, who need to know it to discharge their duties; or
 
  ii)   to the client itself.
  5.1.7   Employees may not cause or attempt to cause any Client to purchase, sell or hold any Security in a manner calculated to create any personal benefit to the employee or Invesco.
 
  5.1.8   If an employee or immediate family member stands to materially benefit from an investment decision for an Advisory Client that the employee is recommending or participating in, the employee must disclose that interest to persons with authority to make investment decisions and to the European Director of Compliance. Based on the information given, a decision will be made on whether or not to restrict the employee’s participation in causing a client to purchase or sell a Security in which the employee has an interest.
 
  5.1.9   An employee must disclose to those persons with authority to make investment decisions for a Client (or to the European Director of Compliance if the employee in question is a person with authority to make investment decisions for the Client), any Beneficial Interest that the employee (or immediate family) has in that Security or an Equivalent Security, or in the issuer thereof, where the decision could create a material benefit to the employee (or immediate family) or the appearance of impropriety. The person to whom the employee reports the interest, in consultation with the European Director of Compliance, must determine whether or not the employee will be restricted in making investment decisions.
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 15 of  31


 

6   CLIENT INVESTMENTS IN SECURITIES OWNED BY INVESCO EMPLOYEES
  6.1   General principles In addition to the specific prohibitions on certain personal securities transactions as set forth herein, all employees are prohibited from:
  6.1.1   Employing any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any prospect or client;
 
  6.1.2   Making any untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state to a client or a prospective client, a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;
 
  6.1.3   Engaging in any act, practice or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any prospect or client;
 
  6.1.4   Engaging in any manipulative practice with respect to any prospect or client; or
 
  6.1.5   Revealing to any other person (except in the normal course of his or her duties on behalf of a client) any information regarding securities transactions by any client or by Invesco,
 
  6.1.6   Revealing to any other person (except in the normal course of his or her duties on behalf of a client) the consideration of any securities transactions by any client or by Invesco.
7   REPORTS
  7.1   In order to implement the general principles, restrictions and prohibitions contained in this Code, each Employee is required to provide the following:
 
  7.2   Initial Certification and Schedules . This Code forms part of an employee’s contract of employment and any breach may be grounds for disciplinary action up to and including summary dismissal.
  7.2.1   On commencing employment at Invesco, each new employee shall receive a copy of the Code via electronic means and will be expected to confirm that they understand and accept this Code within their first month of employment. (See Appendix D).
 
  7.2.2   New employees are also required on commencement of employment to provide the following to the Compliance Department:
  (i)   a list of all Covered Accounts; and
 
  (ii)   details of any directorships (or similar positions) of for-profit, non-profit and other enterprises.
  7.3   Confirmations Each employee shall cause to be provided to the Compliance Department, where an outside broker undertakes the transaction, duplicate copies of confirmations of all transactions in each Covered Account.
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 16 of  31


 

  7.4   Annual Certification All employees are required to confirm their understanding of and adherence to the Code of Ethics on an annual basis. (See Appendix E).
  7.4.1   Annual acceptance of the Code is normally submitted electronically and requires the employee to provide an up-to-date list of:
  i)   all Covered Accounts/securities;
 
  ii)   directorships (or similar positions) of for-profit, non-profit and other enterprises;
 
  iii)   trades undertaken for which contract notes/confirmations have not been provided to the Compliance Department;
 
  iv)   potential conflicts of interest identified which have not yet been reported to the Compliance Department; and
 
  v)   potential Treating Customers Fairly issues identified which have not yet been reported to the Compliance Department.
  7.4.2   With respect to Discretionary Accounts, if any, certifications that such employee does not discuss any investment decisions with the person making investment decisions; and
 
  7.4.3   With respect to any non-public security owned by such employee, a statement indicating whether the issuer has changed its name or publicly issued securities during such calendar year.
  7.5   Exempt Investments Confirmations and periodic reports need not be provided with respect to Exempt Investments, (see 3.2).
 
  7.6   Disclaimer of Beneficial Ownership Any report required under this Code may contain a statement that such report is not to be construed as an admission by the person making the report that he or she has any direct and indirect beneficial ownership of the security to which the report relates.
 
  7.7   Annual Review The European Director of Compliance will review the Code as necessary, in light of legal and business developments and experience in implementing the Code, and will prepare a report to the relevant Executive Committee that:
  7.7.1   summarizes existing procedures concerning personal investing and any changes in the procedures made during the past year,
 
  7.7.2   identifies any violations requiring significant remedial action during the past year, and
 
  7.7.3   identifies any recommended changes in existing restrictions or procedures based on the experience under the Code, evolving industry practices, or developments in applicable laws or regulations
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 17 of  31


 

8   MISCELLANEOUS
  8.1   Interpretation The provisions of this Code will be interpreted by the European Director of Compliance. Questions of interpretation should be directed in the first instance to the European Director of Compliance or his/her designee or, if necessary, with the Compliance Officer of another Invesco entity. The interpretation of the European Director of Compliance is final.
 
  8.2   Sanctions If advised of a violation of this Code by an employee, the local Chief Executive Officer (or, in the case of the local Chief Executive Officer, the local Board of Directors) may impose such sanctions as are deemed appropriate. Any violations of this Code and sanctions therefore will be reported to the local Board of Directors at least annually.
 
  8.3   Effective Date This revised Code shall become effective as of 1 April 2012.
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 18 of  31


 

APPENDIX A
DEFINITIONS
1.   ‘Advisory Client’ means any client (including both investment companies and managed accounts) for which Invesco serves as an investment adviser, renders investment advice, or makes investment decisions.
 
2   ‘Beneficial Interest’ means the opportunity to share, directly or indirectly, in any profit or loss on a transaction in Securities, including but not limited to all joint accounts, partnerships and trusts.
 
3   ‘Covered Accounts’ means:
  3.1   any account/securities held by you, or your family, while an employee;
 
  3.2   accounts/securities held by you for the benefit of your spouse, significant other, or any children or relatives who share your home;
 
  3.3   accounts/securities for which you have or share, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise:
  (i)   voting power (which includes power to vote, or to direct the voting of, a security), or
 
  (ii)   investment power (which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition) of a security; or
  3.4   accounts/securities held by any other person to whose support you materially contribute or in which, by reason of any agreement or arrangement, you have or share benefits substantially equivalent to ownership, including, for example:
  (i)   arrangements such as Investment Clubs (which may be informal) under which you have agreed to share the profits from an investment, and
 
  (ii)   accounts maintained or administered by you for a relative (such as children or parents) who do not share your home.
  3.5   Families include husbands and wives, significant other, sons and daughters and other immediate family only where any of those persons take part in discussion or passing on of investment information.
4.   ‘Employee’ means a person who has a contract of employment with, or employed by, Invesco UK or any associated Invesco Company within Europe; including consultants, contractors or temporary employees.
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 19 of  31


 

5.   ‘Equivalent Security’ means any Security issued by the same entity as the issuer of a security, including options, rights, warrants, preferred stock, restricted stock, bonds and other obligations of that company.
 
6.   ‘Fund’ means an investment company for which Invesco serves as an adviser or subadviser.
 
7.   ‘High quality short-term debt instruments’ means any instrument having a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and which is treated in one of the highest two rating categories by a Nationally Recognised Statistical Rating Organisation, or which is unrated but is of comparable quality.
 
8.   ‘Independent Fund Director’ means an independent director of an investment company advised by Invesco.
 
9.   ‘Initial Public Offering’ means any security which is being offered for the first time on a Recognised Stock Exchange.
 
10.   ‘Open-Ended Collective Investment Scheme’ means any Open-ended Investment Company, US Mutual Fund, UK ICVC or Irish Unit Trust, Luxembourg SICAV, French SICAV or Bermuda Fund.
 
11.   ‘Securities Transaction’ means a purchase of or sale of Securities.
 
12.   ‘Security’ includes stock, notes, bonds, debentures and other evidences of indebtedness (including loan participations and assignments), limited partnership interests, investment contracts, and all derivative instruments, such as options and warrants.
 
13.   “UK ICVC and affiliate schemes” defined as all UK domiciled retail Invesco ICVCs, all Invesco Continental European domestic ranges and all Invesco Ireland and Luxembourg SICAVs and Unit Trusts.
 
14.   “Main Index” defined as a member of the FTSE 100 or equivalent. The equivalency will be determined by the European Director of Compliance on a case by case basis.
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 20 of  31


 

APPENDIX B
Page 1 of 2
Procedures to deal for Invesco UK
1   The procedures to deal are as follows:
  A:   Obtain the UK Pre-Clearance Trade Authorisation Form from the Compliance Europe Intranet site homepage.
 
  B:   Complete Trade Authorisation Form noting:
  i)   permission sought to either buy or sell;
 
  ii)   the amount in shares or currency;
 
  iii)   is the transaction an Invesco ICVC/ISA/GPR or affiliated scheme - yes or no — if yes, then you will have to submit your pre-clearance form to *UK- Compliance Personal Share Dealing e-mail group — if no, then pre-clearance is not required;
 
  iv)   type of security;
 
  v)   name of company or other;
 
  vi)   date of request to deal;
 
  vii)   name of beneficial owner; and
 
  viii)   address of beneficial owner.
      Then complete each of the questions in connection with the transaction you require completed — “yes” or “no” answers will be required.
 
  C:   For Venture Capital Trust ordinary securities or for Invesco ICVC/ISA/GPR Trades, you should now only complete section Two. Once you have answered both questions, the pre-clearance form must be submitted to the e-mail *UK- Compliance Personal Share Dealing - Compliance will review the prospective transaction and revert to you by e-mail. Once you have received this confirmation e-mail you are free to deal. However, the trade must be completed by the end of the next business day from the date of confirmation.
 
      If you wish to sell/buy Invesco shares you should complete Section two as noted above.
 
  D:   For Equity, Bond or Warrant deals, obtain pre-clearance to deal from the UK Investment Dealers by submitting the completed pre-clearance form by e-mail to — *UK- Invest. Dealers.
 
  E:   Once the UK Investment Dealers have authorised the pre-clearance form, they will send the form on by e-mail to *UK- Compliance Personal Share Dealing for additional authorisation.
 
      Once Compliance has completed their checks, they will authorise the pre-clearance form and send back to the originator. The originator then has until close of business the day after pre-clearance is granted to deal. If dealing is not completed in this time frame, then additional pre-clearance MUST be sought via the same process.
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 21 of  31


 

APPENDIX B
Page 2 of 2
  F:   Once authority has been granted from the UK Investment Dealers and Compliance, the originator must also send a copy of the completed form to Elaine Coleman in Henley Compliance, who will enter the authority in the Personal Share Dealing Register.
 
  G:   A copy of the contract note (or equivalent) must also be sent to Compliance.
 
  NB   Permission to deal will not be granted retrospectively. Deals undertaken without permission will be brought to the European Director of Compliance’s attention, by a review of the personal share dealing register, for discussion with the person concerned.
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 22 of  31


 

APPENDIX C
Page 1 of 4
(GRAPHIC)
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 23 of  31


 

(IMAGE)
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 24 of  31


 

APPENDIX D
ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT
OF INVESCO UK REVISED CODE OF ETHICS
Only complete this version of the Annual Acknowledgement where you are unable to complete the electronic version.
I acknowledge that I have received the Invesco Code of Ethics dated 1 April 2012, and represent that:
1.   In accordance with Section 7 of the Code of Ethics, I will fully disclose the Securities holdings in Covered Accounts*
 
2.   In accordance with Section 3 of the Code of Ethics, I will obtain prior authorisation for all Securities Transactions in each of my Covered Accounts except for transactions exempt from pre-clearance under Section 3 of the Code of Ethics*
 
3.   In accordance with section 7 of the Code of Ethics, I will report all Securities Transactions in each of my Covered Accounts except for transactions exempt from reporting under Section 3 of the Code of Ethics.
 
4.   I will comply with the Code of Ethics in all other respects.
         
 
 
 
Signature
   
 
       
 
       
 
 
 
Print Name
   
         
Date:
       
 
 
 
   
 
*   Representations Nos: 1 and 2 do not apply to Independent Fund Directors
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 25 of  31


 

APPENDIX E
ANNUAL CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE INVESCO CODE OF ETHICS
To be completed by all Employees following the end of each calendar year - only complete this version of the Annual Certification where you are unable to complete the electronic version.
I hereby certify that, with respect to the calendar year ending on 31 December, 2011 (the ‘Calendar Year), I have reported to Invesco all Securities Transactions in respect of each of my Covered Account(s). I further certify that I have reviewed the attachments hereto and confirm that:
a)   Sections A & B contain a complete list of Covered Account(s) as well as a complete list of my directorships, advisory board memberships and similar positions;
 
b)   Section C contains a complete list of trades, other than Exempt Investments, in my Covered Account(s) during the Calendar Year for which contract notes/confirmations have not been forwarded;
 
c)   Sections D & E contain details of any potential Conflicts of Interest and Treating Customers Fairly issues identified during the year but not yet reported.
I further certify that:
a)   For any of my Covered Accounts which have been approved by the Compliance Department as a Discretionary Account(s) (which have been identified on Section A with an ‘E’ prefix), that I have not exercised investment discretion or influenced any investment decisions and that I will not exercise investment discretion or influence any potential investment decisions with such Discretionary Account(s);
 
b)   As appropriate, I have identified on Section A hereto those Covered Accounts which contain open-ended Collective Investment Schemes/Investment Companies shares only but for which account statements and confirms are not and have not been provided and hereby confirm that all securities transactions in these accounts are and will be limited exclusively to transactions in shares of open-ended Collective Investment Schemes;
 
c)   For any privately-issued security held by me or my Covered Account(s), I will inform the Compliance Department upon learning that any issuer has either changed its name or has issued or proposed to issue any class of security to the public;
 
d)   I have complied with the requirements of the Conflicts of Interest Policy, the Gifts, Benefits and Entertainment (Inducements) Policy, the Anti-Bribery Policy, the Market Abuse Policy, and the Treating Customers Fairly Policy;
 
e)   I have not used personal hedging strategies or remuneration or liability related insurance contracts to undermine any risk alignment effects embedded in my remuneration arrangements;
 
f)   I have read and understand my department’s procedures; and
 
g)   I have received a copy of and understand the Code in its entirety and acknowledge that I am subject to its provisions. I also certify that I have complied and will comply with its requirements;
To the extent that any of the attached Schedules contain inaccurate or incomplete information, I have noted and initialled the change directly on the Schedule and returned this certification along with all Schedules to the Compliance Department. Capitalised terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given to them in the Code.
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 26 of  31


 

         
 
 
 
Signature
   
 
       
 
       
 
 
 
Print Name
   
         
Date:
       
 
 
 
   
UPON YOUR FULL REVIEW AND EXECUTION, PLEASE RETURN THE ENTIRE PACKAGE
IMMEDIATELY TO THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT IN HENLEY
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 27 of 31


 

APPENDIX E
Annual Certificate of Compliance with THE INVESCO CODE OF ETHICS
Section A — COVERED ACCOUNTS
The following is a list of Covered Accounts subject to the Invesco Code of Ethics:
Section B - Directorships, Advisory Board Memberships and Similar Positions held
The following is a list of directorships, advisory board memberships and similar positions that I hold:
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 28 of  31


 

APPENDIX E
Annual Certificate of Compliance with THE INVESCO CODE OF ETHICS
Section C — Trades
The following is a list of trades undertaken during the period for which contract notes/confirmations have not been forwarded:
Section D - Conflicts of Interest
The following is a list of potential conflicts of interest I have identified during the course of the year and not already reported to the Compliance Department:
Section E - Treating Customers Fairly (TCF)
The following is a list of potential TCF issues I have identified during the course of the year and not already reported via the TCF Scorecards:
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 29 of  31


 

APPENDIX F
                 
    Pre       Quarterly Reporting of   Annual Report of
Type of Transaction in IVZ   Clearance   Basis for Approval   Transactions   Holdings
- Open market purchases & sales
  Yes   Not permitted in   Yes   Yes
- Transactions in 401 (k) plan
      blackout periods.        
 
  European Director       European Director of   European Director of
 
  of Compliance       Compliance   Compliance
 
               
Exercise of Employee Stock Options when same day sale
  Yes   Not permitted in closed periods for   Yes   n/a
         Rec’d when merged w/ Invesco
  IVZ Company   those in the   European Director of    
         Options for Stock Grants
  Secretarial   ‘Blackout Group’.   Compliance    
         Options for Global Stock Plans
               
         Options for Restricted StkAwards
      Option holding period must be satisfied.        
 
               
Sale of Stocks Exercised and held until later date.
  Yes   Not permitted in closed periods for   Yes   Yes
Options Exercised will have been received as follows:
      those in the        
         Rec’d when merged w/ Invesco
  European Director   ‘Blackout Group’.   European Director of   European Director of
         Options for Stock Grants
  of Compliance       Compliance   Compliance
         Options for Global Stock Plans
               
         Options for Restricted StkAwards
      Stock holding period must be satisfied.        
 
               
Sale of Stock Purchased through Sharesave
  Yes   Not permitted in
closed periods for
  Yes   Yes
 
  European Director   those in the   European Director of   European Director of
 
  of Compliance   ‘Blackout Group’.   Compliance   Compliance
 
               
Sale of Stock Purchased through UK SIP
  Yes   Not permitted in
closed periods for
  Yes   Yes
 
  European Director   those in the   European Director of   European Director of
 
  of Compliance   ‘Blackout Group’.   Compliance   Compliance
1) Open market purchases/sales - Pre-clearance to deal is required from Compliance, no dealing is permitted during close periods for those in the ‘Blackout Group’. Details of closed periods are posted to the intranet site by Company Secretarial.
2) Employee Stock Options (a) exercise/same day sale - authorisation of the Option is granted by Company Secretarial Department and signed by Trustees of the Scheme.
3) Employee Stock Options (b) exercise/take possession/subsequent day sale - same as above, except that individual would pay for the shares and pay tax. The stock would then be lodged in the employee share service arrangement — then if subsequent disposal was sought the normal pre-clearance process would apply (pre-clearance from Compliance — no dealing during closed periods for ‘Blackout Group’ members).
4) Stock Grants (Global Stock Plans) - Awards made yearly, stock would be purchased through Company Secretarial and held for three years. After three years elect to keep the shares or distribute — stock would be transferred to employee share service arrangement with normal pre-clearance/closed period requirements.
5) Employees who receive IVZ stock when their company is purchased by IVZ - stock distribution as part of the transaction to buy the Company concerned. Stock would be issued to the individual concerned and, depending on the terms of the deal, may be required to be held for a period. Stock would be transferred into the employee share service, and subject to terms of the Company deal would then follow normal pre-clearance/close period guidelines.
6) Restricted Stock Awards - similar to stock grants as above — except tax not paid initially - pre-clearance from Compliance and closed period restrictions apply.
7) Transactions in IVZ stock via 401(k) plan - Transaction no different to open market purchases - pre-clearance
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 30 of  31


 

required, dealing in closed periods no allowed.
8) Sharesave - If share save is exercised then stock would be placed into employee share service arrangement. Then if individual sells they go through normal pre-clearance and closed period process. Special rules may be brought in at share save anniversary dates. These will be communicated as appropriate.
9) UK SIP - A UK SIP is open to UK employees — which is a tax efficient way of purchasing shares on a monthly basis. The shares must be held for 5 years from initial purchase date — sell before and then tax would be paid. If you sell after the five year period, then normal pre-clearance and closed period restrictions would apply.
2012 Code of Ethics (UK)

Page 31 of  31

(INVESCO LOGO)
Invesco Ltd. Code of Conduct
A. Introduction
Our company’s Mission “Helping Investors Worldwide Build Their Financial Security” is a logical starting point for our Code of Conduct. To help guide us in achieving our Mission, Invesco has developed the following set of Principles:
  §   We are passionate about our clients’ success
 
  §   We earn trust by acting with integrity
 
  §   People are the foundation of our success
 
  §   Working together, we achieve more
 
  §   We believe in the continuous pursuit of performance excellence
This Code of Conduct (“Code of Conduct” or “Code”) has been created to assist us in accomplishing our Mission. It contains a number of policies and standards which, when taken together, are designed to help define the essence of the conduct of an Invesco representative. These policies and standards are also intended to provide guidance to Invesco personnel in fulfilling their obligations to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations (“applicable laws”). This Code of Conduct applies to all officers and other employees of Invesco and its subsidiaries (collectively, “Covered Persons”).
Our Principles also help define the Invesco culture. In practice, this means that our clients’ interests must always come first, that Covered Persons should treat each other with respect and consideration, and that Invesco should participate as a responsible corporate citizen in every community in which it operates. This commitment is a vital part of our achieving our principal responsibility as a publicly-held company: producing a fair return on our shareholders’ capital.
This Code of Conduct contains broad and general principles that supplement the specific policies, procedures and training within each business unit of Invesco.
Page 1 of 19

 


 

B. Statement of General Principles
Invesco operates in a highly-regulated and complex environment. There are numerous layers of overlapping, and occasionally conflicting, laws, customs and local practices. This Code of Conduct was designed to provide all of us who are part of Invesco with a clear statement of our firm’s ethical and cultural standards.
Generally, we serve our clients as fiduciaries. Fiduciary businesses are generally held to a higher standard of conduct than other businesses, and as such there are special obligations that apply. The following key duties and principles govern our conduct as fiduciaries:
Ø   Best interests of clients — As fiduciaries, we have a duty to act with reasonable care, skill and caution in the best interests of our clients, and to avoid conflicts of interest.
  Ø   Global fiduciary standards — Invesco seeks to maintain the same high fiduciary standards throughout the world, even though those standards may not be legally required, or even recognized, in some countries.
  Ø   Client confidentiality — We must maintain the confidentiality of information relating to the client, and comply with the data protection requirements imposed by many jurisdictions.
  Ø   Information — Clients must be provided with timely and accurate information regarding their accounts.
  Ø   Segregation and protection of assets — Processes must be established for the proper maintenance, control and protection of client assets. Fiduciary assets must be segregated from Invesco assets and property.
  Ø   Delegation of duties — Fiduciary duties should be delegated only when the client consents and where permitted by applicable law. Reasonable care, skill and caution must be exercised in the selection of agents and review of their performance.
  Ø   Client guidelines — Invesco is responsible for making investment decisions on behalf of clients that are consistent with the prospectus, contract, or other controlling document relating to the client’s account.
  Ø   Relations with regulators — We seek relationships with regulators that are open and responsive in nature.
Page 2 of 19

 


 

C. General Conduct
1. Fair and Honest Dealing
Covered Persons shall deal fairly and honestly with Invesco’s shareholders, customers, suppliers, competitors and employees. Covered Persons shall behave in an ethical manner and shall not take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other unfair dealing practice.
2. Anti-Discrimination and Harassment
Invesco is committed to providing a work environment that is free of discrimination and harassment. Such conduct, whether overt or subtle, is demeaning, may be illegal, and undermines the integrity of the employment relationship.
Sexual harassment can include unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, pressure to engage in a sexual relationship as a condition of employment or promotion, or conduct which creates a hostile or offensive work environment.
Discrimination can take many forms including actions, words, jokes, or comments based upon an individual’s race, citizenship, ethnicity, color, religion, sex, veteran status, national origin, age, disability, sexual orientation, marital status or other legally protected characteristic. Any Covered Person who engages in harassment or discrimination will be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment.
3. Electronic Communications
The use of electronic mail, the Internet and other technology assets is an important part of our work at Invesco. Used improperly, this technology presents legal and business risks for the company and for individual employees. There are also important privacy issues associated with the use of technology, and related regulations are evolving.
In accordance with Invesco’s IT Systems: Acceptable Use policies, all Covered Persons are required to use information technology for proper business purposes and in a manner that does not compromise the confidentiality of sensitive or proprietary information. All communications with the public, clients, prospects and fellow employees must be conducted with dignity, integrity, and competence and in an ethical and professional manner.
We must not use information technology to: transmit or store materials which are obscene, pornographic, or otherwise offensive; engage in criminal activity; obtain unauthorized access to data or files; commit copyright violations; install personal software without permission; or make Internet statements, without permission, that suggest that the user is speaking on behalf of Invesco or its affiliates.
Page 3 of 19

 


 

4. Substance Abuse
Invesco is committed to providing a safe and healthy work place for all employees. The use, possession, sale, transfer, purchase, or being “under the influence” of drugs at any time while on company premises or on company business is prohibited. The term “drug” includes alcoholic beverages (other than in connection with entertainment events, or in other appropriate settings), prescriptions not authorized by your doctor, inhalants, marijuana, cocaine, heroin and other illegal substances.
5. Political Activities and Lobbying
Covered Persons, as private citizens, are encouraged to exercise their rights and duties in any political or civic process. For example, voting in elections for which they are eligible, or making contributions supporting candidates or parties of their choice.
Invesco does not make political contributions with corporate funds. No Covered Person may, under any circumstances, use company funds to make political contributions, nor may you represent your personal political views as being those of the company.
In the United States, Invesco does support a Political Action Committee.
D. Conflicts of Interest
Invesco and its Covered Persons must adhere to the highest standards of honest and ethical conduct. A conflict of interest exists when a Covered Person acts in a manner that is not in the best interests of Invesco, our clients, or our shareholders. Often, this is because the Covered Person or someone with whom they have a close personal relationship (e.g. a relative or friend) will benefit personally.
All Covered Persons must act in a manner that is in the best interests of Invesco, our clients, and our shareholders and must avoid any situation that gives rise to an actual or apparent conflict of interest. At no time may a Covered Person use Invesco property, information, or their position to profit personally or to assist others in profiting at the expense of the company, to compete with Invesco, or to take advantage of opportunities that are discovered in the course of serving Invesco.
All Covered Persons shall promptly communicate to the applicable member of the Legal and Compliance Department any material transaction, relationship, or situation that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest so that the company and the Covered Person may take steps to minimize the conflict.
While not all-inclusive, the following sections describe in more detail key areas where real or perceived conflicts of interest can arise.
1. Outside Activities and Compensation
No Covered Person shall perform work or render services for any competitor of Invesco or for any organization with which Invesco does business, or which seeks to do
Page 4 of 19

 


 

business with Invesco, outside of the normal course of his or her employment with Invesco, without the prior written approval of the company. Nor shall any such person be a director, officer, or consultant of such an organization, or permit his or her name to be used in any fashion that would tend to indicate a business connection with such organization, without such approval. Outside organizations can include public or private corporations, partnerships, charitable foundations and other not-for-profit institutions. With the above approval, Covered Persons may receive compensation for such activities.
Service with organizations outside of Invesco can, however, raise serious regulatory issues, including conflicts of interest and access to material non-public information.
As an outside board member or officer, a Covered Person may come into possession of material non-public information about the outside company or other public companies. It is critical that a proper information barrier be in place between Invesco and the outside organization, and that the Covered Person does not communicate such information to other Covered Persons in violation of the information barrier.
Similarly, Invesco may have a business relationship with the outside organization or may seek a relationship in the future. In those circumstances, the Covered Person must not be involved in any way in the business relationship between Invesco and the outside organization.
Invesco retains the right to prohibit membership by Covered Persons on any board of directors/trustees or as an officer of an outside organization where such membership might conflict with the best interests of the company. Approval will be granted on a case-by-case basis, subject to proper resolution of potential conflicts of interest. Outside activities will be approved only if these issues can be satisfactorily resolved.
2. Personal Trading
Purchasing and selling securities in a Covered Person’s own account, or accounts over which the Covered Person has access or control, particularly in securities owned by client accounts, can give rise to potential conflicts of interest. As fiduciaries, we are held to the highest standards of conduct. Improperly gaining advance knowledge of portfolio transactions, or conducting securities transactions based upon information obtained at Invesco, can be a violation of those standards.
Every Covered Person must also comply with the specific personal trading rules in effect for the Covered Person’s business unit.
3. Information Barriers and Material Non-Public Information
In the conduct of our business, Covered Persons may come into possession of material non-public information. This information could concern an issuer, a client, a portfolio, the market for a particular security, or Invesco itself. The Board of Directors of the company has adopted an Insider Trading Policy (“Insider Trading Policy”) which applies to all Covered Persons. The Insider Trading Policy prohibits all Covered Persons from
Page 5 of 19

 


 

using such information in ways that violate the law, including for personal gain. Non-public information must be kept confidential, which may include keeping it confidential from other Covered Persons. The purchase or sale of Invesco’s securities or the securities of other publicly-traded companies while aware of material nonpublic information about such company, or the disclosure of material nonpublic information to others who then trade in such company’s securities, is prohibited by this Code of Conduct and by United States and other jurisdictions’ securities laws.
With regard to Invesco securities, the Insider Trading Policy, among other provisions, prohibits directors, officers, and other Covered Persons who are deemed to have access to material, non-public information relating to the company from trading during specified Blackout Periods (as defined therein). All Covered Persons should review the Invesco Insider Trading Policy carefully and follow the policies and procedures described therein. The failure of a Covered Person to comply with the company’s Insider Trading Policy may subject him or her to company-imposed sanctions, up to and including termination for cause, whether or not the failure to comply results in a violation of law. Please contact an appropriate member of the Legal and Compliance Department on any questions regarding this subject and the company’s Insider Trading Policy.
4. Gifts and Relationships with Customers and Suppliers
Invesco seeks to do business with clients and suppliers on a fair and equitable basis. We may not accept or provide gifts of other than nominal value, or lavish entertainment, or other valuable benefits or special favors to or from customers or suppliers. We must observe any limits imposed by our business unit’s policies, local laws, or regulations with respect to the acceptance or provision of gifts and entertainment.
E. Compliance with Applicable Laws
Invesco strives to ensure that all activity by or on behalf of Invesco is in compliance with applicable laws. As Invesco operates in major countries and securities markets throughout the world, we have a duty to comply with applicable laws of the jurisdictions in which we operate. While not exhaustive, this section describes several areas where such legislation may exist.
1. Anti-Bribery and Dealings with Governmental Officials
Invesco does not tolerate bribery. We, and those working on Invesco’s behalf, must not offer, request, receive, give, accept or agree to accept bribes to or from anyone whether in the private or public sector with the intent to induce or reward improper performance of duties.
Page 6 of 19

 


 

Many of the countries in which Invesco conducts its business prohibit the improper influencing of governmental officials or other business persons by the payment, giving or offering of bribes, gifts, political contributions, lavish hospitality or by other means. Our policy requires adherence to those restrictions.
Do not directly or indirectly promise, offer or make payment in money or give an advantage or anything of value to anyone including a government official, agent or employee of a government, political party, labour organization, charity, a business entity or its representatives, a candidate of a political party or their families, with the intent to induce favourable business treatment or improper performance of their business or government decisions and actions.
This policy prohibits actions intended to, for example, improperly:
    influence a specific decision or action or
 
    enhance future relationships or
 
    maintain existing relationships
We must not request, accept or agree to accept payments or other advantages that are intended to improperly influence our decisions or actions or additionally, agree to any business relationships that are conditional on such advantages being given or received.
In general, all travel and entertainment that Covered Persons provide to existing or perspective business partners and governmental officials must be pre-approved within the appropriate business unit. If approved, and in the case of situations involving government officials, a written confirmation that such expenses do not violate local law must be obtained from an appropriate third party (e.g., the business unit’s legal counsel or the government official’s supervisor).
Covered Persons shall comply with applicable laws governing political campaign finance and lobbying activities and shall not engage in any conduct that is intended to avoid the application of such laws to activities undertaken on Invesco’s behalf. In addition, appropriate executive officers shall monitor compliance with lobbyist registration and disclosure requirements by all individuals who act on behalf of Invesco.
These prohibitions in this section extend to any consultants or agents we may retain on behalf of Invesco.
Further information can be found in Invesco’s Global Anti-Bribery policy. Guidance regarding genuine and allowable gifts, benefits and entertainment is set out in the Gifts, Benefits and Entertainment Policy.
Page 7 of 19

 


 

2. Anti-Money Laundering
In the global marketplace, the attempted use of financial institutions and instruments to launder money is a significant problem that has resulted in the passage of strict laws in many countries. Money laundering is the attempt to disguise money derived from or intended to finance illegal activity including drug trafficking, terrorism, organized crime, fraud, and many other crimes. Money launderers go to great lengths to hide the sources of their funds. Among the most common stratagems are placing cash in legitimate financial institutions, layering between numerous financial institutions, and integrating the laundered proceeds back into the economy as apparently legitimate funds.
All Covered Persons must be vigilant in the fight against money laundering, and must not allow Invesco to be used for money laundering. Each business unit has developed an anti-money laundering program that is consistent with Invesco’s policy. Each Covered Person must comply with the applicable program.
3. Antitrust
The laws of many countries are designed to protect consumers from illegal competitive actions such as price fixing and dividing markets. It is Invesco’s policy and practice to compete based on the merits of our products and services. In order to further that policy, Covered Persons must not fix or control prices with competitors, divide up territories or markets, limit the production or sale of products, boycott certain suppliers or customers, unfairly control or restrict trade in any way, restrict a competitor’s marketing practices, or disparage a competitor. Covered Persons must never discuss products, pricing or markets with competitors with the intent to fix prices or divide markets.
4. International Issues
If you conduct business for Invesco outside of the U.S., in addition to being familiar with the local laws of the other countries involved, be sure you are familiar with the following U.S. laws and regulations. Violations of these laws can result in substantial fines, imprisonment and severe restrictions on the company’s ability to do business.
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act
The United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) and similar laws in many other countries have a variety of provisions that regulate business in other countries and with foreign citizens. In essence, these laws make it a crime to promise or give anything of value to a foreign official or political party in order to obtain or keep business or obtain any improper advantage. It is also illegal to make payments to agents, sales representatives or other third parties if you have reason to believe your gift will be used illegally. Seek advice from the appropriate member of the Legal and Compliance
Page 8 of 19

 


 

Department for interpretation of the FCPA or similar laws if you are involved in any business dealings that involve foreign countries.
Anti-Boycott Laws
From time to time, various countries may impose restrictions upon the ability of businesses in their jurisdiction to engage in commerce with designated individuals, countries or companies. These laws are commonly referred to as boycotts or trade embargoes. It may be against the law to cooperate in any boycotts between foreign countries not sanctioned by the laws of the place where your office is located. All requests for boycott support or boycott-related information must be reported to your supervisor and the member of the Legal and Compliance Department with responsibility for your office.
Similarly, many countries contribute the names of criminal or terrorist organizations or individuals to a common database and require financial institutions to screen customer lists against the database as part of their “Know Your Customer” obligations. We must be aware of, and where appropriate, adhere to any such restrictions.
Embargo Sanctions
The United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control prohibits U.S. companies and their foreign subsidiaries from doing business with certain countries and agencies and certain individuals. The laws of other countries may have similar types of prohibitions. The regulations vary depending on the country and the type of transaction and often change as countries’ foreign policies change. If you are aware of any sensitive political issues with a country in which Invesco is doing or considering doing business, seek advice from the appropriate member of the Legal and Compliance Department.
F. Information Management
1. Confidential Information
Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to competitors, or harmful to the company or its customers, if disclosed. All information (in any form, including electronic information) that is created or used in support of company business activities is the property of Invesco. This company information is a valuable asset and Covered Persons are expected to protect it from unauthorized disclosure. This includes Invesco customer, supplier, business partner, and employee data. United States (federal and state) and other jurisdictions’ laws may restrict the use of such information and impose penalties for impermissible use or disclosure.
Covered Persons must maintain the confidentiality of information entrusted to them by the company or its customers, vendors or consultants except when disclosure is properly authorized by the company or legally mandated. Covered Persons shall take
Page 9 of 19

 


 

all reasonable efforts to safeguard such confidential information that is in their possession against inadvertent disclosure and shall comply with any non-disclosure obligations imposed on Invesco in its agreements with third parties.
Information pertaining to Invesco’s competitive position or business strategies, and information relating to negotiations with Covered Persons or third parties, should be protected and shared only with Covered Persons having a need to know such information in order to perform their job responsibilities.
2. Data Privacy
Data privacy, as it relates both to our clients and our employees, has become a major political and legal issue in many jurisdictions in which we do business. A variety of laws in each of those jurisdictions governs the collection, storage, dissemination, transfer, use, access to and confidentiality of personal information and patient health information. These laws can work to limit transfers of such data across borders and even among affiliated entities within Invesco. Invesco and its Covered Persons will comply with all provisions of these laws that relate to its business, including the privacy, security and electronic transmission of financial, health and other personal information. The company expects its Covered Persons to keep all such data confidential and to protect, use and disclose information in the conduct of our business only in compliance with these laws. The company will consider and may release personal information to third parties to comply with law or to protect the rights, property or safety of Invesco and its customers. In accordance with Invesco policies, each business unit has developed required disclosures and data security procedures applicable to that business unit. All Covered Persons must comply with the applicable procedures.
With respect to Invesco Covered Persons, all salary, benefit, medical and other personal information relating to Covered Persons shall generally be treated as confidential. Personnel files, payroll information, disciplinary matters, and similar information are to be maintained in a manner designed to protect confidentiality in accordance with applicable laws. All Covered Persons shall exercise due care to prevent the release or sharing of such information beyond those persons who may need such information to fulfill their job functions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all personnel information belongs solely to Invesco and may be reviewed or used by the company as needed to conduct its business.
G. Protecting Invesco’s Assets
All Covered Persons shall strive to preserve and protect the company’s assets and resources and to promote their efficient use. The standards set forth below are intended to guide Covered Persons by articulating Invesco’s expectations as they relate to activities or behaviors that may affect the company’s assets.
Page 10 of 19

 


 

1. Personal Use of Corporate Assets
Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on Invesco’s profitability. Covered Persons are not to convert assets of the company to personal use. Company property should be used for the company’s legitimate business purposes and the business of the company shall be conducted in a manner designed to further Invesco’s interest rather than the personal interest of an individual Covered Person. Covered Persons are prohibited from the unauthorized use or taking of Invesco’s equipment, supplies, materials or services. Prior to engaging in any activity on company time which will result in remuneration to the Covered Person or the use of Invesco’s equipment, supplies, materials or services for personal or non-work related purposes, officers and other Covered Persons shall obtain the approval of the supervisor of the appropriate business unit.
2. Use of Company Software
Covered Persons use software programs for word processing, spreadsheets, data management, and many other applications. Software products purchased by the company are covered by some form of licensing agreement that describes the terms, conditions and allowed uses. It is the company’s policy to respect copyright laws and observe the terms and conditions of any license agreements. Copyright laws in the United States and other countries impose civil and criminal penalties for illegal reproductions and use of licensed software. You must be aware of the restrictions on the use of software and abide by those restrictions. Invesco business equipment may not be used to reproduce commercial software. In addition, you may not use personal software on company equipment without prior written approval.
3. Computer Resources/E-mail
The company’s computer resources, which include the electronic messaging systems (e-mail, SMS, etc.), belong to Invesco and not to the Covered Person. They are not intended to be used for amusement, solicitation, or other non-business purposes. While it is recognized that Covered Persons will occasionally use the system for personal communications, it is expected that such uses will be kept to a minimum and that Covered Persons will be responsible and professional in their use of these functions. The use of the computer systems to make or forward derogatory or offensive remarks about other people or groups is prohibited. E-mail/Text messages should be treated as any other written business communication.
4. Invesco Intellectual Property
Covered Persons must carefully maintain and manage the intellectual property rights of Invesco, including patents, trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets, to preserve and protect their value. Information, ideas and intellectual property assets of Invesco are important to the company’s success.
Page 11 of 19

 


 

Invesco’s name, logo, trademarks, inventions, processes and innovations are intellectual property assets and their protection is vital to the success of the company’s business. The company’s and any of its subsidiaries’ names, logos and other trademarks and service marks are to be used only for authorized company business and never in connection with personal or other activities unless appropriately approved and in accordance with company policy. In addition, our Covered Persons must respect the intellectual property rights of third parties. Violation of these rights can subject both you and the company to substantial liability, including criminal penalties.
Any work product produced in the course of performing your job shall be deemed to be a “work made for hire” and shall belong to Invesco and is to be used only for the benefit of Invesco. This includes such items as marketing plans, product development plans, computer programs, software, hardware and similar materials. You must share any innovations or inventions you create with your supervisor so that the company can take steps to protect these valuable assets.
5. Retention of Books and Records
Invesco corporate records are important assets. Corporate records include essentially everything you produce as a Covered Person, regardless of its format. A corporate record may be in the form of paper, computer tapes, microfilm, e-mail, or voice mail. It may be something as obvious as a memorandum or a contract or something not as obvious, such as a desk calendar, an appointment book, or an expense record.
Invesco is required by law to maintain certain types of corporate records, usually for a specified period of time. Failure to retain such documents for such minimum periods could subject Invesco to penalties and fines, cause the loss of rights, obstruct justice, place Invesco in contempt of court, or place Invesco at a serious disadvantage in litigation. However, storage of voluminous records over time is costly. Therefore, Invesco has established controls to assure retention for required periods and timely destruction of retrievable records, such as paper copies and records on computers, electronic systems, microfiche, and microfilm. Even if a document is retained for the legally required period, liability could still result if a document is destroyed before its scheduled destruction date.
Invesco and its affiliates are subject to the regulatory requirements of numerous countries and regulatory agencies. Virtually all of them have specific requirements concerning the creation, maintenance and storage of business records. Invesco expects all Covered Persons to become familiar with and fully comply with the records retention/destruction schedule for the departments and office locations for which they work. If you believe documents should be retained beyond the applicable retention period, consult with the Legal and Compliance Department.
6. Sales and Marketing Materials
Invesco is committed to building sustained, open, and honest relationships with our customers, and to complying with all relevant regulatory requirements. This requires
Page 12 of 19

 


 

that all marketing and sales-related materials be prepared under standards approved by the Legal and Compliance Department and, prior to use, reviewed and approved by the appropriate supervisor within a business unit. Covered materials include but are not limited to, requests for proposals, client presentations, performance summaries, advertisements, published market commentaries, brochures and web site content.
H. Disclosure of Invesco Information
1. Integrity and Accuracy of Financial Records
The preparation and maintenance of accurate books, records and accounts is required by law and essential to the proper discharge of financial, legal and reporting obligations. All Covered Persons are prohibited from directly or indirectly falsifying or causing to be false or misleading any financial or accounting book, record or account. In addition, all financial data must be completely and accurately recorded in compliance with applicable law and Invesco’s accounting policies and procedures. A Covered Person may violate this section by acting or by failing to act when he or she becomes aware of a violation or potential violation of this section.
2. Disclosure in Reports and Documents
Filings and Public Materials . As a public company, it is important that the company’s filings with the SEC and other U.S. federal, state, domestic and international regulatory agencies are full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable. The company also makes many other filings with the SEC and other U.S. and international regulatory agencies on behalf of the funds that its subsidiaries and affiliates manage. Further, the company prepares mutual fund account statements, client investment performance information, prospectuses and advertising materials that are sent out to its mutual fund shareholders and clients.
Disclosure and Reporting Policy . The company’s policy is to comply with all applicable disclosure, financial reporting and accounting regulations applicable to the company. The company maintains the highest commitment to its disclosure and reporting requirements, and expects and requires all Covered Persons to record information accurately and truthfully in the books and records of the company.
Information for Filings . Depending on his or her position with the company, a Covered Person may be called upon to provide necessary information to assure that the company’s public reports and regulatory filings are full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable. The company expects all Covered Persons to be diligent in providing accurate information to the inquiries that are made related to the company’s public disclosure requirements.
Disclosure Controls and Procedures and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . Covered Persons are required to cooperate and comply with the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting so that the company’s reports and documents filed with the SEC and other U.S. federal, state,
Page 13 of 19

 


 

domestic and international regulatory agencies comply in all material respects with applicable laws and provide full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure.
3. Improper Influence on the Conduct of Audits
Every Covered Person must deal fairly and honestly with outside accountants performing audits, reviews or examinations of Invesco’s and its subsidiaries’ financial statements. To that end, no Covered Person of Invesco may make or cause to be made a materially false or misleading statement (or omit facts necessary to make the statements made not misleading) in connection with an audit, review or examination of financial statements by independent accountants or the preparation of any document or report required to be filed with a governmental or regulatory authority. Covered Persons of Invesco also are prohibited from coercing, manipulating, misleading or fraudulently inducing any independent public or certified public accountant engaged in the performance or review of financial statements that are required to be filed with a governmental or regulatory authority if he or she knows or should have known that his or her actions could result in making those financial statements materially misleading.
4. Standards for Invesco’s Financial Officers
Invesco’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer (the “Financial Officers”) are required to take all reasonable steps to provide full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosures in the reports and documents that Invesco files with or submits to the SEC and other regulatory bodies and in other public communications made by Invesco. In the event that a Financial Officer learns that any such report, document or communication does not meet this standard and such deviation is material, then the Financial Officers are required to review and investigate such deviation, advise the Board of Directors or the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors regarding the deviation and, where necessary, revise the relevant report, document or communication.
Although a particular accounting treatment for one or more of Invesco’s operations may be permitted under applicable accounting standards, the Financial Officers may not authorize or permit the use of such an accounting treatment if the effect is to distort or conceal Invesco’s true financial condition. The accounting standards and treatments utilized by Invesco must, in all instances, be determined on an objective and uniform basis and without reference to a single transaction or series of transactions and their impact on Invesco’s financial results for a particular time period. Any new or novel accounting treatment or standard that is to be utilized in the preparation of Invesco’s financial statements must be discussed with Invesco’s Audit Committee and its independent auditors.
5. Communications with the Media, Analysts and Shareholders
Page 14 of 19

 


 

Invesco has a long-standing policy of co-operating with the news media and the financial community. This policy is intended to enhance respect for the company, provide accurate information, and achieve our business goals.
Invesco employs media relations professionals who are responsible for handling all contacts with the news media. Invesco’s Communications and Public Affairs Department is responsible for formulating and directing our media relations policy worldwide. Other Invesco employees may not speak to or disseminate information to the news media unless such contact has been requested and arranged by or coordinated with an Invesco media relations professional in accordance with the company’s media relations policy. Any contact from the news media should be referred promptly and without comment to an Invesco media relations professional. If you do not know the appropriate media relations professional for your unit, you can refer the contact to the Invesco Communications and Public Affairs Department.
Many countries have detailed rules with regard to the dissemination of information about public companies. In particular, a public company must have procedures for controlling the release of information that may have a material impact on its share price. The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer are responsible for Invesco’s relationships with the financial community, including the release of price sensitive information. Other Invesco employees may not speak to or disseminate information regarding the company to the financial community (including analysts, investors, shareholders, Company lenders, and rating agencies) unless such contact has been requested and arranged by the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the Investor Relations Group within the Finance Department
Page 15 of 19

 


 

I. Compliance with the Code of Conduct
1. Your Responsibilities
One person’s misconduct can damage our entire company’s hard-earned reputation and compromise the public’s trust in the company. Every Covered Person should therefore be familiar with this Code and abide strictly by its provisions.
2. Reporting Violations of the Code
As part of being accountable to each other and Invesco, all Covered Persons are required to report possible violations of the Invesco Code of Conduct, laws or regulations. Such violations can include, but are not limited to:
  Ø   Violations of any laws or regulations generally involving Invesco;
 
  Ø   Questionable accounting matters, internal accounting controls, auditing matters, breaches of fiduciary duty or violations of United States or foreign securities laws or rules (collectively, “Accounting Matters”) including, but not limited to:
    fraud or deliberate error in the preparation, evaluation, review or audit of any financial statement of Invesco;
 
    fraud or deliberate error in the recording and maintaining of financial records of Invesco;
 
    deficiencies in or non-compliance with Invesco’s internal accounting controls;
 
    misrepresentation or false statements to or by a senior officer or accountant regarding a matter contained in the financial records, financial reports or audit reports of Invesco;
 
    deviation from full and fair reporting of Invesco’s financial condition; or
 
    fraudulent or criminal activities engaged in by officers, directors or employees of Invesco;
You may report your concerns in any of three ways:
Contact your supervisor
We encourage you to first contact your immediate supervisor, who is in turn responsible for informing Invesco’s Compliance Reporting Line (described below) of any concerns raised.
Contact the Legal and Compliance or Human Resources Departments
Page 16 of 19

 


 

If you prefer not to discuss a concern with your own supervisor, you may instead contact the Legal and Compliance or Human Resources Departments directly.
Call our Compliance Reporting Line
You may also report your concerns confidentially and anonymously by calling the Invesco Compliance Reporting Line. If you are calling from a U.S. or Canadian location, dial 1-866-297-3627 . For calls from all other locations, dial an international operator and request a collect call to 1-704-943-1136 . When asked for your name use “Invesco.”
The Compliance Reporting Line is administered by an outside vendor and is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. For more information on the Compliance Reporting Line, please click here: Compliance Reporting Line .
Complaints relating to Accounting Matters will be reviewed pursuant to the Audit Committee’s policy and procedures and under its direction and oversight by such persons as the Audit Committee determines to be appropriate. All other matters will be reviewed under the direction and oversight of the appropriate departments within Invesco, usually also including the Legal and Compliance Department. Prompt and appropriate corrective action will be taken when and as warranted in the judgment of the Audit Committee or other reviewing department.
Invesco will not permit retaliation, retribution, harassment, or intimidation of any employee who in good faith reports a possible violation. Along with the three reporting methods described above, this also includes, but is not limited to an employee who discloses information to a government or law enforcement agency, or any other national, state or provincial securities regulatory authority where the employee has reasonable cause to believe that the information discloses a violation or possible violation of federal or state law or regulation.
However, employees who file reports or provide evidence which they know to be false or without a reasonable belief in the truth and accuracy of such information may be subject to disciplinary action, including termination of their employment.
3. Failure to Comply
It is your responsibility at all times to comply with the law and behave in an ethical manner. Failure to obey laws and regulations violates this Code and may expose both you and the company to criminal or civil sanctions. Invesco will investigate reported violations of the Code and, if violations are found, may take disciplinary action, if appropriate, against the individuals involved up to and including termination. Invesco may also seek civil remedies from you and even refer criminal misconduct to law enforcement agencies, and may make reports, if appropriate, to regulatory authorities. Nothing in this Code restricts the company from taking any disciplinary action on any
Page 17 of 19

 


 

matters pertaining to the conduct of a Covered Person, whether or not expressly set forth in the Code.
4. Annual Certification
As Covered Persons, each of us is obligated to read and understand this Code of Conduct and our relevant business unit’s policies and procedures. All Covered Persons are expected to abide by both the letter and spirit of the Code and will certify their adherence on an annual basis.
5. Other Requirements
This Code cannot anticipate every possible situation or cover every topic in detail. The company has established special policies to address specific subjects and will update this Code and those specific policies from time-to-time. Covered Persons are also expected to perform their work with honesty and integrity in any areas not specifically addressed by the Code. If you are unclear about a situation, please speak with your supervisor or an appropriate member of the Legal and Compliance Department before taking action.
6. Waivers of the Code
In certain limited situations, Invesco may waive the application of a provision of the Code to employees or Executive Officers (as defined in Rule 3b-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, “Executive Officers”). For the purposes of the Code, the term “waiver” shall mean a material departure from a provision of the Code.
For all employees, including Executive Officers, any requests for waivers must be made to the Legal and Compliance Department. For waiver requests not involving an Executive Officer, the Legal and Compliance Department shall forward the request to the General Counsel of the business unit for consideration.
For waiver requests involving an Executive Officer, the Legal and Compliance Department will forward the request to the Invesco Board of Directors or a committee thereof for consideration. Only the Board of Directors or one of its committees may approve a waiver for an Executive Officer. Any such waiver granted to an Executive Officer shall be promptly disclosed to shareholders within four (4) business days as required by SEC rules and the corporate governance listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange and other applicable laws.
Criteria for a Waiver:
Any employee or Executive Officer requesting a waiver of the Code must demonstrate that such a waiver:
Page 18 of 19

 


 

    is necessary to alleviate undue hardship or in view of unforeseen circumstances or is otherwise appropriate under all the relevant facts and circumstances;
 
    will not be inconsistent with the purposes and objectives of the Code;
 
    will not adversely affect the interests of clients of the company or the interests of the company; and
 
    will not result in a transaction or conduct that would violate provisions of applicable laws or regulations.
7. Use and Disclosure
This Code is intended solely for the internal use by the company and does not constitute an admission, by or on behalf of the company, as to any fact, circumstance, or legal conclusion. To the extent required by law, the company shall publicly ( e.g. , in its Annual Report on Form 10-K and/or on its website) disclose this Code of Conduct and its application to all of the company’s Covered Persons.
8. Amendments
This Code may only be amended by Invesco’s Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof. To the extent required by law, amendments to the Code of Conduct shall be disclosed publicly. As set forth in the company’s filings with the SEC, the company has elected to disclose certain amendments to the Code that affect, and any waivers of the Code granted to, Financial Officers on the company’s Web site.
Revised: October 2011
Page 19 of 19

 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Staff Ethics and Personal Share Dealing
10.1   Fiduciary Duty
 
10.1.1   As a fiduciary, Invesco owes an undivided duty of loyalty to its clients. It is Invesco’s policy that all employees conduct themselves so as to avoid not only actual conflicts of interest with Invesco clients, but also that they refrain from conduct which could give rise to the appearance of a conflict of interest that may compromise the trust that clients have placed in Invesco.
 
10.1.2   The personal securities transactions of all employees must be conducted in accordance with the following general principles:
  (a)   There is duty at all times to place the interests of Invesco clients first and foremost;
 
  (b)   All personal securities transactions be conducted in a manner consistent with these rules and in such a manner as to avoid any actual, potential or appearance of a conflict of interest or any abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility; and
 
  (c)   Employees should not take inappropriate advantage of their positions.
10.1.3   Invesco’s policy is to avoid conflicts and, where they unavoidably occur, to resolve them in a manner that clearly places our clients’ interests first.
 
10.1.4   A copy of the INVESCO LTD. Insider Dealing Policy & Social Media Policy are attached as Appendix 10.8 & 10.9 respectively.
 
10.1.5   The policy on personal securities transactions is set out under the following headings:
  (i)   Definitions
 
  (ii)   Prohibited Personal Transactions
 
  (iii)   Transactions Exempt from Personal Share Dealing Rules
 
  (iv)   Transactions Exempt from Authorisation
 
  (v)   Permitted Transactions Requiring Authorisation and Reporting
 
  (vi)   Procedures for Authorisation and Placing Orders
 
  (vii)   Procedures for Reporting
 
  (viii)   Restrictions on Investing
 
  (ix)   Dealing in Invesco Ltd
 
  (x)   Dealing in Invesco Funds/non Invesco Funds
10.2   Definitions
 
10.2.1   “Business Associate” shall mean any person or organisation that provides services to Invesco, that may do business or is being solicited to do business with Invesco or that is associated with an organisation that does or seeks to do business with Invesco.
 
10.2.2   “High Quality Short-Term Debt Instrument” means, but is not limited to, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and repurchase agreements; and means any instrument having a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days..
 
10.2.3   “Security” includes stock, notes, bonds, debentures and other evidences of indebtedness (including loan participation’s and assignments), limited partnership interests, investment contracts, and all derivative instruments, such as options and warrants.
 
10.2.4   “Related Accounts” means:
  (a)   accounts held by (or for the benefit of) an employee’s spouse, significant other, or any minor children;
 
  (b)   accounts for which the employee has or shares, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise;
  (i)   voting power (which includes power to vote, or to direct the voting of, a security), or
         
Jan 2013
    1  

 


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Staff Ethics and Personal Share Dealing
  (ii)   investment power (which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition) of a security; or
  (c)   accounts held by any other person to whose support the employee materially contributes or in which, by reason of any agreement or arrangement, the employee has or shares benefits substantially equivalent to ownership, including, for example:
  (i)   arrangements (which may be informal) under which the employee has agreed to share the profits from an investment, and
 
  (ii)   accounts maintained or administered by the employee for a relative (such as children or parents) who do not share his/her home.
  (d)   accounts in which the employees hold beneficial interest
 
  (e)   Families include husbands and wives, significant other, sons and daughters and other immediate family only where those persons take part in discussion or passing on of investment information.
 
  (f)   All Invesco employees or members of his family only insofar as the Invesco employee controls or influences the investment decision are subject to the Invesco Code
10.2.5   Non-Discretionary Account shall mean an account where an employee is deemed to have “no direct or indirect influence or control” over an account i.e.:
  (a)   investment discretion for such account has been delegated in writing to an independent fiduciary and such investment discretion is not shared with the employee, or decisions for the account are made by a family member or significant other and not by, or in connection with, the employee;
 
  (b)   the employee (and, where applicable, the family member or significant other) certifies in writing that he or she has not and will not discuss any potential investment decisions with such independent fiduciary or household member; and
 
  (c)   the Compliance Department has determined that the account satisfies the foregoing requirements.
10.2.6   “Pre-Clearance Officer” is the Head of Compliance or his deputy.
         
Jan 2013
    2  

 


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Staff Ethics and Personal Share Dealing
10.3   Prohibited Personal Transactions
 
10.3.1   Privately Issued Securities . Employees may not purchase or permit a Related Account to purchase or acquire any privately-issued securities, other than in exceptional cases where such investment is part of a family-owned and operated business venture that would not be expected to involve an investment opportunity of interest to any Invesco client.
 
10.3.2   Short Selling . An employee may not, sell short a security unless this is specifically related to personal taxation issues. Requests for exceptions should be made to the local Head of Compliance.
 
10.3.3   Futures . Employees may not write, sell or buy exchange-traded futures, synthetic futures, swaps and similar non-exchange traded instruments.
 
10.3.4   Deminimus transactions . An employee may request permission to buy or sell a security which would otherwise be the subject of the Blackout restrictions (10.10.1) if that security is so liquid that the transaction would not affect the price per share so that there is no disadvantage to any Invesco client transaction. Transaction unit size or cost should be considered by the local Head of Dealing and Chief Investment Officer.
 
10.3.5   The local Head of Compliance may in rare instances grant exceptions from these trading restrictions upon written request. Employees must demonstrate hardship or extraordinary circumstances.
 
10.4   Transactions Exempt From Personal Dealing Rules
 
    The following types of share dealing transactions do not need to be approved or reported.
 
    Non Invesco Funds
  (a)   authorised non-Invesco managed investment schemes excluding REITs & ETFs.
    Direct Government Obligations
  (b)   Securities which are direct obligations of the country in which the employee is a resident (e.g., US treasuries for US residents/UK treasuries for UK residents);
    Short Term Debt
  (c)   High quality short-term debt instruments;
    Retirement Fund
  (d)   member choice pension scheme.
10.5   Transactions Exempt From Authorisation & Short Term Trading Rules
 
10.5.1   The following types of personal share dealing transactions are exempt from approval & Short Term Trading Rules as stated in Section 10.10.4
  (a)   Investments in the debt obligations of Federal agencies or of state and municipal governments or agencies.
 
  (b)   Transactions which are non-intentional on the part of the employee (e.g., receipt of securities pursuant to a stock dividend or merger bonus issues).
 
  (c)   Purchases of the stock of a company pursuant to an automatic dividend reinvestment plan or an employee stock purchase plan sponsored by such company.
         
Jan 2013
    3  

 


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Staff Ethics and Personal Share Dealing
  (d)   Receipt or exercise of rights issued by a company on a pro rata basis to all holders of a class of security. Employees must, however, pre-clear transactions for the acquisition of such rights from a third party or the disposition of such rights.
 
  (e)   Exchange Traded Funds and/or similar products which are publicly traded.
10.6   Permitted Transactions Requiring Authorisation and Reporting
 
10.6.1   Transactions in any other Security not dealt with above for either an employee a Related Account are subject to the authorisation and reporting rules set out below.
 
10.6.2   IPOs . Where there are different amounts of an IPO specified for different investor types (e.g. private and institutional) investment is permitted with the consent of the local Head of Compliance after consultation with the local Chief Investment Officer or his designee.
 
10.6.3   Clubs . Employees may also invest in residential co-operatives and private recreational clubs (such as sports clubs, country clubs, luncheon clubs and the like) for their personal use; such investments are not subject to the pre-clearance procedures, trading restrictions and reporting requirements unless the employee’s investing is part of a business conducted by the employee.
 
10.7   Procedures for Authorisations
 
10.7.1   Prior to entering an order for a securities transaction either for the employee or in a Related Account, the employee must complete a Pre-Clearance of Personal Trade Authorisation Form (attached as Appendix 10.2) have it signed by the Head of Investment-Asia Pacific or local Chief Investment Officer or his deputy in his absence and submit the completed form to the local Head of Compliance or his deputy in his absence (see Appendix 10.2).
10.7.2 (a)  The employee must ensure that he answers all the questions on the Pre-Clearance of Personal Trade Authorisation Form honestly;
  (b)   In particular, he must check with the relevant dealing desk as to whether there are any client trades ongoing or outstanding in the same stock;
 
  (c)   If there are no such client orders he should note the time he checked this with the dealing desk and who reported back to him in writing on the form;
 
  (d)   If there are client orders in place or if the transaction would fall in one of the blackout periods specified in Section 10.10.1, he should not submit the form until the blackout period has ended as the authorisation may expire in accordance with Section 10.7.9.
10.7.3   After receiving the completed Pre-Clearance of Personal Trade Authorisation Form, the local Head of Compliance or his deputy in his absence will review the information in the form and, as soon as practicable, will decide whether to clear the proposed Personal Transaction, subject to local requirements.
 
10.7.4   No order for a Personal Transaction for which pre-clearance authorisation is sought may be placed prior to the receipt of approval of the transaction by the Head of Compliance or his deputy in his absence.
 
10.7.5   The authorisation and date and time of the authorisation must be stated on the Pre-Clearance of Personal Trade Authorisation Form.
10.7.6 The original of the completed form will be kept as part of Invesco’s books and records.
 
10.7.7 (a)  If an employee receives permission to trade a security or instrument, the trade must be executed by the close of business on the next business day after the day on which authorisation is given.
 
  (b)  The Head of Compliance has the discretion to extend this period.
         
Jan 2013
    4  

 


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Staff Ethics and Personal Share Dealing
10.8   Placing Personal Share Dealing Orders
 
10.8.1   Once a Pre-Clearance of Personal Trade Authorisation Form has been duly signed the original form will be maintained by the local Head of Compliance.
 
10.8.2   The employee may then place his order to deal with an outside broker.
 
10.8.3   The employee must ensure that a copy of or duplicate contract note is provided to the Head of Compliance either directly from the broker or by the employee if the broker fail to provide such.
 
10.9   Procedures for Reporting
 
10.9.1   Initial certification and Schedules . Within 10 days of commencing employment at Invesco, each employee shall submit to the Compliance Department:
  (a)   a signed Initial Certification of Compliance with the Invesco Code (attached as Appendix 10.3); and
 
  (b)   a signed Initial Declaration of Personal Holding (attached as Appendix 10.4) listing
  (i)   all Related Accounts;
 
  (ii)   all public and private securities and instruments directly or indirectly held by any Related Account of such employee (other than exempt investments as set out in Section 10.4), with nonpublic securities plainly indicated; and
 
  (iii)   directorships (or similar positions) of for-profit, non-profit and other enterprises.
 
  The Compliance Department will give these documents to each employee during the compliance briefing when commencing employment.
10.9.2 (a)  Disclosure of Outside Brokerage Account . All employees must receive approval from the Head of Compliance prior to setting up personal share dealing accounts with brokers.
  (b)   New employees must disclose existing broker accounts on joining Invesco in Appendix 10.4.
 
  (c)   Disciplinary action may be taken against employees who deal through a non-disclosed broker account.
10.9.3   Confirmation . Each employee must provide to the Compliance Department:
 
    Duplicate copies of contract notes or confirmations of all transactions for his own and each Related Account;
 
10.9.4   Annual Certification . Each employee shall provide to the Compliance Department, not later than 10 days after the end of each calendar year, a signed Annual Certification of Compliance with the Invesco Code of Ethics (Note: any material changes to the Compliance Manual will be summarized under the Annual Certification)(attached as Appendix 10.5) containing:
  (i)   all Related Accounts;
 
  (ii)   directorships/advisory board memberships or similar positions of profit-making, non-profit and other enterprises.
 
  (iii)   if the employee is responsible for making investment decisions or obtaining the information/making any recommendations prior to buying or selling investments on behalf of the clients, the employee should disclose all public and private securities and instruments directly or indirectly held by him or any Related Account of such employee (other than exempt investment as set out in Section 10.4);
         
Jan 2013
    5  

 


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Staff Ethics and Personal Share Dealing
10.10   Restrictions on Personal Investing
 
10.10.1   Blackout Periods . An employee may not buy or sell for himself or permit any Related Account to buy or sell, a security or any instrument:
  (a)   on the same day as any client is trading in the stock;
 
  (b)   where he knows that the sale or purchase of the securities are being considered for a client account;
 
  (c)   if the employee is a portfolio manager, within 7 calendar days before or after one trading day on which any client account trades in the same security or instrument or in a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security or instrument (including options) on transactions
10.10.2   In the event there is a trade in a personal and a client account in the same security or instrument within a blackout period, the employee may be required to close out his personal position and to disgorge any profit to a charitable organisation;
 
10.10.3   Trades effected by Invesco for the account of an index fund it manages in the ordinary course of such fund’s investment activity will not trigger the blackout period restrictions except where client activity occurs on the same day as the personal transaction pre-clearance request. However, the addition or removal of a security from an index, thereby triggering an index fund trade, would cause employee trades in such security to be blacked-out for the seven prior and subsequent calendar days, as described above.
 
10.10.4   Short Term Trading Profits .
  (a)   It is Invesco’s policy to restrict the ability of employees to benefit from short-term trading in securities and instruments.
 
  (b)   Employees must disgorge profits made on the sale by an employee of any security or instrument held less than 60 days.
 
  (c)   Employees will not be permitted to purchase any security or instrument that has been sold by such employee within the prior 60 days.
 
  (d)   Employees may be required to disgorge profits made on the sale for his own account or in a Related Account within the 60 days period.
 
  (e)   This policy applies to trading in all types of securities and instruments, except where in a particular case the Head of Compliance has made a specific finding of hardship and it can be demonstrated that no potential abuse or conflict is present (for example, when an employee’s request to sell a security purchased within 60 days prior to the request is prompted by a major corporate or market event, such as a tender offer, and the security was not held in client accounts).
10.11   Dealing in Invesco Ltd
 
10.11.1   The Group’s Insider Trading Policy states that no employees who is aware of the material nonpublic information regarding Invesco may buy or sell securities of Invesco or engage in any other action to take personal advantage of that information. The Policy also governs certain transactions under Company-sponsored plans, including:
    Stock Option Exercises . The Policy’s trading restrictions generally do not apply to the exercise of a stock option. The restrictions do apply, however, to any sale of the underlying stock or to a cashless exercise of the option through a broker, as this entails selling a portion of the underlying stock to cover the costs of exercise and/or taxes.
         
Jan 2013
    6  

 


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Staff Ethics and Personal Share Dealing
    Invesco Stock Plans . this Policy’s trading restrictions apply to any elections you may make to transfer funds out of Company shares or borrow money against your Invesco stock plan if the loan will result in a liquidation of some or all of your Company stock fund balance.
 
    Dividend Reinvestment Plan . This Policy’s trading restrictions do not apply to purchases of Company shares resulting from your reinvestment of dividends paid on Company securities under any Company dividend reinvestment plan. The trading restrictions do apply, however, to voluntary purchases of Company shares resulting from additional contributions you choose to make to any such plan, and to your election to participate in the plan or increase your level of participation in the plan. This Policy also applies to your sale of any Company shares purchased pursuant to the reinvestment plan.
10.11.2   Procedures. If you wish to purchase and/or sell Invesco Ltd’s shares, you must follow the dealing procedure outlined in this Section and the Invesco Ltd’s Insider Trading Policy (Appendix 10.8). You must obtained the approval from the local Chief Investment Officer (or his deputy in his absence) and local Head of Compliance (or his deputy in his absence) by completing the Pre-Clearance Personal Trade Authorisation Form (Appendix 10.2). Regarding the board of directors and executive officers (CEO, SMDs reporting directly to the CEO, and Chief Accounting Officer) as they may expose to more non-public and material information, they must obtain pre-clearance of the transaction from the Office of the General Counsel before engaging in any transaction involving Invesco securities. For details, please refer to the Addendum of the Insider Trading Policy of the Invesco Group.
 
10.11.3   Blackout periods. No Blackout period will be applied to Invesco staffs, except for the board of directors and executive officers, of which the Blackout period will commence on the 15th day of the third month of each fiscal quarter rather than at the end of the quarter (and will still end two business days after Invesco announces its quarterly results). For details, please refer to the Addendum of the Insider Trading Policy of the Invesco Group.
 
10.11.4   Please note that the Insider Dealing Policy continues to apply to your transactions in Company securities even after you have terminated employment for so long as you are in possession of material nonpublic information.
 
10.11.5   Prohibited Transactions in relations to Invesco’s securities.  According to the Insider Trading Policy, all staff’s trading in Invesco’s securities is subject to the following additional restrictions:
    Short Sales. You may not engage in short sales of the Invesco’s securities (sales of securities that are not then owned), including a “sale against the box” (a sale with delayed delivery).
 
    Publicly Traded Options. You may not engage in transactions in publicly traded options, such as puts, calls and other derivative securities relating to the Invesco’s securities, whether on an exchange or in any other organized market.
 
    Standing Orders. Standing orders (other than pursuant to a pre-approved trading plan that complies with SEC Rule 10b5-1) should be used only for a very brief period of time (not longer than one business day). A standing order placed with a broker to sell or purchase stock at a specified price leaves you with no control over the timing of the transaction. A standing order transaction executed by the broker when you are aware of material nonpublic information may result in unlawful insider trading.
 
    Margin Accounts and Pledges. Securities held in a margin account or pledged as collateral for a loan may be sold without your consent by the broker if you fail to meet a margin call or by the lender in foreclosure if you default on the loan. Because a margin or foreclosure sale may occur at a time when you are aware of material nonpublic information or otherwise are not permitted to trade in Invesco securities, you are prohibited from holding Invesco securities in a margin account or pledging Invesco securities as collateral for a loan. An exception to this prohibition may be granted where you wish to pledge Invesco securities as collateral for a loan (not including margin debt) and clearly demonstrate the financial capacity to repay the loan without resort to the pledged securities. If you wish to pledge Invesco securities as collateral for a loan, you must submit a request for approval to the Legal and Compliance Department at least two weeks prior to the proposed execution of documents evidencing the proposed pledge.
         
Jan 2013
    7  

 


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Staff Ethics and Personal Share Dealing
    Hedging Transactions. Hedging or monetization transactions, such as zero-cost collars and forward sale contracts, involve the establishment of a short position in the Invesco’s securities and limit or eliminate your ability to profit from an increase in the value of the Invesco’s securities. Therefore, you are prohibited from engaging in any hedging or monetization transactions involving Invesco securities.
10.12   Dealing in Invesco Funds
 
10.12.1   All Staff and/or their related accounts who wish to deal in Invesco Funds must complete a Pre-Clearance Form (Appendix 10.2a). The Pre-Clearance Form is available on the Intranet. This from must be signed off by members of Compliance Department. All completed Pre-Clearance Forms together with the relevant signed deal instruction should be forwarded to the Retil Fund Administration Department. (Note-Pre-clearance is required for initial participation of the Regular Saving Plan. There is no need to go through pre-clearance for subsequent investment of the plan)
 
10.12.2   Retil Fund Administration Department will review the deal instruction and ensure the documents are sufficient to place the deal. The Retil Fund Administration Department will also ensure that the Pre Clearance Form is completed and signed off by the relevant parties.
 
10.12.3   In the event a deal of a deal being rejected, the member of staff must be contacted immediately and be given the reason for the rejection.
 
10.12.4   The personal dealing form is only valid until the next trading days after the sign off by compliance.
10.12.5 (a)  Staff will be exempt from paying front end load
 
  (b)  Employees will not be permitted to purchase any units/shares that has been sold by such employee within the prior 60 days
 
  (c)  Employees will not permitted to sell any units/shares that has been purchased by such employee within the prior 60 days.
 
    (note- the 60 days holding period does not apply to the dividend payouts/dividend re-investments & Money Market Funds);
 
  (d)  Full subscription payment must be made on application; no credit will be given in any circumstances; and
 
  (f)  Staff should follow the relevant procedures for dealing in Invesco Funds (including the placement of deals between the hours of 9:00am to 5:00pm (Hong Kong time)).
10.12.6   After the 60 day holding period, shares/units purchased may be transferred but only to family members previously nominated on the Relationship Declaration Form on commencement of employment, after marriage or on other notified changes of family relationships. Transfers to people not nominated on the Relationship Declaration Form will not be allowed.
 
10.12.7   Staff will be allocated “C” shares in Invesco Funds wherever “C” shares are offered. However, transfers will be switched into “A” shares, if the value of the switch is below the normal “C” share threshold (normally USD1,000,000 or as stated in the prospectus).
 
10.12.8   Subscribing for shares on behalf of other people to take advantage of staff front end load concessions is strictly against company policy and offender may be subject to disciplinary action.
 
10.13   Dealing in Non Invesco Funds
 
10.13.1   Employees are not required to seek permission to deal in units/shares of open-ended funds managed by other fund managers.
         
Jan 2013
    8  

 


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Staff Ethics and Personal Share Dealing
10.13.2   Employees are not required to report deals in non- Invesco managed open-ended funds.
 
10.14   Hong Kong Employee Referrals
 
10.14.1   Invesco employees may invite friends or family to subscribe for units in Invesco Funds. Investors referred in this manner may, at the discretion of the Head of Investor Services, Pooled Products or his/her deputy, be offered a discount on the FEL.
 
10.14.2   For any subscriptions into Invesco Funds referred by an employee, the employee should put his/her name in the Agent’s Stamp Box on the application form and sign the form.
 
10.14.3   The completed application form should be given to the Head of Investor Services, Pooled Products or his/her deputy who will decide how much discount on the FEL fee should be given to the referred investor and countersigned by the local Head of Compliance or his/her deputy.
 
10.14.4   The Head of Investor Services, Pooled Products or his/her deputy should write the FEL to be charged on the application form and sign to indicate his approval.
 
10.14.5   The approved application form should be given to the Retail Administration Department to complete the subscription.
         
Jan 2013
    9  

 


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Staff Ethics and Personal Share Dealing
10.15   Gifts and Entertainment
 
10.15.1   It is required that all Invesco personnel adhere to the highest standards of ethical conduct, including sensitivity to actual or apparent conflicts of interest. The provision or receipt of gifts or entertainment can create, or can have the appearance of creating, conflicts of interest. In addition, Invesco’s clients and their personnel may be subject to similar restrictions regarding the receipt of gifts or entertainment.
 
10.15.2   This Policy establishes minimum standards to protect our Company. If the laws or regulations establish higher standards, we must adhere to those standards.
 
10.15.3   For purposes of this Policy, a “Gift” is anything of value given (1) by the Company or its personnel to a Business Associate (as defined in 10.2.1), or to a member of such a person’s immediate family, or (2) by a Business Associate to any INVESCO personnel, or to a member of such a person’s immediate family. Gifts may include, but are not limited to, personal items, office accessories and sporting equipment (e.g., golf clubs, tennis rackets, etc.). For purposes of this Policy, Gifts also include charitable contributions made to or at the request of a Business Associate. For purposes of this Policy, Gifts do not include promotional items of nominal value (e.g., golf balls, pens, etc.) that display the logo of INVESCO, or of the Business Associate.
 
10.15.4   “Entertainment” involves attendance at activities, including but not limited to meals, sporting events, the theatre, parties or receptions, and similar functions. Entertainment requires the presence of both Invesco personnel and the Business Associate; unless personnel from both entities attend, the activity constitutes a Gift. The value of Entertainment includes the cost of the activity itself (for example, the cost of tickets or a meal), as well as the cost of any related activities or services provided (such as prizes, transportation, and lodging in connection with the event). Entertainment does not include research or analysts meetings provided by issuers and attended by investment personnel or industry educational events sponsored by industry groups, so long as such events are for educational or research purposes. All Invesco personnel also should keep in mind that regulators may attempt to treat entertainment as “gifts” for compliance purposes, particularly where the entertainment appears excessive in value or frequency.
 
10.15.5   The providing or receiving of any Gift or Entertainment that is conditioned upon the Company doing business or not doing business with the Business Associate or any other person are strictly prohibited .
 
10.15.6   Gifts . An employee may not retain a gift received from a Business Associate without the approval of the Head of Department and the local Head of Compliance (see Approval Form in Appendix 10.6). Reporting and approval are required for gifts received during festive seasons, including Christmas dinner sponsor, mooncakes, hampers, and flower and fruit baskets.
 
10.15.7   Under no circumstances, the value of gift given or received should exceed USD 200 or HKD 1,600 per individual annually . If the value of the gift received is not able to be determined, professional judgment should be used to determine the value of the gift. Should the value exceed USD 200 or HKD 1,600, it should be returned to the donor, passed to the Human Resources or donates to the charity. Approval from Head of Department is required for providing and receiving gift, however prior approval from local Head of Compliance is not necessary. Post approval from local Head of Compliance is required. If the gift is not giving to any particular person, the gift shall be passed to Human Resources Department and distributed to the staff on a raffle basis. The gift limit is applied to each individual office.
 
10.15.8   Employees may not give, and must tactfully refuse, any gift of cash, a gift certificate or a gift that is substantially the same as cash. Notwithstanding this requirement, employees may give or receive Lai-See (red envelopes) at Lunar New Year of an amount not more than HK$200 each. In case the amount is more than HK$200, the case must be reported to the Head of Department and the local Head of Compliance. Due to Chinese custom, it may be difficult to return the Lai-See. Therefore, the full amount should be donated to a charitable organization in Hong Kong, and the Business Associate be informed of the donation.
 
10.15.9   Gifts should not be given to an employee of any securities firm which is making a public offering of a fund advised by Invesco nor given in connection with the acquisition of a new client by INVESCO.
         
Jan 2013
    10  

 


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Staff Ethics and Personal Share Dealing
10.15.10   Entertainment . Each employee is expected to use professional judgment, subject to review by his or her supervisor, in entertaining and in being entertained by a Business Associate.
 
10.15.11   Provided that the employee and Business Associate both attend, an employee may accept from a single business partner, or provide to a single person or a Business Partner for Entertainment of value up to USD 1,200 or HKD 9,300 in a calendar year . Under no circumstances, the value of the entertainment should exceed USD 400 or HKD 3,100 per individual per event . Approval from Head of Department is required for providing and receiving entertainment, however prior approval from local Head of Compliance is not necessary. Post approval from local Head of Compliance is required. If the event of the entertainment such as movie tickets is not giving to any particular employee, the event of the entertainment shall be passed to the Human Resources Department and distributed to the staff on a raffle basis. The entertainment limit is applied to each individual office.
 
10.15.12   For gifts and entertainment received from or provided to Business Associate, each employee is required to submit approval request to Compliance within 30 days from the date of event, except when such timeline is unattainable for justifiable reason.
 
10.15.13   The relevant forms are attached as Appendix 10.6. The information required on the form will need to be completed in full. Approval request will not be accepted if there is missing information on the form.
 
10.15.14   Approval from Compliance is required before gift and entertainment expenses will be reimbursed by Finance. Review will be performed on a regular basis to test reimbursements for compliance approval.
         
Jan 2013
    11  

 


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Staff Ethics and Personal Share Dealing
10.16   Outside Activities
 
10.16.1   In order to reduce potential conflicts of interest arising from the participation of employees on the boards of directors of public, private, non-profit and other enterprises, all employees are subject to the following restrictions and guidelines.
 
10.16.2   An employee may not serve as a director of a public company without the approval of the Head of Asia Pacific after consultation with the local Head of Compliance.
 
10.16.3   An employee may serve on the board of directors or participate as an adviser or otherwise, or advisers of a private company only if:
  (a)   client assets have been invested in such company; and
 
  (b)   service on a such board has been approved in writing by the Head of Asia Pacific. The employee must resign from such board of directors as soon as the company contemplates going public, except where the Head of Asia Pacific has determined that an employee may remain on a board. (In any event, an employee shall not accept any compensation for serving as a director (or in a similar capacity) of such company; except with the prior written approval of the Head of Asia Pacific.
 
  (c)   service on such a board is directly as a result of the employee position or status at Invesco. In this case any fees received for being a director must be reimbursed to Invesco.
10.16.5   If an employee serving on the board of directors or advisers of any entity comes into possession of material, nonpublic information through such service, he or she must immediately notify his or her local Head of Compliance. The local Head of Compliance will then consider the totality of facts and decide if there is conflict of interest. If such conflict of interest do exist, employee must resign from the board of directors or advisers immediately .
 
10.17   Economic Opportunities
 
10.17.1   An Invesco employee shall not take personal advantage of any economic opportunity properly belonging to a Invesco client or to Invesco itself. Such opportunities could arise, for example, from confidential information belonging to a client or the offer of a directorship. Employees must not disclose information relating to a client’s intentions, activities or portfolios except:
  (a)   to fellow employees, or other agents of the client, who need to know it to discharge their duties; or
 
  (b)   to the client itself.
10.17.2   Employees may not cause or attempt to cause any client to purchase, sell or hold any Security in a manner calculated to create any personal benefit to the employee or Invesco.
 
10.17.3   If an employee or immediate family member stands to materially benefit from an investment decision for a Client that the employee is recommending or participating in, the employee must disclose that interest to persons with authority to make investment decisions or to the Head of Compliance. Based on the information given, a decision will be made on whether or not to restrict the employee’s participation in causing a client to purchase or sell a Security in which the employee has an interest.
 
10.17.4   Employees must disclose to those persons with authority to make investment decisions for a client (or to the Head of Compliance if the employee in question is a person with authority to make investment decisions for the client), any beneficial interest that the employee (or immediate family member) has in that Security, or in the issuer thereof, where the decision could create a material benefit to the employee (or immediate family member) or the appearance of impropriety. The person to whom the employee reports the interest, in consultation with the Head of Compliance, must determine whether or not the employee will be restricted in making investment decisions.
         
Jan 2013
    12  

 


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Staff Ethics and Personal Share Dealing
10.18   Sanctions
 
10.18.1   These rules will be interpreted by the local Head of Compliance, as applicable. Questions of interpretation should be directed in the first instance to the local Head of Compliance or his/her designee or, if necessary, with the Head of Compliance of another Invesco entity.
 
10.18.2   If advised of a material violation of these rules by an employee, the Head of Compliance will report to the Head of Asia Pacific and discuss the appropriate action with him.
 
10.19   Annual Review
 
    Compliance Department performs a review at least once a year.
 
10.20   Company Assistance
 
    Any person who has a question about the above Policies or its application to any proposed transaction may obtain additional guidance from the Local Compliance Department. Do not try to resolve uncertainties on your own because the rule are often complex, not always intuitive and carry severe consequences.
         
Jan 2013
    13  

 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Invesco Ltd. Code of Conduct
A. Introduction
Our company’s Mission “Helping Investors Worldwide Build Their Financial Security” is a logical starting point for our Code of Conduct. To help guide us in achieving our Mission, Invesco has developed the following set of Principles:
  §   We are passionate about our clients’ success
 
  §   We earn trust by acting with integrity
 
  §   People are the foundation of our success
 
  §   Working together, we achieve more
 
  §   We believe in the continuous pursuit of performance excellence
This Code of Conduct (“Code of Conduct” or “Code”) has been created to assist us in accomplishing our Mission. It contains a number of policies and standards which, when taken together, are designed to help define the essence of the conduct of an Invesco representative. These policies and standards are also intended to provide guidance to Invesco personnel in fulfilling their obligations to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations (“applicable laws”). This Code of Conduct applies to all officers and other employees of Invesco and its subsidiaries (collectively, “Covered Persons”).
Our Principles also help define the Invesco culture. In practice, this means that our clients’ interests must always come first, that Covered Persons should treat each other with respect and consideration, and that Invesco should participate as a responsible corporate citizen in every community in which it operates. This commitment is a vital part of our achieving our principal responsibility as a publicly-held company: producing a fair return on our shareholders’ capital.
This Code of Conduct contains broad and general principles that supplement the specific policies, procedures and training within each business unit of Invesco.
Page 1 of 19

 


 

B. Statement of General Principles
Invesco operates in a highly-regulated and complex environment. There are numerous layers of overlapping, and occasionally conflicting, laws, customs and local practices. This Code of Conduct was designed to provide all of us who are part of Invesco with a clear statement of our firm’s ethical and cultural standards.
Generally, we serve our clients as fiduciaries. Fiduciary businesses are generally held to a higher standard of conduct than other businesses, and as such there are special obligations that apply. The following key duties and principles govern our conduct as fiduciaries:
Ø   Best interests of clients — As fiduciaries, we have a duty to act with reasonable care, skill and caution in the best interests of our clients, and to avoid conflicts of interest.
  Ø   Global fiduciary standards — Invesco seeks to maintain the same high fiduciary standards throughout the world, even though those standards may not be legally required, or even recognized, in some countries.
  Ø   Client confidentiality — We must maintain the confidentiality of information relating to the client, and comply with the data protection requirements imposed by many jurisdictions.
  Ø   Information — Clients must be provided with timely and accurate information regarding their accounts.
  Ø   Segregation and protection of assets — Processes must be established for the proper maintenance, control and protection of client assets. Fiduciary assets must be segregated from Invesco assets and property.
  Ø   Delegation of duties — Fiduciary duties should be delegated only when the client consents and where permitted by applicable law. Reasonable care, skill and caution must be exercised in the selection of agents and review of their performance.
  Ø   Client guidelines — Invesco is responsible for making investment decisions on behalf of clients that are consistent with the prospectus, contract, or other controlling document relating to the client’s account.
  Ø   Relations with regulators — We seek relationships with regulators that are open and responsive in nature.
Page 2 of 19

 


 

C. General Conduct
1. Fair and Honest Dealing
Covered Persons shall deal fairly and honestly with Invesco’s shareholders, customers, suppliers, competitors and employees. Covered Persons shall behave in an ethical manner and shall not take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other unfair dealing practice.
2. Anti-Discrimination and Harassment
Invesco is committed to providing a work environment that is free of discrimination and harassment. Such conduct, whether overt or subtle, is demeaning, may be illegal, and undermines the integrity of the employment relationship.
Sexual harassment can include unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, pressure to engage in a sexual relationship as a condition of employment or promotion, or conduct which creates a hostile or offensive work environment.
Discrimination can take many forms including actions, words, jokes, or comments based upon an individual’s race, citizenship, ethnicity, color, religion, sex, veteran status, national origin, age, disability, sexual orientation, marital status or other legally protected characteristic. Any Covered Person who engages in harassment or discrimination will be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment.
3. Electronic Communications
The use of electronic mail, the Internet and other technology assets is an important part of our work at Invesco. Used improperly, this technology presents legal and business risks for the company and for individual employees. There are also important privacy issues associated with the use of technology, and related regulations are evolving.
In accordance with Invesco’s IT Systems: Acceptable Use policies, all Covered Persons are required to use information technology for proper business purposes and in a manner that does not compromise the confidentiality of sensitive or proprietary information. All communications with the public, clients, prospects and fellow employees must be conducted with dignity, integrity, and competence and in an ethical and professional manner.
We must not use information technology to: transmit or store materials which are obscene, pornographic, or otherwise offensive; engage in criminal activity; obtain unauthorized access to data or files; commit copyright violations; install personal software without permission; or make Internet statements, without permission, that suggest that the user is speaking on behalf of Invesco or its affiliates.
Page 3 of 19

 


 

4. Substance Abuse
Invesco is committed to providing a safe and healthy work place for all employees. The use, possession, sale, transfer, purchase, or being “under the influence” of drugs at any time while on company premises or on company business is prohibited. The term “drug” includes alcoholic beverages (other than in connection with entertainment events, or in other appropriate settings), prescriptions not authorized by your doctor, inhalants, marijuana, cocaine, heroin and other illegal substances.
5. Political Activities and Lobbying
Covered Persons, as private citizens, are encouraged to exercise their rights and duties in any political or civic process. For example, voting in elections for which they are eligible, or making contributions supporting candidates or parties of their choice.
Invesco does not make political contributions with corporate funds. No Covered Person may, under any circumstances, use company funds to make political contributions, nor may you represent your personal political views as being those of the company.
In the United States, Invesco does support a Political Action Committee.
D. Conflicts of Interest
Invesco and its Covered Persons must adhere to the highest standards of honest and ethical conduct. A conflict of interest exists when a Covered Person acts in a manner that is not in the best interests of Invesco, our clients, or our shareholders. Often, this is because the Covered Person or someone with whom they have a close personal relationship (e.g. a relative or friend) will benefit personally.
All Covered Persons must act in a manner that is in the best interests of Invesco, our clients, and our shareholders and must avoid any situation that gives rise to an actual or apparent conflict of interest. At no time may a Covered Person use Invesco property, information, or their position to profit personally or to assist others in profiting at the expense of the company, to compete with Invesco, or to take advantage of opportunities that are discovered in the course of serving Invesco.
All Covered Persons shall promptly communicate to the applicable member of the Legal and Compliance Department any material transaction, relationship, or situation that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest so that the company and the Covered Person may take steps to minimize the conflict.
While not all-inclusive, the following sections describe in more detail key areas where real or perceived conflicts of interest can arise.
1. Outside Activities and Compensation
No Covered Person shall perform work or render services for any competitor of Invesco or for any organization with which Invesco does business, or which seeks to do
Page 4 of 19

 


 

business with Invesco, outside of the normal course of his or her employment with Invesco, without the prior written approval of the company. Nor shall any such person be a director, officer, or consultant of such an organization, or permit his or her name to be used in any fashion that would tend to indicate a business connection with such organization, without such approval. Outside organizations can include public or private corporations, partnerships, charitable foundations and other not-for-profit institutions. With the above approval, Covered Persons may receive compensation for such activities.
Service with organizations outside of Invesco can, however, raise serious regulatory issues, including conflicts of interest and access to material non-public information.
As an outside board member or officer, a Covered Person may come into possession of material non-public information about the outside company or other public companies. It is critical that a proper information barrier be in place between Invesco and the outside organization, and that the Covered Person does not communicate such information to other Covered Persons in violation of the information barrier.
Similarly, Invesco may have a business relationship with the outside organization or may seek a relationship in the future. In those circumstances, the Covered Person must not be involved in any way in the business relationship between Invesco and the outside organization.
Invesco retains the right to prohibit membership by Covered Persons on any board of directors/trustees or as an officer of an outside organization where such membership might conflict with the best interests of the company. Approval will be granted on a case-by-case basis, subject to proper resolution of potential conflicts of interest. Outside activities will be approved only if these issues can be satisfactorily resolved.
2. Personal Trading
Purchasing and selling securities in a Covered Person’s own account, or accounts over which the Covered Person has access or control, particularly in securities owned by client accounts, can give rise to potential conflicts of interest. As fiduciaries, we are held to the highest standards of conduct. Improperly gaining advance knowledge of portfolio transactions, or conducting securities transactions based upon information obtained at Invesco, can be a violation of those standards.
Every Covered Person must also comply with the specific personal trading rules in effect for the Covered Person’s business unit.
3. Information Barriers and Material Non-Public Information
In the conduct of our business, Covered Persons may come into possession of material non-public information. This information could concern an issuer, a client, a portfolio, the market for a particular security, or Invesco itself. The Board of Directors of the company has adopted an Insider Trading Policy (“Insider Trading Policy”) which applies to all Covered Persons. The Insider Trading Policy prohibits all Covered Persons from
Page 5 of 19

 


 

using such information in ways that violate the law, including for personal gain. Non-public information must be kept confidential, which may include keeping it confidential from other Covered Persons. The purchase or sale of Invesco’s securities or the securities of other publicly-traded companies while aware of material nonpublic information about such company, or the disclosure of material nonpublic information to others who then trade in such company’s securities, is prohibited by this Code of Conduct and by United States and other jurisdictions’ securities laws.
With regard to Invesco securities, the Insider Trading Policy, among other provisions, prohibits directors, officers, and other Covered Persons who are deemed to have access to material, non-public information relating to the company from trading during specified Blackout Periods (as defined therein). All Covered Persons should review the Invesco Insider Trading Policy carefully and follow the policies and procedures described therein. The failure of a Covered Person to comply with the company’s Insider Trading Policy may subject him or her to company-imposed sanctions, up to and including termination for cause, whether or not the failure to comply results in a violation of law. Please contact an appropriate member of the Legal and Compliance Department on any questions regarding this subject and the company’s Insider Trading Policy.
4. Gifts and Relationships with Customers and Suppliers
Invesco seeks to do business with clients and suppliers on a fair and equitable basis. We may not accept or provide gifts of other than nominal value, or lavish entertainment, or other valuable benefits or special favors to or from customers or suppliers. We must observe any limits imposed by our business unit’s policies, local laws, or regulations with respect to the acceptance or provision of gifts and entertainment.
E. Compliance with Applicable Laws
Invesco strives to ensure that all activity by or on behalf of Invesco is in compliance with applicable laws. As Invesco operates in major countries and securities markets throughout the world, we have a duty to comply with applicable laws of the jurisdictions in which we operate. While not exhaustive, this section describes several areas where such legislation may exist.
1. Anti-Bribery and Dealings with Governmental Officials
Invesco does not tolerate bribery. We, and those working on Invesco’s behalf, must not offer, request, receive, give, accept or agree to accept bribes to or from anyone whether in the private or public sector with the intent to induce or reward improper performance of duties.
Page 6 of 19

 


 

Many of the countries in which Invesco conducts its business prohibit the improper influencing of governmental officials or other business persons by the payment, giving or offering of bribes, gifts, political contributions, lavish hospitality or by other means. Our policy requires adherence to those restrictions.
Do not directly or indirectly promise, offer or make payment in money or give an advantage or anything of value to anyone including a government official, agent or employee of a government, political party, labour organization, charity, a business entity or its representatives, a candidate of a political party or their families, with the intent to induce favourable business treatment or improper performance of their business or government decisions and actions.
This policy prohibits actions intended to, for example, improperly:
    influence a specific decision or action or
 
    enhance future relationships or
 
    maintain existing relationships
We must not request, accept or agree to accept payments or other advantages that are intended to improperly influence our decisions or actions or additionally, agree to any business relationships that are conditional on such advantages being given or received.
In general, all travel and entertainment that Covered Persons provide to existing or perspective business partners and governmental officials must be pre-approved within the appropriate business unit. If approved, and in the case of situations involving government officials, a written confirmation that such expenses do not violate local law must be obtained from an appropriate third party (e.g., the business unit’s legal counsel or the government official’s supervisor).
Covered Persons shall comply with applicable laws governing political campaign finance and lobbying activities and shall not engage in any conduct that is intended to avoid the application of such laws to activities undertaken on Invesco’s behalf. In addition, appropriate executive officers shall monitor compliance with lobbyist registration and disclosure requirements by all individuals who act on behalf of Invesco.
These prohibitions in this section extend to any consultants or agents we may retain on behalf of Invesco.
Further information can be found in Invesco’s Global Anti-Bribery policy. Guidance regarding genuine and allowable gifts, benefits and entertainment is set out in the Gifts, Benefits and Entertainment Policy.
Page 7 of 19

 


 

2. Anti-Money Laundering
In the global marketplace, the attempted use of financial institutions and instruments to launder money is a significant problem that has resulted in the passage of strict laws in many countries. Money laundering is the attempt to disguise money derived from or intended to finance illegal activity including drug trafficking, terrorism, organized crime, fraud, and many other crimes. Money launderers go to great lengths to hide the sources of their funds. Among the most common stratagems are placing cash in legitimate financial institutions, layering between numerous financial institutions, and integrating the laundered proceeds back into the economy as apparently legitimate funds.
All Covered Persons must be vigilant in the fight against money laundering, and must not allow Invesco to be used for money laundering. Each business unit has developed an anti-money laundering program that is consistent with Invesco’s policy. Each Covered Person must comply with the applicable program.
3. Antitrust
The laws of many countries are designed to protect consumers from illegal competitive actions such as price fixing and dividing markets. It is Invesco’s policy and practice to compete based on the merits of our products and services. In order to further that policy, Covered Persons must not fix or control prices with competitors, divide up territories or markets, limit the production or sale of products, boycott certain suppliers or customers, unfairly control or restrict trade in any way, restrict a competitor’s marketing practices, or disparage a competitor. Covered Persons must never discuss products, pricing or markets with competitors with the intent to fix prices or divide markets.
4. International Issues
If you conduct business for Invesco outside of the U.S., in addition to being familiar with the local laws of the other countries involved, be sure you are familiar with the following U.S. laws and regulations. Violations of these laws can result in substantial fines, imprisonment and severe restrictions on the company’s ability to do business.
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act
The United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) and similar laws in many other countries have a variety of provisions that regulate business in other countries and with foreign citizens. In essence, these laws make it a crime to promise or give anything of value to a foreign official or political party in order to obtain or keep business or obtain any improper advantage. It is also illegal to make payments to agents, sales representatives or other third parties if you have reason to believe your gift will be used illegally. Seek advice from the appropriate member of the Legal and Compliance
Page 8 of 19

 


 

Department for interpretation of the FCPA or similar laws if you are involved in any business dealings that involve foreign countries.
Anti-Boycott Laws
From time to time, various countries may impose restrictions upon the ability of businesses in their jurisdiction to engage in commerce with designated individuals, countries or companies. These laws are commonly referred to as boycotts or trade embargoes. It may be against the law to cooperate in any boycotts between foreign countries not sanctioned by the laws of the place where your office is located. All requests for boycott support or boycott-related information must be reported to your supervisor and the member of the Legal and Compliance Department with responsibility for your office.
Similarly, many countries contribute the names of criminal or terrorist organizations or individuals to a common database and require financial institutions to screen customer lists against the database as part of their “Know Your Customer” obligations. We must be aware of, and where appropriate, adhere to any such restrictions.
Embargo Sanctions
The United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control prohibits U.S. companies and their foreign subsidiaries from doing business with certain countries and agencies and certain individuals. The laws of other countries may have similar types of prohibitions. The regulations vary depending on the country and the type of transaction and often change as countries’ foreign policies change. If you are aware of any sensitive political issues with a country in which Invesco is doing or considering doing business, seek advice from the appropriate member of the Legal and Compliance Department.
F. Information Management
1. Confidential Information
Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to competitors, or harmful to the company or its customers, if disclosed. All information (in any form, including electronic information) that is created or used in support of company business activities is the property of Invesco. This company information is a valuable asset and Covered Persons are expected to protect it from unauthorized disclosure. This includes Invesco customer, supplier, business partner, and employee data. United States (federal and state) and other jurisdictions’ laws may restrict the use of such information and impose penalties for impermissible use or disclosure.
Covered Persons must maintain the confidentiality of information entrusted to them by the company or its customers, vendors or consultants except when disclosure is properly authorized by the company or legally mandated. Covered Persons shall take
Page 9 of 19

 


 

all reasonable efforts to safeguard such confidential information that is in their possession against inadvertent disclosure and shall comply with any non-disclosure obligations imposed on Invesco in its agreements with third parties.
Information pertaining to Invesco’s competitive position or business strategies, and information relating to negotiations with Covered Persons or third parties, should be protected and shared only with Covered Persons having a need to know such information in order to perform their job responsibilities.
2. Data Privacy
Data privacy, as it relates both to our clients and our employees, has become a major political and legal issue in many jurisdictions in which we do business. A variety of laws in each of those jurisdictions governs the collection, storage, dissemination, transfer, use, access to and confidentiality of personal information and patient health information. These laws can work to limit transfers of such data across borders and even among affiliated entities within Invesco. Invesco and its Covered Persons will comply with all provisions of these laws that relate to its business, including the privacy, security and electronic transmission of financial, health and other personal information. The company expects its Covered Persons to keep all such data confidential and to protect, use and disclose information in the conduct of our business only in compliance with these laws. The company will consider and may release personal information to third parties to comply with law or to protect the rights, property or safety of Invesco and its customers. In accordance with Invesco policies, each business unit has developed required disclosures and data security procedures applicable to that business unit. All Covered Persons must comply with the applicable procedures.
With respect to Invesco Covered Persons, all salary, benefit, medical and other personal information relating to Covered Persons shall generally be treated as confidential. Personnel files, payroll information, disciplinary matters, and similar information are to be maintained in a manner designed to protect confidentiality in accordance with applicable laws. All Covered Persons shall exercise due care to prevent the release or sharing of such information beyond those persons who may need such information to fulfill their job functions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all personnel information belongs solely to Invesco and may be reviewed or used by the company as needed to conduct its business.
G. Protecting Invesco’s Assets
All Covered Persons shall strive to preserve and protect the company’s assets and resources and to promote their efficient use. The standards set forth below are intended to guide Covered Persons by articulating Invesco’s expectations as they relate to activities or behaviors that may affect the company’s assets.
Page 10 of 19

 


 

1. Personal Use of Corporate Assets
Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on Invesco’s profitability. Covered Persons are not to convert assets of the company to personal use. Company property should be used for the company’s legitimate business purposes and the business of the company shall be conducted in a manner designed to further Invesco’s interest rather than the personal interest of an individual Covered Person. Covered Persons are prohibited from the unauthorized use or taking of Invesco’s equipment, supplies, materials or services. Prior to engaging in any activity on company time which will result in remuneration to the Covered Person or the use of Invesco’s equipment, supplies, materials or services for personal or non-work related purposes, officers and other Covered Persons shall obtain the approval of the supervisor of the appropriate business unit.
2. Use of Company Software
Covered Persons use software programs for word processing, spreadsheets, data management, and many other applications. Software products purchased by the company are covered by some form of licensing agreement that describes the terms, conditions and allowed uses. It is the company’s policy to respect copyright laws and observe the terms and conditions of any license agreements. Copyright laws in the United States and other countries impose civil and criminal penalties for illegal reproductions and use of licensed software. You must be aware of the restrictions on the use of software and abide by those restrictions. Invesco business equipment may not be used to reproduce commercial software. In addition, you may not use personal software on company equipment without prior written approval.
3. Computer Resources/E-mail
The company’s computer resources, which include the electronic messaging systems (e-mail, SMS, etc.), belong to Invesco and not to the Covered Person. They are not intended to be used for amusement, solicitation, or other non-business purposes. While it is recognized that Covered Persons will occasionally use the system for personal communications, it is expected that such uses will be kept to a minimum and that Covered Persons will be responsible and professional in their use of these functions. The use of the computer systems to make or forward derogatory or offensive remarks about other people or groups is prohibited. E-mail/Text messages should be treated as any other written business communication.
4. Invesco Intellectual Property
Covered Persons must carefully maintain and manage the intellectual property rights of Invesco, including patents, trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets, to preserve and protect their value. Information, ideas and intellectual property assets of Invesco are important to the company’s success.
Page 11 of 19

 


 

Invesco’s name, logo, trademarks, inventions, processes and innovations are intellectual property assets and their protection is vital to the success of the company’s business. The company’s and any of its subsidiaries’ names, logos and other trademarks and service marks are to be used only for authorized company business and never in connection with personal or other activities unless appropriately approved and in accordance with company policy. In addition, our Covered Persons must respect the intellectual property rights of third parties. Violation of these rights can subject both you and the company to substantial liability, including criminal penalties.
Any work product produced in the course of performing your job shall be deemed to be a “work made for hire” and shall belong to Invesco and is to be used only for the benefit of Invesco. This includes such items as marketing plans, product development plans, computer programs, software, hardware and similar materials. You must share any innovations or inventions you create with your supervisor so that the company can take steps to protect these valuable assets.
5. Retention of Books and Records
Invesco corporate records are important assets. Corporate records include essentially everything you produce as a Covered Person, regardless of its format. A corporate record may be in the form of paper, computer tapes, microfilm, e-mail, or voice mail. It may be something as obvious as a memorandum or a contract or something not as obvious, such as a desk calendar, an appointment book, or an expense record.
Invesco is required by law to maintain certain types of corporate records, usually for a specified period of time. Failure to retain such documents for such minimum periods could subject Invesco to penalties and fines, cause the loss of rights, obstruct justice, place Invesco in contempt of court, or place Invesco at a serious disadvantage in litigation. However, storage of voluminous records over time is costly. Therefore, Invesco has established controls to assure retention for required periods and timely destruction of retrievable records, such as paper copies and records on computers, electronic systems, microfiche, and microfilm. Even if a document is retained for the legally required period, liability could still result if a document is destroyed before its scheduled destruction date.
Invesco and its affiliates are subject to the regulatory requirements of numerous countries and regulatory agencies. Virtually all of them have specific requirements concerning the creation, maintenance and storage of business records. Invesco expects all Covered Persons to become familiar with and fully comply with the records retention/destruction schedule for the departments and office locations for which they work. If you believe documents should be retained beyond the applicable retention period, consult with the Legal and Compliance Department.
6. Sales and Marketing Materials
Invesco is committed to building sustained, open, and honest relationships with our customers, and to complying with all relevant regulatory requirements. This requires
Page 12 of 19

 


 

that all marketing and sales-related materials be prepared under standards approved by the Legal and Compliance Department and, prior to use, reviewed and approved by the appropriate supervisor within a business unit. Covered materials include but are not limited to, requests for proposals, client presentations, performance summaries, advertisements, published market commentaries, brochures and web site content.
H. Disclosure of Invesco Information
1. Integrity and Accuracy of Financial Records
The preparation and maintenance of accurate books, records and accounts is required by law and essential to the proper discharge of financial, legal and reporting obligations. All Covered Persons are prohibited from directly or indirectly falsifying or causing to be false or misleading any financial or accounting book, record or account. In addition, all financial data must be completely and accurately recorded in compliance with applicable law and Invesco’s accounting policies and procedures. A Covered Person may violate this section by acting or by failing to act when he or she becomes aware of a violation or potential violation of this section.
2. Disclosure in Reports and Documents
Filings and Public Materials . As a public company, it is important that the company’s filings with the SEC and other U.S. federal, state, domestic and international regulatory agencies are full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable. The company also makes many other filings with the SEC and other U.S. and international regulatory agencies on behalf of the funds that its subsidiaries and affiliates manage. Further, the company prepares mutual fund account statements, client investment performance information, prospectuses and advertising materials that are sent out to its mutual fund shareholders and clients.
Disclosure and Reporting Policy . The company’s policy is to comply with all applicable disclosure, financial reporting and accounting regulations applicable to the company. The company maintains the highest commitment to its disclosure and reporting requirements, and expects and requires all Covered Persons to record information accurately and truthfully in the books and records of the company.
Information for Filings . Depending on his or her position with the company, a Covered Person may be called upon to provide necessary information to assure that the company’s public reports and regulatory filings are full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable. The company expects all Covered Persons to be diligent in providing accurate information to the inquiries that are made related to the company’s public disclosure requirements.
Disclosure Controls and Procedures and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . Covered Persons are required to cooperate and comply with the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting so that the company’s reports and documents filed with the SEC and other U.S. federal, state,
Page 13 of 19

 


 

domestic and international regulatory agencies comply in all material respects with applicable laws and provide full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure.
3. Improper Influence on the Conduct of Audits
Every Covered Person must deal fairly and honestly with outside accountants performing audits, reviews or examinations of Invesco’s and its subsidiaries’ financial statements. To that end, no Covered Person of Invesco may make or cause to be made a materially false or misleading statement (or omit facts necessary to make the statements made not misleading) in connection with an audit, review or examination of financial statements by independent accountants or the preparation of any document or report required to be filed with a governmental or regulatory authority. Covered Persons of Invesco also are prohibited from coercing, manipulating, misleading or fraudulently inducing any independent public or certified public accountant engaged in the performance or review of financial statements that are required to be filed with a governmental or regulatory authority if he or she knows or should have known that his or her actions could result in making those financial statements materially misleading.
4. Standards for Invesco’s Financial Officers
Invesco’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer (the “Financial Officers”) are required to take all reasonable steps to provide full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosures in the reports and documents that Invesco files with or submits to the SEC and other regulatory bodies and in other public communications made by Invesco. In the event that a Financial Officer learns that any such report, document or communication does not meet this standard and such deviation is material, then the Financial Officers are required to review and investigate such deviation, advise the Board of Directors or the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors regarding the deviation and, where necessary, revise the relevant report, document or communication.
Although a particular accounting treatment for one or more of Invesco’s operations may be permitted under applicable accounting standards, the Financial Officers may not authorize or permit the use of such an accounting treatment if the effect is to distort or conceal Invesco’s true financial condition. The accounting standards and treatments utilized by Invesco must, in all instances, be determined on an objective and uniform basis and without reference to a single transaction or series of transactions and their impact on Invesco’s financial results for a particular time period. Any new or novel accounting treatment or standard that is to be utilized in the preparation of Invesco’s financial statements must be discussed with Invesco’s Audit Committee and its independent auditors.
5. Communications with the Media, Analysts and Shareholders
Page 14 of 19

 


 

Invesco has a long-standing policy of co-operating with the news media and the financial community. This policy is intended to enhance respect for the company, provide accurate information, and achieve our business goals.
Invesco employs media relations professionals who are responsible for handling all contacts with the news media. Invesco’s Communications and Public Affairs Department is responsible for formulating and directing our media relations policy worldwide. Other Invesco employees may not speak to or disseminate information to the news media unless such contact has been requested and arranged by or coordinated with an Invesco media relations professional in accordance with the company’s media relations policy. Any contact from the news media should be referred promptly and without comment to an Invesco media relations professional. If you do not know the appropriate media relations professional for your unit, you can refer the contact to the Invesco Communications and Public Affairs Department.
Many countries have detailed rules with regard to the dissemination of information about public companies. In particular, a public company must have procedures for controlling the release of information that may have a material impact on its share price. The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer are responsible for Invesco’s relationships with the financial community, including the release of price sensitive information. Other Invesco employees may not speak to or disseminate information regarding the company to the financial community (including analysts, investors, shareholders, Company lenders, and rating agencies) unless such contact has been requested and arranged by the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the Investor Relations Group within the Finance Department
Page 15 of 19

 


 

I. Compliance with the Code of Conduct
1. Your Responsibilities
One person’s misconduct can damage our entire company’s hard-earned reputation and compromise the public’s trust in the company. Every Covered Person should therefore be familiar with this Code and abide strictly by its provisions.
2. Reporting Violations of the Code
As part of being accountable to each other and Invesco, all Covered Persons are required to report possible violations of the Invesco Code of Conduct, laws or regulations. Such violations can include, but are not limited to:
  Ø   Violations of any laws or regulations generally involving Invesco;
 
  Ø   Questionable accounting matters, internal accounting controls, auditing matters, breaches of fiduciary duty or violations of United States or foreign securities laws or rules (collectively, “Accounting Matters”) including, but not limited to:
    fraud or deliberate error in the preparation, evaluation, review or audit of any financial statement of Invesco;
 
    fraud or deliberate error in the recording and maintaining of financial records of Invesco;
 
    deficiencies in or non-compliance with Invesco’s internal accounting controls;
 
    misrepresentation or false statements to or by a senior officer or accountant regarding a matter contained in the financial records, financial reports or audit reports of Invesco;
 
    deviation from full and fair reporting of Invesco’s financial condition; or
 
    fraudulent or criminal activities engaged in by officers, directors or employees of Invesco;
You may report your concerns in any of three ways:
Contact your supervisor
We encourage you to first contact your immediate supervisor, who is in turn responsible for informing Invesco’s Compliance Reporting Line (described below) of any concerns raised.
Contact the Legal and Compliance or Human Resources Departments
Page 16 of 19

 


 

If you prefer not to discuss a concern with your own supervisor, you may instead contact the Legal and Compliance or Human Resources Departments directly.
Call our Compliance Reporting Line
You may also report your concerns confidentially and anonymously by calling the Invesco Compliance Reporting Line. If you are calling from a U.S. or Canadian location, dial 1-866-297-3627 . For calls from all other locations, dial an international operator and request a collect call to 1-704-943-1136 . When asked for your name use “Invesco.”
The Compliance Reporting Line is administered by an outside vendor and is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. For more information on the Compliance Reporting Line, please click here: Compliance Reporting Line .
Complaints relating to Accounting Matters will be reviewed pursuant to the Audit Committee’s policy and procedures and under its direction and oversight by such persons as the Audit Committee determines to be appropriate. All other matters will be reviewed under the direction and oversight of the appropriate departments within Invesco, usually also including the Legal and Compliance Department. Prompt and appropriate corrective action will be taken when and as warranted in the judgment of the Audit Committee or other reviewing department.
Invesco will not permit retaliation, retribution, harassment, or intimidation of any employee who in good faith reports a possible violation. Along with the three reporting methods described above, this also includes, but is not limited to an employee who discloses information to a government or law enforcement agency, or any other national, state or provincial securities regulatory authority where the employee has reasonable cause to believe that the information discloses a violation or possible violation of federal or state law or regulation.
However, employees who file reports or provide evidence which they know to be false or without a reasonable belief in the truth and accuracy of such information may be subject to disciplinary action, including termination of their employment.
3. Failure to Comply
It is your responsibility at all times to comply with the law and behave in an ethical manner. Failure to obey laws and regulations violates this Code and may expose both you and the company to criminal or civil sanctions. Invesco will investigate reported violations of the Code and, if violations are found, may take disciplinary action, if appropriate, against the individuals involved up to and including termination. Invesco may also seek civil remedies from you and even refer criminal misconduct to law enforcement agencies, and may make reports, if appropriate, to regulatory authorities. Nothing in this Code restricts the company from taking any disciplinary action on any
Page 17 of 19

 


 

matters pertaining to the conduct of a Covered Person, whether or not expressly set forth in the Code.
4. Annual Certification
As Covered Persons, each of us is obligated to read and understand this Code of Conduct and our relevant business unit’s policies and procedures. All Covered Persons are expected to abide by both the letter and spirit of the Code and will certify their adherence on an annual basis.
5. Other Requirements
This Code cannot anticipate every possible situation or cover every topic in detail. The company has established special policies to address specific subjects and will update this Code and those specific policies from time-to-time. Covered Persons are also expected to perform their work with honesty and integrity in any areas not specifically addressed by the Code. If you are unclear about a situation, please speak with your supervisor or an appropriate member of the Legal and Compliance Department before taking action.
6. Waivers of the Code
In certain limited situations, Invesco may waive the application of a provision of the Code to employees or Executive Officers (as defined in Rule 3b-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, “Executive Officers”). For the purposes of the Code, the term “waiver” shall mean a material departure from a provision of the Code.
For all employees, including Executive Officers, any requests for waivers must be made to the Legal and Compliance Department. For waiver requests not involving an Executive Officer, the Legal and Compliance Department shall forward the request to the General Counsel of the business unit for consideration.
For waiver requests involving an Executive Officer, the Legal and Compliance Department will forward the request to the Invesco Board of Directors or a committee thereof for consideration. Only the Board of Directors or one of its committees may approve a waiver for an Executive Officer. Any such waiver granted to an Executive Officer shall be promptly disclosed to shareholders within four (4) business days as required by SEC rules and the corporate governance listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange and other applicable laws.
Criteria for a Waiver:
Any employee or Executive Officer requesting a waiver of the Code must demonstrate that such a waiver:
Page 18 of 19

 


 

    is necessary to alleviate undue hardship or in view of unforeseen circumstances or is otherwise appropriate under all the relevant facts and circumstances;
 
    will not be inconsistent with the purposes and objectives of the Code;
 
    will not adversely affect the interests of clients of the company or the interests of the company; and
 
    will not result in a transaction or conduct that would violate provisions of applicable laws or regulations.
7. Use and Disclosure
This Code is intended solely for the internal use by the company and does not constitute an admission, by or on behalf of the company, as to any fact, circumstance, or legal conclusion. To the extent required by law, the company shall publicly ( e.g. , in its Annual Report on Form 10-K and/or on its website) disclose this Code of Conduct and its application to all of the company’s Covered Persons.
8. Amendments
This Code may only be amended by Invesco’s Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof. To the extent required by law, amendments to the Code of Conduct shall be disclosed publicly. As set forth in the company’s filings with the SEC, the company has elected to disclose certain amendments to the Code that affect, and any waivers of the Code granted to, Financial Officers on the company’s Web site.
Revised: October 2011
Page 19 of 19

 


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
 
D6. Gifts and Entertainment
Policy Number: D-6       Implementation Date: March 2006       Effective Date: November 2011
 
1. Overview
Invesco’s Code of Conduct requires that all Invesco personnel adhere to the highest standards of ethical conduct, including sensitivity to actual or apparent conflicts of interest. Exchanging gifts and entertainment is an accepted business practice that helps Invesco to build strong relationships with its Business Partners (see definition below). However, the provision or receipt of gifts or entertainment can create, or can have the appearance of creating, conflicts of interest.
The Invesco Ltd. Gifts and Entertainment Policy (the “Invesco Policy”) establishes rules and guidelines that help to ensure that the provision or receipt of such gifts or entertainment does not obligate, appear to obligate, or inappropriately influence the recipient. The Invesco Policy is applicable to Invesco and its individual business units worldwide.
This Invesco Canada Gifts and Entertainment Policy (“Policy”) is intended to work with the Invesco Policy and supplement it with local rules. In certain instances, with approval from the Invesco Risk Management Committee, this Policy may contain exceptions to the Invesco Policy. The Policy is applicable to all Invesco Canada employees, including temporary, part-time, contract, seasonal personnel, agency temps, and contingent workers.
Employees are also governed by the firm’s policy on expense reporting pertaining to corporate expenses, which can be found on the Intranet Site under travel guidelines, and the firm’s policy on Sales Practices, which can be found in the Invesco Canada Compliance Manual under section D-2.
2. Definitions
For purposes of this Policy, a Business Partner is considered to be any person or a family member of this person, or entity that has a direct or indirect, existing or potential business relationship with Invesco Canada. Business Partners specifically include broker dealers and financial advisors.
A gift is anything of value given or received involving Invesco Canada personnel or a family member of an Invesco Canada employee and a Business Partner. Gifts may include, but are not limited to, personal items, air miles, services, office accessories, electronic equipment (e.g., iPods, MP3 Players, etc.), tickets (e.g., theatre, concerts, sporting events, etc.) and sporting equipment (e.g., golf clubs, tennis rackets, etc.). Any prizes given or received during the course of an entertainment event (e.g. golf tournament) is considered and shall be recorded as a gift. For purposes of this Policy,

Page 1 of 4


 

gifts do not include promotional items of nominal value (approximately $20 — e.g., golf balls, pens, etc.) that display the logo of Invesco Canada or its Invesco business units, or of its Business Partners.
Entertainment includes meals, sporting events, the theatre, parties or receptions, and similar functions where both the Invesco Canada employee and the Business Partner are in attendance. Unless personnel from both entities are in attendance, the activity is defined as a gift. The value of entertainment includes the Business Partner’s proportionate share of the cost of the activity itself (for example, the cost of tickets or a meal), as well as the cost of any related activities or services provided. The value of entertainment does not include the cost of overhead (such as rent or equipment rentals).
This Policy also applies where there is an activity or event associated with a charity or sponsorship and a Business Partner is invited to participate.
3. Thresholds
Employees are prohibited from giving or receiving gifts with a value of more than $250. The maximum total value of gifts received by, or given to, a Business Partner is $250 annually.
Entertainment should not exceed $400 per Business Partner per event. The maximum total value of entertainment per Business Partner is $1,200 annually.
4. Frequency
Gifts and entertainment cannot be so extensive or so frequent as to cause a reasonable person to question whether the provision of the items or activity improperly influences the employee or Business Partner.
5. Prohibited Activities
Employees are prohibited from providing or receiving any gift or entertainment that is conditioned upon Invesco Canada doing business with the entity or person involved.
Employees are prohibited from soliciting gifts and entertainment. Employees are to immediately advise the Invesco Canada Compliance department (“Compliance”) if a Business Partner solicits the employee for gifts and entertainment other than a charitable donation or request for sponsorship.
Except with the prior approval of Compliance, employees cannot pay for, or accept, any travel and/or accommodation to or from a Business Partner.
With respect to approved cooperative marketing practices, such as sales communications and investor seminars, where Invesco Canada pays a portion of the cost, Invesco Canada cannot provide gifts, other than nominal valued promotional items, to the dealer’s clients. Nominal speaker gifts would be co-op eligible at approved dealer-sponsored events for financial advisors.
6. Exceptions — Invesco Canada Charity Events
Notwithstanding sections 3 and 5 of this Policy, Invesco Canada employees are not prohibited from soliciting gifts from Business Partners if the gift is intended as a prize for an Invesco Canada Charity Event (e.g. CFAP Silent Auction). Any gift received

Page 2 of 4


 

for this purpose is not subject to the gift threshold of $250 per Business Partner per year.
7. Exceptions to Thresholds — Prior Approval
Any exceptions to the established gifts and entertainment thresholds require prior approval from a sub-committee of the Invesco Risk Management Committee. Requests for exceptions will be considered on a case by case basis. In order to request an exception, the requesting department must submit a memo outlining the rationale for the request to Compliance for initial consideration. If Compliance has no objections, the requesting department is to forward the memo to the Invesco Global Assurance Officer who will then arrange for the Invesco Risk Management Committee to review. The Invesco Global Assurance Officer will inform the requesting department of the Invesco Risk Management Committee’s decision. Evidence of any exception approvals given must be maintained for audit purposes for a seven year period. In addition, exceptions granted must be noted in the applicable gifts and entertainment log that is maintained by the requesting department.
8 . Reporting/Record Keeping
Each department is responsible for keeping a record of all gifts and entertainment given or received. With the exception of the Retail and Institutional Sales areas all gifts and entertainment records shall be entered and maintained via the Star Compliance system. Retail and Institutional Sales will keep the appropriate records on the systems they utilize for recording and managing gifts and entertainment. Minimum required information includes: date, employee name(s), business partner firm name, business partner representative name(s), description of gift or entertainment, approximate dollar value, and required approval where applicable. Promotional items of nominal value (approximately $20) do not need to be recorded. Where the value of the activity or item is not readily known, the employee should record the estimated cost.
9. Review and Monitoring
This Policy shall be overseen and administered by Invesco Canada’s Code of Ethics Committee, which has responsibility for the overall scope, application, and enforcement of this Policy. Invesco Canada’s Code of Ethics Committee shall receive the reports and recommendations of the Invesco Canada Compliance department and of management from time to time and periodically update or revise this Policy as may be desirable.
Each department head is expected to be aware of the gifts and entertainment being logged by its department staff and upon identification of any concerns or trends is expected to bring such concerns or issues to the attention of Compliance.
On a quarterly rotating basis, Compliance will conduct reviews of the gifts and entertainment logs and records. Each department will be reviewed once per annum. A summary of such review, together with other relevant observations and recommendations, shall be reported to the Invesco Canada Code of Ethics Committee.
Evidence of reviews must be maintained for a minimum of seven years.

Page 3 of 4


 

Any breaches identified through reviews or otherwise will be reported to the Invesco Canada Code of Ethics Committee and to the Compliance Committee of the Funds Advisory Board.

Page 4 of 4


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
 
D7. Personal Trading Policy
Policy Number: D-7       Implementation Date: October 2006       Effective Date: September 2012
 
1.   Purpose and Application
The purpose of the Invesco Canada (Invesco) Personal Trading Policy (Policy) is to ensure the fair treatment of client accounts through the highest standard of integrity and ethical business conduct by employees. For the purposes of this Policy, the terms “clients” and “client accounts” always refers to the investment funds that Invesco manages or sub-advises or other accounts for which Invesco has been engaged to provide investment management services.
The Policy applies to all officers, directors and employees of Invesco (Employees) and their Covered Accounts (defined below). Employees include temporary, part-time, contract, and seasonal personnel who are employed with Invesco for more than 3 months.
Invesco recognizes that certain relationships with non-employees, such as consultants or independent contractors, may present particular risks that inappropriate trading could occur in the event that they have access to nonpublic information. As part of the process for engaging the services of consultants or other independent contractors, the Chief Compliance Officer may deem it necessary to have a non-employee agree to be bound by the Policy as if he or she were an Employee.
The Policy is designed to ensure, among other things, that the personal securities transactions of all Employees are conducted in accordance with the following general principles:
    A duty at all times to place the interests of client accounts first.
 
    Employees should not take inappropriate advantage of their positions.
 
    Employees must not use any nonpublic information about client accounts for their direct or indirect personal benefit.
Personal securities transactions must be conducted in a manner that avoids any actual or perceived conflict of interest. Using the Star Compliance automated request system (Star Compliance), Employees are required to report holdings in Reportable Securities as well as pre-clear personal securities transactions in Reportable Securities in a Covered Account, except where noted below in section 3.4.

Page 1 of 13


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
2.   Definitions
2.1   Covered Accounts
A Covered Account is defined for purposes of this Policy as any account:
    Where the Employee is the registered owner of the securities in the account, thereby having a direct financial interest or benefit from the account
 
    In which an Employee has indirect financial interest or indirect benefit, such as accounts held in the name of the Employee’s spouse or minor children
 
    In which an Employee has direct control, such as any account for which the Employee has a power of attorney or trading authorization, trust accounts on which the Employee is appointed a trustee, or corporate accounts for which the Employee is an authorized signing officer
The examples provided above are not all-inclusive. There may be other account types and registrations not listed above that are considered covered for the purposes of this Policy.
2.2   Reportable Securities
Reportable Securities are holdings that are required to be recorded into the Star Compliance system. For purposes of this Policy, Reportable Securities include, but are not limited to:
    Stocks, bonds, options, rights, warrants, Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs), Exchange-Traded Notes (ETNs), and any closed-end mutual funds.
 
    Any mutual funds, including proprietary investment products managed by Invesco.
 
    IVZ vested shares that are part of the employee equity awards program are received into STAR Compliance from an electronic data feed provided by the custodian of the IVZ account. Since, Compliance receives this information from an external party, employees should verify that these holdings are captured in the STAR Compliance system and are included in their Annual Holdings Report. Furthermore, the sales of these securities are subject to pre-clearance requirements.

Page 2 of 13


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
2.3   Non-Reportable Securities
Non-Reportable Securities are holdings that are not required to be recorded in the Star Compliance system. Non-Reportable Securities include:
    Unit investment trusts (i.e., variable insurance contracts funded by insurance company separate accounts organized as unit investment trusts) invested exclusively in open-end mutual funds that are not managed or distributed by Invesco.
 
    Open-end U.S. and Canadian mutual funds that are not managed or distributed by Invesco.
 
    Securities held in Employee accounts administered by Group Retirement Services (GRS).
 
    Securities issued or guaranteed by (i.e., securities that are the direct obligations of) the government of Canada or the government of the United States.
 
    Principal protected or Linked note investment products.
 
    Money market instruments, money market mutual funds, guaranteed investment certificates, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and repurchase agreements.
3.   Pre-Clearance Requirements
3.1   Submitting the Request to Trade
Except where noted below in section 3.4, an Employee must receive prior approval using the Star Compliance system or from the Code of Ethics (North America) team in order to engage in a personal securities transaction in a Reportable Security.
Pre-clearance will not be given if the proposed personal securities transactions is in conflict with any of the rules outlined in this Policy, including the Blackout Rule. The Blackout Rule means that pre-clearance for a personal securities transaction will be denied where there has been a transaction by a client account in the same, or equivalent, security within three (3) business days of the proposed personal securities transaction and the personal securities transaction does not qualify for the De Minimis Exemption.
For the purposes of this policy, an equivalent security means a security that (1) is convertible into another security of the same issuer or (2) gives its holder the right to purchase another security of the same issuer. For example, a bond or preferred stock may be convertible into another security of the same issuer, or an option or warrant may give

Page 3 of 13


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
the holder the right to purchase stock of the same issuer. ADR and EDR shares are considered equivalent to their corresponding foreign shares.
The trade approval process involves the following steps:
    The proposed trade must be entered into the Star Compliance system. Covered persons (e.g. an Employee’s spouse) who do not have access to the Star Compliance system can submit their trade requests either through the Invesco employee or may contact the Code of Ethics (North America) team directly. The Star Compliance system will confirm if there is any activity currently on the trading desk and check the portfolio accounting system to verify if there have been any transactions in the same or equivalent security within the corresponding Blackout Rule period.
 
    The Star Compliance system will check to see if the security is on the restricted list (refer to section 8.1).
 
    The Star Compliance system will provide an automated response on a timely basis for all pre-approval requests indicating whether the transaction has been approved or denied.
3.2   Executing Approved Transactions
All authorized personal securities transactions must be executed by 4pm EST on the next business day. If the trade is not executed within this time period, a new pre-clearance request must be submitted and approved if the Employee still intends to trade in that security. Any exception to this rule must be approved by the Chief Compliance Officer or the Code of Ethics (North America) team.
All approved trades that are not executed must be retracted in the Star Compliance system by the Employee.
Employees may be requested to reverse any trades processed without the required pre-approval. Any costs or losses associated with the reversal are the responsibility of the Employee. The Employee may also be asked to disgorge any profits from the trade.
3.3   De Minimis Exemption
Certain personal securities transactions may qualify for an exemption to the Blackout Rule. Personal securities transactions that qualify for the De Minimis Exemption must still be pre-cleared in Star Compliance. Securities that qualify for this De Minimis Exemption must meet the following criteria:

Page 4 of 13


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Equity Securities
Where a security is included in the S&P/TSX Composite Index or the Russell 1000 Index, Employees may trade up to 500 shares of the security and such trades will not be subject to the Blackout Rule.
For any other security, if an Employee does not have knowledge of trading activity in a particular security, that Employee may trade up to 500 shares of such security in a rolling 30 day period provided the aggregate number of shares of such security traded on all Invesco trading desks on the day of the pre-clearance request does not exceed 500 shares. Such trades will not be subject to the Blackout Rule.
Fixed Income Securities
An Employee may trade up to $100,000 of par value in a fixed income security and such trades will not be subject to the Blackout Rule.
The De Minimis Exemption is available to Employees for each qualifying security on a rolling 30 calendar day basis.
3.4   Exceptions to Pre-clearance Requirements
Trading in the following types of securities do not require pre-clearance:
    Open-end mutual funds (including Invesco managed mutual funds), open-end unit investment trusts and pooled trust funds.
 
    Variable annuities, variable life products, segregated funds, and other similar unit-based insurance products issued by insurance companies and insurance company separate accounts.
 
    Securities issued or guaranteed by the Government of Canada, or the government of any province or territory in Canada.
 
    Securities issued or guaranteed by the Governments of the United States.
 
    Physical commodities or securities relating to those commodities.
 
    Other securities or classes of securities as the Invesco Compliance department or the Code of Ethics (North America) team may from time to time designate.
The following Employee accounts are also excluded from the pre-clearance requirement:
    Employee share purchase plans, except for the sale of the securities.

Page 5 of 13


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
    Invesco employee stock option purchase plans, except for the sale of the securities.
4.   Reporting Requirements
Employees are required to sign-off and submit various reports in the Star Compliance system as detailed in sections 4.1 to 4.6 below. Employees that do not hold any Reportable Securities in any Covered Accounts are still required to sign-off on these reports.
4.1   Initial Holdings Reports
Within 10 days of becoming an Employee, each Employee, must complete an Initial Holdings Report by inputting into the Star Compliance system the following information:
    a complete list of all Covered Accounts (including the name of the financial institution with which the Employee maintains the account);
 
    a list of each Reportable Security including the number of shares (equities) or principal amount (debt securities) held in each Covered Account.
The information must be current within 45 days of the date of becoming an Employee.
4.2   Quarterly Transaction Reports
Within 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter, an Employee, using the Star Compliance system, must submit a Quarterly Transaction Report. The report will contain the details of each personal securities transaction during the quarter in a Reportable Security in each Covered Account.
Transactions effected by an automatic investment plan are not subject to pre-clearance nor are they reportable on the Quarterly Transaction Reports. An automatic investment plan means any program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An automatic investment plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.
4.3   Annual Holdings Reports
Within 30 calendar days after the end of the year, each Employee, using the Star Compliance system, must submit an Annual Holdings Report. The report will contain the following information:

Page 6 of 13


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
    all Covered Accounts of such Employee (including the name of the financial institution with which the Employee maintained the account)
 
    a list of each Reportable Security including the number of shares (equities) or principal amount (debt securities) in each Covered Account
4.4   Reports of Trade Confirmations
Within 10 calendar days of settlement of each personal securities transaction involving a Reportable Security, whether the transaction had to be pre-cleared or not, the Employee engaging in the transaction must provide the Code of Ethics (North America) team a duplicate copy of the trade confirmation, or such other confirmations as are available.
Employees are encouraged to request their financial institution to automatically send the Code of Ethics (North America) team copies of trade confirmations and monthly client account statements.
The Code of Ethics (North America) team will review all reports submitted and report any breaches of this Policy or any other concerns relating to personal trading to the Invesco Compliance department. All breaches and concerns are also reported to Invesco Canada’s Ethics Committee.
4.5   New Covered Accounts Opened Since Joining Invesco
Employees who open a new covered account while employed with Invesco are required to enter the account into the Star Compliance system within 10 calendar days of opening the account.
4.6   Certification of Compliance
On an annual basis, Employees are required to confirm adherence to this Policy by signing off on the following:
    Certificate of Compliance by using the Star Compliance system
 
    Invesco Code of Conduct
5.   Discretionary Managed Accounts
An Employee must receive approval by the Chief Compliance Officer or to the Code of Ethics (North America) team to establish and maintain a fully managed discretionary account where investment discretion is given to an investment manager or trustee. Approval will be granted providing that:

Page 7 of 13


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
    The account is subject to a written contract and all investment discretion has been delegated to another party.
 
    The Employee has provided the Chief Compliance Officer or the Code of Ethics (North America) team with a copy of such written agreement.
 
    The Employee certifies in writing that he or she has not discussed, and will not discuss, potential investment decisions with the party to whom investment discretion has been delegated.
 
    Discretionary managed accounts for which this exemption is available would not include ones where the accountholder has given a power of attorney (POA) to another person such as a broker for temporary discretionary trading.
Employees are not required to record their managed accounts on the Star Compliance system as this is completed by the Code of Ethics (North America) team for the purposes of the annual certification. Transactions of individual securities executed in a managed account are not subject to pre-clearance nor are they reportable in any Quarterly Transaction Reports.
6.   Options Trading
In the case of personal securities transactions involving the purchase or sale of an option on an equity security, the Star Compliance system will determine whether to authorize the transaction by matching the pre-clearance request against activity in client accounts in both the option and the underlying security. Pre-clearance will not be given if there has been a client account transaction in either the option or the underlying security within the corresponding Blackout Rule period or the underlying security is on the Restricted List of the proposed personal securities transaction. Pre-clearance is required for both the opening and closing transaction. Approval given to an opening transaction does not guarantee that the closing transaction will automatically be approved.
An Employee is prohibited from engaging in transactions in publicly traded options, such as calls and puts, on shares of Invesco Ltd.
7.   Short Sales
Short sales of securities are permissible subject to the following conditions:
    No short sales on shares of Invesco Ltd.

Page 8 of 13


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
    No short sales on securities where there has been a trade in the same security where the corresponding Blackout Rule period applies in one of the client accounts.
 
    Portfolio managers are prohibited from short selling a security if the client account the Portfolio Manager manages are long the security.
 
    If a Portfolio Manager is selling a stock there should generally be no “short selling” allowed until that position is completely sold. This provision includes the situation where the Portfolio Manager stops selling the security for a short period, for example to let the market absorb what has been sold, and then resumes selling the position.
Transactions executed in a brokerage account that are initiated by the financial institution (e.g. a margin call) are not subject to pre-clearance.
8.   Restrictions on Certain Activities
Employees are subject to the following additional restrictions and prohibitions relating to certain investment activities.
8.1   Prohibition against Trading in Securities on “Restricted Lists”
Generally, all Employees are prohibited from engaging in any personal securities transactions in a security on the Invesco “restricted list”. Refer to Policy B4 – Securities Restricted List for further details.
There are instances when a security is added to the Restricted List due to ownership limits as defined under Canadian securities laws. In such instances, the Chief Compliance Officer or the Code of Ethics (North America) team may grant approval to a personal securities transaction request after reviewing the request to ensure that there are no conflicts of interest.
This short-term trading prohibition will be waived by the Invesco Canada Chief Compliance Officer or the Code of Ethics (North America) team in certain instances including where an Employee wishes to limit his or her losses on a security.
8.2   Prohibition against Short-Term Trading Activities
Employees are prohibited from engaging in the purchase and sale, or short sale and cover of the same Reportable Security within 60 days at a profit. If an Employee trades a Reportable Security within the 60 day time frame, any profit from the trade will be disgorged to a charity of Invesco’s choice and a letter of education may be issued to the Employee.

Page 9 of 13


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
This short-term trading prohibition will be waived by the Invesco Canada Chief Compliance Officer or the Code of Ethics (North America) team in certain instances including where an Employee wishes to limit his or her losses on a security.
8.1   Prohibition against Purchases in Initial Public Offerings (IPOs)
Employees generally are prohibited from purchasing securities in IPOs. Employees may purchase securities in an IPO when the trade is through a discretionary managed account.
8.4   Restricted Securities Issued by Public Companies
Generally, Employees are discouraged from investing in restricted securities of public companies including special warrant deals. Restricted securities are securities acquired in an unregistered, private sale from an issuer. An Employee must receive approval from the Chief Compliance Officer or the Code of Ethics (North America) team prior to executing a transaction in a restricted security.
8.5   Restrictions on Private Placements
An Employee may not purchase or sell any security obtained through a private placement (including Hedge Funds) unless the transaction has been pre-cleared by the Chief Compliance Officer or the Code of Ethics (North America) team. The Chief Compliance Officer or the Code of Ethics (North America) team will maintain a record of the approval and the rationale supporting the purchase of the Private Placement. Further, Employees who have been authorized to acquire securities in a private placement must disclose such investment when he/she plays a part in any client account’s subsequent consideration of an investment in the issuer. In such circumstances, the client account’s decision to purchase securities of the issuer is subject to an independent review by investment personnel with no personal interest in the issuer.
8.6   Investment Clubs
Employee participation in an investment club requires the approval of the Chief Compliance Officer or the Code of Ethics (North America) team. Approval will not be provided if the Employee has control over the investment decision-making for the investment club.
If participation in an investment club has been approved, all future trades will be subject to pre-clearance. An Employee must make arrangements to ensure that duplicate trade confirmations and client account statements are provided to the Chief Compliance Officer or the Code of Ethics (North America) team.

Page 10 of 13


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
8.7   Trading in Securities of Invesco Ltd.
The Invesco Insider Trading Policy prohibits directors, executive officers, and other specified employees (Blackout Group) who are deemed to regularly have access to material nonpublic information about Invesco from trading in Invesco during the “Blackout Periods”. This trading prohibition also extends to the family members of these persons. Persons within the Blackout Group are determined on a quarterly basis and are notified of their status accordingly.
Any Employee who becomes aware of material, nonpublic information about Invesco is prohibited from trading Invesco Securities.
Details of the blackout period can be found by way of the attached link:
Trading Blackouts
The following additional trading restrictions apply to trading in Invesco Ltd.
    Short term trading in Invesco shares is prohibited.
 
    Pledging Invesco securities as collateral for a loan is generally prohibited. Exceptions must be approved by the Chief Compliance Officer or the Code of Ethics (North America) team.
9.   Independent Directors
Except as otherwise provided in the special procedures for independent directors of US Funds, personal securities transactions of independent directors of Invesco or of Invesco Canada’s corporate funds and members of the Fund’s Advisory Boards are not subject to either the pre-clearance or reporting requirements set forth in this Policy. Notwithstanding this exception, such directors must report on a quarterly basis to the Invesco Compliance department any personal securities transactions in the shares of Invesco Ltd. or mutual funds managed by Invesco. For purposes of this exception the term “independent director” means
  a)   any director of Invesco Canada’s corporate funds or members of the Invesco Canada Fund Advisory Board
  i)   who is neither an officer nor Employee of Invesco or of any Invesco Company.
  b)   any director of Invesco Canada who
  i)   is not an interested person of a US Fund under Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act (1940) and would otherwise be

Page 11 of 13


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
      required to submit a pre-clearance request or make a report solely by reason of being an Invesco Aim director and
 
  ii)   does not regularly obtain information concerning the investment recommendations or decisions made by Invesco Canada on behalf of the US Funds.
10.   Oversight
This Policy shall be overseen and administered by Invesco Canada’s Ethics Committee, while administration of this Policy is the responsibility of the Chief Compliance Officer.
10.1   Ethics Committee
This Policy shall be overseen and administered by Invesco Canada’s Ethics Committee (the “Committee”), which has responsibility for the overall scope, application, and enforcement of this Policy. The Committee shall receive the reports and recommendations of the Invesco Compliance department from time to time and periodically update or revise this Policy as necessary.
The Committee shall meet twice a year to review the Chief Compliance Officer’s report and other matters relevant to the Invesco Code of Conduct and this Policy. A majority of the members of the Committee constitute a quorum. A majority of the members present at a meeting constitutes the vote required for any action taken by the Committee. Special meetings of the Committee may be called by any member of the Committee to discuss matters that are deemed to warrant immediate attention.
10.2   Invesco Canada Chief Compliance Officer
The Chief Compliance Officer administers all aspects of the Policy and may designate these activities to the Code of Ethics (North America) team which include informing new Employees of the requirements and monitoring personal trading activities.
The Chief Compliance Officer or designate will provide a written report, at least annually to the Committee summarizing:
    Compliance with the Policy for the period under review.
 
    Violations of the Policy for the period under review.
 
    Sanctions imposed under the Policy by Invesco Canada during the period under review.
 
    Changes in procedures recommended for the Policy.

Page 12 of 13


 

(INVESCO LOGO)
    Any other information requested by the Committee.
The Chief Compliance Officer or designate reports on personal trading matters to the Compliance Committee of the Invesco Canada Boards and provides an annual report to the Independent Review Committee.

Page 13 of 13

INVESCO CONTINENTAL EUROPE
CODE OF ETHICS
2012
     
Page 1 of 24
  2012 Code of Ethics (CE)

 


 

CONTENTS
         
SECTION   PAGE  
1. Statement of General Principles
    3  
 
       
2. Material, Non-Public Information
    5  
 
       
3. Personal Investing Activities, Pre-Clearance and Pre-Notification
    6  
 
       
4. Trade Restrictions on Personal Investing
    9  
 
       
5. Economic Opportunities, Confidentiality and Outside Directorships
    11  
 
       
6. Client Investments in Securities Owned by Invesco Employees
    13  
 
       
7. Reports
    13  
 
       
8. Training
    14  
 
       
9. Miscellaneous
    14  
 
       
10. Guidelines for Compliance in Real Estate Investments
    16  
 
       
APPENDICIES
       
 
       
A: Procedures to Deal for Invesco Europe
    18  
 
       
B: Definitions
    20  
 
       
C: Personal Account Dealing Guidance
    22  
     
Page 2 of 24
  2012 Code of Ethics (CE)

 


 

This revised Code of Ethics (‘the Code’) regarding ethical behaviour and conflicts of interest applies to all employees of all entities of Invesco Continental Europe (“Invesco”). It covers the following topics:
  Prohibitions related to material, non-public information
 
  Personal securities investing
 
  Service as a director and other business opportunities.
This Code also imposes on employees certain restrictions and reporting obligations which are specified below. Adherence to this Code, once adopted, both letter and spirit, is a fundamental and absolute condition of employment with Invesco.
The following Invesco Policies are referred to in this Code of Ethics and the latest version of each of these Policies can be found on the Compliance Europe Intranet Site:-
  Gifts, Benefits and Entertainment (Inducements) Policy;
 
  Conflicts of Interest Policy;
 
  Treating Customers Fairly Policy;
 
  Whilstleblowing Policy;
 
  Market Abuse Policy; and
 
  Anti-Bribery Policy
It is appreciated that no Code of Ethics can address every circumstance that may give rise to a conflict, a potential conflict or an appearance of a conflict of interest. Every employee should be alert to any actual, potential or appearance of a conflict of interest with Invesco’s clients and to conduct himself or herself with good judgment. Failure to exercise good judgment, as well as violations of this Code, may result in the imposition of sanctions on the employee, including suspension or dismissal.
1   STATEMENT OF GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.1   As a fiduciary, Invesco owes an undivided duty of loyalty to its clients. It is Invesco’s policy that all employees conduct themselves so as to avoid not only actual conflicts of interest with Invesco clients, but also that they refrain from conduct which could give rise to the appearance of a conflict of interest that may compromise the trust our clients have placed in us.
 
1.2   The Code is designed to ensure, among other things, that the personal securities transactions of all employees are conducted in accordance with the following general principles:
  1.2.1   A duty at all times to place the interests of Invesco’s clients first and foremost;
 
  1.2.2   The requirement that all personal securities transactions be conducted in a manner consistent with this Code and national legal & regulatory requirements and in such a manner as to avoid any actual, potential or appearance of a conflict of interest or any abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility; and
 
  1.2.3   The requirement that employees should not take inappropriate advantage of their positions.
1.3   Invesco’s policy is to avoid actual or apparent conflicts of interest but, where they unavoidably occur, to record, manage, and disclose them to prevent abuse and protect our clients, employees and other counterparties
 
1.4   Invesco does not make political contributions with corporate funds. No employees may, under any circumstances, use company funds to make political contributions, nor may you represent your personal political views as being those of the company.
 
1.5   Invesco seeks to do business with clients and suppliers on a fair and equitable basis. Employees may not accept or provide gifts, entertainment or other non-monetary benefits of an unreasonable value which could create a conflict with the duty owed to clients. Any limits
     
Page 3 of 24
  2012 Code of Ethics (CE)

 


 

    imposed by our business unit’s policies, local laws, or regulations with respect to the acceptance or provision of gifts, entertainment and non-monetary benefits must be complied with.
 
1.6   Invesco does not tolerate bribery. Employees must not offer, give request, and agree to accept or accept financial or non-financial advantages of any kind where the purpose is to influence a person to behave improperly in their decisions or actions or to reward them for having done so. Charitable donations must not be made as an inducement or reward for improper behaviour. Unofficial payments to speed up routine government or other processes must never be made, however small. These restrictions apply to Invesco staff and to anybody appointed to act on Invesco’s behalf and cover relationships with prospective or existing clients or business partners. Further information can be found in the Anti-Bribery Policy.
 
1.7   Legislation exists to protects employees who ‘blow the whistle’ about wrongdoing within the Firm. This legislation encourages employees to raise concerns internally in the first instance. Invesco employees should feel able to raise any such concern internally, confident that it will be dealt with properly and that all reasonable steps will be taken to prevent victimisation. If employees wish to report concerns anonymously they can call the Invesco Compliance Reporting Hotline, 1-855-234-9780. For calls originating outside of the U.S. and Canada, toll-free telephone numbers are available and vary depending on your location. These telephone numbers are as follows:
 
    Austria: 0800-291870
Belgium: 0800-77004
Czech Republic: 800-142-550
France: 0800-902500
Germany: 0800-1016582
Italy: 800-786907
Netherlands: 0800-0226174
Spain: 900-991498
Sweden: 020-79-8729
Switzerland: 0800-562907
    Employees may also report their concerns by visiting the Invesco Compliance Reporting Hotline website at: www.invesco.ethicspoint.com. To ensure confidentiality, this telephone line and website is provided by an independent company and is available twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week. All submissions to the Compliance Reporting Hotline will be reviewed and handled in a prompt, fair, and discreet manner. Employees are encouraged to report these questionable practices so that Invesco has an opportunity to address and resolve these before they become more significant regulatory or legal issues.
 
1.8   It is Invesco policy, in the context of being an Asset Manager, to treat its customers fairly.
     
Page 4 of 24
  2012 Code of Ethics (CE)

 


 

1.9   No employee should have ownership in or other interest in or employment by any outside concern which does business with Invesco Ltd. This does not apply to stock or other investments in a publicly held company, provided that the stock and other investments do not, in the aggregate, exceed 5% of the outstanding ownership interests of such company. Invesco Ltd may, following a review of the relevant facts, permit ownership interests which exceed these amounts if management or the Board of Directors, as appropriate, concludes that such ownership interests will not adversely affect Invesco Ltd’s business interests or the judgment of the affected staff.
 
1.10   Employees are prohibited from using personal hedging strategies or remuneration or liability related contracts of insurance to undermine any risk alignment effects embedded in their remuneration arrangements. This includes, for instance, entering into an arrangement with a third party under which that third party will make payments directly, or indirectly, to the employee that are linked to, or commensurate with, the amounts by which the employee’s remuneration is subject to reductions arising from the implementation of the Capital Requirements Directive (CRD3).
 
2   MATERIAL, NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION
 
2.1   Restriction on Trading or Recommending Trading
 
    Each employee is reminded that it constitutes a violation of law and/or Market Abuse regulations for any person to trade in or recommend trading in the securities of a company while in possession of material, non-public information concerning that company, or to disclose such information to any person not entitled to receive it if there is reason to believe that such information will be used in connection with a trade in the securities of that company. Violations of law and regulations may give rise to civil as well as criminal liability, including the imposition of monetary penalties or prison sentences upon the individuals involved. Persons who receive material, non-public information also may be held liable if they trade or if they do not trade but pass along such information to others.
 
2.2   What is material, non-public information?
 
    ‘Material information’ is any information about a company which, if disclosed, is likely to affect the market price of the company’s securities or to be considered important by an average investor in deciding whether to purchase or sell those securities. Examples of information which should be presumed to be “material” are matters such as dividend increases or decreases, earnings estimates by the company, changes in the company’s previously released earnings estimates, significant new products or discoveries, major litigation by or against the company, liquidity or solvency problems, extraordinary management developments, significant merger or acquisition proposals, or similar major events which would be viewed as having materially altered the “total mix” of information available regarding the company or the market for any of its securities.
 
2.3   ‘Non-public information’
 
    Non-public information – often referred to as ‘inside information’ – is information that has not yet been publicly disclosed. Information about a company is considered to be non-public information if it is received under circumstances which indicate that it is not yet in general circulation and that such information may be attributable, directly or indirectly, to the company or its insiders, or that the recipient knows to have been furnished by someone in breach of a fiduciary obligation. Courts have held that fiduciary relationships exist between a company and another party in a broad variety of situations involving a relationship between a company and its lawyers, investment bankers, financial printers, employees, technical advisors and others. This list is not exhaustive and the types of fiduciary relationships and the way in which they are formed are extensive.
     
Page 5 of 24
  2012 Code of Ethics (CE)

 


 

2.4   Information should not be considered to have been publicly disclosed until a reasonable time after it has been made public (for example, by a press release). Someone with access to inside information may not “beat the market” by trading simultaneously with, or immediately after, the official release of material information.
 
2.5   The responsibility of ensuring that the proposed transaction does not constitute insider dealing or a conflict with the interests of a client remains with the relevant employee and obtaining pre-clearance to enter into a transaction under Section 3.3 below does not absolve that responsibility.
 
2.6   Invesco is in a unique position, being privy to market research and rumours and being privy also to information about its clients which may be public companies. Invesco employees must be aware and vigilant to ensure that they cannot be accused of being a party of any ‘insider dealing’ or market abuse situations.
 
2.7   In particular, the following investment activities must not be entered into without carefully ensuring that there are no implications of insider trading:
  2.7.1   Trading in shares for a client in any other client of Invesco which is quoted on a recognised stock exchange.
 
  2.7.2   Trading in shares for a client in a quoted company where Invesco:
  i)   obtains information in any official capacity which may be price sensitive and has not been made available to the general public.
 
  ii)   obtains any other information which can be substantiated in connection with a quoted company which is also both price sensitive and has not been made available to the general public.
  2.7.3   Manipulation of the market through the release of information to regular market users which is false or misleading about a company.
 
  2.7.4   Release of information about a company that would have the effect of distorting the market in such a way to be considered market abuse.
2.8   Reporting Requirement
    Whenever an employee believes that he or she may have come into possession of material or non-public information about a public company, he or she personally must immediately notify the Compliance Department and should not discuss such information with anyone else including Invesco employees and should not engage in transactions for himself or others, including Invesco clients.
 
2.9   Upon receipt of such information the Compliance Department will include the company name on the ‘IVZ Restricted list’ of which no transactions may be entered into. This list will be advised to the Equity dealing desk and no discussion will be entered into. Whenever an employee is aware of the reason why a company has been included on the IVZ Restricted list but nevertheless wishes to deal in a fund which contains the stock of that company, this must be notified to the local Compliance Officer to decide whether the deal will be permitted . Approval to deal in a personal capacity (i.e. in a Covered Account) in a fund which holds a stock on the IVZ Restricted List will not be granted where the stock represents over 5% of the value of the fund’s portfolio.
 
2.10   Confidentiality
 
    No information regarding the affairs of any client of Invesco may be passed to anyone outside Invesco unless specifically requested by law, regulation or court order. In any event, the Compliance and Legal Departments must be consulted prior to furnishing such information.
 
2.11   Employees should maintain the confidentiality of information entrusted to them by the Company and their fellow employees. External publication or distribution of internal company information, policies or procedures is prohibited except when disclosure is properly authorised by the functional owner of the information or legally mandated. Employees should make all reasonable efforts to safeguard such information that is in their possession against inadvertent disclosure
     
Page 6 of 24
  2012 Code of Ethics (CE)

 


 

and shall comply with any non-disclosure obligations imposed on Invesco in its agreements with third parties
2.12 Sanctions
    Any employee who knowingly trades or recommends trading while in possession of material, non-public information may be subject to civil and criminal penalties, as well as to immediate suspension and/or dismissal from Invesco.
 
3   PERSONAL INVESTING ACTIVITIES, PRE-CLEARANCE AND PRE-NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
 
3.1   Transactions covered by this Code
 
    All transactions in investments made for Covered Accounts, other than those in respect of an exempted investment shown in 3.2 below, are subject to the pre-clearance procedures, trading restrictions, pre-notification and reporting requirements described below, unless otherwise indicated. For a list of the types of employee and other accounts which fall within the definition of “Covered Accounts” please see Appendix B.
 
3.2   Exempt Investments
 
    Transactions in the following investments (“Exempt Investments”) are not subject to the trading restrictions or other requirements of this Code and do not need not be pre-notified, pre-cleared or reported:
  3.2.1   Registered unaffiliated (e.g. Schroders) open ended Collective Investment Schemes [CIS] including; mutual funds, open-ended investment companies/ICVCs or unit trusts – but not Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) or closed-end funds, e.g. Investment Trusts; and
 
  3.2.2   Securities which are direct debt obligations of an OECD country (e.g. US Treasury Bills).
3.3   Pre-Clearance
  3.3.1   Transactions to buy or sell Venture Capital Trust ordinary securities or to buy, sell, switch or transfer holdings in Invesco Ltd ordinary shares, Invesco funds or investment products or other affiliated schemes are subject to pre-clearance by the Compliance Department regardless of whether the order is placed directly or through a broker/adviser. Prior to entering an order for a Securities Transaction in a Covered Account, the employee must complete a Trade Authorisation Form (available on the Compliance Europe intranet site) and submit the completed form electronically to the Compliance department by e-mail to *UK- Compliance Personal Share Dealing. Transactions are subject to the 60 day holding period requirements.
 
      The Trade Authorisation Form requires employees to provide certain information and to make certain representations in connection with the specific securities transaction(s).
 
  3.3.2   If satisfactory, then the Form will be authorised by Compliance and confirmation returned by e-mail to the individual, who will then be at liberty to deal through his or her broker within the designated timescales.
 
  3.3.3   Trading should not occur prior to receipt of authorisation: no order for a Securities Transaction for which pre-clearance authorisation is sought may be placed prior to the receipt of authorisation from Compliance. The authorisation and date and time of the authorisation must be reflected on the Trade Authorisation Form. The original of the completed form will be kept as part of Invesco’s books and records. Further, the employee is requested to send a copy of the transaction note to their
     
Page 7 of 24
  2012 Code of Ethics (CE)

 


 

      local Compliance Officer in order for it to be matched to the Trade Authorisation Form. Any mismatches will be reported to the Director of European Compliance.
 
  3.3.4   If an employee receives permission to trade a security or instrument, the trade must be executed by the close of business on the next business day, unless the local Compliance Officer’s authorisation to extend this period has been obtained. Permission may be granted to place “Stop loss” and limit orders but only in cases where express clearance for this type of transaction has been granted by Compliance.
 
  3.3.5   Where an employee receives permission to buy or sell Invesco Limited ordinary shares on the basis of a limit or stop loss order, the pre-clearance remains valid for up to two weeks or until the trade takes place if this is sooner; if the trade does not take place within two weeks, employees must notify Compliance again and seek further pre-clearance to trade. If, during this period, employees gain non-public price sensitive information, they must notify compliance immediately and cancel the trade. For those employees who are members of the Blackout Group, normal Blackout restrictions continue to apply; therefore, any such limit or stop loss order which remains outstanding when a closed period starts must be cancelled by the employee. Where trades involving limit or stop loss orders are approved, further pre-clearance is required before these orders can be changed.
 
  3.3.6   For any transaction to buy or sell Invesco Ltd ordinary shares pre clearance needs to be sought from Compliance. The trade authorisation form should be completed in the way detailed above and sent to *UK- Compliance Personal Share Dealing.
 
  3.3.7   Copies of the relevant contract notes (or equivalent) must be sent to the Compliance Department. This must be done within 14 days of the transaction.
3.4   Transactions that do not need to be pre-cleared but must be reported.
 
    The pre-clearance requirements (and the trading restrictions on personal investing described below) do not apply to the following transactions:
3.4.1 Discretionary Accounts
Transactions effected in any Covered Account over which the employee has no direct or indirect influence or control (a “Discretionary Account”). An employee shall be deemed to have “no direct or indirect influence or control” over an account only if all of the following conditions are met:
  i)   investment discretion for such account has been delegated in writing to an independent fiduciary and such investment discretion is not shared with the employee, or decisions for the account are made by a family member or significant other and not by, or in connection with, the employee;
 
  ii)   the employee (and, where applicable, the family member or significant other) certifies in writing that he or she has not and will not discuss any potential investment decisions with such independent fiduciary or household member; and
 
  iii)   the Compliance Department has determined that the account satisfies the foregoing requirements.
     
Page 8 of 24
  2012 Code of Ethics (CE)

 


 

  3.4.2 Governmental Issues
      Investments in the debt obligations of Federal agencies or of state and municipal governments or agencies, (e.g. Essex Council Electricity Bond).
  3.4.3 Non-Volitional Trades
      Transactions which are non-volitional on the part of the employee (such as the receipt of securities pursuant to a stock dividend or merger).
  3.4.4 Automatic Transactions
      Purchases of the stock of a company pursuant to an automatic dividend reinvestment plan or an employee stock purchase plan sponsored by such company.
  3.4.5 Rights Offerings
      Receipt or exercise of rights issued by a company on a pro rata basis to all holders of a class of security. Employees must, however, pre-clear transactions for the acquisition of such rights from a third party or the disposition of such rights.
    3.4.6  Interests in Securities comprising part of a broad-based, publicly traded market basket or index of stocks, e.g. S & P 500 Index, FTSE 100, DAX.
  3.4.7 Non-Executive Director’s transactions
      Transactions in securities, except for Invesco Ltd shares and/or UK Investment Trusts managed by Invesco, by non-executive Directors.
  3.5.8   Note that all of the transactions described in paragraphs 3.4.1. to 3.4.7 while not subject to pre-clearance are nevertheless subject to all of the reporting requirements set forth below in paragraph 7.3.
4   TRADE RESTRICTIONS ON PERSONAL INVESTING
 
4.1   All transactions in Covered Accounts which are subject to the pre-clearance requirements specified in this Code are also subject to the following trading restrictions:
  4.1.1   Blackout Restrictions
 
      Transactions in Covered Accounts generally will not be permitted during a specific period (the “blackout period”) before and after a client account trades in the same security or instrument.
 
  4.1.2   Blackout Periods
 
      An employee may not buy or sell, or permit any Covered Account to buy or sell, a security or any instrument:
  i)   within three business days before or after the day on which any client account trades in the same security or instrument or in a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security or instrument (including options) on transactions other than those covered under the paragraph below, or
 
  ii)   within two business days before or after the day on which a pro rata “strip” trade, which includes such security, is made for the purpose of rebalancing client accounts.
  4.1.3   Exemptions from Blackout Periods
 
      Blackout periods will no longer apply to equity and corporate bond transactions in “main index” constituents, i.e. FTSE 100, Dow Jones, etc, subject to a cost and proceeds limit of 35.000 EUR per transaction for equities and 70,000 EUR per transaction for corporate bonds. Normal blackout conditions will apply to transactions outside of these criteria. If in any doubt please consult your local Compliance Officer. On a case by case basis and at the discretion of the
     
Page 9 of 24
  2012 Code of Ethics (CE)

 


 

      Compliance Officer in consultation with the Chief Investment Officer, this limit may be relaxed.
 
  4.1.4   Trades effected by Invesco for the account of an index fund it manages in the ordinary course of such fund’s investment activity will not trigger the blackout period. However, the addition or removal of a security from an index, thereby triggering an index fund trade, would cause employee trades in such security to be blacked-out for the seven prior and subsequent calendar days, as described above.
 
  4.1.5   In the event there is a trade in a client account in the same security or instrument within a blackout period, the employee may be required to close out the position and to disgorge any profit to a charitable organisation chosen by the local Board of Directors; provided, however, that if an employee has obtained pre-clearance for a transaction and a subsequent client trade occurs within the blackout period, the Chief Executive Officer in consultation with the Compliance Officer, upon a demonstration of hardship or extraordinary circumstances, may determine to review the application of the disgorgement policy to such transaction and may select to impose alternative restrictions on the employee’s position. The disgorgement of profits will only apply if the total profit exceeds 150 EUR within the blackout period.
 
  4.1.6   Invesco Ltd Shares
 
      Pre-clearance is also required to buy or sell Invesco Ltd Shares. For staff who have been advised that they are part of the ‘Blackout Group’, permission will not be given during a‘ closed period’.
 
      Persons within the Blackout Group are determined on a quarterly basis and will be notified that they have been added to or removed from the list.
 
      In line with the Invesco Insider Trading Policy, the Blackout Periods for each quarter commence on 15 March, 15 June, 15 September and 15 December and end on the second business day following the Company’s issue of the relevant earnings release.
 
      Full details of the Invesco Ltd stock transaction Pre-Clearance Guide and restrictions for all employees of Invesco Ltd can be found on the Compliance intranet site.
 
  4.1.7   UK ICVCs, the Offshore Global Product Range (GPR)
 
      and other affiliated schemes are subject to the Short Term Trading restrictions (60 day rule — see 4.1.8). The preferential rate of sales charge allowed to staff will be withdrawn in circumstances where it is apparent that the employee has traded on a short term basis in those shares i.e. where previous transactions by that person have resulted in the short term holding of those investments. Shares of UK ICVCs, the GPR and affiliated schemes will not be accepted for redemption if the funds themselves are closed for redemption due to the effects of subsequent market or currency movements.
 
  4.1.8   Short Term Trading Profits
 
      It is Invesco’s policy to restrict the ability of employees to benefit from short-term trading in securities and instruments. Employees must disgorge profits made on the sale by an employee of any security or instrument held less than 60 days and will not be permitted to purchase any security or instrument that has been sold by such employee within the prior 60 days. Employees are required to disgorge profits made on the sale in a Covered Account within the 60 days period. Exceptions may be granted by the Compliance Department on a case by case basis. This policy applies to trading in all types of securities and instruments, except where in a particular case the local Chief Executive Officer in consultation with the Compliance Officer has made a specific finding of hardship and it can be demonstrated that no potential abuse or conflict is presented (for example, when
     
Page 10 of 24
  2012 Code of Ethics (CE)

 


 

      an employee’s request to sell a security purchased within 60 days prior to the request is prompted by a major corporate or market event, such as a tender offer, and the security was not held in client accounts). This section (4.1.8) will not apply to Financial Spread Betting transactions which have been approved under the Exceptions section (4.1.15) of this Policy.
 
  4.1.9   Initial Public Offerings
 
      No employee may purchase or permit any Covered Account to purchase a security offered pursuant to an initial public offering, wherever such offering is made except in a Venture Capital Trust. However, in certain circumstances an employee may be permitted to buy an IPO for example where the public offering is made by a Government of where the employee is resident and different amounts of the offering are specified for different investor types e.g. private and institutional, the local Compliance Officer may allow such purchases after consultation with the local Chief Executive Officer or his designee.
 
  4.1.10   Privately-Issued Securities
 
      Employees may not purchase or permit a Covered Account to purchase or acquire any privately-issued securities, other than in exceptional cases specifically approved by the local Chief Executive Officer (e.g. where such investment is part of a family-owned and operated business venture that would not be expected to involve an investment opportunity of interest to any Invesco client). Requests for exceptions should be made in the first instance to the local Compliance Officer.
 
  4.1.11   Private Investment Funds
 
      Employees, however, may invest in interests in private investment funds (i.e. hedge funds) that are established to invest predominantly in public securities and instruments, subject to the pre-clearance procedures, trading restrictions and reporting requirements contained in this Code. Employees may also invest in residential co-operatives and private recreational clubs (such as sports clubs, country clubs, luncheon clubs and the like) for their personal use; such investments are not subject to the pre-clearance procedures, trading restrictions and reporting requirements unless the employee’s investing is part of a business conducted by the employee. Such ownership should be reported to the Compliance Officer.
 
  4.1.12   Short Sales
 
      An employee may not sell short a security. Requests for exceptions should be made to the local Compliance Officer.
 
  4.1.13   Financial Spread Betting
 
      Employees may not enter into Financial Spread betting arrangements unless they have applied in writing to do so under the Exceptions section of this Policy (4.1.15) and have received written confirmation that this is permitted. Exceptions will not be granted for Financial Spread Betting on single stocks but, depending on the circumstances, spread betting on Exchange Rates, Main Indices and Government Bonds may be allowed on an exceptions basis.
 
  4.1.14   Futures
 
      Employees may not write, sell or buy exchange-traded futures, synthetic futures, swaps and similar non-exchange traded instruments.
 
  4.1.15   Exceptions
 
      The Chief Executive Officer or his designee in consultation with the Compliance Officer may in on a case by case basis grant exceptions from these trading restrictions upon written request. Any exceptions granted will be reported to the local Board of Directors at least annually. Additionally if a local Board or its designee wish to impose additional restrictions these should be communicated to the staff.
     
Page 11 of 24
  2012 Code of Ethics (CE)

 


 

5   ECONOMIC OPPORTUNITIES, CONFIDENTIALITY AND OUTSIDE DIRECTORSHIPS
5.1   Monitoring the use of the name of Invesco
 
    To be able to fully monitor the appearance of the name of Invesco, any employee’s activities on behalf of Invesco such as the participation in an industry body or an external consulting group need to be pre-cleared to the local Compliance Officer and the local CEO.
 
5.2   Avoiding conflicts of interests
 
    In order to reduce potential conflicts of interest arising from the participation of employees on the boards of directors of public, private, non-profit and other enterprises, all employees are subject to the following restrictions and guidelines:
  5.2.1   An employee may not serve as a director of a public company without the approval of the local Chief Executive Officer after consultation with the local Compliance Officer, with the exception of approved industry associations.
 
  5.2.2   An employee may serve on the board of directors or participate as an adviser or otherwise, or advisers of a private company only if:
  (i)   client assets have been invested in such company and having a seat on the board would be considered beneficial to our clients interest; and
 
  (ii)   service on such board has been approved in writing by the local Chief Executive Officer. The employee must resign from such board of directors as soon as the company contemplates going public, except where the local Chief Executive Officer in consultation with the Compliance Officer has determined that an employee may remain on a board. In any event, an employee shall not accept any compensation for serving as a director (or in a similar capacity) of such company; any compensation offered shall either be refused or, if unable to be refused, distributed pro rata to the relevant client accounts.
  5.2.3   An employee must receive prior written permission from the Chief Executive Officer or his designee before serving as a director, trustee or member of an advisory board of either:
  (i)   any non-profit or charitable institution; or
 
  (ii)   a private family-owned and operated business.
  5.2.4   An employee may serve as an officer or director of a residential co-operative, but must receive prior written permission from the local Chief Executive Officer and the local Compliance Department before serving as a director if, in the course of such service, he or she gives advice with respect to the management of the co-operative’s funds.
 
  5.2.5   If an employee serving on the board of directors or advisers of any entity comes into possession of material, non-public information through such service, he or she must immediately notify the local Compliance Officer.
 
  5.2.6   An Invesco employee shall not take personal advantage of any economic opportunity properly belonging to an Invesco Client or to Invesco itself. Such opportunities could arise, for example, from confidential information belonging to a client or the offer of a directorship. Employees must not disclose information relating to a client’s intentions, activities or portfolios except:
  i)   to fellow employees, or other agents of the client, who need to know it to discharge their duties; or
     
Page 12 of 24
  2012 Code of Ethics (CE)

 


 

  ii)   to the client itself.
  5.2.7   Employees may not cause or attempt to cause any Client to purchase, sell or hold any Security in a manner calculated to create any personal benefit to the employee or Invesco.
 
  5.2.8   If an employee or immediate family member stands to materially benefit from an investment decision for an Advisory Client that the employee is recommending or participating in, the employee must disclose that interest to persons with authority to make investment decisions and to the local Compliance Officer. Based on the information given, a decision will be made on whether or not to restrict the employee’s participation in causing a client to purchase or sell a Security in which the employee has an interest.
 
  5.2.9   An employee must disclose to those persons with authority to make investment decisions for a Client (or to the Compliance Officer if the employee in question is a person with authority to make investment decisions for the Client), any Beneficial Interest that the employee (or immediate family) has in that Security or an Equivalent Security, or in the issuer thereof, where the decision could create a material benefit to the employee (or immediate family) or the appearance of impropriety. The person to whom the employee reports the interest, in consultation with the Compliance Officer, must determine whether or not the employee will be restricted in making investment decisions.
6   CLIENT INVESTMENTS IN SECURITIES OWNED BY INVESCO EMPLOYEES
 
6.1   General principles
 
    In addition to the specific prohibitions on certain personal securities transactions as set forth herein, all employees are prohibited from:
  6.1.1   Employing any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any prospect or client;
 
  6.1.2   Making any untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state to a client or a prospective client, a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;
 
  6.1.3   Engaging in any act, practice or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any prospect or client;
 
  6.1.4   Engaging in any manipulative practice with respect to any prospect or client; or
 
  6.1.5   Revealing to any other person (except in the normal course of his or her duties on behalf of a client) any information regarding securities transactions by any client or the consideration of any client or Invesco of any securities transactions.
7   REPORTS
 
7.1   In order to implement the general principles, restrictions and prohibitions contained in this Code, each Employee is required to provide the following reports:
 
7.2   Initial Certification and Schedules . This Code forms part of an employee s contract of employment and any breach may be grounds for disciplinary action up to and including summary dismissal.
  7.2.1   On commencing employment at Invesco, each new employee shall receive a copy of the Code via electronic means and will be expected to confirm that they understand and accept this Code within their first month of employment.
     
Page 13 of 24
  2012 Code of Ethics (CE)

 


 

  7.2.2   New employees are also required on commencement of employment to provide the following to the Compliance Department:
  (i)   A list of all Covered Accounts and
 
  (ii)   Details of any directorships (or similar positions) of for-profit, non- profit and other enterprises.
7.3   Confirmations
  7.3.1   Each employee shall cause to be provided to the Compliance Department where an outside broker undertakes the transaction duplicate copies of confirmations of all transactions in each Covered Account.
7.4   Annual Certification
      Annual acceptance of the Code is normally submitted electronically and requires the employee to provide an up-to-date list of:
  i)   all Covered Accounts and any other transactions not included in the monthly statements; and
 
  ii)   directorships (or similar positions) of for-profit, non-profit and other enterprises.
 
  iii)   trades undertaken for which contract notes/confirmations have not been provided to the Compliance Department;
 
  iv)   potential conflicts of interest identified which have not yet been reported to the Compliance Department;
 
  v)   potential Treating Customers Fairly issues identified which have not yet been reported to the Compliance Department.
  7.4.1   A schedule listing directorships (or similar positions) of for-profit, non-profit and other enterprises;
 
  7.4.2   With respect to Discretionary Accounts, if any, certifications that such employee does not discuss any investment decisions with the person making investment decisions; and
 
  7.4.3   With respect to any non-public security owned by such employee, a statement indicating whether the issuer has changed its name or publicly issued securities during such calendar year.
7.5   Exempt Investments
 
    Confirmations and periodic reports need not be provided with respect to Exempt Investments, (see 3.2).
 
7.6   Disclaimer of Beneficial Ownership
 
    Any report required under this Code may contain a statement that such report is not to be construed as an admission by the person making the report that he or she has any direct and indirect beneficial ownership of the security to which the report relates.
 
7.7   Annual Review
 
    The Director of European Compliance in consultation with the local Compliance Officers will review the Code as necessary, in light of legal and business developments and experience in implementing the Code, and will prepare a report to the relevant management committee that:
  7.7.1   summarizes existing procedures concerning personal investing and any changes in the procedures made during the past year,
 
  7.7.2   identifies any violations requiring significant remedial action during the past year, and
     
Page 14 of 24
  2012 Code of Ethics (CE)

 


 

  7.7.3   identifies any recommended changes in existing restrictions or procedures based on the experience under the Code, evolving industry practices, or developments in applicable laws or regulations.
8   TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
 
    In order to make sure that every employee is fully aware of the current rules and guidelines as well as changes in the local regulatory environment, he has to participate in Compliance and Anti Money Laundering training at least once a year. Several of these training events will be provided in the local offices by the Compliance Officer and the AML Officer.
 
9   MISCELLANEOUS
 
9.1   Interpretation
 
    The provisions of this Code will be interpreted by the local Compliance Officer, as applicable. Questions of interpretation should be directed in the first instance to the local Compliance Officer or his/her designee or, if necessary, with the Compliance Officer of another Invesco entity. The interpretation of the local Compliance Officer is final.
 
9.2   Sanctions
 
    If advised of a violation of this Code by an employee, the local Chief Executive Officer (or, in the case of the local Chief Executive Officer, the local Board of Directors) may impose such sanctions as are deemed appropriate. Any violations of this Code and sanctions therefore will be reported to the local Board of Directors at least annually.
 
9.3   Effective Date
 
    This revised Code shall become effective as of 1 April 2012 .
     
Page 15 of 24
  2012 Code of Ethics (CE)

 


 

Specific Provisions for employees of Invesco Real Estate GmbH and employees associated with Real Estate transactions undertaken by Invesco:
10   Guidelines for Compliance in Real Estate Investments
 
11.1   The purpose of this section is to ensure all personal real estate transactions of employees are conducted
    to place the interests of Invesco’s clients first,
 
    to avoid any actual, potential or appearance of a conflict of interest,
 
    to avoid any abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility and
 
    to avoid the possibility that employees would take inappropriate advantage of their positions.
11.2   The requirements in these sections are an addition to rather than a substitute of all other requirements made in the Code of Ethics.
Restrictions
Any employee who:
    knowingly invests in real estate or recommends investments in real estate while in possession of material, non-public information,
 
    informs somebody (outside of Invesco or the client) about a real estate investment or about a client using information he has received through his employment with Invesco
may be subject to civil and criminal penalties, as well as to immediate suspension and/or dismissal from Invesco.
These restrictions also apply to investments undertaken by third parties on the employee’s account or by the employee for another person.
Definition
‘Material information’ is any information about a real estate investment which, if disclosed, is likely to affect the market price of a real estate investment. Examples of information which should be presumed to be “material” are matters such as income from property, pollution of the premises, earnings estimates of a real estate project development plans or changes of such estimates, or forthcoming transformation of land into building land prior to public planning.
‘Non-public information’ is information that is not provided by publicly available sources. Information about a real estate investment is considered to be non-public if it is received under circumstances which indicate that such information may be attributable, directly or indirectly, to any party involved in the real estate project or its insiders, or that the recipient knows to have been furnished by someone in breach of a fiduciary duty. An example of non-public information related to real estate investments is the desire or need of a client to sell a real estate investment.
In particular, the following activities must not be entered into without carefully ensuring that there are no implications of insider trading and no appearance of a conflict of interest:
  1.   Personally investing in real estate for a client when another client or a business partner of Invesco is involved in setting up and selling the investment. I.e. as an intermediary or a financier.
 
  2.   Entering into a private real estate transaction when any cost or fees brought forth by it are other than at arm’s length.
 
  3.   Taking personal advantage of any economic opportunity properly belonging to an Invesco Client or to Invesco itself.
     
Page 16 of 24
  2012 Code of Ethics (CE)

 


 

  4.   Investing in real estate for a client where Invesco has access to information which may be price sensitive.
 
  5.   Manipulation of the market through the release of information to regular market users which is false or misleading about a company or a real estate investment.
 
  6.   Release of any information (except in the normal course of his or her duties as an employee of Invesco) about a client’s considerations of a real estate investment.
 
  7.   Personally engaging in real estate investments and thereby using information received through the employment with Invesco.
Personal Investing Activities, Pre-Clearance and Pre-Notification
Prior to engaging in any private real estate transaction the employee must fully disclose the transaction to the local compliance officer along with details of any non-public information held by the employee. Further detail may be requested by Compliance including an independent valuation or confirmation of purchase price.
It will only be permitted if it is not contrary to the interests of Invesco or the clients of Invesco. In the event that such an engagement was entered into before the employee has joined Invesco and it is a commercial investment (not inhabited by the employee or family members), it must be disclosed upon employment.
Disclosure of the transaction is also required if the employee acts as an authorised agent or if the transaction is undertaken by a third party for the account of the employee.
Compliance will without delay inform the employee about the decision. If the permission for a particular investment is given, a time limit of one year applies to the actual engagement in this specific investment.
Exemptions
If investment discretion for an investment has been delegated in writing to an independent fiduciary and such investment discretion is not shared with the employee, or decisions for the account are made by a family member or significant other and not by, or in connection with, the employee.
     
Page 17 of 24
  2012 Code of Ethics (CE)

 


 

APPENDIX A
Page 1 of 2
Procedures to deal for Invesco Europe
1   The procedures to deal are as follows:
  A:   Obtain the Pre-Clearance Trade Authorisation Form from the “forms” section of the Compliance Intranet site.
 
  B:   Complete Trade Authorisation Form noting:
  i)   permission sought to either buy or sell;
 
  ii)   the amount in shares or currency;
 
  iii)   is the transaction an Invesco ICVC/ISA/GPR or affiliated scheme – yes or no – if yes, then you will have to submit your pre-clearance form to *UK- Compliance Personal Share Dealing e-mail group – if no, then pre- clearance is not required;
 
  iv)   type of security;
 
  v)   name of company or other;
 
  vi)   date of request to deal;
 
  vii)   name of beneficial owner; and
 
  viii)   address of beneficial owner.
      Then complete each of the questions in connection with the transaction you require completed – “yes” or “no” answers will be required.
 
  C:   For Venture Capital Trust ordinary securities or for Invesco ICVC/ISA/GPR Trades, you should now only complete section Two. Once you have answered both questions, the pre-clearance form must be submitted to the e-mail *UK- Compliance Personal Share Dealing - Compliance will review the prospective transaction and revert to you by e-mail. Once you have received this confirmation e-mail you are free to deal. However, the trade must be completed by the end of the next business day from the date of confirmation. If dealing is not completed in this time frame, then additional pre-clearance MUST be sought via the same process.
 
  D:   If you wish to sell/buy Invesco shares you should complete Section two as noted above.
 
  E:   For Equity, Bond or Warrant deals, you should now only complete section Three. Once you have answered these questions, the pre-clearance form must be submitted to the e-mail *UK- Compliance Personal Share Dealing - Compliance will review the prospective transaction and revert to you by e-mail. Once you have received this confirmation e-mail you are free to deal. However, the trade must be completed by the end of the next business day from the date of confirmation. If dealing is not completed in this time frame, then additional pre-clearance MUST be sought via the same process.
     
Page 18 of 24
  2012 Code of Ethics (CE)

 


 

APPENDIX A
Page 2 of 2
  NB   Permission to deal will not be granted retrospectively. Deals undertaken without permission will be brought to the Compliance Officer’s attention, by a review of the personal share dealing register, for discussion with the person concerned.
     
Page 19 of 24
  2012 Code of Ethics (CE)

 


 

APPENDIX B
DEFINITIONS
1.   Advisory Client’ means any client (including both investment companies and managed accounts) for which Invesco serves as an investment adviser, renders investment advice, or makes investment decisions.
 
2   ‘Beneficial Interest’ means the opportunity to share, directly or indirectly, in any profit or loss on a transaction in Securities, including but not limited to all joint accounts, partnerships and trusts.
 
3   ‘Covered Accounts’ means:
  3.1   any account/securities held by you, or your family, while an employee;
 
  3.2   accounts/securities held by you for the benefit of your spouse, significant other, or any children or relatives who share your home;
 
  3.3   accounts/securities for which you have or share, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise:
  (i)   voting power (which includes power to vote, or to direct the voting of, a security), or
 
  (ii)   investment power (which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition) of a security; or
  3.4   accounts/securities held by any other person to whose support you materially contribute or in which, by reason of any agreement or arrangement, you have or share benefits substantially equivalent to ownership, including, for example:
  (i)   arrangements   such as Investment Clubs (which may be informal) under which you have agreed to share the profits from an investment, and
 
  (ii)   accounts maintained or administered by you for a relative (such as children or parents) who do not share your home.
  3.5   Families include husbands and wives, significant other, sons and daughters and other immediate family only where any of those persons take part in discussion or passing on of investment information.
4.   ‘Employee’ means a person who has a contract of employment with, or employed by, Invesco UK or any associated Invesco Company within Europe; including consultants, contractors or temporary employees.
 
5.   ‘Equivalent Security’ means any Security issued by the same entity as the issuer of a security, including options, rights, warrants, preferred stock, restricted stock, bonds and other obligations of that company.
 
6.   ‘Fund’ means an investment company for which Invesco serves as an adviser or subadviser.
 
7.   ‘High quality short-term debt instruments’ means any instrument having a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and which is treated in one of the highest two rating categories by a Nationally Recognised Statistical Rating Organisation, or which is unrated but is of comparable quality.
 
8.   ‘Independent Fund Director’ means an independent director of an investment company advised by Invesco.
     
Page 20 of 24
  2012 Code of Ethics (CE)

 


 

9.   ‘Initial Public Offering’ means any security which is being offered for the first time on a Recognised Stock Exchange.
 
10.   ‘Open-Ended Collective Investment Scheme’ means any Open-ended Investment Company, US Mutual Fund, UK ICVC or Irish Unit Trust, Luxembourg SICAV, French SICAV or Bermuda Fund.
 
11.   ‘Securities Transaction’ means a purchase of or sale of Securities.
 
12.   ‘Security’ includes stock, notes, bonds, debentures and other evidences of indebtedness (including loan participations and assignments), limited partnership interests, investment contracts, and all derivative instruments, such as options and warrants.
 
13.   UK ICVC and affiliate schemes” defined as all UK domiciled retail Invesco ICVCs, all Invesco Continental European domestic ranges and all Invesco Ireland and Luxembourg SICAVs and Unit Trusts.
 
14.   “Main Index” defined as a member of the FTSE 100 or equivalent. The equivalency will be determined by the European Director of Compliance on a case by case basis.
     
Page 21 of 24
  2012 Code of Ethics (CE)

 


 

APPENDIX C
Personal Account Dealing Guidance
                     
    60 day                
    holding       Post-        
Investment / transaction   period   Pre-   event       Not
type   *   Clearance   Reporting   Exempt   Allowed
ANY deliberate transactions (buys or sells) in investments of any type including:
                   
Equities, Options, Fixed Income, Venture Capital Funds, IVZ shares**, ETFs etc.
  x   x            
 
                   
IVZ funds/products including ETFs*
  x   x            
 
                   
Privately issued investment securities/hedge funds
  x   x            
 
                   
Non-Executive Directors:
                   
Personal Investment Transactions in IVZ Ltd. shares & products.
  x   x            
 
                   
Government and local authority debt (non-OECD country)
  x       x        
 
                   
Non-Executive Directors:
                   
Personal Investment Transactions in non- IVZ shares & funds
  x       x        
 
                   
Undirected/Automatic transactions or movements
  x       x        
 
                   
Non-IVZ Collective Investment Schemes (excluding ETFs)
              x    
 
                   
OECD debt (e.g. US treasury bills)
              x    
 
                   
Financial Spread betting ***
                  x
 
                   
Initial Public Offerings***
                  x
 
                   
Futures/Short Sales
                  x
 
Note:     in all cases, unless exempt, contract notes confirming the trades must be provided to the Compliance Department within 14 days of the trade. Pre-trade approval is valid until close of business the following day.
 
*   An exemption might be granted but if so, profits cannot be retained
 
**   May be subject to a close period
 
***   Apply for an exemption within the pre-trade authorisation process
     
Page 22 of 24
  2012 Code of Ethics (CE)

 


 

APPENDIX C
Personal Account Dealing Guidance
PRE-CLEARANCE AND
PRE-NOTIFICATION PROCESS:
1 Before transaction:
Complete a trade authorisation form. Mail it to: “*UK- Compliance Personal Share Dealing” . Your request is examined within short delays.
2 Then, do your trade!
NB: For Invesco Ltd Shares, on a basis of a limit or stop-loss order, the pre-clearance response has 14 days validity.
3 After transaction:
Don’t forget to collect the trade confirmation from your bank/broker. And within 10 days of settlement, send it by mail or fax to “ *UK- Compliance Personal Share Dealing”.
GENERAL REPORTING
REQUIREMENT:
Reports MUST be signed-off and sent to
“*UK- Compliance Personal Share Dealing”!
Even for employees who do not hold any
Reportable Securities
1 Regular reports:
Trade confirmation of each transaction,
>Whether the transaction had to be pre-cleared/noticed or not.
>Within 10 calendar days of settlement of each transaction involving Reportable Security.
2 Periodic reports:
A quarterly transaction report, of all transactions for the quarter, within 30 days after the end of each quarter.
An annual holding report, within 30 days after the end of the year.
     
Page 23 of 24
  2012 Code of Ethics (CE)

 


 

GENERAL POINTS:
1) Investments advices to family or close relatives:
For anyone else who lives in household employee, any family members whose transactions in Company securities are directed by or subject to an Invesco employee influence or control, personal trading policy applies and Invesco employee is responsible!!
2A) Covered account:
Account in which employee has direct or indirect financial interest, control, and in which securities are held for its direct or indirect benefit.
2B) Discretionary account:
Which investment decision has been delegated (written agreement to be provided by Compliance). Transactions in such accounts are no subject to pre-clearance/notification but have to be reported.
3) Exceptions to trading restrictions:
The Chief Executive Officer (or his designee) in consultation with the Compliance Officer may (in on a case by case basis) grant exceptions from any trading restrictions upon written request.
4) Black-out periods:
> WHAT: It means no trade on covered account permitted during specific periods.
> WHEN: It appears within 3 days before or after any client account trades in the same security; and the 15th of March, June, September, December until the 2nd business day of each next months.
>WHO: It applies now only to employees who regularly have access to material non-public information, (a list is transmitted and updated to concerned, every quarter).
5) Short term trading profits:
Any security must be held at least 60 days! Invesco policy restrict the ability of employees to benefit from short-term trading in securities and instruments. Employees must disgorge profits made on the sale by an employee of any security or instrument held less than 60 days and will not be permitted to purchase any security or instrument that has been sold by such employee within the prior 60 days.
     
Page 24 of 24
  2012 Code of Ethics (CE)

 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Invesco Ltd. Code of Conduct
A. Introduction
Our company’s Mission “Helping Investors Worldwide Build Their Financial Security” is a logical starting point for our Code of Conduct. To help guide us in achieving our Mission, Invesco has developed the following set of Principles:
  §   We are passionate about our clients’ success
 
  §   We earn trust by acting with integrity
 
  §   People are the foundation of our success
 
  §   Working together, we achieve more
 
  §   We believe in the continuous pursuit of performance excellence
This Code of Conduct (“Code of Conduct” or “Code”) has been created to assist us in accomplishing our Mission. It contains a number of policies and standards which, when taken together, are designed to help define the essence of the conduct of an Invesco representative. These policies and standards are also intended to provide guidance to Invesco personnel in fulfilling their obligations to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations (“applicable laws”). This Code of Conduct applies to all officers and other employees of Invesco and its subsidiaries (collectively, “Covered Persons”).
Our Principles also help define the Invesco culture. In practice, this means that our clients’ interests must always come first, that Covered Persons should treat each other with respect and consideration, and that Invesco should participate as a responsible corporate citizen in every community in which it operates. This commitment is a vital part of our achieving our principal responsibility as a publicly-held company: producing a fair return on our shareholders’ capital.
This Code of Conduct contains broad and general principles that supplement the specific policies, procedures and training within each business unit of Invesco.
Page 1 of 19

 


 

B. Statement of General Principles
Invesco operates in a highly-regulated and complex environment. There are numerous layers of overlapping, and occasionally conflicting, laws, customs and local practices. This Code of Conduct was designed to provide all of us who are part of Invesco with a clear statement of our firm’s ethical and cultural standards.
Generally, we serve our clients as fiduciaries. Fiduciary businesses are generally held to a higher standard of conduct than other businesses, and as such there are special obligations that apply. The following key duties and principles govern our conduct as fiduciaries:
Ø   Best interests of clients — As fiduciaries, we have a duty to act with reasonable care, skill and caution in the best interests of our clients, and to avoid conflicts of interest.
  Ø   Global fiduciary standards — Invesco seeks to maintain the same high fiduciary standards throughout the world, even though those standards may not be legally required, or even recognized, in some countries.
  Ø   Client confidentiality — We must maintain the confidentiality of information relating to the client, and comply with the data protection requirements imposed by many jurisdictions.
  Ø   Information — Clients must be provided with timely and accurate information regarding their accounts.
  Ø   Segregation and protection of assets — Processes must be established for the proper maintenance, control and protection of client assets. Fiduciary assets must be segregated from Invesco assets and property.
  Ø   Delegation of duties — Fiduciary duties should be delegated only when the client consents and where permitted by applicable law. Reasonable care, skill and caution must be exercised in the selection of agents and review of their performance.
  Ø   Client guidelines — Invesco is responsible for making investment decisions on behalf of clients that are consistent with the prospectus, contract, or other controlling document relating to the client’s account.
  Ø   Relations with regulators — We seek relationships with regulators that are open and responsive in nature.
Page 2 of 19

 


 

C. General Conduct
1. Fair and Honest Dealing
Covered Persons shall deal fairly and honestly with Invesco’s shareholders, customers, suppliers, competitors and employees. Covered Persons shall behave in an ethical manner and shall not take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other unfair dealing practice.
2. Anti-Discrimination and Harassment
Invesco is committed to providing a work environment that is free of discrimination and harassment. Such conduct, whether overt or subtle, is demeaning, may be illegal, and undermines the integrity of the employment relationship.
Sexual harassment can include unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, pressure to engage in a sexual relationship as a condition of employment or promotion, or conduct which creates a hostile or offensive work environment.
Discrimination can take many forms including actions, words, jokes, or comments based upon an individual’s race, citizenship, ethnicity, color, religion, sex, veteran status, national origin, age, disability, sexual orientation, marital status or other legally protected characteristic. Any Covered Person who engages in harassment or discrimination will be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment.
3. Electronic Communications
The use of electronic mail, the Internet and other technology assets is an important part of our work at Invesco. Used improperly, this technology presents legal and business risks for the company and for individual employees. There are also important privacy issues associated with the use of technology, and related regulations are evolving.
In accordance with Invesco’s IT Systems: Acceptable Use policies, all Covered Persons are required to use information technology for proper business purposes and in a manner that does not compromise the confidentiality of sensitive or proprietary information. All communications with the public, clients, prospects and fellow employees must be conducted with dignity, integrity, and competence and in an ethical and professional manner.
We must not use information technology to: transmit or store materials which are obscene, pornographic, or otherwise offensive; engage in criminal activity; obtain unauthorized access to data or files; commit copyright violations; install personal software without permission; or make Internet statements, without permission, that suggest that the user is speaking on behalf of Invesco or its affiliates.
Page 3 of 19

 


 

4. Substance Abuse
Invesco is committed to providing a safe and healthy work place for all employees. The use, possession, sale, transfer, purchase, or being “under the influence” of drugs at any time while on company premises or on company business is prohibited. The term “drug” includes alcoholic beverages (other than in connection with entertainment events, or in other appropriate settings), prescriptions not authorized by your doctor, inhalants, marijuana, cocaine, heroin and other illegal substances.
5. Political Activities and Lobbying
Covered Persons, as private citizens, are encouraged to exercise their rights and duties in any political or civic process. For example, voting in elections for which they are eligible, or making contributions supporting candidates or parties of their choice.
Invesco does not make political contributions with corporate funds. No Covered Person may, under any circumstances, use company funds to make political contributions, nor may you represent your personal political views as being those of the company.
In the United States, Invesco does support a Political Action Committee.
D. Conflicts of Interest
Invesco and its Covered Persons must adhere to the highest standards of honest and ethical conduct. A conflict of interest exists when a Covered Person acts in a manner that is not in the best interests of Invesco, our clients, or our shareholders. Often, this is because the Covered Person or someone with whom they have a close personal relationship (e.g. a relative or friend) will benefit personally.
All Covered Persons must act in a manner that is in the best interests of Invesco, our clients, and our shareholders and must avoid any situation that gives rise to an actual or apparent conflict of interest. At no time may a Covered Person use Invesco property, information, or their position to profit personally or to assist others in profiting at the expense of the company, to compete with Invesco, or to take advantage of opportunities that are discovered in the course of serving Invesco.
All Covered Persons shall promptly communicate to the applicable member of the Legal and Compliance Department any material transaction, relationship, or situation that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest so that the company and the Covered Person may take steps to minimize the conflict.
While not all-inclusive, the following sections describe in more detail key areas where real or perceived conflicts of interest can arise.
1. Outside Activities and Compensation
No Covered Person shall perform work or render services for any competitor of Invesco or for any organization with which Invesco does business, or which seeks to do
Page 4 of 19

 


 

business with Invesco, outside of the normal course of his or her employment with Invesco, without the prior written approval of the company. Nor shall any such person be a director, officer, or consultant of such an organization, or permit his or her name to be used in any fashion that would tend to indicate a business connection with such organization, without such approval. Outside organizations can include public or private corporations, partnerships, charitable foundations and other not-for-profit institutions. With the above approval, Covered Persons may receive compensation for such activities.
Service with organizations outside of Invesco can, however, raise serious regulatory issues, including conflicts of interest and access to material non-public information.
As an outside board member or officer, a Covered Person may come into possession of material non-public information about the outside company or other public companies. It is critical that a proper information barrier be in place between Invesco and the outside organization, and that the Covered Person does not communicate such information to other Covered Persons in violation of the information barrier.
Similarly, Invesco may have a business relationship with the outside organization or may seek a relationship in the future. In those circumstances, the Covered Person must not be involved in any way in the business relationship between Invesco and the outside organization.
Invesco retains the right to prohibit membership by Covered Persons on any board of directors/trustees or as an officer of an outside organization where such membership might conflict with the best interests of the company. Approval will be granted on a case-by-case basis, subject to proper resolution of potential conflicts of interest. Outside activities will be approved only if these issues can be satisfactorily resolved.
2. Personal Trading
Purchasing and selling securities in a Covered Person’s own account, or accounts over which the Covered Person has access or control, particularly in securities owned by client accounts, can give rise to potential conflicts of interest. As fiduciaries, we are held to the highest standards of conduct. Improperly gaining advance knowledge of portfolio transactions, or conducting securities transactions based upon information obtained at Invesco, can be a violation of those standards.
Every Covered Person must also comply with the specific personal trading rules in effect for the Covered Person’s business unit.
3. Information Barriers and Material Non-Public Information
In the conduct of our business, Covered Persons may come into possession of material non-public information. This information could concern an issuer, a client, a portfolio, the market for a particular security, or Invesco itself. The Board of Directors of the company has adopted an Insider Trading Policy (“Insider Trading Policy”) which applies to all Covered Persons. The Insider Trading Policy prohibits all Covered Persons from
Page 5 of 19

 


 

using such information in ways that violate the law, including for personal gain. Non-public information must be kept confidential, which may include keeping it confidential from other Covered Persons. The purchase or sale of Invesco’s securities or the securities of other publicly-traded companies while aware of material nonpublic information about such company, or the disclosure of material nonpublic information to others who then trade in such company’s securities, is prohibited by this Code of Conduct and by United States and other jurisdictions’ securities laws.
With regard to Invesco securities, the Insider Trading Policy, among other provisions, prohibits directors, officers, and other Covered Persons who are deemed to have access to material, non-public information relating to the company from trading during specified Blackout Periods (as defined therein). All Covered Persons should review the Invesco Insider Trading Policy carefully and follow the policies and procedures described therein. The failure of a Covered Person to comply with the company’s Insider Trading Policy may subject him or her to company-imposed sanctions, up to and including termination for cause, whether or not the failure to comply results in a violation of law. Please contact an appropriate member of the Legal and Compliance Department on any questions regarding this subject and the company’s Insider Trading Policy.
4. Gifts and Relationships with Customers and Suppliers
Invesco seeks to do business with clients and suppliers on a fair and equitable basis. We may not accept or provide gifts of other than nominal value, or lavish entertainment, or other valuable benefits or special favors to or from customers or suppliers. We must observe any limits imposed by our business unit’s policies, local laws, or regulations with respect to the acceptance or provision of gifts and entertainment.
E. Compliance with Applicable Laws
Invesco strives to ensure that all activity by or on behalf of Invesco is in compliance with applicable laws. As Invesco operates in major countries and securities markets throughout the world, we have a duty to comply with applicable laws of the jurisdictions in which we operate. While not exhaustive, this section describes several areas where such legislation may exist.
1. Anti-Bribery and Dealings with Governmental Officials
Invesco does not tolerate bribery. We, and those working on Invesco’s behalf, must not offer, request, receive, give, accept or agree to accept bribes to or from anyone whether in the private or public sector with the intent to induce or reward improper performance of duties.
Page 6 of 19

 


 

Many of the countries in which Invesco conducts its business prohibit the improper influencing of governmental officials or other business persons by the payment, giving or offering of bribes, gifts, political contributions, lavish hospitality or by other means. Our policy requires adherence to those restrictions.
Do not directly or indirectly promise, offer or make payment in money or give an advantage or anything of value to anyone including a government official, agent or employee of a government, political party, labour organization, charity, a business entity or its representatives, a candidate of a political party or their families, with the intent to induce favourable business treatment or improper performance of their business or government decisions and actions.
This policy prohibits actions intended to, for example, improperly:
    influence a specific decision or action or
 
    enhance future relationships or
 
    maintain existing relationships
We must not request, accept or agree to accept payments or other advantages that are intended to improperly influence our decisions or actions or additionally, agree to any business relationships that are conditional on such advantages being given or received.
In general, all travel and entertainment that Covered Persons provide to existing or perspective business partners and governmental officials must be pre-approved within the appropriate business unit. If approved, and in the case of situations involving government officials, a written confirmation that such expenses do not violate local law must be obtained from an appropriate third party (e.g., the business unit’s legal counsel or the government official’s supervisor).
Covered Persons shall comply with applicable laws governing political campaign finance and lobbying activities and shall not engage in any conduct that is intended to avoid the application of such laws to activities undertaken on Invesco’s behalf. In addition, appropriate executive officers shall monitor compliance with lobbyist registration and disclosure requirements by all individuals who act on behalf of Invesco.
These prohibitions in this section extend to any consultants or agents we may retain on behalf of Invesco.
Further information can be found in Invesco’s Global Anti-Bribery policy. Guidance regarding genuine and allowable gifts, benefits and entertainment is set out in the Gifts, Benefits and Entertainment Policy.
Page 7 of 19

 


 

2. Anti-Money Laundering
In the global marketplace, the attempted use of financial institutions and instruments to launder money is a significant problem that has resulted in the passage of strict laws in many countries. Money laundering is the attempt to disguise money derived from or intended to finance illegal activity including drug trafficking, terrorism, organized crime, fraud, and many other crimes. Money launderers go to great lengths to hide the sources of their funds. Among the most common stratagems are placing cash in legitimate financial institutions, layering between numerous financial institutions, and integrating the laundered proceeds back into the economy as apparently legitimate funds.
All Covered Persons must be vigilant in the fight against money laundering, and must not allow Invesco to be used for money laundering. Each business unit has developed an anti-money laundering program that is consistent with Invesco’s policy. Each Covered Person must comply with the applicable program.
3. Antitrust
The laws of many countries are designed to protect consumers from illegal competitive actions such as price fixing and dividing markets. It is Invesco’s policy and practice to compete based on the merits of our products and services. In order to further that policy, Covered Persons must not fix or control prices with competitors, divide up territories or markets, limit the production or sale of products, boycott certain suppliers or customers, unfairly control or restrict trade in any way, restrict a competitor’s marketing practices, or disparage a competitor. Covered Persons must never discuss products, pricing or markets with competitors with the intent to fix prices or divide markets.
4. International Issues
If you conduct business for Invesco outside of the U.S., in addition to being familiar with the local laws of the other countries involved, be sure you are familiar with the following U.S. laws and regulations. Violations of these laws can result in substantial fines, imprisonment and severe restrictions on the company’s ability to do business.
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act
The United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) and similar laws in many other countries have a variety of provisions that regulate business in other countries and with foreign citizens. In essence, these laws make it a crime to promise or give anything of value to a foreign official or political party in order to obtain or keep business or obtain any improper advantage. It is also illegal to make payments to agents, sales representatives or other third parties if you have reason to believe your gift will be used illegally. Seek advice from the appropriate member of the Legal and Compliance
Page 8 of 19

 


 

Department for interpretation of the FCPA or similar laws if you are involved in any business dealings that involve foreign countries.
Anti-Boycott Laws
From time to time, various countries may impose restrictions upon the ability of businesses in their jurisdiction to engage in commerce with designated individuals, countries or companies. These laws are commonly referred to as boycotts or trade embargoes. It may be against the law to cooperate in any boycotts between foreign countries not sanctioned by the laws of the place where your office is located. All requests for boycott support or boycott-related information must be reported to your supervisor and the member of the Legal and Compliance Department with responsibility for your office.
Similarly, many countries contribute the names of criminal or terrorist organizations or individuals to a common database and require financial institutions to screen customer lists against the database as part of their “Know Your Customer” obligations. We must be aware of, and where appropriate, adhere to any such restrictions.
Embargo Sanctions
The United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control prohibits U.S. companies and their foreign subsidiaries from doing business with certain countries and agencies and certain individuals. The laws of other countries may have similar types of prohibitions. The regulations vary depending on the country and the type of transaction and often change as countries’ foreign policies change. If you are aware of any sensitive political issues with a country in which Invesco is doing or considering doing business, seek advice from the appropriate member of the Legal and Compliance Department.
F. Information Management
1. Confidential Information
Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to competitors, or harmful to the company or its customers, if disclosed. All information (in any form, including electronic information) that is created or used in support of company business activities is the property of Invesco. This company information is a valuable asset and Covered Persons are expected to protect it from unauthorized disclosure. This includes Invesco customer, supplier, business partner, and employee data. United States (federal and state) and other jurisdictions’ laws may restrict the use of such information and impose penalties for impermissible use or disclosure.
Covered Persons must maintain the confidentiality of information entrusted to them by the company or its customers, vendors or consultants except when disclosure is properly authorized by the company or legally mandated. Covered Persons shall take
Page 9 of 19

 


 

all reasonable efforts to safeguard such confidential information that is in their possession against inadvertent disclosure and shall comply with any non-disclosure obligations imposed on Invesco in its agreements with third parties.
Information pertaining to Invesco’s competitive position or business strategies, and information relating to negotiations with Covered Persons or third parties, should be protected and shared only with Covered Persons having a need to know such information in order to perform their job responsibilities.
2. Data Privacy
Data privacy, as it relates both to our clients and our employees, has become a major political and legal issue in many jurisdictions in which we do business. A variety of laws in each of those jurisdictions governs the collection, storage, dissemination, transfer, use, access to and confidentiality of personal information and patient health information. These laws can work to limit transfers of such data across borders and even among affiliated entities within Invesco. Invesco and its Covered Persons will comply with all provisions of these laws that relate to its business, including the privacy, security and electronic transmission of financial, health and other personal information. The company expects its Covered Persons to keep all such data confidential and to protect, use and disclose information in the conduct of our business only in compliance with these laws. The company will consider and may release personal information to third parties to comply with law or to protect the rights, property or safety of Invesco and its customers. In accordance with Invesco policies, each business unit has developed required disclosures and data security procedures applicable to that business unit. All Covered Persons must comply with the applicable procedures.
With respect to Invesco Covered Persons, all salary, benefit, medical and other personal information relating to Covered Persons shall generally be treated as confidential. Personnel files, payroll information, disciplinary matters, and similar information are to be maintained in a manner designed to protect confidentiality in accordance with applicable laws. All Covered Persons shall exercise due care to prevent the release or sharing of such information beyond those persons who may need such information to fulfill their job functions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all personnel information belongs solely to Invesco and may be reviewed or used by the company as needed to conduct its business.
G. Protecting Invesco’s Assets
All Covered Persons shall strive to preserve and protect the company’s assets and resources and to promote their efficient use. The standards set forth below are intended to guide Covered Persons by articulating Invesco’s expectations as they relate to activities or behaviors that may affect the company’s assets.
Page 10 of 19

 


 

1. Personal Use of Corporate Assets
Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on Invesco’s profitability. Covered Persons are not to convert assets of the company to personal use. Company property should be used for the company’s legitimate business purposes and the business of the company shall be conducted in a manner designed to further Invesco’s interest rather than the personal interest of an individual Covered Person. Covered Persons are prohibited from the unauthorized use or taking of Invesco’s equipment, supplies, materials or services. Prior to engaging in any activity on company time which will result in remuneration to the Covered Person or the use of Invesco’s equipment, supplies, materials or services for personal or non-work related purposes, officers and other Covered Persons shall obtain the approval of the supervisor of the appropriate business unit.
2. Use of Company Software
Covered Persons use software programs for word processing, spreadsheets, data management, and many other applications. Software products purchased by the company are covered by some form of licensing agreement that describes the terms, conditions and allowed uses. It is the company’s policy to respect copyright laws and observe the terms and conditions of any license agreements. Copyright laws in the United States and other countries impose civil and criminal penalties for illegal reproductions and use of licensed software. You must be aware of the restrictions on the use of software and abide by those restrictions. Invesco business equipment may not be used to reproduce commercial software. In addition, you may not use personal software on company equipment without prior written approval.
3. Computer Resources/E-mail
The company’s computer resources, which include the electronic messaging systems (e-mail, SMS, etc.), belong to Invesco and not to the Covered Person. They are not intended to be used for amusement, solicitation, or other non-business purposes. While it is recognized that Covered Persons will occasionally use the system for personal communications, it is expected that such uses will be kept to a minimum and that Covered Persons will be responsible and professional in their use of these functions. The use of the computer systems to make or forward derogatory or offensive remarks about other people or groups is prohibited. E-mail/Text messages should be treated as any other written business communication.
4. Invesco Intellectual Property
Covered Persons must carefully maintain and manage the intellectual property rights of Invesco, including patents, trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets, to preserve and protect their value. Information, ideas and intellectual property assets of Invesco are important to the company’s success.
Page 11 of 19

 


 

Invesco’s name, logo, trademarks, inventions, processes and innovations are intellectual property assets and their protection is vital to the success of the company’s business. The company’s and any of its subsidiaries’ names, logos and other trademarks and service marks are to be used only for authorized company business and never in connection with personal or other activities unless appropriately approved and in accordance with company policy. In addition, our Covered Persons must respect the intellectual property rights of third parties. Violation of these rights can subject both you and the company to substantial liability, including criminal penalties.
Any work product produced in the course of performing your job shall be deemed to be a “work made for hire” and shall belong to Invesco and is to be used only for the benefit of Invesco. This includes such items as marketing plans, product development plans, computer programs, software, hardware and similar materials. You must share any innovations or inventions you create with your supervisor so that the company can take steps to protect these valuable assets.
5. Retention of Books and Records
Invesco corporate records are important assets. Corporate records include essentially everything you produce as a Covered Person, regardless of its format. A corporate record may be in the form of paper, computer tapes, microfilm, e-mail, or voice mail. It may be something as obvious as a memorandum or a contract or something not as obvious, such as a desk calendar, an appointment book, or an expense record.
Invesco is required by law to maintain certain types of corporate records, usually for a specified period of time. Failure to retain such documents for such minimum periods could subject Invesco to penalties and fines, cause the loss of rights, obstruct justice, place Invesco in contempt of court, or place Invesco at a serious disadvantage in litigation. However, storage of voluminous records over time is costly. Therefore, Invesco has established controls to assure retention for required periods and timely destruction of retrievable records, such as paper copies and records on computers, electronic systems, microfiche, and microfilm. Even if a document is retained for the legally required period, liability could still result if a document is destroyed before its scheduled destruction date.
Invesco and its affiliates are subject to the regulatory requirements of numerous countries and regulatory agencies. Virtually all of them have specific requirements concerning the creation, maintenance and storage of business records. Invesco expects all Covered Persons to become familiar with and fully comply with the records retention/destruction schedule for the departments and office locations for which they work. If you believe documents should be retained beyond the applicable retention period, consult with the Legal and Compliance Department.
6. Sales and Marketing Materials
Invesco is committed to building sustained, open, and honest relationships with our customers, and to complying with all relevant regulatory requirements. This requires
Page 12 of 19

 


 

that all marketing and sales-related materials be prepared under standards approved by the Legal and Compliance Department and, prior to use, reviewed and approved by the appropriate supervisor within a business unit. Covered materials include but are not limited to, requests for proposals, client presentations, performance summaries, advertisements, published market commentaries, brochures and web site content.
H. Disclosure of Invesco Information
1. Integrity and Accuracy of Financial Records
The preparation and maintenance of accurate books, records and accounts is required by law and essential to the proper discharge of financial, legal and reporting obligations. All Covered Persons are prohibited from directly or indirectly falsifying or causing to be false or misleading any financial or accounting book, record or account. In addition, all financial data must be completely and accurately recorded in compliance with applicable law and Invesco’s accounting policies and procedures. A Covered Person may violate this section by acting or by failing to act when he or she becomes aware of a violation or potential violation of this section.
2. Disclosure in Reports and Documents
Filings and Public Materials . As a public company, it is important that the company’s filings with the SEC and other U.S. federal, state, domestic and international regulatory agencies are full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable. The company also makes many other filings with the SEC and other U.S. and international regulatory agencies on behalf of the funds that its subsidiaries and affiliates manage. Further, the company prepares mutual fund account statements, client investment performance information, prospectuses and advertising materials that are sent out to its mutual fund shareholders and clients.
Disclosure and Reporting Policy . The company’s policy is to comply with all applicable disclosure, financial reporting and accounting regulations applicable to the company. The company maintains the highest commitment to its disclosure and reporting requirements, and expects and requires all Covered Persons to record information accurately and truthfully in the books and records of the company.
Information for Filings . Depending on his or her position with the company, a Covered Person may be called upon to provide necessary information to assure that the company’s public reports and regulatory filings are full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable. The company expects all Covered Persons to be diligent in providing accurate information to the inquiries that are made related to the company’s public disclosure requirements.
Disclosure Controls and Procedures and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . Covered Persons are required to cooperate and comply with the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting so that the company’s reports and documents filed with the SEC and other U.S. federal, state,
Page 13 of 19

 


 

domestic and international regulatory agencies comply in all material respects with applicable laws and provide full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure.
3. Improper Influence on the Conduct of Audits
Every Covered Person must deal fairly and honestly with outside accountants performing audits, reviews or examinations of Invesco’s and its subsidiaries’ financial statements. To that end, no Covered Person of Invesco may make or cause to be made a materially false or misleading statement (or omit facts necessary to make the statements made not misleading) in connection with an audit, review or examination of financial statements by independent accountants or the preparation of any document or report required to be filed with a governmental or regulatory authority. Covered Persons of Invesco also are prohibited from coercing, manipulating, misleading or fraudulently inducing any independent public or certified public accountant engaged in the performance or review of financial statements that are required to be filed with a governmental or regulatory authority if he or she knows or should have known that his or her actions could result in making those financial statements materially misleading.
4. Standards for Invesco’s Financial Officers
Invesco’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer (the “Financial Officers”) are required to take all reasonable steps to provide full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosures in the reports and documents that Invesco files with or submits to the SEC and other regulatory bodies and in other public communications made by Invesco. In the event that a Financial Officer learns that any such report, document or communication does not meet this standard and such deviation is material, then the Financial Officers are required to review and investigate such deviation, advise the Board of Directors or the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors regarding the deviation and, where necessary, revise the relevant report, document or communication.
Although a particular accounting treatment for one or more of Invesco’s operations may be permitted under applicable accounting standards, the Financial Officers may not authorize or permit the use of such an accounting treatment if the effect is to distort or conceal Invesco’s true financial condition. The accounting standards and treatments utilized by Invesco must, in all instances, be determined on an objective and uniform basis and without reference to a single transaction or series of transactions and their impact on Invesco’s financial results for a particular time period. Any new or novel accounting treatment or standard that is to be utilized in the preparation of Invesco’s financial statements must be discussed with Invesco’s Audit Committee and its independent auditors.
5. Communications with the Media, Analysts and Shareholders
Page 14 of 19

 


 

Invesco has a long-standing policy of co-operating with the news media and the financial community. This policy is intended to enhance respect for the company, provide accurate information, and achieve our business goals.
Invesco employs media relations professionals who are responsible for handling all contacts with the news media. Invesco’s Communications and Public Affairs Department is responsible for formulating and directing our media relations policy worldwide. Other Invesco employees may not speak to or disseminate information to the news media unless such contact has been requested and arranged by or coordinated with an Invesco media relations professional in accordance with the company’s media relations policy. Any contact from the news media should be referred promptly and without comment to an Invesco media relations professional. If you do not know the appropriate media relations professional for your unit, you can refer the contact to the Invesco Communications and Public Affairs Department.
Many countries have detailed rules with regard to the dissemination of information about public companies. In particular, a public company must have procedures for controlling the release of information that may have a material impact on its share price. The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer are responsible for Invesco’s relationships with the financial community, including the release of price sensitive information. Other Invesco employees may not speak to or disseminate information regarding the company to the financial community (including analysts, investors, shareholders, Company lenders, and rating agencies) unless such contact has been requested and arranged by the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the Investor Relations Group within the Finance Department
Page 15 of 19

 


 

I. Compliance with the Code of Conduct
1. Your Responsibilities
One person’s misconduct can damage our entire company’s hard-earned reputation and compromise the public’s trust in the company. Every Covered Person should therefore be familiar with this Code and abide strictly by its provisions.
2. Reporting Violations of the Code
As part of being accountable to each other and Invesco, all Covered Persons are required to report possible violations of the Invesco Code of Conduct, laws or regulations. Such violations can include, but are not limited to:
  Ø   Violations of any laws or regulations generally involving Invesco;
 
  Ø   Questionable accounting matters, internal accounting controls, auditing matters, breaches of fiduciary duty or violations of United States or foreign securities laws or rules (collectively, “Accounting Matters”) including, but not limited to:
    fraud or deliberate error in the preparation, evaluation, review or audit of any financial statement of Invesco;
 
    fraud or deliberate error in the recording and maintaining of financial records of Invesco;
 
    deficiencies in or non-compliance with Invesco’s internal accounting controls;
 
    misrepresentation or false statements to or by a senior officer or accountant regarding a matter contained in the financial records, financial reports or audit reports of Invesco;
 
    deviation from full and fair reporting of Invesco’s financial condition; or
 
    fraudulent or criminal activities engaged in by officers, directors or employees of Invesco;
You may report your concerns in any of three ways:
Contact your supervisor
We encourage you to first contact your immediate supervisor, who is in turn responsible for informing Invesco’s Compliance Reporting Line (described below) of any concerns raised.
Contact the Legal and Compliance or Human Resources Departments
Page 16 of 19

 


 

If you prefer not to discuss a concern with your own supervisor, you may instead contact the Legal and Compliance or Human Resources Departments directly.
Call our Compliance Reporting Line
You may also report your concerns confidentially and anonymously by calling the Invesco Compliance Reporting Line. If you are calling from a U.S. or Canadian location, dial 1-866-297-3627 . For calls from all other locations, dial an international operator and request a collect call to 1-704-943-1136 . When asked for your name use “Invesco.”
The Compliance Reporting Line is administered by an outside vendor and is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. For more information on the Compliance Reporting Line, please click here: Compliance Reporting Line .
Complaints relating to Accounting Matters will be reviewed pursuant to the Audit Committee’s policy and procedures and under its direction and oversight by such persons as the Audit Committee determines to be appropriate. All other matters will be reviewed under the direction and oversight of the appropriate departments within Invesco, usually also including the Legal and Compliance Department. Prompt and appropriate corrective action will be taken when and as warranted in the judgment of the Audit Committee or other reviewing department.
Invesco will not permit retaliation, retribution, harassment, or intimidation of any employee who in good faith reports a possible violation. Along with the three reporting methods described above, this also includes, but is not limited to an employee who discloses information to a government or law enforcement agency, or any other national, state or provincial securities regulatory authority where the employee has reasonable cause to believe that the information discloses a violation or possible violation of federal or state law or regulation.
However, employees who file reports or provide evidence which they know to be false or without a reasonable belief in the truth and accuracy of such information may be subject to disciplinary action, including termination of their employment.
3. Failure to Comply
It is your responsibility at all times to comply with the law and behave in an ethical manner. Failure to obey laws and regulations violates this Code and may expose both you and the company to criminal or civil sanctions. Invesco will investigate reported violations of the Code and, if violations are found, may take disciplinary action, if appropriate, against the individuals involved up to and including termination. Invesco may also seek civil remedies from you and even refer criminal misconduct to law enforcement agencies, and may make reports, if appropriate, to regulatory authorities. Nothing in this Code restricts the company from taking any disciplinary action on any
Page 17 of 19

 


 

matters pertaining to the conduct of a Covered Person, whether or not expressly set forth in the Code.
4. Annual Certification
As Covered Persons, each of us is obligated to read and understand this Code of Conduct and our relevant business unit’s policies and procedures. All Covered Persons are expected to abide by both the letter and spirit of the Code and will certify their adherence on an annual basis.
5. Other Requirements
This Code cannot anticipate every possible situation or cover every topic in detail. The company has established special policies to address specific subjects and will update this Code and those specific policies from time-to-time. Covered Persons are also expected to perform their work with honesty and integrity in any areas not specifically addressed by the Code. If you are unclear about a situation, please speak with your supervisor or an appropriate member of the Legal and Compliance Department before taking action.
6. Waivers of the Code
In certain limited situations, Invesco may waive the application of a provision of the Code to employees or Executive Officers (as defined in Rule 3b-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, “Executive Officers”). For the purposes of the Code, the term “waiver” shall mean a material departure from a provision of the Code.
For all employees, including Executive Officers, any requests for waivers must be made to the Legal and Compliance Department. For waiver requests not involving an Executive Officer, the Legal and Compliance Department shall forward the request to the General Counsel of the business unit for consideration.
For waiver requests involving an Executive Officer, the Legal and Compliance Department will forward the request to the Invesco Board of Directors or a committee thereof for consideration. Only the Board of Directors or one of its committees may approve a waiver for an Executive Officer. Any such waiver granted to an Executive Officer shall be promptly disclosed to shareholders within four (4) business days as required by SEC rules and the corporate governance listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange and other applicable laws.
Criteria for a Waiver:
Any employee or Executive Officer requesting a waiver of the Code must demonstrate that such a waiver:
Page 18 of 19

 


 

    is necessary to alleviate undue hardship or in view of unforeseen circumstances or is otherwise appropriate under all the relevant facts and circumstances;
 
    will not be inconsistent with the purposes and objectives of the Code;
 
    will not adversely affect the interests of clients of the company or the interests of the company; and
 
    will not result in a transaction or conduct that would violate provisions of applicable laws or regulations.
7. Use and Disclosure
This Code is intended solely for the internal use by the company and does not constitute an admission, by or on behalf of the company, as to any fact, circumstance, or legal conclusion. To the extent required by law, the company shall publicly ( e.g. , in its Annual Report on Form 10-K and/or on its website) disclose this Code of Conduct and its application to all of the company’s Covered Persons.
8. Amendments
This Code may only be amended by Invesco’s Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof. To the extent required by law, amendments to the Code of Conduct shall be disclosed publicly. As set forth in the company’s filings with the SEC, the company has elected to disclose certain amendments to the Code that affect, and any waivers of the Code granted to, Financial Officers on the company’s Web site.
Revised: October 2011
Page 19 of 19

 

(INVESCO LOGO)
Invesco Senior Secured Management, Inc. (“ISSM”)
     
Policy:
  Code of Ethics Policy
 
   
Area of Focus:
  Compliance
     
Policy Owner:
  Compliance, Management
Policy Approver:
  Compliance
Policy Contact:
  Compliance
Version:
  1.1 
Version Effective Date:
  January 31, 2012 
Review Frequency:
  Annual
Review Date:
  January 31, 2013 
Applicable Authority:
  Rule 204A-1 
Policy Cross References:
  Invesco Code of Conduct and Invesco Code of Ethics
Introduction and Overview
In our efforts to ensure that ISSM develops and maintains a reputation for integrity and high ethical standards, it is essential not only that ISSM and its employees comply with relevant federal and state securities laws, but also that we maintain high standards of personal and professional conduct. The ISSM Code of Ethics (the “Code”) is designed to help ensure that we conduct our business consistent with these high standards.
The policies and procedures set forth in the Code apply to all employees of the firm. Failure to comply with the Code may result in disciplinary action, including termination of employment.
ISSM holds to the following principles:
    We are fiduciaries. Our duty is at all times to place the interests of our Clients first.
 
    All personal securities transactions will be conducted in such a manner as to be consistent with the Code of Ethics and to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility.
 
    No employee should take inappropriate advantage of their position.
 
    The fiduciary principle that information concerning the identity of security holdings and financial circumstances of any Client is confidential.
Standards of Business Conduct
All employees must comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. Employees are not permitted, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, of a security held or to be acquired by a Client:

 


 

This policy is the property of ISSM and may not be provided to any external party without express prior
consent from Compliance or Legal.
    To defraud such Client in any manner;
 
    To engage in any act, practice or course of conduct which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon such a Client;
 
    To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to such Client; or
 
    To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to securities, including price manipulation.
Conflicts of Interest
As a fiduciary, ISSM has an affirmative duty of care, loyalty, honesty, and good faith to act in the best interests of its Clients. Compliance with this duty can be achieved by avoiding conflicts of interest and by fully disclosing all material facts concerning any conflict that does arise with respect to any Client. Employees should try to avoid any situation that has even the appearance of conflict or impropriety.
Personal Securities Transactions
All employees are required to comply with Invesco’s policies and procedures regarding personal securities transactions.
Refer to the Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s Code of Ethics for specific requirements.
Gifts and Entertainment
A conflict of interest occurs when the personal interests of employees interfere or could potentially interfere with their responsibilities to the firm and its clients. The overriding principle is that supervised persons should not accept inappropriate gifts, favors, entertainment, special accommodations, or other things of material value that could influence their decision-making or make them feel beholden to a person or firm. Similarly, supervised persons should not offer gifts, favors, entertainment or other things of value that could be viewed as overly generous or aimed at influencing decision-making or making a client feel beholden to the firm or the supervised person.
Refer to the ISSM Gifts and Entertainment Policy for more detailed guidelines.
Confidentiality
Information concerning the identity of security holdings and all material non-public information related to the holdings of Clients is confidential. Employees are prohibited from disclosing to persons outside the firm any material nonpublic information about any Client, the investments made by the firm on behalf of Clients, and information regarding the firm’s trading strategies, except as required to effectuate securities transactions on behalf of a client or for other legitimate business purposes.

Page 2


 

This policy is the property of ISSM and may not be provided to any external party without express prior
consent from Compliance or Legal.
Service on a Board of Directors
Because of the high potential for conflicts of interest and insider trading problems, investment personnel may not serve on the boards of directors of any public companies without previous approval from the Chief Compliance Officer. If the outside business activity is approved, the Employee must recuse himself or herself from making Client investment decisions concerning the particular company or issuer as appropriate, provided that this recusal requirement shall not apply with respect to certain Employees that serve on corporate boards as a result of, or in connection with, Client investments made in those companies
Marketing and Promotional Activities
All oral and written statements, including those made to clients, prospective clients, their representatives, or the media must be professional, accurate, balanced, and not misleading in any way. Any promotional materials must be pre-approved.
Refer to the ISSM Advertising and Marketing Policy for specific guidelines.
Other Outside Activities
General
Employees are prohibited from engaging in outside business or investment activities that may interfere with their duties with the firm. Outside business affiliations, including directorships of private companies, consulting engagements, or public/charitable positions must be approved in writing by the Chief Compliance Officer.
Fiduciary Appointments
Approval must be obtained from the Chief Compliance Officer before accepting an executorships, trusteeship, or power of attorney, other than with respect to a family member. Fiduciary appointments on behalf of family members must be disclosed at the inception of the relationship.
Disclosure
Employees should disclose any personal interest that might present a conflict of interest or harm the reputation of the firm.

Page 3


 

This policy is the property of ISSM and may not be provided to any external party without express prior
consent from Compliance or Legal.
Chief Compliance Officer
ISSM has appointed Scott A. Trapani as its Chief Compliance Officer. All references to the Chief Compliance Officer or CCO in this policy or other ISSM policies refer to Scott A. Trapani.
Reporting Violations
All employees are required to report any material violation of the firm’s Code promptly to the Chief Compliance Officer.
Confidentiality
All reports will be treated confidentially to the extent permitted by law and investigated promptly and appropriately. Reports may not be submitted anonymously.
Sanctions
Any violations of the Code of Ethics will result in disciplinary action that a designated person deems appropriate, including, including but not limited to, a warning, fines, disgorgement, suspension, demotion, or termination of employment. In addition to sanctions, violations may result in referral to civil or criminal authorities where appropriate.
Definitions
Access Person — an access person is any one that may have access to client information.
Supervised Person — includes directors, officers, and partners of the firm, employees of the firm, and any other person who provides advice on behalf of the adviser and is subject to the adviser’s supervision and control.
Covered Securities — Any stock, bond, future, investment contract or any other instrument that is considered a “security” under the Investment Advisers Act. Covered securities do not include:
    Direct obligations of the US Government (e.g., treasury securities)
 
    Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and high quality short-term debt obligations, including repurchase agreements.
 
    Shares issued by money market funds
 
    Shares of open-end mutual funds that are not advised or sub-advised by Invesco Ltd. or any of its affiliates; and
 
    Shares issued by unit investment trusts.

Page 4


 

Invesco Advisers, Inc.
CODE OF ETHICS
January 1, 2011
Code of Ethics

1


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
Section   Item   Page  
I.  
Introduction
    3  
   
 
       
II.  
Statement of Fiduciary Principles
    3  
   
 
       
III.  
Compliance With Laws, Rules and Regulations; Reporting of Violations
    4  
   
 
       
IV.  
Limits on Personal Investing
    4  
   
A. Personal Investing
    4  
   
1 Pre-clearance of Personal Securities Transactions
    4  
   
Blackout Period
    5  
   
Investment Personnel
    5  
   
De Minimis Exemptions
    5  
   
2 Prohibition of Short-Term Trading Profits
    6  
   
3 Initial Public Offerings
    6  
   
4 Prohibition of Short Sales by Investment Personnel
    7  
   
5 Restricted List Securities
    7  
   
6 Other Criteria to Consider in Pre-Clearance
       
   
7 Brokerage Accounts
    7  
   
8 Reporting Requirements
    8  
   
a. Initial Holdings Reports
    8  
   
b. Quarterly Transactions Reports
    8  
   
c. Annual Holdings Reports
    9  
   
d. Discretionary Managed Accounts
    9  
   
e. Certification of Compliance
    10  
   
9 Private Securities Transactions
    10  
   
10 Limited Investment Opportunity
    10  
   
11 Excessive Short-Term Trading in Funds
    10  
   
 
       
   
B. Invesco Ltd. Securities
    10  
   
C. Limitations on Other Personal Activities
    11  
   
1 Outside Business Activities
    11  
   
2 Gifts and Entertainment Policy
    11  
   
Entertainment
    11  
   
Gifts
    11  
   
3 U.S. Department of Labor Reporting
    12  
   
D. Parallel Investing Permitted
    12  
   
 
       
V.  
Reporting of Potential Compliance Issues
    13  
   
 
       
VI.  
Administration of the Code
    13  
   
 
       
VII.  
Sanctions
    13  
   
 
       
VIII.  
Exceptions to the Code
    14  
   
 
       
IX.  
Definitions
    14  
   
 
       
X.  
Invesco Ltd. Policies and Procedures
    16  
   
 
       
X1.  
Code of Ethics Contacts
    16  
Code of Ethics

2


 

Invesco Advisers, Inc.
CODE OF ETHICS
(Originally adopted February 29, 2008; Amended effective January 1, 2011)
I. Introduction
Invesco Advisers, Inc. has a fiduciary relationship with respect to each portfolio under management. The interests of Clients and of the shareholders of investment company Clients take precedence over the personal interests of Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s Covered Persons (defined below). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined are defined at the end of this document.
This Code of Ethics (“the Code”) applies to all Covered Persons. Covered Persons include:
    any director, officer, full or part time Employee of Invesco Advisers, Inc. or any full or part time Employee of any Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s affiliates that, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in , or obtains any information concerning any Client’s purchase or sale of Covered Securities or who is involved in making or obtains information concerning investment recommendations with respect to such purchase or sales of Covered Securities; or who has access to non-public information concerning any Client’s purchase or sale of Covered Securities, access to non-public securities recommendations or access to non-public information concerning portfolio holdings of any portfolio advised or sub-advised by Invesco Advisers, Inc.
 
    all Employees of Invesco Ltd. located in the United States who are not covered by the Code of Ethics of a registered investment advisory affiliate of Invesco Ltd.
 
    any other persons falling within such definitions under Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 , as amended (the “Investment Company Act”)or Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”) and such other persons that may be so deemed by Compliance.
II. Statement of Fiduciary Principles
The following fiduciary principles govern Covered Persons.
    the interests of Clients and shareholders of investment company Clients must be placed first at all times and Covered Persons must not take inappropriate advantage of their positions; and
 
    all personal securities transactions must be conducted consistent with this Code and in a manner to avoid any abuse of an individual’s position of trust and responsibility. This Code is our effort to address conflicts of interest that may arise in the ordinary course of our business.
This Code does not attempt to identify all possible conflicts of interest or to ensure literal compliance with each of its specific provisions. It does not necessarily shield Covered Persons from liability for personal trading or other conduct that violates a fiduciary duty to Clients and shareholders of investment company Clients.
Code of Ethics

3


 

III. Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations; Reporting of Violations
All Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s Employees are required to comply with applicable state and federal securities laws, rules and regulations and this Code. Employees shall promptly report any violations of laws or regulations or any provision of this Code of which they become aware to Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee. Additional methods of reporting potential violations or compliance issues are described in Section V of this Code under “Reporting of Potential Compliance Issues.”
IV. Limits on Personal Investing
  A.   Personal Investing
1. Pre-clearance of Personal Security Transactions . All Covered Persons must pre-clear with the Compliance Department using the automated review system all personal security transactions involving Covered Securities for which they have Beneficial Ownership. A Covered Person may have Beneficial Ownership in securities held by members of his or her immediate family sharing the same household (i.e., a spouse and children) or by certain partnerships, trusts, corporations, or other arrangements.
Additionally, all Covered Persons must pre-clear personal securities transactions involving securities over which they have discretion. For example, if a Covered Person is directing the transactions for a friend or family member (regardless of whether they share the same household) all transactions in Covered Securities must be pre-cleared. Covered Securities include but are not limited to all investments that can be traded by an Invesco Advisers, Inc. entity for its Clients, including stocks, bonds, municipal bonds, exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and any of their derivatives such as options. Although Affiliated Mutual Funds are considered Covered Securities, those that are held by Employees at the Affiliated Mutual Funds’ transfer agent or in the Invesco Ltd. 401(k) or Money Purchase plans (excluding the Personal Choice Retirement Account (PCRA)) do not need to be pre-cleared through the automated review system because compliance monitoring for these plans is done through a separate process.
Code of Ethics

4


 

All transactions in Invesco Ltd. securities, including the Invesco Ltd. stock fund held in the Invesco 401(k) and Money Purchase plan, must be pre-cleared. Please refer to section IV.B for additional guidelines on Invesco Ltd. securities. Any transaction in a previous employer’s company stock that is obtained through an employee benefit plan or company stock fund held in an external retirement plan requires pre-clearance.
Affiliated Mutual Funds that are held in external brokerage accounts or in the PCRA MUST be pre-cleared through the automated review system.
Covered Securities do not include shares of money market funds, U.S. government securities, certificates of deposit or shares of open-end mutual funds not advised by Invesco Advisers, Inc. Unit investment trusts, including those advised by Invesco Advisers, Inc., are not Covered Securities (Please refer to the “Definitions” section of this Code for more information on the term, Covered Security.)
If you are unclear about whether a proposed transaction involves a Covered Security, contact the Compliance Department via email at CodeofEthics(North America)@invesco.com or by phone at 1-877-331-CODE [1-877-331-2633] prior to executing the transaction.
Ø Any approval granted to a Covered Person to execute a personal security transaction is valid for that business day only, except that if approval is granted after the close of trading day such approval is good through the next trading day.
     The automated review system will review personal trade requests from Covered Persons based on the following considerations:
Blackout Period . Invesco Advisers, Inc. does not permit Covered Persons to trade in a Covered Security if there is conflicting activity in an Invesco Client account.
    Non-Investment Personnel.
    may not buy or sell a Covered Security within two trading days before or after a Client trades in that security.
 
    may not buy or sell a Covered Security if there is a Client order on that security currently with the trading desk.
    Investment Personnel .
    may not buy or sell a Covered Security within three trading days before or after a Client trades in that security.
 
    may not buy or sell a Covered Security if there is a Client order on that security currently with the trading desk.
De Minimis Exemptions . The Compliance Department will apply the following de minimis exemptions in granting pre-clearance when a Client has recently traded or is trading in a security involved in a Covered Person’s proposed personal securities transaction:
Code of Ethics

5


 

  o   Equity de minimis exemptions .
    If a Covered Person does not have knowledge of trading activity in a particular equity security, he or she may execute up to 500 shares of such security in a rolling 30-day period provided the issuer of such security is included in the Russell 1000 Index.
 
    If a Covered Person does not have knowledge of trading activity in a particular equity security, he or she may execute up to 500 shares of such security in a rolling 30 day period provided that there is no conflicting client activity in that security during the blackout period or on the trading desk that exceeds 500 shares per trading day.
  o   Fixed income de minimis exemption . If a Covered Person does not have knowledge of trading activity in a particular fixed income security he or she may execute up to $100,000 of par value of such security in a rolling 30-day period.
The automated review system will confirm that there is no activity currently on the trading desk on the security involved in the proposed personal securities transaction and will verify that there have been no Client transactions for the requested security within the last two trading days for all Covered Persons except Investment Personnel for whom the black-out period is the last three trading days. For Investments, Portfolio Administration and IT personnel, the Compliance Department will also check the trading activity of affiliates with respect to which such personnel have access to transactional information to verify that there have been no Client transactions in the requested security during the blackout period. The Compliance Department will notify the Covered Person of the approval or denial of the proposed personal securities transaction. The approval of a personal securities transaction request is only valid for that business day . If a Covered Person does not execute the proposed securities transaction on the business day the approval is granted, the Covered Person must resubmit the request on another day for approval.
Any failure to pre-clear transactions is a violation of the Code and will be subject to the following potential sanctions:
    A Letter of Education will be provided to any Covered Person whose failure to pre-clear is considered immaterial or inadvertent.
 
    Repeat violations may result in in-person training, probation, withdrawal of personal trading privileges or employment termination, depending on the nature and severity of the violations.
2. Prohibition of Short-Term Trading Profits . Covered Persons are prohibited from engaging in the purchase and sale, or short sale and cover of the same Covered Security within 60 days at a profit. If a Covered Person trades a Covered Security within the 60 day time frame, any profit from the trade will be disgorged to a charity of Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s choice and a letter of education may be issued to the Covered Person.
3. Initial Public Offerings . Covered Persons are prohibited from acquiring any security in an equity Initial Public Offering. Exceptions will only be granted in unusual circumstances and must be recommended by the Compliance Department and approved by the Chief Compliance
Code of Ethics

6


 

 Officer or General Counsel (or designee) and the Chief Investment Officer (or designee) of the Covered Person’s business unit.
4. Prohibition of Short Sales by Investment Personnel . Investment Personnel are prohibited from effecting short sales of Covered Securities in their personal accounts if a Client of Invesco Advisers, Inc. for whose account they have investment management responsibility has a long position in those Covered Securities.
5. Restricted List Securities. Employees requesting pre-clearance to buy or sell a security on the Restricted List may be restricted from executing the trade because of potential conflicts of interest.
6. Other Criteria Considered in Pre-clearance. In spite of adhering to the requirements specified throughout this section, Compliance, in keeping with the general principles and objectives of the Code, may refuse to grant pre-clearance of a Personal Securities Transaction in its sole discretion without being required to specify any reason for the refusal.
7. Brokerage Accounts .
a. Covered Persons may only maintain brokerage accounts with:
    full service broker-dealers.
 
    discount broker-dealers. discount brokerage are accounts in which all trading is completed online. These accounts must be held with firms that provide electronic feeds of confirmations directly to the Compliance Department,
 
    Invesco Advisers, Inc’s. -affiliated Broker-dealer (Invesco Distributors, Inc.)
b. Brokerage account requirements for Affiliated Mutual Funds. Covered Persons may own shares of Affiliated Mutual Funds that are held at a broker-dealer that is not affiliated with Invesco Advisers, Inc. only if the broker-dealer provides an electronic feed of all transactions and statements to Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s Compliance Department. All Covered Persons must arrange for their broker-dealers to forward to the Compliance Department on a timely basis duplicate confirmations of all personal securities transactions and copies of periodic statements for all brokerage accounts, in an electronic format if they include holdings in Affiliated Mutual Funds and preferably in an electronic format for holdings other than Affiliated Mutual Funds.
c. Requirement to move accounts that do not meet Compliance requirement: Every person who becomes a Covered Person under this Code must move all of their brokerage accounts that do not comply with the above provision of the Code within thirty (30) days from the date the Covered Person becomes subject to this Code.
d. Firms that provide electronic feeds to Invesco’s Compliance Department:
Code of Ethics

7


 

Please refer to the following link in the Invesco’s intranet site for a list of broker-dealers that currently provide electronic transaction and statement feeds to Invesco Advisers, Inc.:
http://sharepoint/sites/Compliance-COE-
NA/Training/Documents/Approved%20Discount%20Broker%20List.pdf
8. Reporting Requirements .
a. Initial Holdings Reports . Within 10 calendar days of becoming a Covered Person, each Covered Person must complete an Initial Holdings Report by inputting into the electronic review system, Star Compliance, the following information (the information must be current within 45 days of the date the person becomes a Covered Person):
    A list of all security holdings, including the name, number of shares (for equities) and the principal amount (for debt securities) in which the person has direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership. A Covered Person may have Beneficial Ownership in securities held by members of their immediate family sharing the same household (i.e., a spouse and children) or by certain partnerships, trusts, corporations, or other arrangements.
 
    The name of any broker-dealer or bank with which the person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the person; and
 
    The date that the report is submitted by the Covered Person
b. Quarterly Transactions Reports . All Covered Persons must report, no later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, the following information for all transactions in a Covered Security in which a Covered Person has a direct or indirect Beneficial Interest: The date of all transactions in that quarter, the security name, the number of shares (for equity securities); or the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable) and the principal amount (for debt securities) for each Covered Security;
    The nature of the transaction (buy, sell, etc.);
 
    The price of the Covered Security at which the transaction was executed;
 
    The name of the broker-dealer or bank executing the transaction; and
 
    The date that the report is submitted to the Compliance Department.
All Covered Persons must submit a Quarterly Transaction Report regardless of whether they executed transactions during the quarter or not. If a Covered Person did not execute transactions subject to reporting requirements during a quarter, the Report must include a representation to that effect. Covered Persons need not include transactions made through an Automatic Investment Plan/Dividend Reinvestment Plan or similar plans and transactions in Covered Securities held in the Invesco 401(k), Invesco Money
Code of Ethics

8


 

Purchase Plan (MPP),or accounts held directly with Invesco in the quarterly transaction report.
Additionally, Covered Persons must report information on any new brokerage account established by the Covered Person during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Covered Person (including Covered Securities held in a 401(k) or other retirement vehicle, including plans sponsored by Invesco Advisers, Inc. or its affiliates). The report shall include:
    The date the account was established;
 
    The name of the broker-dealer or bank; and
 
    The date that the report is submitted to the Compliance Department.
The Compliance Department may identify transactions by Covered Persons that technically comply with the Code for review based on any pattern of activity that has an appearance of a conflict of interest.
c. Annual Holdings Reports . All Covered Persons must report annually the following information, which must be current within 45 days of the date the report is submitted to the Compliance Department:
    The security and the number of shares (for equities) or the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable) and principal amount (for debt securities) for each Covered Security in which the Covered Person has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership;
 
    The name of the broker-dealer or bank with or through which the security is held; and
 
    The date that the report is submitted by the Covered Person to the Compliance Department.
d. Discretionary Managed Accounts. In order to establish a Discretionary Managed Account, you must grant the manager complete investment discretion over your account. Pre-clearance is not required for trades in this account; however, you may not participate, directly or indirectly, in individual investment decisions or be aware of such decisions before transactions are executed. This restriction does not preclude you from establishing investment guidelines for the manager, such as indicating industries in which you desire to invest, the types of securities you want to purchase or your overall investment objectives. However, those guidelines may not be changed so frequently as to give the appearance that you are actually directing account investments. Covered Persons must receive approval from the Compliance Department to establish and maintain such an account and must provide written evidence that complete investment discretion over the account has been turned over to a professional money manager or other third party. Covered Persons are not required to pre-clear or list transactions for such managed accounts in the automated review system; however, Covered Persons with these types of accounts must provide an annual certification that they do not exercise direct or indirect Control over the managed accounts.
Code of Ethics

9


 

e. Certification of Compliance. All Covered Persons must certify annually that they have read and understand the Code and recognize that they are subject to the Code. In addition, all Covered Persons must certify annually that they have complied with the requirements of the Code and that they have disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported under the Code. The Invesco Advisers, Inc. Internal Compliance Controls Committee (ICCC) will review and approve the Code annually. If material changes are made to the Code during the year, these changes will also be reviewed and approved by the Invesco Advisers, Inc. ICCC. All Covered Persons must certify within 30 days of the effective date of the amended code that they have read and understand the Code and recognize that they are subject to the Code.
9. Private Securities Transactions . Covered Persons may not engage in a Private Securities Transaction without first giving the Compliance Department a detailed written notification describing the transaction and indicating whether or not they will receive compensation and obtaining prior written permission from the Compliance Department. Investment Personnel who have been approved to acquire securities of an issuer in a Private Securities Transaction must disclose that investment to the Compliance Department and the Chief Investment Officer of the Investment Personnel’s business unit when they are involved in a Client’s subsequent consideration of an investment in the same issuer. The business unit’s decision to purchase such securities on behalf of Client account must be independently reviewed by Investment Personnel with no personal interest in that issuer.
10. Limited Investment Opportunity (e.g. private placements, hedge funds, etc.) . Covered Persons may not engage in a Limited Investment Opportunity without first giving the Compliance Department a detailed written notification describing the transaction and obtaining prior written permission from the Compliance Department.
11. Excessive Short Term Trading in Funds . Employees are prohibited from excessive short term trading of any mutual fund advised or sub-advised by Invesco Advisers, Inc. and are subject to various limitations on the number of transactions as indicated in the respective prospectus and other fund disclosure documents.
B. Invesco Ltd. Securities
1. No Employee may effect short sales of Invesco Ltd. securities.
2. No Employee may engage in transactions in publicly traded options, such as puts, calls and other derivative securities relating to the Invesco Ltd’s securities, on an exchange or any other organized market.
3. For all Covered Persons, transactions, including transfers by gift, in Invesco Ltd. securities are subject to pre-clearance regardless of the size of the transaction, and are subject to “black-out” periods established by Invesco Ltd. and holding periods prescribed under the terms of the agreement or program under which the securities were received.
4. Holdings of Invesco Ltd. securities in Covered Persons accounts are subject to the reporting requirements specified in Section IVA.8 of this Code.
Code of Ethics

10


 

C. Limitations on Other Personal Activities
1. Outside Business Activities . You may not engage in any outside business activity, regardless of whether or not you receive compensation, without prior approval from Compliance. Absent prior written approval of the Compliance Department, Employees may not serve as directors, officers, or employees of unaffiliated public or private companies, whether for profit or non-profit. If the outside business activity is approved, the Employee must recuse himself or herself from making Client investment decisions concerning the particular company or issuer as appropriate, provided that this recusal requirement shall not apply with respect to certain Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s Employees, who may serve on corporate boards as a result of, or in connection with, Client investments made in those companies. Employees must always comply with all applicable Invesco Ltd. policies and procedures, including those prohibiting the use of material non-public information in Client or employee personal securities transactions.
2. Gift and Entertainment Policy . Employees may not give or accept Gifts or Entertainment that may be considered excessive either in dollar value or frequency to avoid the appearance of any potential conflict of interest. The Invesco Ltd. Gifts and Entertainment Policy includes specific conditions under which employees may accept or give gifts or entertainment. Where there are conflicts between a minimal standard established by a policy of Invesco Ltd. and the standards established by a policy of Invesco Advisers, Inc., including this Code, the latter shall control.
Under no circumstances may an Employee give or accept cash or any possible cash equivalent from a broker or vendor.
An Employee may not provide or receive any Gift or Entertainment that is conditioned upon Invesco Advisers, Inc., its parents or affiliates doing business with the other entity or person involved.
  o   Entertainment . Employees must report Entertainment with the Compliance Department within thirty (30) calendar days after the receipt or giving by submitting a Gift Report within the automated review system. The requirement to report Entertainment includes dinners or any other event with a Business Partner of Invesco Advisers, Inc. in attendance.
 
      Employees may not reimburse Business Partners for the cost of tickets that would be considered excessive or for travel related expenses without approval of the Compliance Department.
 
      Examples of Entertainment that may be considered excessive in value include Super Bowls, All-Star games, Kentucky Derby, hunting trips, ski trips, etc. An occasional sporting event, golf outing or concert when accompanied by the Business Partner may not be excessive.
 
      Gifts . Employees are prohibited from accepting or giving the following: single Gifts valued in excess of $100 in any calendar year; or Gifts from one person or firm valued in excess of $100 during a calendar year period.
Code of Ethics

11


 

      Reporting Requirements for Gifts and Entertainment:
  o   Reporting of Gifts and Entertainment given to an Invesco Employee by a Client or Business Partner. All Gifts and Entertainment received by an Employee must be reported through the automated pre-clearance system within thirty (30) calendar days after the receipt of the Gift or the attendance of the Entertainment event.
 
  o   Reporting of Gifts and Entertainment given by an Invesco Employee to a Client or Business Partner. All Gifts and Entertainment given by an Employee must be reported through the reporting requirements of the Employee’s business unit. An Employee should contact their manager or Compliance if they are not sure how to report gifts they intend to give or have given to a Client or Business Partner.
3. US Department of Labor Reporting: Under current US Department of Labor (DOL) Regulations, Invesco Advisers, Inc. is required to disclose to the DOL certain specified financial dealings with a union or officer, agent, shop steward, employee, or other representative of a union (collectively referred to as “union officials”). Under the Regulations, practically any gift or entertainment furnished by Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s Employees to a union or union official is considered a payment reportable to the DOL.
Although the Regulations provide for a de minimis exemption from the reporting requirements for payments made to a union or union official which do not exceed $250 a year, that threshold applies to all of Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s Employees in the aggregate with respect to each union or union official. Therefore, it is Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s policy to require that ALL gifts or entertainment furnished by an Employee be reported to Invesco Advisers, Inc. using the Invesco Advisers, Inc. Finance Department’s expense tracking application, Oracle E-Business Suite or any other application deployed for that purpose which has the capability to capture all the required details of the payment. Such details include the name of the recipient, union affiliation, address, amount of payment, date of payment, purpose and circumstance of payment, including the terms of any oral agreement or understanding pursuant to which the payment was made.
Invesco Advisers, Inc. is obligated to report on an annual basis all payments, subject to the de minimis exemption, to the DOL on Form LM-10 Employer Report.
If you have any question whether a payment to a union or union official is reportable, please contact the Compliance Department. A failure to report a payment required to be disclosed will be considered a material violation of this Code. The DOL also requires all unions and union officials to report payments they receive from entities such as Invesco Advisers, Inc. and their Employees.
D. Parallel Investing Permitted
Subject to the provisions of this Code, Employees may invest in or own the same securities as those acquired or sold by Invesco Advisers, Inc. for its Clients.
Code of Ethics

12


 

V. Reporting of Potential Compliance Issues
Invesco Advisers, Inc. has created several channels for Employees to raise compliance issues and concerns on a confidential basis. An Employee should first discuss a compliance issue with their supervisor, department head or with Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer. Human Resources matters should be directed to the Human Resources Department, an additional anonymous vehicle for reporting such concerns.
In the event that an Employee does not feel comfortable discussing compliance issues through normal channels, the Employee may anonymously report suspected violations of law or Invesco policy, including this Code, by calling the toll-free Invesco Compliance Reporting Hotline, 1-855-234-9780 which is available to employees of multiple operating units of Invesco Ltd. Employees may also report their concerns by visiting the Invesco Compliance Reporting Hotline website at: www.invesco.ethicspoint.com To ensure your confidentiality, the phone line and website are provided by an independent company and available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. All submissios to the Compliance Reporting Hotline will be reviewed and handled in a prompt, fair and discreet manner. Employees are encouraged to report these questionable practices so that Invesco has an opportunity to address and resolve these issues before they become more significant regulatory or legal issues.
VI. Administration of the Code of Ethics
Invesco Advisers, Inc. has used reasonable diligence to institute procedures reasonably necessary to prevent violations of this Code.
No less frequently than annually, Invesco Advisers, Inc. will furnish to the Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s Internal Compliance Controls Committee (ICCC), or such committee as it may designate, a written report that:
    describes significant issues arising under the Code since the last report to the ICCC, including information about material violations of the Code and sanctions imposed in response to material violations; and
 
    certifies that Invesco Advisers, Inc. has adopted procedures reasonably designed to prevent Covered Persons from violating the Code.
VII. Sanctions
Upon discovering a material violation of the Code, the Compliance Department will notify Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s Chief Compliance Officer (CCO). The CCO will notify the ICCC of any material violations at the next regularly scheduled meeting.
The Compliance Department will issue a letter of education to the Covered Persons involved in violations of the Code that are determined to be inadvertent or immaterial.
Invesco Advisers, Inc. may impose additional sanctions in the event of repeated violations or violations that are determined to be material or not inadvertent, including disgorgement of profits (or the differential between the purchase or sale price of the Personal Security Transaction and the subsequent purchase or sale price by a relevant Client during the enumerated period), a letter of censure or suspension, or termination of employment.
Code of Ethics

13


 

VIII. Exceptions to the Code
Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s Chief Compliance Officer (or designee) may grant an exception to any provision in this Code.
IX. Definitions
    “Affiliated Mutual Funds” generally includes all mutual funds advised or sub-advised by Invesco Advisers, Inc All Invesco funds and Invesco Van Kampen funds are Affiliated Mutual Funds.
 
    “Automatic Investment Plan” means a program in which regular purchases or sales are made automatically in or from investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation, including dividend reinvestment plans.
 
    “Beneficial Ownership” has the same meaning as Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“the ’34 Act”). To have a beneficial interest, Covered Persons must have a “direct or indirect pecuniary interest,” which is the opportunity to profit directly or indirectly from a transaction in securities. Thus a Covered Person may have Beneficial Ownership in securities held by members of his or her immediate family sharing the same household (i.e. a spouse and children) or by certain partnerships, trusts, corporations, or other arrangements.
 
    “Client” means any account for which Invesco Advisers, Inc. is either the adviser or sub-adviser including Affiliated Mutual Funds.
 
    “Control” has the same meaning as under Section 2(a)(9) of the Investment Company Act.
 
    “Covered Person” means and includes:
  o   any director, officer, full or part time Employee of Invesco Advisers, Inc. or any full or part time Employee of any Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s affiliates that, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in , or obtains any information concerning any Client’s purchase or sale of Covered Securities or who is involved in making or obtains information concerning investment recommendations with respect to such purchase or sales of Covered Securities ; or who has access to non-public information concerning any Client’s purchase or sale of Covered Securities, access to non-public securities recommendations or access to non-public information concerning portfolio holdings of any portfolio advised or sub-advised by Invesco Advisers, Inc.
 
  o   all Employees of Invesco Ltd. located in the United States who are not covered by the Code of Ethics of a registered investment advisory affiliate of Invesco Ltd.
 
  o   any other persons falling within such definitions under Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 , as amended (the “Investment Company Act”)or Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”) and such other persons that may be so deemed by Compliance.
Code of Ethics

14


 

    “Covered Security” means a security as defined in Section 2(a)(36) of the Investment Company Act except that it does not include the following (Please note : exchange traded funds (ETFs) are considered a Covered Security).
  o   Direct obligations of the Government of the United States or its agencies;
 
  o   Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements;
 
  o   Any open-end mutual fund not advised or sub-advised by Invesco Advisers, Inc.(All Affiliated Mutual Funds shall be considered Covered Securities regardless of whether they are advised or sub-advised by Invesco Advisers, Inc.
 
  o   Any unit investment trust, including unit investment trusts advised or sub-advised by Invesco Advisers, Inc.;
 
  o   Invesco Ltd. stock because it is subject to the provisions of Invesco Ltd.’s Code of Conduct. Notwithstanding this exception, transactions in Invesco Ltd. securities are subject to all the pre-clearance and reporting requirements outlined in other provisions of this Code and any other corporate guidelines issued by Invesco Ltd.
    “Employee” means and includes:
  o   Any full or part time Employee of Invesco Advisers, Inc. or any full or part time Employee of any Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s affiliates that, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in, or obtains any information concerning any Client’s purchase or sale of Covered Securties or who is involved in making or obtains information concerning investment recommendations with respect to such purchase or sales of Covered Securities; or who has access to non-public information concerning any Client’s purchase or sale of Covered Securities, access to non-public securities recommendations or access to non-public information concerning portfolio holdings of any portfolio advised or sub-advised by Invesco Advisers, Inc.
 
  o   All Employees of Invesco Ltd. located in the United States who are not covered by the Code of Ethics of a registered investment advisory affiliate of Invesco Ltd.
 
  o   Any other persons falling within such definitions under Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act or Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act and such other persons that may be so deemed by Compliance.
    “Gifts”, “Entertainment” and “Business Partner” have the same meaning as provided in the Invesco Ltd. Gifts and Entertainment Policy.
 
    “Initial Public Offering” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the ’34 Act.
 
    “Invesco Advisers, Inc.’s -affiliated Broker-dealer” means Invesco Distributors, Inc. or its successors.
Code of Ethics

15


 

    “Private Securities Transaction” means any securities transaction relating to new offerings of securities which are not registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, provided however that transactions subject to the notification requirements of Rule 3050 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority’s (FINRA) Conduct Rules, transactions among immediate family members (as defined in the interpretation of the FINRA Board of Governors on free-riding and withholding) for which no associated person receives any selling compensation, and personal securities transactions in investment company and variable annuity securities shall be excluded.
 
    “Restricted List Securities” means the list of securities that are provided to Compliance Department by Invesco Ltd. or investment departments, which include those securities that are restricted from purchase or sale by Client or Employee accounts for various reasons (e.g., large concentrated ownership positions that may trigger reporting or other securities regulatory issues, or possession of material, non-public information, or existence of corporate transaction in the issuer involving an Invesco Ltd. unit).
X. Invesco Ltd. Policies and Procedures
All Employees are subject to the policies and procedures established by Invesco Ltd., including the Code of Conduct, Insider Trading Policy, Policy Concerning Political Contributions and Charitable Donations, and Gift and Entertainment Policy and must abide by all their requirements, provided that where there is a conflict between a minimal standard established by an Invesco Ltd. policy and the standards established by an Invesco Advisers, Inc. policy, including this Code, the latter shall control.
XI. Code Of Ethics Contacts
    Telephone Hotline: 1-877-331-CODE [2633]
 
    E-Mail: CodeofEthics(North America)@invesco.com
Last Revised: January 1, 2011
Code of Ethics

16

POWER OF ATTORNEY
     I appoint Todd L. Spillane and John M. Zerr, and each of them separately, to act as my attorneys-in-fact and agents, in my capacity as a trustee of the Funds listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto and incorporated herein and in my capacity as managing general partner of the Fund listed on Schedule 2 attached hereto and incorporated herein, to:
     (1) sign on my behalf any and all Registration Statements under the Securities Act of 1933, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, and any pre- and post-effective amendments and supplements to such Registration Statements, and to file the same, including all exhibits to such Registration Statements, and other documents filed in connection with such Registration Statements including prospectuses and statements of additional information included in such Registration Statements and supplements to such prospectuses and statements of additional information, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other applicable state and federal regulatory authorities, and
     (2) sign any and all applications for exemptive relief from state or federal securities regulations, and amendments to such applications, and to file the same with the applicable regulatory authority.
     I grant Todd L. Spillane and John M. Zerr, and each of them separately, as attorneys-in-fact and agents the power of substitution and re-substitution in his name and stead, and the full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection with the foregoing appointments.
     I ratify and confirm any and all acts that Todd L. Spillane and/or John M. Zerr lawfully take as my attorneys-in-fact and agents by virtue of this appointment.
     DATED this June 19, 2013.
         
     
  /s/ David C. Arch    
  David C. Arch   
     
 

 


 

POWER OF ATTORNEY
     I appoint Todd L. Spillane and John M. Zerr, and each of them separately, to act as my attorneys-in-fact and agents, in my capacity as a trustee of the Funds listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto and incorporated herein and in my capacity as managing general partner of the Fund listed on Schedule 2 attached hereto and incorporated herein, to:
     (1) sign on my behalf any and all Registration Statements under the Securities Act of 1933, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, and any pre- and post-effective amendments and supplements to such Registration Statements, and to file the same, including all exhibits to such Registration Statements, and other documents filed in connection with such Registration Statements including prospectuses and statements of additional information included in such Registration Statements and supplements to such prospectuses and statements of additional information, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other applicable state and federal regulatory authorities, and
     (2) sign any and all applications for exemptive relief from state or federal securities regulations, and amendments to such applications, and to file the same with the applicable regulatory authority.
     I grant Todd L. Spillane and John M. Zerr, and each of them separately, as attorneys-in-fact and agents the power of substitution and re-substitution in his name and stead, and the full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection with the foregoing appointments.
     I ratify and confirm any and all acts that Todd L. Spillane and/or John M. Zerr lawfully take as my attorneys-in-fact and agents by virtue of this appointment.
     DATED this June 19, 2013
         
     
  /s/ Jerry D. Choate    
  Jerry D. Choate   
     
 

 


 

POWER OF ATTORNEY
     I appoint Todd L. Spillane and John M. Zerr, and each of them separately, to act as my attorneys-in-fact and agents, in my capacity as a trustee of the Funds listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto and incorporated herein and in my capacity as managing general partner of the Fund listed on Schedule 2 attached hereto and incorporated herein, to:
     (1) sign on my behalf any and all Registration Statements under the Securities Act of 1933, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, and any pre- and post-effective amendments and supplements to such Registration Statements, and to file the same, including all exhibits to such Registration Statements, and other documents filed in connection with such Registration Statements including prospectuses and statements of additional information included in such Registration Statements and supplements to such prospectuses and statements of additional information, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other applicable state and federal regulatory authorities, and
     (2) sign any and all applications for exemptive relief from state or federal securities regulations, and amendments to such applications, and to file the same with the applicable regulatory authority.
     I grant Todd L. Spillane and John M. Zerr, and each of them separately, as attorneys-in-fact and agents the power of substitution and re-substitution in his name and stead, and the full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection with the foregoing appointments.
     I ratify and confirm any and all acts that Todd L. Spillane and/or John M. Zerr lawfully take as my attorneys-in-fact and agents by virtue of this appointment.
     DATED this June 19, 2013
         
     
  /s/ Linda Hutton Heagy    
  Linda Hutton Heagy   
     
 

 


 

POWER OF ATTORNEY
     I appoint Todd L. Spillane and John M. Zerr, and each of them separately, to act as my attorneys-in-fact and agents, in my capacity as a trustee of the Funds listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto and incorporated herein and in my capacity as managing general partner of the Fund listed on Schedule 2 attached hereto and incorporated herein, to:
     (1) sign on my behalf any and all Registration Statements under the Securities Act of 1933, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, and any pre- and post-effective amendments and supplements to such Registration Statements, and to file the same, including all exhibits to such Registration Statements, and other documents filed in connection with such Registration Statements including prospectuses and statements of additional information included in such Registration Statements and supplements to such prospectuses and statements of additional information, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other applicable state and federal regulatory authorities, and
     (2) sign any and all applications for exemptive relief from state or federal securities regulations, and amendments to such applications, and to file the same with the applicable regulatory authority.
     I grant Todd L. Spillane and John M. Zerr, and each of them separately, as attorneys-in-fact and agents the power of substitution and re-substitution in his name and stead, and the full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection with the foregoing appointments.
     I ratify and confirm any and all acts that Todd L. Spillane and/or John M. Zerr lawfully take as my attorneys-in-fact and agents by virtue of this appointment.
     DATED this June 19, 2013
         
     
  /s/ R. Craig Kennedy    
  R. Craig Kennedy   
     
 

 


 

POWER OF ATTORNEY
     I appoint Todd L. Spillane and John M. Zerr, and each of them separately, to act as my attorneys-in-fact and agents, in my capacity as a trustee of the Funds listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto and incorporated herein and in my capacity as managing general partner of the Fund listed on Schedule 2 attached hereto and incorporated herein, to:
     (1) sign on my behalf any and all Registration Statements under the Securities Act of 1933, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, and any pre- and post-effective amendments and supplements to such Registration Statements, and to file the same, including all exhibits to such Registration Statements, and other documents filed in connection with such Registration Statements including prospectuses and statements of additional information included in such Registration Statements and supplements to such prospectuses and statements of additional information, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other applicable state and federal regulatory authorities, and
     (2) sign any and all applications for exemptive relief from state or federal securities regulations, and amendments to such applications, and to file the same with the applicable regulatory authority.
     I grant Todd L. Spillane and John M. Zerr, and each of them separately, as attorneys-in-fact and agents the power of substitution and re-substitution in his name and stead, and the full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection with the foregoing appointments.
     I ratify and confirm any and all acts that Todd L. Spillane and/or John M. Zerr lawfully take as my attorneys-in-fact and agents by virtue of this appointment.
     DATED this June 19, 2013
         
     
  /s/ Colin D. Meadows    
  Colin D. Meadows   
     
 

 


 

POWER OF ATTORNEY
     I appoint Todd L. Spillane and John M. Zerr, and each of them separately, to act as my attorneys-in-fact and agents, in my capacity as a trustee of the Funds listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto and incorporated herein and in my capacity as managing general partner of the Fund listed on Schedule 2 attached hereto and incorporated herein, to:
     (1) sign on my behalf any and all Registration Statements under the Securities Act of 1933, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, and any pre- and post-effective amendments and supplements to such Registration Statements, and to file the same, including all exhibits to such Registration Statements, and other documents filed in connection with such Registration Statements including prospectuses and statements of additional information included in such Registration Statements and supplements to such prospectuses and statements of additional information, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other applicable state and federal regulatory authorities, and
     (2) sign any and all applications for exemptive relief from state or federal securities regulations, and amendments to such applications, and to file the same with the applicable regulatory authority.
     I grant Todd L. Spillane and John M. Zerr, and each of them separately, as attorneys-in-fact and agents the power of substitution and re-substitution in his name and stead, and the full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection with the foregoing appointments.
     I ratify and confirm any and all acts that Todd L. Spillane and/or John M. Zerr lawfully take as my attorneys-in-fact and agents by virtue of this appointment.
     DATED this June 19, 2013
         
     
  /s/ Hugo F. Sonnenschein    
  Hugo F. Sonnenschein   
     
 

 


 

POWER OF ATTORNEY
     I appoint Todd L. Spillane and John M. Zerr, and each of them separately, to act as my attorneys-in-fact and agents, in my capacity as a trustee of the Funds listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto and incorporated herein and in my capacity as managing general partner of the Fund listed on Schedule 2 attached hereto and incorporated herein, to:
     (1) sign on my behalf any and all Registration Statements under the Securities Act of 1933, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, and any pre- and post-effective amendments and supplements to such Registration Statements, and to file the same, including all exhibits to such Registration Statements, and other documents filed in connection with such Registration Statements including prospectuses and statements of additional information included in such Registration Statements and supplements to such prospectuses and statements of additional information, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other applicable state and federal regulatory authorities, and
     (2) sign any and all applications for exemptive relief from state or federal securities regulations, and amendments to such applications, and to file the same with the applicable regulatory authority.
     I grant Todd L. Spillane and John M. Zerr, and each of them separately, as attorneys-in-fact and agents the power of substitution and re-substitution in his name and stead, and the full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection with the foregoing appointments.
     I ratify and confirm any and all acts that Todd L. Spillane and/or John M. Zerr lawfully take as my attorneys-in-fact and agents by virtue of this appointment.
     DATED this June 19, 2013
         
     
  /s/ Wayne W. Whalen    
  Wayne W. Whalen   
     
 

 


 

POWER OF ATTORNEY
     I appoint Todd L. Spillane and John M. Zerr, and each of them separately, to act as my attorneys-in-fact and agents, in my capacity as a trustee of the Funds listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto and incorporated herein and in my capacity as managing general partner of the Fund listed on Schedule 2 attached hereto and incorporated herein, to:
     (1) sign on my behalf any and all Registration Statements under the Securities Act of 1933, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, and any pre- and post-effective amendments and supplements to such Registration Statements, and to file the same, including all exhibits to such Registration Statements, and other documents filed in connection with such Registration Statements including prospectuses and statements of additional information included in such Registration Statements and supplements to such prospectuses and statements of additional information, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other applicable state and federal regulatory authorities, and
     (2) sign any and all applications for exemptive relief from state or federal securities regulations, and amendments to such applications, and to file the same with the applicable regulatory authority.
     I grant Todd L. Spillane and John M. Zerr, and each of them separately, as attorneys-in-fact and agents the power of substitution and re-substitution in his name and stead, and the full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection with the foregoing appointments.
     I ratify and confirm any and all acts that Todd L. Spillane and/or John M. Zerr lawfully take as my attorneys-in-fact and agents by virtue of this appointment.
     DATED this June 19, 2013
         
     
  /s/ Suzanne H. Woolsey    
  Suzanne H. Woolsey   
     
 

 


 

Schedule 1
Delaware Business Trusts :
Invesco Advantage Municipal Income Trust II (VKI)
Invesco Bond Fund (VBF)
Invesco California Value Municipal Income Trust (VCV)
Invesco Dynamic Credit Opportunities Fund (VTA)
Invesco High Income Trust II (VLT)
Invesco Municipal Opportunity Trust (VMO)
Invesco Municipal Trust (VKQ)
Invesco Pennsylvania Value Municipal Income Trust (VPV)
Invesco Senior Income Trust (VVR)
Invesco Senior Loan Fund
Invesco Trust for Investment Grade Municipals (VGM)
Invesco Trust for Investment Grade New York Municipals (VTN)
Schedule 2
Invesco Van Kampen Exchange Fund, a California Limited Partnership